er ee
Pe oe,

Nang,
Sat OSAMA IA Se
; MCh wires
eet rr .
cP death, :

oo
era ee

hm Ones

Menon
oan

ura teey
rik, ‘ s
DOr te

Wait we oe ne

lee
oe
Sea ees

<P e Ta
Sinn tn evar oe
Se
Se
+
Le tOdieDn err rm cs
mee

ean
Vent NAN. Care driven,
tf O Huh Oa py
of
pees
Fam bie batt tn

eee

ThA 8 wee om
ee A Na a oR

Sheet
oo

ss iipelite ete
Neen ae ma, N68 Mars Roa man
intrest te Te Nene

Fl etn ew

NEA Ge Pn SM in
a

cartes
et A a ns

PE ENA

Mieke

nim Peach WiRin a fais betty or
teh sm ,
OM tote ret oh ees *

Pa na MR a
<a teee, Poe Sterne semen,
Net AN nen an ALP < e,
PM ehee ea te

oe
im mieten Bosses

Saree
See

ie eee
SYR e whch Ae,

vy
G

2 z
2 S ‘
4

bos

Or >

a 2
(€) 7
wasn

JA fo?
A Sy sh
FINgca’s

TES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SA3IYVYUGEIT LIB

NOILN
LIBR,
NOILN
LIBR,
NOILN
LIBR

Saiyvygit
INSTITUTION
salyuvugit

INSTITUTION
NI
\

ISNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVUSIT_ LIBRARIES

INSTITUTION

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIL

NVINOSHLINS S314¥WuslI

za on” = md w
fe ‘ > =
ps =a 5 YS. 5 x 4g
yo o- z E WO = oY
= > > = > 4
79) FA ” : ” 4
‘TES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILONLILSNI LIBF
79) S “” z dd 2
u <G = a a o
inal 2 fc = a =
<x; <x <x
: Cc = ea
log o [oa
om i m = m Es,
as “a (e) — oO pee oO
sy ae pa | a 5 al =
LSNI_NVINOSHLINS S3!YVYUGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIL
at ‘\ = iZ = + rr za
w si w = GE: o -
ye] \S a oC“ ee)
> WN = > © GF 7'> =
2 Y ee — al a ‘e Z pias =
m S\ 2 m 2 m 2
Ww ee w — wn” ==
1ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS Saluvugi7 LIBR
x w ee
= z ; = = <x .
% 3 Zz Na = = Zz
SS n 2) SN ‘SY 1 -@ ” n e
NE z AW 2 : a
Py S Sti ee > = oo
Pd ” ge = 4 wo

LSNI_NVINOSHLINS S3I1YVYEIT LIBRARIES INSTITUTION NOILI

LIBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN

NOILALILSNI
LIBRARIES
NOILALILSNI
NOILNLILSNI
LIBRARIES

-1ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SAZIYVYUEIT LIBF

= i Ta = a

fe) a fe) = fe) -_

= ra ies) — wow

> D = Pe) = a

e x > = > ss >

— S = a . =

w = ” aa ae) es

we as m os m

= (2) = ” . = n
LSNI S3JIYvVYUaIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIL

z 2) z es 22) = ce (2)

= . ws = <= JAX. =

“Zz = ns Pie a N =
a iGY 2 : EQS FY
> * a aa 2 EN ¢ WY
= z : 5 8

a ” a =
ES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYSIT LIBF

H z WSON, ig ee Zz

ei eye a yaad Vo LON Fees =

z
vis <

LSNI

aiis¥y a
- (XGTIR

ASS Seay S Rea a OF fr oy fs] x ars
aN a Ss Ww ASA Oo erty & » ro) bingewS7 2 Ss WA SAW
a Zz ay = ty
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3ZINVYUG!IT LIBRARIE:!
az e) re ae Oo =
<0 — tis —_ wo
tof 2 5 - Ya a
ff YY = = > AS >
Diy ma - = = Z
@ 5 zZ De tee a
= w” - =
WINOSHLINS | S3 1yvud tl BRARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION | NOILALILSK
Lek ee =
= oa NS = < NS =
= S SS Ss 5 Wy. S tf |
wn: ” Wy. n D We oO vy 4
Oo? = \ 3g ANN S GY
2 ST ey 2 = \ 2G
> : = > = >
rs wo * Ps ”) » = t
MITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S321YVYSIT_LIBRARIE
2 = 2 XW = 4
E : e WX <= 2
= = = NS = =
[e) _ oO — oO
= + = : ay Fa
SJIYVYUYAIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSN
A - oe Lok hs :
— wo = Yop @ =
5 ° 5 by: 5
= > = Wi ‘ =
= 2 = OY hi? .
= no = 7) z

>MITHSONIAN

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31u¥vyugIT LIBRARIE!
= “© ” re ” \ a +
a = = = WY, ef
Ne = z
2 No : = 2 YG.2
Z AW 8 ‘2 $3 Ot 2 x
eae 3 : zs “Ss
Saiuvygi INSTITUTION NOILNLILSA
” S ” > ”n
a 77) ite 7)
ion = oc 2a ox
Ac: & i) <
. fom = ~
~ ea] a m. = res]
— z= =f am ae |

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYUEIT LIBRARIE

salyuvyugit
saluvuagly

Wy,
VagiZ
A 1 Sad
INSTITUTION

INSTITUTION

NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYGIT_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNMLILS!

NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYsII

NVINOSHLIWS
SMITHSONIAN

a

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOJLNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS

sO. Re

S31YVYUdIT_ LIBRARIE

HSV At VSL
SOLIS Of Deere

|1ES SMITHSONIAN
Yig
Via
WY
NVINOSHLIWS
Aw

SNI
VES
SN
SN

Bs ae ity. Hi) i

ag aa

a, ‘

US ISSN 0013-872X

\02 JANUARY & FEBRUARY, 1991

Survey of arthropods associated with gopher tortoise
burrows in Mississippi Paul K. Lago

Predation by Dolichovespula maculata (Hymenoptera:
Vespidae) on adult gypsy moths Paul W. Schaefer

Sunius melanocephalus (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae), a
Palearctic rove beetle new to North America
E. Richard Hoebeke

Distribution records of Corydalus cornutus (Megaloptera:
Corydalidae) in Colorado S.J. Herrmann, H.L. Davis

Notes on distribution and bionomics of Myodocha
serripes (Heteroptera: Lygaeidae
M.C. Lariviere, A. Larochelle

Identification of Cryptolestes ferrugineus and C. pusillus
(Coleoptera: Cucujidae): a practical character for
sorting large samples by species Richard T. Arbogast

Head damage from mating attempts in dragonflies
(Odonata: Anisoptera) Sidney W. Dunkle

A new species of Idiasta (Hymenoptera: Braconidae) from
Spain J. Tormos, S.F. Gayubo, J.D. Asis

Goeldichironomus amazonicus (Diptera: Chironomidae), a
potentially pestiferous midge recently discovered

in California J.E. Sublette, M.S. Mulla
A distributional study of Sialis (Megaloptera:

Sialidae) in North America Michael F. Whiting
Errata

Society meeting of October 24, 1990

Society meeting of November 23, 1990

NO. 1

14

19

25

Si

33

37

42

47

50

13

24

36

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published bi-monthly except July-August by The American
Entomological Society at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

The American Entomological Society holds regular membership meetings on the fourth
Wednesday in October, November, February, March, and April. The November, February
and April meetings are held at the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, Pa. The
October and March meetings are held at the Department of Entomology, University of
Delaware, Newark, Delaware.

Society Members who reside outside the local eastern Pennsylvania, southern New Jersey,
and Delaware area are urged to attend society meetings whenever they may be in the vicinity.
Guests always are cordially invited and welcomed.

Officers for 1991-1992: President: Joseph K. Sheldon; Vice-President: Harold B. White:
Recording Secretary: Paul W. Schaefer: Corresponding Secretary: Jon K. Gelhaus:
Treasurer: Jesse J. Fresse.

Publications and Editorial Committee: Howard P. Boyd, Chr., D. Otte. and Paul M.
Marsh.

Previous editors: 1890-1910 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1943 Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967 R.G. Schmieder (1898-1967); 1968-1972 R.H. Arnett, Jr.; 1973-
4/1974 R.W. Lake.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic
and foreign: $5.00 per year postpaid. Subscriptions for institutions such as libraries,
laboratories, etc., and for non-members, domestic and foreign: $15.00 per year postpaid.
Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to EN-
TOMOLOGICAL NEWS, The American Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa. 19103. U.S.A.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

Membership dues: $7.00 per year (regular); $4.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the editor:
Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088,
U.S.A. Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members of the
American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all prospective authors
join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the AIBS Style
Manual for Biological Journals and should follow the style used in recent issues of
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Three doublespaced, typed copies of each manuscript are
needed on 8% x 11 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they
will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published
in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the entire costs of a sufficient
pote of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without
vision.

Editorial Policy: Manuscripts on taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology, ecology,
behavior and similar aspects of insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for
submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Papers on applied, economic and regulatory
entomology and on toxicology and related subjects will be considered only if they also make a
major contribution in one of the aforementioned fields.

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster: [fundeliverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade
Road, Tabernacle T »p., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, U.S.A.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, USA.

Vol. 102, No. 1, January & February 1991 1

A SURVEY OF ARTHROPODS ASSOCIATED WITH
GOPHER TORTOISE BURROWS IN MISSISSIPPI!

Paul K. Lago?

ABSTRACT: A survey of arthropods associated with gopher tortoise burrows in Miss-
issippi revealed the presence of seven burrow commensals: Chelyoxenus xerobatis
(Coleoptera; Histeridae); Aphodius troglodytes and Onthophagus polyphemi sparsisetosus
(Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae); Philonthus gopheri (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae); Eutrichota sp.
(Diptera: Anthomyiidae), Machimus n. sp. (Diptera: Asilidae) and Amblyomma tuber-
culatum (Acari: Ixodida: Ixodidae). Eutrichota sp. ranked first in abundance, followed by P.
gopheri, O. polyphemi sparsisetosus and Machimus n. sp. (although the primary sampling
method, a vacuum apparatus, biased abundance data in favor of surface dwellers within
burrows). An additional 24 species were considered to be opportunists in the burrows, and
seven more were apparently accidental. Among the non-commensals were 20 species of
Coleoptera, five Hymenoptera, two Orthoptera, two Lepidoptera and two Diptera.

The gopher tortoise (Gopherus polyphemus Daudin) is a large, ter-
restrial turtle endemic to the southeastern United States, including
southeastern Mississippi. Except when foraging during mornings and
late afternoons of spring, summer and autumn months, the reptiles
spend most of their time within burrows they construct in sandy soil.
These burrows are usually rather simple, but may exceed seven meters in
length (Hansen, 1963), and are used for several years. The relative per-
manency of the burrows, coupled with the presence of unique resources
(tortoise dung, in particular) has resulted in the evolution of a unique
fauna of vertebrates and invertebrates that reside with the tortoise.

Arthropods comprise a major part of the gopher tortoise burrow fauna
and this group has received considerable attention in the past. Most
work done with this interesting assemblage, however, has been con-
ducted in Florida, and records for other areas are few and scattered.
Franz and Bryant (1982) summarized much information on tortoise -
habitat relationships and included a section entitled “Arthropods of
Gopher Burrows” (Woodruff, 1982a). A list of 39 species of arthropods
associated with burrows in Florida was presented along with notes on
presumed relationships (obligates, accidentals, etc.). Mistrey (1987) pre-
sented a considerably longer list (267 + species) and included much
information on biology of Florida burrow arthropods. He classified
burrow inhabitants as: a) commensals: obligate inquilines, basically
restricted to the habitat provided by their host, b) opportunists: species

lReceived August 2, 1990. Accepted October 9, 1990.
Department of Biology, University of Mississippi, University, MS 38677

ENT. NEWS 102(1): 1-13, January & February, 1991

2 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

using the burrow for cover, or feces for food, but found commonly in
other habitats, or consuming other types of feces and c) accidentals:
species normally occurring in other habitats and not regularly using
burrow resources.

The burrow commensals are generally coprophagous, parasitic on the
tortoises, or predaceous primarily on other burrow arthropods. As is true
for any organisms with very narrow habitat requirements, any major
change in habitat availability could have devastating effects on the
species involved. The status of the gopher tortoise varies from threatened
to endangered throughout its range; consequently, the status of the
obligate burrow inquilines is generally considered threatened or
endangered (Woodruff, 1982b), and with obvious good reason.

Howden and Cartwright (1963) described a new subspecies of
coprophagous scarab, (Onthophagus polyphemi sparsisetosus), collected
from gopher tortoise burrows in Alabama, Florida and Mississippi. The
Mississippi specimens, collected 6.5 miles south of Lucedale, George
County, represent the only known record for a tortoise burrow inquiline
from the state. A primary reason for the lack of records would appear to
be lack of collecting effort. Recently (1983) Andrew F. Beck (pers.
commn.) used a modified vacuum to sample several burrows in Harrison
County. Also in 1983, I excavated two burrows in Harrison and George
counties, and throughout the early 1980's, set pit traps and blacklight
traps in areas with good gopher tortoise populations. No burrow inqui-
lines were collected during any of the above activity. The only insect
specimens I examined that were in any way associated with tortoises in
Mississippi was a series of beetles taken from tortoise droppings at the
mouth of a burrow in Jones County, 21 August, 1985, by Robert Jones
and Jerry Watkins. Three species were represented: Myrmecaphodius
excavaticollis (Blanchard) (2 specimens) is an inquiline in fire ant nests
and is notcoprophagous. Its presence in this series is accidental. Ataenius
platensis (Blanchard) (53 specimens) was considered to be accidental in
tortoise burrows in Florida by Woodruff (1982a), but the presence of so
many in this series would seem to indicated a more meaningful relation-
ship, and this will be discussed later. The final specimen in the series was
Ataentus cylindrus Horn, a species normally associated with cattle dung
(Woodruff, 1973), and one that is not very common in Mississippi.

Recently there has been increased interest in “non-game” species by
state departments of wildlife conservation, in particular those species
that may be threatened or endangered. The above-mentioned Ontho-
phagus was appropriately placed on the Mississippi list of species of
special concern, and during 1987, I conducted a status survey of O.

Vol. 102, No. 1, January & February 1991 3

polyphemi sparsisetosus in conjunction with a general survey of the
arthropod fauna of gopher tortoise burrows in the state.

METHODS

The most obvious problems encountered during this study were: 1)
finding active tortoise burrows, and 2) sampling the arthropod fauna
within the burrows. The first problem proved notas difficult as originally
anticipated. There is great interest in the status of Mississippi gopher
tortoise populations among herpetologists and other wildlife biologists
in the state. Several surveys, both formal and informal, have been con-
ducted (e.g. Lohoefener, 1982) and much of this information has been
compiled by the Mississippi Natural Heritage Program. The informa-
tion provided by the Heritage Program included localities of supposedly
active burrows in all counties where the tortoise is known to occur.
Additionally, Harry Pawelczyk provided information on populations
within the DeSoto National Forest and several individuals assisted by
taking me to burrows of which only they had knowledge. Although the
information provided by the Heritage Program and Pawelczyk was
invaluable in finding localities, the majority of actual field time was
spent making transects through the areas in an attempt to find active
burrows. Specific localities were chosen on the basis of success potential
(large numbers of active burrows) and on the basis of distribution (in all
counties within the range of the tortoise, including localities near the
margin of that range to get the broadest picture of the distribution of
arthropods encountered).

Samples were collected from burrows using a gas-powered leaf blower
that had been modified into a vacuum. An adapter, with an in-line filter,
was added to the air intake of the blower and a 1.25 inch diameter,
smooth bore vacuum hose attached. A 30-foot hose enabled sampling of
even the longest burrows. The procedure involved snaking the hose into
a burrow, attaching the hose to the vacuum, then slowly extracting the
hose with a twisting motion. The in-line filter caught debris and any
arthropods, while allowing sand to pass through. The filter was then
removed, its contents placed in an enamel pan and the athropods
collected. This method of extraction has proven to be very efficient in
sampling burrows in Florida (A.F. Beck, pers. comm.; E.G. Milstrey,
pers. comm.), and is certainly less labor intensive than burrow exca-
vation. (It should be noted that excavation of burrows has not been
allowed since gopher tortoises were placed on the Mississippi list of
endangered species.) Many additional specimens were obtained by
examining tortoise feces found around burrow openings. Occasionally,
pit traps baited with fresh tortoise feces were set near burrows. Blacklight

4 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

traps were run in several colonies in an attempt to capture specimens of
Copris gopheri Hubbard and Aphodius troglodytes Hubbard, burrow
inquilines occasionally attracted to light (Woodruff, 1973). A total of 21
days was spent searching for and sampling burrows from 7 May through
24 June, 1987. Voucher specimens have been placed in the insect
collection of the University of Mississippi.

Figure 1. Distribution of collecting localities within the approximate range of the gopher
tortoise in Mississippi.

Vol. 102, No. 1, January & February 1991 5

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

During this study, light trapping was ineffective in capturing burrow
inquilines. Although pit trapping did yield a few specimens of copro-
phagous species, no inquilines were collected using this method. The
vacuum method, however, was quite successful in capturing both
inquilines and other burrow inhabitants, and unless otherwise indicated,
comments below refer to specimens collected in this manner. Using the
vacuum, samples were taken from 246 burrows at 48 localities in 12
counties. Active burrows were not found in Hancock county, but histor-
ically tortoises are not common here (R. Lohoefener, pers. comm.).
Burrows were sampled in all other counties where tortoises occur in
Mississippi (Fig. 1). Table 1 presents locality data and the number of
burrows sampled at each site.

Table 1. Mississippi localities where active gopher tortoise burrows were sampled
for inquilines.

Burrows
County Loc. No. Locality Sampled
Forrest 1 7.5 mi. S Brooklyn l
Forrest 2 1.5 mi. SE Brooklyn 8
Forrest 3 2.5 mi. SSE Brooklyn eZ
Forrest 4 2 mi. S McLaurin 4
George 5 6.5 mi. SE Lucedale 5
George 6 5 mi. N Lucedale 1
George 7 7 mi. SSE Lucedale 10
(two dates)
George 8 6 mi. SE Lucedale 6
Greene 9 7.5 mi. NW Leakesville 3
Greene 10 10.5 mi. WSW Leakesville 5
Greene 11 10 mi. SW Leakesville 2
Greene 12 8 mi. S State Line 9
Greene 13 7.5 mi. S State Line i
Greene 14 7.5 mi. S State Line 2
Greene iS) 9.5 mi. S State Line 8
Harrison 16 5 mi. ENE Saucier 2
Harrison 17 6 mi. ENE Saucier 1
Harrison 18 7 mi. E Saucier 1
Harrison 19 3.5 mi. NE Saucier 9
(two dates)
Harrison 20 3.5 mi. NE Saucier 6
Jackson 21 3 mi. N Gautier, Sandhill Crane 3

National Wildlife Refuge
Jackson 22 16 mi. NE Vancleave 1

6 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

a

Burrows
County Loc. No. Locality Sampled
Jones 23 13 mi. ESE Ellisville 11
Jones 24 14 mi. ESE Ellisville 5
Jones 25 14 mi. ESE Ellisville 5
Lamar 26 1.1 mi. NNE Purvis i
Lamar 27 3.5 mi. WNW Purvis 1
Lamar 28 5.5 mi. NWLumberton 6
Lamar 29 0.7 mi. S Baxterville 5
Lamar 30 1.3 mi. N Baxterville 2
Marion 31 13.5 mi. SE Columbia 6
Marion 32 10 mi. SE Columbia, Marion Co. 12
Wildlife Management Area
Pearl River 33 9 mi. NE Poplarville 2
Pearl River 34 9 mi. NE Poplarville 6
Pearl River 35 11 mi. ENE Poplarville 9
(two dates)
Perry 36 8.5 mi. ESE Beaumont 1
Perry 37 16.5 mi. S. Beaumont 2)
Perry 38 4.5 mi. NE Fruitland Park 6
Perry 39 4 mi. SW New Augusta 9
Perry 40 6 mi. SW New Augusta 5
Perry 41 14.5 mi. SSW New Augusta 5
Stone 42 3.5 mi. WNW McHenry 4
Stone 43 4.5 mi. WNW McHenry 2
Stone a 9 mi. SE Perkinston 7
(two dates)
Stone 45 15.5 mi. ESE Perkinston 5
Stone 46 6.5 mi. ESE Perkinston l
Stone 47 11.5 mi. E Wiggins 5
(two dates)
Wayne 48 16.5 mi. SW Waynesboro 13

Milstrey (1986) discussed various collecting techniques used to sample
burrow arthropods, and concluded that the vacuum method was most
efficient for sampling large numbers of burrows in a short time with the
least amount of habitat disturbance. Certain disadvantages of the
method are obvious: no direct observation of behavior is possible, there
is no real control over the amount of burrowsurface sampled, and strong
fliers (Diptera, Hymenoptera) may escape the airstream or very small
specimens be sucked through the inline filter (Milstrey, 1986). In addi-
tion, the vacuum collects primarily from the burrow surface and insects
that tunnel in the floor of the burrow(such as some dung beetles) may be
protected from the hose. Consequently, this method provides data that,
at best, indicates relative abundance for burrow surface dwellers, but
presence only for burrowers.

Vol. 102, No. 1, January & February 1991 7

Representatives of 37 species in 11 families and five orders of insects,
and one species of tick were collected from tortoise burrows or tortoise
feces during this study. In the following discussion of individual species,
presumed relationships with the tortoise are indicated using the terms
defined by Milstrey (1986): commensals, opportunists or accidentals (as
discussed above). Admittedly, the distinction between opportunistic and
accidental species, while obvious by definition, is somewhat subjective
for rarely encountered species. Consequently, some classification
changes may be necessary in the following list as additional information
comes to light.

ANNOTATED LIST OF SPECIES
Coleoptera

Histeridae

Chelyoxenus xerobatis Hubbard. Commensal. Localities 5, 10, 12, 20, 26. 26 May - 24
June. Specimens collected - 5. This species burrows in the floor of tortoise galleries and is
also found in tortoise feces (Hubbard, 1894; Young and Goff, 1939). The larvae are appar-
ently predaceous on maggots feeding on tortoise dung (Hubbard, 1896). The five speci-
mens collected were taken from widely scattered localities indicating a range co-extensive
with that of its host. The small number of individuals collected may be explained by the
burrowing habits of this species, or by the fact that it is simply not common in Mississippi.
Burrow excavation would be necessary to determine if either or both of these statements is
true.

Phelister rouzeti Fairmaire. Opportunist. Locality 24. 15 June. Specimens collected - 9.
This small series was taken from fresh tortoise feces near the mouth of a burrow. The
species was previously unknown east of the Mississippi River (R. Wenzel, pers. comm.)

Hydrophilidae

Cercyon pygameus Illiger. Opportunist. Locality 24. 15 June. Specimens collected - 1.
Various species of Cercyon, including C. pygmaeus, are commonly found in dung (Smetana,
1978). This specimen was collected from fresh tortoise feces near the mouth of a burrow.

Scarabaeidae

Aphodius rubeolus (Beauvois). Accidental. Localities 29, 34. 21, 22 June. Specimens
collected - 2. Aphodius rubeolus is common ina variety of types of feces in Mississippi, so the
presence of only two specimens in burrow samples seems best described as accidental.

Aphodius stercorosus Melsheimer. Accidental. Locality 48. 24 May. Specimens col-
lected - 1. The presence of this generalist dung beetle represents the same situation as A.
rubeolus. Both species are very common here but neither was taken from readily available
tortoise feces.

8 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Aphodius troglodytes Hubbard. Commensal. Locality 48. 15 June. Specimens col-
lected - 3. Adults and larvae of this species feed only on gopher tortoise feces (Woodruff,
1973). Although they are common in Florida burrows, specimens are most often found in
the driest, sandiest areas (Milstrey, 1987). The single Mississippi location, in southern
Wayne County, fits this description better than any other area visited during this study. All
specimens were taken from one burrow. Since adults remain associated with tortoise feces
(rather than burrowing), and since feces were often vacuumed from burrows, its appears
the species is very rare in Mississippi, and has a range that is notco-extensive with that of its
host.

Ataenius cylindrus Horn. Opportunist. Localities 12, 16,21,22,25, 32, 36,44, 47. 19 May -
24 June. Specimens collected - 20. Specimens were collected from tortoise feces, vacuumed
from burrows and taken in a pit trap baited with fresh tortoise dung. This species occurs in
cattle feces and must be considered an opportunist here, but the large number of specimens
collected and the wide range of collection sites indicated that tortoise droppings may
represent a preferred opportunity.

Ataenius fattigi Cartwright. Accidental. Locality 48. 15 June. Specimens collected - 1.
Typically found in cattle feces, and fairly common in Mississippi, the presence of one
specimen of A. fattigi in a vacuum sample is probably best described as accidental.

Ataenius ovatulus Horn. Opportunist. Localities 23, 32. 15 and 22 June. Specimens
collected - 3. Virtually nothing is known of the biology of this rare species. Supposedly they
do not use feces as a food source (Woodruff, 1973), but I have taken specimens in pit traps
baited with human feces and, during this study, three specimens were collected from
tortoise feces.

Ataenius platensis Blanchard. Opportunist. Localities 16, 21, 23, 24, 25. 15, 17 and 18
June. Specimens collected - 127. This is acommon, wide ranging species that uses a variety
of feces for food. Although Woodruff (1982a) considered this to be accidental in tortoise
burrows, I collected 101 specimens from tortoise feces indicating a relationship better
described as opportunistic. Although the majority of these specimens were taken from
feces near the mouths of burrows, several were collected from fecal masses vacuumed from
distal ends of burrows.

Onthophagus polyphemi sparsisetosus Howden and Cartwright. Commensal. Local-
ities 2,5, 7,9, 15, 19, 23,28, 29, 32,47,48.9 May -24 June. Specimens collected - 26. Adults feed
on tortoise feces (Woodruff, 1973), but larval habits remain unknown. Since adult Ontho-
phagus, in general, burrow and bury dung for larval food, it seems likely that the vacuum
method did not give a good estimate of the relative abundance of this species. However, the
26 specimens ranked second only to Philonthus gopheri Hubbard (Staphylindae) among
beetle commensals collected. The ranges of the beetle and the tortoise are coextensive in
Mississippi. This was the only commensal collected outside burrows. One individual was
observed flying into a burrow on a sunny day (about 2:00 pm, 80°F.). The beetle flew back
and forth across the opening two or three times, each time flying less distance and moving
closer to the hole, and finally landed about 20 cm into the burrow. A second specimen was

found at the mouth of a burrow where it was being subdued by fire ants (Solenopsis invicta
Buren).

Staphylinidae

Alenochora notula Erichson. Opportunist. Locality 24. 15 June. Specimens collected -1.

Vol. 102, No. 1, January & February 1991 9

Taken from tortoise feces at mouth of burrow.

Anotylus sp. Opportunist. Locality 24. 15 June.*Specimens collected -5. Taken from
tortoise feces at mouth of burrow.

Falgaria dissecta Erichson. Opportunist. Locality 24. 15 June. Specimens collected - 1.
Collected with the preceding two species.

Gabronthus mgogoricus Tottenham. Opportunist. Localities 24, 29. 15,21 June. Speci-
mens collected - 5. Four specimens were taken from fresh tortoise feces near a burrow
mouth, the fifth was vacuumed from a burrow.

Lithocaris sp. Opportunist. Locality 24. 15 June. Specimens collected - 1. Taken from
tortoise feces near burrow.

Mycetoporus sp. Opportunist (?). Localities 3, 44. 8,23 May. Specimens collected - 2.
Both specimens were vacuumed from burrows.

Philonthus gopheri Hubbard. Commensal. Localities 7, 19, 27, 28, 32, 35, 37, 38, 39, 48.7
May - 24 June. Specimens collected - 56. This was the most abundant of the coleopteran
burrow commensals, and its range coincides with the tortoise’s here. Woodruff (1982a)
consolidated the scattered information on P. gopheri, but within that material there was no
information as to the role of the species in the burrows.

Philonthus spp. Two species (35 specimens) were collected at location 24 from tortoise
feces (15 June) and an additional species (1 specimen) at location 29 from a burrow (21
June). These are probably opportunistic predators.

Three additional unidentified species (6 specimens) within the Aleocharinae were
collected from tortoise feces near the mouth of a burrow at location 24 (15 June). Probably
opportunistic predators.

Since the majority of the specimens of staphylinids (not including Philonthus gopher.)
were collected from tortoise feces, it seems logical that they were feeding on organisms
there and that they should be considered opportunists. However, most were collected at the
same locality (24) and from near the same burrow, unusual in the fact that it was shaded by
a dense shrub. “Accidental” may better describe the relationship between any of these
species and the gopher tortoise, but further observations are necessary.

Diptera

Anthomyiidae

Eutrichota sp., probably E. gopheri (Johnson). Commensal. Collected at all localities
except 3, 6, and 18, throughout sampling period. Specimens collected - 75. It is estimated
that less than 10% of the flies in vacuum samples were retained. A trip through the vacuum
hose was fairly hard on these delicate individuals and confirmation of their identity awaits
collection of good specimens of males. This was the most abundant commensal encount-
ered. Adults dominated vacuum samples from most burrows and larvae were very com-
mon in fresh tortoise feces. The number of “specimens collected”, which does not include
larvae, greatly underestimates the number present in samples. When the in-line filter was

10 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

removed, most of the flies escaped. This was not considered to be a problem because
several stunned individuals were usually present. Many in the filter were discarded be-
cause of damage caused by the vacuum ordeal. I suspect this species is the primary prey for
most of the predatory burrow arthropods, but no act of predation was actually observed.

Asilidae

Machimus n.sp. Commensal. Localities 7, 28, 35, 45,47, 48.21 May - 22 June. Specimens
collected - 14. S.W. Bullington has verified the identity of this robber fly as the species he
and AF. Beck are describing from tortoise burrows in Florida and Georgia. Adults rooston
the roofs of burrows just inside the entrance (within 40 cm). Only under extreme harass-
ment could they be forced to leave the burrow, and then they immediately reentered. Most
specimens were collected while the vaccum hose was being withdrawn from a burrow. An
assistant would stand near the entrance with an aerial net and capture specimens when
they made their brief appearance. Only three specimens were collected with the vacuum.
Although four specimens emerged from one burrow and three from another, one or two per
burrow was the rule. Many more specimens were seen than were captured, including
individuals at two localities not listed above. They were quicker than we. The range of the
species here is co-extensive with that of the tortoise. According to Milstrey (1987), this
robber fly is predaceous on the anthomyiid fly, Eutrichota gopheri (Johnson), another
burrow commensal.

Dolichopodidae
Hercostomus sp. Accidental (?). Localities 8, 38, 48. 21 - 26 May. Specimens collected -3.
Sphaeroceridae

Rachispoda sp. Opportunist (?). Locality 44. 8 May. Specimens collected - 1.

Hymenoptera

Formicidae

All of the following species of ants are predaceous and are considered opportunistic
burrow inhabitants. On one occasion, an individual of Onthophagus polyphemi sparsise-
tosus found at the mouth of a burrow was being attacked by many fire ants (Solenopsis
invicta). Although the beetle was still alive, it was incapable of coordinated movement. No
other instance of ant predation in a burrow was observed.

Aphaenogaster rudis Emery. Localities 20, 35. 22, 24 June. Specimens collected - 5.

Cyphomyrmex rimosus (Spinola). Locality 44. 19 May. Specimens collected - 1.

Iridomyrmex pruinosus (Roger). Locality 3. 23 May. Specimens collected - 1.

Solenopsis invicta Buren. Localities 3, 10, 15, 20, 22, 23, 35, 48. 23 May - 24 June.
Specimens collected - 18.

Vol. 102, No. 1, January & February 1991 11

Pompilidae

Anoplius atrox (Dahlbom). Opportunist. Locality 28.21 June. Specimens collected - 1.
Although only one specimen was collected, individuals were observed exiting burrows at
several locations. They left their roosting places on the burrow roofs just as the vacuum hose
entered. In all instances, individuals were observed only in the first few burrows sampled in
early morning (before 9:30 am) suggesting that the wasps use the burrows as overnight
refuges.

Lepidoptera

This order was represented in the samples by two larvae, one a pyralid, the second, a
tortricid. Neither was identified to genus. Nothing indicated other than an accidental
occurrence for either.

Orthoptera
Blattellidae

Cariblatta lutea (Saussure and Zehnter). Locality 2.23 May. Specimens collected - 1.
The presence of one specimen of this common species in a burrow must be considered
accidental.

Gryllacrididae

Ceuthophilus divergens Scudder. Opportunist. Localities 2, 7, 8,9, 11, 12, 13, 15, 20, 23,
28, 31, 32, 35, 37, 38, 40, 41, 45, 47, 48. 9 May - 24 June. The second most abundant species
encountered during this study, it has not been reported from tortoise burrows previously,
although congeners are documented burrow inhabitants (Milstrey, 1987; Woodruff,
1982a). The vast majority of individuals were seen when they escaped burrows as the
vacuum hose was removed; however, the inline filter usually contained a few salvageable
specimens. Like the Eutrichota sp. mentioned previously, probably less than 10% of indi-
viduals seen were collected. This species occurs in various habitats (Dakin and Hayes,
1970); consequently, it must be considered an opportunist using the burrows for cover.

Acari: I[xodida
Ixodidae

Amblyomma tuberculatum Marx. Commensal. Localities 35, 48. 15 - 24 June. Speci-
mens collected - 3 adults, 1 nymph. The large gopher tortoise tick was collected at only two
localities during this study, and no specimens were found on the few tortoises examined.
Population numbers peak in late October and November in Florida (Milstrey, 1987), and it
is possible that had I collected later in the year, more individuals might have been found.
Based on the distribution of collection localities, I suspect the range of the tick is co-
extensive with that of the tortoise here.

SUMMARY

During May and June, 1987, samples of arthropods were taken from.

12 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

246 gopher tortoise burrows in southeastern Mississippi. Of the 38 species
of arthropods represented in the samples, seven were true commensals,
24 were considered to be opportunistic and seven were probably acci-
dental in occurrence. The commensals were Chelyoxenus xerobatis
(Histeridae), Aphodius troglodytes and Onthophagus polyphemi sparsisetosus
(Scarabaeidae), Philonthus gopheri (Staphylinidae), Asilus n.sp. (Asilidae),
Eutrichota sp.(Anthomyiidae) and Amblyomma tuberculatum (Ixodidae).
Eutrichota sp. ranked first in abundance among the commensals, followed
by P. gopheri, O. polyphemi sparsisetosus and Machimus n.sp. With the
exception of Aphodius troglodytes, the ranges of the commensals appear
to coincide with the range of the gopher tortoise in Mississippi.

Most of the opportunistic species were beetles (18 species), along with
five hymenopterans and one orthopteran. Five of the opportunists were
coprophagous, 17 were predaceous and two appeared to be using the
burrows for cover.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Sam Testa III and Ed Zuccaro provided invaluable assistance with all aspects of field
collecting during this study. R. Jones, H. Pawelczyk, and J. Watkins, D. Stringer, M. Gill, M.
Hetrick and A. Albritton were extremely helpful in providing information on burrow
localities. The following individuals identified specimens collected: Coleoptera - J.M.
Kingsolver, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, U.S.D.A.; A.F. Newton, Field Museum of
Natural History; A. Smetana, Biosystematics Research Inst. Ottawa; R.L. Wenzel, Field
Museum of Natural History. Diptera - S.W. Bullington, Salem, VA; A.L. Norrbom, SEL,
USDA: F.C. Thompson, SEL, USDA. Hymenoptera - P.B. Kannowski, University of North
Dakota; A.S. Menke, SEL, USDA. Lepidoptera - R.W. Hodges, SEL. USDA; M.A. Solis,
National Museum of Natural History. Orthoptera - M.E. Dakin, Jr., University of South-
western Louisiana. Andy Beck and Erick Milstrey provided much information on burrow
communities, vacuum construction and sampling technique. R.L. Jones and E.G. Riley
reviewed an earlier draft of this paper and offered valuable criticisms. This study was
funded by a grant from the Mississippi Wildlife Heritage Fund administered through the
Mississippi Department of Wildlife, Fisheries and Parks.

LITERATURE CITED

Dakin, M.E., Jr. and K.L. Hays. 1970. A synopsis of Orthoptera (sensu lato) of Alabama.
Auburn Univ., Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 404. 118 pp.

Franz, R. and R.J. Bryant (Eds.). 1982. The gopher tortoise and its sandhill habitat. Proc.
3rd Annu. Meeting, Gopher Tortoise Council, Tallahassee, FL. 78 pp.

ae K.L. 1963. The burrow of the gopher tortoise. Quart. J. Florida Acad. Sci. 26:353-
360.

Howden, H.F. and O.L. Cartwright. 1963. Scarab beetles of the genus Onthophagus
Latreille north of Mexico. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 114 (3467): 1-135.

Hubbard, H.G. 1894. The insect guests of the Florida land tortoise. Insect Life 6:302-
315.

Vol. 102, No. 1, January & February 1991 13

Lohoefener, R. 1982. Gopher tortoise ecology and land-use practices in southern DeSoto
National Forest, Harrison County, Mississippi. pp 50-74. Jn: Franz, R. and RJ. Bryant
(eds). The gopher tortoise and its sandhill habitat. Proc. 3rd Annu. Meeting, Gopher
Tortoise Council. Tallahassee, FI.

Milstrey, E.G. 1986. Ticks and invertebrate commensals in gopher tortoise burrows:
Implication and importance. pp. 4-15 In: D.R. Jackson and R.J. Bryant (eds.). The
gopher tortoise and its community. Proc. Sth Ann. Meeting. Gopher Tortoise Council.

Milstrey, E.G. 1987. Bionomics and ecology of Ornithodoros (P.) turicata americanus
(Marx) (Ixodoidea: Argasidae) and other commensal invertebrates present in the
burrows of the gopher tortoise, Gopherus polyphemus Daudin. Unpubl. Ph.D. Dis-
sertation. Univ. of Florida 278 pp.

Smetana, A. 1978. Revision of the subfamily Sphaeridiinae of America north of Mexico
(Coleoptera: Hydrophilidae). Mem. Entomol. Soc. Can 105-292 pp.

Woodruff, R.E. 1973. The scarab beetles of Florida (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae).
Arthropods of Florida and Neighboring Land Areas. Vol. 8. Florida Dept. of Agr. and
Consumer Ser. 220 pp.

Woodruff, R.E. 1982a. Arthropods of gopher burrows. pp. 24-48. Jn: Franz, R. and RJ.
Bryant (eds.). The gopher tortoise and its sandhill habitat. Proc. 3rd. Annu. Meeting,
Gopher Tortoise Council, Tallahassee, FL.

Woodruff, R.E. 1982b. Scarabaeidae. pp 84-102. Jn: Franz, R. (ed.). Rare and endangered
Biota of Florida. Vol. 6. Invertebrates. Univ. Pr. Florida.

Young, F.N. and C.C. Goff. 1939. An annotated list of the arthropods found in the
burrows of the Florida gopher tortoise, Gopherus polyphemus (Daudin). Florida

Entomol 22: 53-62.

ERRATA

In the Nov. - Dec. 1990 issue of Entomological News, there are two small errors in the
article entitled “New Records of Mayflies (Ephemeroptera) from Maine” by Steven K.
Burian and Ronald G. Mack (ENT. NEWS 101(5):297-300). These are corrected below:

On page 297, second paragraph, line seven and on page 299, first line, there should not be
any parenthesis [( )] around Traver. These should both read: Acentrella ampla Traver.

On page 297, second paragraph, line eight, Centroptilus should read Centroptilum.

Both the editor and the authors apologize for these errors.

14 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

PREDATION BY DOLICHOVESPULA MACULATA
(HYMENOPTERA: VESPIDAE) ON ADULT
GYPSY MOTHS!

Paul W. Schaefer

ABSTRACT: Field observations of foraging Dolichovespula maculata showed suc-
cessful capture of flying male Lymantria dispar responding to a synthetic pheromone
source. Successful capture rate was 5.9% while capture attempts frequently occurred in
repeated sequence, up to 18 in succession. Capture of a female gypsy moth and a damselfly
by D. maculata and an attempted capture of a male gypsy moth by Vespula maculifrons is
included.

Dolichovespula maculata (L.) is a large black and white social wasp
commonly known as the baldfaced hornet (BFH) (Stoetzel 1989). This
hornet is more accurately one of several “yellowjackets”, the common
names of which have been much confused and only recently has clari-
fication of the nomenclature been attempted (Greene & Caron 1980). It
primarily hunts live prey and its food consists mostly of tissue of a variety
of insects, including gypsy moths (GM) Lymantria dispar (L.)
(Lepidoptera: Lymantriidae) as previously recorded (Smith &
Lautenschlager 1981).

In this study, I recorded the capture success rate of BFH as they
pursued potential prey of flying GM males. This study resulted from
observations of aerial predation on GM males in August 1989 when
recordings were made of the success rate of aerial capture and processing
of the captured prey. General notes on foraging behavior, particularly as
it relates to flying male adult gypsy moths, capture of a sedentary female
GM, a damselfly, and another vespid attempting to capture a GM male,
are included.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

All observations took place at a cabin on the shore of Lower Lead
Mountain Pond, in unorganized township T28 MD, Maine, during the
period 13-22 August 1989. The surrounding habitat was a mixed
deciduous forest (oak, maple, white birch and some white pine) which
supported a very light GM population.

The observation area was the outside surface of a three-sided,
screened-in porch (3.4.X 2.1 m) attached to a cabin. Located inside the
porch was a 2-yr old + disparlure tape attractive to feral GM males. The

Received May 4. 1990. Accepted October 20, 1990.
“US. Dept. Agric. Beneficial Insects Research Lab., 501 S. Chapel St., Newark, DE 19713

ENT. NEWS 102(1): 1-14-18, January & February, 1991

Vol. 102, No. 1, January & February 1991 15

area could be observed from a convenient distance of ca. 3 m from the
corner of the front and one side. Either the left side or right side plus the
porch front was used at any one time. Use of side (right or left) depended
on the direction of the breeze during observations. The leeward side was
always observed.

Observation periods involved recording the entrance into the obser-
vation area of scavaging BFH or pheromone responding GM males. The
limits of the area were judged by eyesight from the point of observation.
Time of entrance into the area was recorded but duration within was not.
When coincidence of entry into the area of the two species occurred,
particular attention was paid to the behavior of the BFH in response to
any potential GM prey. Orientation and attack behavior was noted.
Frequency of attacks and captures were recorded. Behavior following a
successful capture was noted in as much detail as possible without
disturbing the BFH. Data were summarized to illustrate aerial capture
SUCCESS.

One experiment entailed finding a single ovipositing female GM in
the surrounding woodlands and moving her into the observation area by
placing her on the window screen to watch any BFH response.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS

A total of 8.5 hours of observation on six different days yielded 15
observed BFH captures of flying GM males (on four different days).
During those observation periods when both species were active, on
average both GM and BFH entered the observation area at about the
same rate, i.e. one entry every three minutes. I recorded 251 observed
attacks by the BFH on flying (or active fluttering against the screening)
GM, including the 15 observed captures, resulted in an overall 5.9%
successful capture rate.

Overall, observations permitted an in-depth analysis of the BFH’s
behavior. When GM were not present in the area, BFH often “patrolled”
the camp surface in search of insects, as previously described by Balduf
(1954) and similar behavior to that observed at a dead mammal bait
source by Heinrich (1984). At other times, the BFH sat on convenient
spots on the external porch woodwork around the screens, or on a railing
down the front steps to await the passing ofa flying GM. First reaction of
the BFH was usually a quick orientation in the direction of the flying
GM. This often preceded’ flight, but not always. In flight there was
usually a perceptible pause in movement while hovering, involving an
orientation, or fixation of eyesight upon the target moth. An attack
usually followed immediately, with an apparent attempt at grabbing the

16 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

fluttering male GM in its mandibles, possibly with the assistance of legs.
With capture success rate only ca. 6%, many GM males continued to
flutter toward the pheromone source after the first or subsequent attack
attempts. If the moth happened to be closely appressed to the window
screen, capture appeared to be facilitated only slightly by trapping the
moth against the screen. This only contributed a minor advantage to the
BFH as many attacks under these conditions still failed. In unsuccessful
attacks GM males continued to flutter about the screen and would often
then be subjected to repeated attacks or sequences of attacks that
followed one another in rapid succession. This was repeated 18 times in
one case before a successful capture occurred. On average each BFH
made 4.8 attempts (N = 15, range | to 18) or encounters before a suc-
cessful capture. Such an attack sequence often terminated after several
encounters with the BFH, and the GM would fly upward at a steep angle
(similar to when males collide in flight near a pheromone source or
become satiated and then terminate searching behavior as previously
recorded (Doane & Cardé 1973)).

The 15 successful captures occurred between 0919 and 1724 hours. A
typical capture was followed by a brief ascending flight by the BFH as it
cradled the motionless GM. Landing on a leaf, branch or the camp
structure, the BFH would promptly begin to process the prey. This
procedure was to cut off the wings (often causing each wing to fall
separately), legs, antenna, sometimes head, and sometimes parts of the
abdomen. Without exception, in those observed, thoracic musculature
was saved. These tissues were mascerated somewhat into a bolus before
flight back to the nest. The processing of the GM cadaver required on
average 188 seconds (N= 10, range 89-431) between the time of capture
and departure on a flight toward the nest. In the cases where it was fairly
certain that only one individual BFH was active in the area (since only
once were 2 BFH observed simultaneously), the predator was back in the
area on average 232 seconds (N=8, range 68-580) after departing with
previously collected food.

All evidence suggested that the BFH had become well conditioned to
patrol the area, even in the absence of any GM, as had occurred on
August 20 when conditions were unusually cool (16°C at 0800). Observed
foraging behavior, as described by Balduf (1954), occurred frequently
when no GM were present or very early in-the day before commence-
ment of any observed male GM flight activity. In the evening, BFH were
observed (and could more easily be detected by their characteristic buzz)
well after dusk when GM males showed a continuation of flight activity.
This long duration of BFH activity was also noted by Heinrich (1984).

Vol. 102, No. 1, January & February 1991 17

On two occasions when rain interrupted observation periods, all flight
activity of the BFH ceased in the area.

The single female GM placed on the screen within view very promptly
fell prey to a BFH. Only 170 seconds after positioning the female, a BFH
detected the stationary female and flew in close to inspect. At that
instance, from a distance judged to be 3 cm away, the BFH hovered in
place for more than two seconds before attacking the female by a direct
pounce. No attempt to fly followed this capture suggesting that the
predator clearly perceived this prey as so heavy that flight was impossible.
Processing this female was as with the males except that a large portion
of the prothorax and about 2/3 of the abdomen was severed and discarded.
Meso- and metathoracic tissues were saved. This process required 4
minutes before departing flight occurred.

Apart from GM as prey, one BFH captured a damselfly, likely Argia

fumipennis violacea (Hagen) (Odonata: Zygoptera: Coenagrionidae) (as

determined by a single wing severed by the BFH). Although the actual
capture was not witnessed, it was observed cutting off legs, wings and
head, and much of the abdomen, before flying off with a food bolus.
During the observation period, a single yellowjacket, Vespula maculifrons
(Buysson) (Hymenoptera: Vespidae) entered the area and made a single
attack on a GM male but failed to capture it.

These observations of BFH feeding on both sexes of GM enhance our
understanding of both the natural enemies associated with GM popu-
lations and on the food acquisition behavior of BFH. Previous records of
BFH food sources have been compiled (Akre ef al. 1980, often citing
others) and can be summarized as (1) apparently only occasionally
scavenging for protein from flesh of amammal, reptile or fish carcass, or
more frequently (2) foraging for live insect prey. With live insects being
the most preferred, flies, other yellowjacket species, and larger insects,
including cicadas, are common prey. In another Maine habitat, Heinrich
(1984) observed BFH feeding on a muscid fly and a moth, however,
perhaps more significant were the records of foraging BFH that made
many erroneous attacks on objects or visual clues perceived as potential
prey. Grant (1959) reports the unusual occurrence of BFH attacking a
hummingbird by bringing it to the ground before it then escaped. From
present observations, actively flying male GM are clearly very accept-
able prey and are not free from aerial attack. Similarly, sedentary GM
females are readily recognized as prey and may even be much more
vulnerable than are the highly active males. Just what impact BFH
predation may have on a low density GM population remains unknown
but warrants investigation.

18 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

i

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Dewey M. Caron (Dept. Entomology & Applied Ecology) and Harold B. White III (Dept.
Chemistry & Biochemistry) both of the University of Delaware, Newark, DE, kindly
identified wasps and damselfly respectively. Ronald M. Weseloh (Conn. Agric. Exp. Stn.,
New Haven) and Douglas W. Tallamy (Univ. Del.) kindly offered suggestions on the
manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Akre, R.D., A. Greene, J.F. MacDonald, P.J. Landolt and H.G. Davis. 1980.
Yellowjackets of America North of Mexico. USDA Agr. Handbook 552, 102 pp.

Balduf, W.V. 1954. Observations on the white-faced wasp, Dolichovespula maculata (Linn.)
(Vespidae, Hymenoptera). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 47: 445-458.

Doane, C.C. and R.T. Cardé. 1973. Competition of gypsy moth males at a sex-pheromone
source and a mechanism for terminating searching behavior. Environ. Entomol. 2: 603-
605.

Grant, J. 1959. Hummingbirds attacked by wasps. Can. Field Nat. 73: 174.

Greene, A. and D.M. Caron. 1980. Entomological etymology: The common names of
social wasps. Bull. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 26: 126-130.

Heinrich, B. 1984. Strategies of thermoregulation and foraging in two vespid wasps,
Dolichovespula maculata and Vespula vulgaris. J. Comp. Physiology B, 154: 175-180.
Smith, H.R. and R.A. Lautenschlager. 1981. Gypsy moth predators. pp. 96-125. C.C.
Doane and M.L. McManus (eds.) Jn The Gypsy Moth: Research Toward Integrated

Pest Management. USDA, FS, Tech. Bull. 1584, 757 pp.

Stoetzel, M.B. 1989. Common names of insects & related organisms. Entomol. Soc. Amer.

Publ., 199 pp.

Vol. 102, No. 1, January & February 1991 19

SUNIUS MELANOCEPHALUS (COLEOPTERA:
STAPHYLINIDABE), A PALEARCTIC ROVE BEETLE
NEW TO NORTH AMERICA!

E. Richard Hoebeke2

ABSTRACT: Sunius melanocephalus, a paederine rove beetle common throughout most of
Europe, is reported for the first time from North America (New York), based on the
examination of specimens in the Cornell University Insect Collection and collections
made by the author. Notes on its distribution, biology, and possible adventive status are
provided, and a habitus of the adult, male fifth and sixth visible sternites, and aedeagus are
illustrated to facilitate identification.

While several modern monographic papers have dealt with the fauna
of the staphylinid subfamily Paederinae for portions of the Palearctic
region (i.e., Bohac, 1985a, 1985b, 1986; Coiffait, 1978, 1982, 1984; and
Lohse, 1964), no such comprehensive works have been attempted for
paederine rove beetles of North America. Thus, in many cases, species
level identification of these beetles from the available literature has
proven difficult at best.

While identifying numerous Staphylinidae that have recently accu-
mulated in the Cornell University Insect Collection, I found several
specimens of the Palearctic paederine Sunius melanocephalus (F.), all
collected in New York State. The specimen records, listed below, repre-
sent the first documented presence of this Palearctic species from North
America.

The present paper is intended to contribute to the understanding of
this newly detected species in the eastern United States. Distributional
data are given, known bionomics of the species are summarized, and
morphological characters are described and illustrated to allow for the
identification of adults.

There is considerable variation in the number of nominal species
recorded in the paederine genus Sunius Stephens (= Hypomendon Mulsant
& Rey). Coiffait (1961) lists “une cinquantaince d’species” (about 50
species) for the world fauna, while Bohac (1985b:446) records “about 30
species distributed mainly in the southern parts of the Palearctic region
and the Oriental and Nearctic regions. Some species are known from the
Australian and Ethiopian regions.” The North American species are in
need of revision (see under “Remarks’”).

Sunius is apparently closely related to Medon Stephens with which it

lReceived August 30, 1990. Accepted September 13, 1990.
Department of Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853

ENT. NEWS 102(1): 19-24, January & February, 1991

20 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

once was treated as a subgenus. Both taxa are distinguished from other
genera of the Medon group (cited by some authors as the subtribe
Medonina) by the combination of the coarse, moderately dense umbil-
icate punctures on the disc of the head, the lack of a median tooth of the
labrum, and the separate gular sutures (Moore and Legner, 1975). Adults
of Sunius are weakly differentiated from those of Medon on the basis of
the gular sutures diverging from before the middle to the apex (Moore
and Legner, 1975). In Medon, the gular sutures are parallel in the center of
the head.

Sunius melanocephalus (F.)

Description. - Dorsal habitus as in Fig. 1. Length 3.0-3.2 mm. Head usually black to pitchy
red; pronotum orangish to red; elytra pitchy red, often brownish; and abdomen dull black
with apex more or less reddish. Legs, antennae, and mouthparts testaceous. Head and
pronotum coarsely and sparsely punctate. Dorsum of head and pronotum without micro-
sculpture, very glossy between punctures. Elytra usually as long as, or apparently a little
shorter than, pronotum. Punctation of elytra and abdomen distinctly finer than that of
pronotum. Abdominal surface with very faint microsculpture. Apical margin of the male
fifth visible sternite slightly emarginate at the middle, with a rather broad longitudinal
impression before the emargination (Fig. 2), and of the male sixth visible sternite deeply
emarginate at the middle (Fig. 3). Aedeagus broad, robust; apical process of median lobe
strongly arched and concave ventrally at apex as in Fig. 4. Armature of the internal sac
consisting of a single, elongated, stylet-like plate (not drawn).

Diagnosis. - In eastern North America, adults of S. melanocephalus are
somewhat similar to those of S. debilicornis Wollaston (S.C., Fla., Tx.), a
species also introduced into North America with commerce and cosmo-
politan in world distribution (Coiffait, 1961; Bohac, 1985b), but differ by
the longer antennae and the glossy, reddish pronotum without micro-
sculpture (shorter antennae and yellow pronotum with strong
microsculpture in S. debilicornis). Among all other North American
Sunius spp., S. melanocephalus differs by the combination of the dorsal
coloration (described above), head and pronotum glossy without
microsculpture, elytra shorter than or equal to length of pronotum, body
length, and the characters of the male fifth and sixth visible sternites and
aedeagus.

Specimens examined. - UNITED STATES: NEW YORK: Niagara Co., Olcott, 23 March
1924, H. Dietrich (19). Tompkins Co., Town of Ulysses, N of Jacksonville, 13 April 1986
(35), 19 April 1986 (19), 14 April 1990 (1d, 299), 20 April 1990 (19), 22 April 1990 (1¢), 4
November 1989 (19); Ithaca, nr. Cornell Univ. golf course, 28 October 1989, R. Vavrek (19).
All specimens were collected by the author, unless noted otherwise, and are deposited in
the Cornell University Insect Collection.

Biology. - Adults of S. melanocephalus, an apparently semi-synanthropic

Vol. 102, No. 1, January & February 1991 21

4

Figs. 1-4. Sunius melanocephalus. |, dorsal habitus, male; scale line = 1.0 mm. 2, male fifth
visible sternite. 3, male sixth visible sternite. 4, aedeagus: a, vental aspect; b, lateral aspect.

a ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

species, are found in various wet and dry habitats, such as swamps,
banks of streams, wet forests, meadows, gardens, fields, forest-steppes,
and sand banks, occurring under decaying matter, moss, haystack
refuse, stones, compost piles, between tufts of grass, and in nests of small
mammals and ants (Fowler, 1888; Horion, 1965; Bohac, 1985b). Bohac
also noted that adults occasionally overwinter in nests of the common
mole, Talpa europaea L. Adults occur throughout the year, with larval
stages obtained in April and October.

Specimens at hand, collected from Tompkins County, New York, were
taken under large flat stones, under mats of knotweed (Polygonum
aviculare L.) overgrowing the edge of a sidewalk, and in a core sample
from turf grass (Kentucky bluegrass). New York specimens were collected
in March and April, and in October and November.

Distribution. - This Old World species, the type species of the genus, is
widely distributed in cental and southern Europe and ranges into the
southern parts of Asia Minor (Bohac, 1985b).

REMARKS

Cataloguers of the Staphylinidae (e.g., Bernhauer and Schubert, 1912;
Leng, 1920; and Moore and Legner, 1975) have not previously recorded
Sunius melanocephalus as part of the North American fauna, nor have
early coleopterists (1.e., T.L. Casey, J.L. LeConte and T. Say) mentioned
in their works the presence of this species in North America. Since the
genus Sunius is still relatively poorly-known and unrevised, the logical
question arises whether the newly detected specimens of “S. melano-
cephalus” are conspecific with some previously recorded species of the
genus in North America.

In America north of Mexico, Moore and Legner (1975) list 28 species
of Sunius (inclusive of the nominate subgenus, and Caloderma, Trachy-
sectus, and Hypomendon). All but 5 species were described by T.L. Casey
(most as Caloderma and subsequently reassigned to Hypomedon) in his
monograph of the American Paederini (Casey, 1905). The majority of the
total (22 spp.) are recorded west of the Rocky Mountains.

After critical examination of the original descriptions of the Casey
species, and especially of those occurring in the East, I can unequivocally
conclude that the specimens of “S. melanocephalus” are distinctive, dif-
fering significantly from those previously described from North America.

Because S. melanocephalus is partially associated with man-made
habitats in Europe and North America (=semi-synanthropic), and
because another congener (S. debilicornis) has been found to be immi-
grant in North America (Coiffait, 1961:16), I strongly suspect that S.

Vol. 102, No. 1, January & February 1991 23

melanocephalus has been accidentally introduced into North America
with commerce. Species level work is rarely attempted for most small
staphylinids in North America, thus it is not surprising that S. melano-
cephalus (3.0 mm) has escaped previous detection.

At present, specimens are available from only one collection and one
area (New York). With no information on the presence or absence of this
species elsewhere in North America, one corroborative piece of evidence
is missing which would be important in predicting the adventive status
of S. melanocephalus. Therefore, I cannot rule out the possibility that this
species has a broad distribution range across much of the northern
hemisphere. Only a detailed inspection of other institutional and uni-
versity collections will reveal this information. If, however, this species is
found to have a restricted distribution pattern in North America (i.e.,
eastern U.S.), then Iam confident that the major criteria for recognizing
an introduced species (see Lindroth, 1957:135-143) have been satisfied.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I would like to thank L.H. Herman (American Museum of Natural History, New York)
for confirming the identification of S. melanocephalus, and LHH, Joseph V. McHugh
(Cornell University), and two anonymous reviewers for critically reading an earlier draft of
the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Bernhauer, M. and K. Schubert. 1912. Coleopterorum catalogus, pars 40, Staphylinidae
III: 191-288. W. Junk (ed.), Berlin

Bohac, J. 1985a. Review of the subfamily Paederinae (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae) in
Czechoslovakia. Acta ent. bohemoslov., 82:360-385.

Bohac, J. 1985b. Review of the subfamily Paederinae (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae) in
Czechoslovakia. Part II. Acta ent. bohemoslov., 82:43 1-467.

Bohac, J. 1986. Review of the subfamily Paederinae (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae) of
Czechoslovakia. Part III. Acta ent. bohemoslov., 83:365-398

Casey, T.L. 1905. A revision of the American Paederini. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, 15:17-
248.

Coiffait, H. 1961. Les Hypomedon d’Europe et de la région méditerranéenne (Coleoptera,
Staphylinidae). Rev. Franc. d’Entomol., 28:16-40.

Coiffait, H. 1978. Coléoptéres Staphylinidae de la région Paléarctique Occidentale. Sous
famille Staphylininae, Tribu Quediini; Sous famille Paederinae, Tribu Pinophilini.
Nouv. Rev. Entomol. (Supp.), no. 6:1-364.

Coiffait, H. 1982. Coléoptéres Staphylinidae de la région Paléarctique Occidentale. Sous
famille Paederinae, Tribu Paederini (Paederi, Lathrobii). Nouv. Rev. Entomol.
(Suppl.), no. 7:1-440.

Coiffait, H. 1984. Coléoptéres Staphylinidae de la région Paléarctique Occidentale. Sous
famille Paederinae, Tribu Paederini 2; Sous famille Euaesthetinae. Nouv. Rev. Entomol.
(Suppl.), no. 8:1-424.

Fowler, W.W. 1888. The Coleoptera of the British Islands. A descriptive account of the
families, genera and species indigenous to Great Britain and Ireland, with notes as to
localities, habitats, etc. vol. 2, Staphylinidae, 444 pp.

24 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Horion, A.D. 1965. Faunistik der mitteleuropaischen Kafer. Band X: Staphylinidae, 2.
Teil. Paederinae bis Staphylininae. Uberlingen-Bodensee. 335 pp.

Leng, C.W. 1920. Catalogue of the Coleoptera of America, North of Mexico. John D.
Sherman, Mt. Vernon. 470 pp.

Lindroth, C. 1957. The faunal connections between Europe and North America. Stockholm.
344 pp.

foie GA. 1964. Staphylinidae I (Micropeplinae bis Tachyporinae), in: H. Freude,
K.W. Harde and G.A. Lohse (eds.), Die Kafer Mitteleuropas, 4.

Moore, I. and E.F. Legner. 1975. A catalogue of the Staphylinidae of America North of
Mexico (Coleoptera). Div. Agric. Sci., Univ. Calif., Spec. Publ. 3015. 514 pp.

SOCIETY MEETING OF OCTOBER 24, 1990

DESERT CRANE FLIES
by Dr. Jon Gelhaus

Dr. Jon Gelhaus from the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia presented the
talk at the first society meeting of the 1990-91 year. The meeting was held in Townsend Hall
at the University of Delaware with 21 members and guests present. Dr. Gelhaus spoke on
desert crane flies of the subgenus Tipula (Eremotipula), a group that he revised for his
doctoral work at the University of Kansas.

Crane flies are an ancient group of Diptera that has been able to adapt to both aquatic
and terrestrial habitats. There is even a leaf mining species in Hawaii. They usually feed as
larvae on decaying plant matter. Adults have long fragile legs that are easily lost and thus,
despite their often impressive appearance as adults, they make poor specimens unless
properly handled and are usually avoided by collectors. One wag in the audience defined a
crane fly as an insect with fewer than six legs.

Interestingly, those species of Eremotipula found in the deserts of the western United
States do not have any apparent morphological adaptations to arid habitats. Rather their
adaptations seem to be physiological and behavioral. Eggs laid under shrubs diapause
through the hot summer when daytime temperatures average near 40°C. They apparently
hatch in the fall, if conditions are favorable, but are probably capable of remaining
dormant for several years of drought. The larvae are found in the top fewcentimeters of soil
beneath plants such as sagebrush. Adults are found in these bushes in the spring.

Of the about 14,000 known species of crane fly, over 10,000 were described by the late Dr.
C.P. Alexander, a benefactor of the Society and an aquaintance of several members in the
audience. Following the talk there was a lively exchange of anecdotes. For example, Dr.
Curtis Sabrosky related that Dr. Alexander never learned to drive and thus was driven by
his wife on all of his field expeditions. Howard Boyd noted that Dr. Alexander's house had
a very large room devoted solely for his collection. Dr. Alexander's first publication, one of
his last, and many in between were printed in the Society’s journals.

Several members of the audience reported on their summer activities. Dr. Paul Schaefer
displayed an inverted box he designed to attract nesting Polistes wasps so that he could
study their Strepsipteran parasite, Xenos peckii. (See Ent. News 101: 182 (1990)). He mounted

(Continued on page 30)

Vol. 102, No. 1, January & February 1991 25

DISTRIBUTION RECORDS OF
CORYDALUS CORNUTUS (MEGALOPTERA:
CORYDALIDAE) IN COLORADO!

Scott J. Herrmann, Henry L. Davis2

ABSTRACT: Corydalus cornutus is reported for the first time for 14 sites of the Purgatoire
River, a tributary of the Arkansas River which lies on the eastern slope of the Continental
Divide in Colorado. Distribution records of C. cornutus are cited for western slope rivers of
the Colorado River basin.

The taxonomic status of dobsonflies (Megaloptera:Corydalidae) in
Colorado has been confusing, and their distributional status largely
unknown and unreported. The objectives of this nublication are to
report dobsonfly occurrence and distribution in Colorado, and to clarify
the taxonomic status of the species occurring in Colorado. Since 1984 we
have made numerous collections of larval and adult corydalids in
Colorado east and west of the Continental Divide. The Purgatoire River,
a tributary of the Arkansas River located on the eastern slope of the
Continental Divide in the southeast quadrant of the state, was sampled
as part of a pre-training environmental study or the Pinon Canyon
Maneuvers Site (PCMS) for the U.S. Army. Aquatic macroinvertebrate
surveys (Fausch et al. 1985) completed during 1983, 1984 and 1985 within
the 48 km segment of the Purgatoire River along the east boundary of the
PCMS, showed corydalids to be present and common, if appropriate
collecting devices were used. In 1987, nine main stem sites within the
PCMS were again surveyed, resulting in eight corydalid collections. In
March and November 1987, we collected corydalids at six of ten sites
outside the PCMS extending from Trinidad, CO to the confluence of the
Purgatoire and Arkansas Rivers near Las Animas, CO. Other eastern
slope rivers (Arkansas, South Platte and North Platte) in Colorado and
their major permanent tributaries were monitored in our earlier re-
search studies.

The rivers and streams on the western slope of the Colorado Continental
Divide that were sampled as part of this corydalid inventory included the
Rio Grande, Conejos, San Juan, Piedra, Los Pinos, Florida, Animas,
LaPlata, Mancos, McElmo, Dolores, San Miguel, Gunnison, Colorado,
White, Yampa, and Green. Several entomologists from Colorado and
adjoining states provided additional material for inclusion in this report.

lReceived December 29, 1989. Accepted September 28, 1990
Department of Life Sciences, University of Southern Colorado, Pueblo, CO 81001-
4901

ENT. NEWS 102(1): 25-30, January & February, 1991

26 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

——————————————

Corydalid records from the Colorado western slope contained in these
and government reports are included in this paper.

Adult male and female corydalids from east and west of the Colorado
Continental Divide were sent to Dr. Elwin D. Evans for identification;
Evans (1988) reported all our Colorado specimens to be Corydalus
cognatus Hagen, a species originally described from the Pecos River,
western Texas, by Hagen (1861). For his dissertation Evans (1972)
examined over 350 adults from Arizona, California, Nevada, New
Mexico, Texas, Utah and eight states in Mexico; he identified these
western specimens as C. cognatus. According to Evans (1972) and Evans
and Neunzig (1984) two species of Corydalus occur in North America
north of Mexico, an eastern form C. cornutus (Linnaeus) and a western
form C. cognatus. Evans (1972) reported males of C. cognatus differ from
males of C. cornutus in being light grayish brown in color; having shorter
wing lengths, rarely exceeding 45 mm; and having shorter mandibles,
usually less than 7 mm and a lightly sclerotized aedaegal bar with
projections widely separated.

Glorioso (1981) examined about 900 specimens from all the western
states of the United States (except Nevada) and the states of Mexico cited
by Evans (1972), and from Canada and many of the eastern states of the
United States; he identified them as C. cornutus, and did not include C.
cognatus in his list of 13 valid species of Corydalus. Glorioso did examine
the female holotype of C. cognatus and concluded it was a synonym of C.
cornutus (Flint 1986). Unfortunately Glorioso never completed his work
defining the dozen or so species of Corydalus he felt were valid and
describing the wide range of intraspecific variation in the genus.

Historically, Weele (1910) synonymized C. cognatus under C. cornutus.
Without any explanation Chandler (1956) cited the western form of
Corydalus to be C. cognatus. According to Evans (1972) Chandler's
personal notes gave no reason for his statement. Penny (1977) cited C.
cognata Hagen (1861) as anomen nudum even though Hagen included a
description with the published binomial name; perhaps Penny more
correctly should have declared the species nomen dubium.

Until new information is forthcoming to justify separating Corydalus
into two species, we shall follow the recent conclusion of Glorioso (1981),
namely, only one species C. cornutus occurs in Canada and throughout
the United States with much intraspecific variation. We have designated
all Colorado material to be C. cornutus.

Dobsonfly larvae (hellgrammites) and adults commonly occurred in
the Purgatoire River at 14 sites (Fig. 1) from its confluence with the
Arkansas River near Las Animas upstream 201 km (125 mi) to near the

27

Vol. 102, No. 1, January & February 1991

6

OF

SNN3A3HD
: Ee

Fal
ee;
me

oa lAlayv

{

WANA

SdIMIHd

Figure |. Distribution records of Corydalus cornutus in Colorado. Solid circles mark

specific collection sites.

28 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

head or start of the Purgatoire River Canyon. No corydalid larvae have
been collected upstream from the head of Purgatoire Canyon at the
confluence of San Francisco Creek, or from any other tributary or the
main stem of the Arkansas River in Colorado. Both the North Platte and
South Platte River drainages in Colorado appear devoid of corydalids at
this time. One hellgrammite was reportedly collected from the
Republican River drainage in extreme eastern Colorado by a repre-
sentative of the Colorado Division of Wildlife; this report is unsub-
stantiated by museum material.

Nonspecific reports of corydalids from the Colorado River on the
western slope have been reported by Ward (1985) and Ward.
Zimmerman and Cline (1986); the specimens serving as a basis for these
reports could not be located. We have collected C. cornutus in the Colorado
River from Grand Junction to the Utah-Colorado border, as well as from
the Gunnison, Yampa and Green Rivers. During 1964 and 1965 Pearson
(1967) collected C. cornutus from the Green River in Colorado and Utah
and from the Yampa River in Colorado. It is noteworthy that Carlson et
al. (1979) reported collecting no corydalids from the White or Yampa
Rivers in their extensive fish and macroinvertebrate sampling efforts; we
have corydalid records from sites between their macroinvertebrate col-
lecting stations Y4 (4.8 km west and south of Craig) and Y6(24.1 km west
of Maybell). Corydalus cornutus has been reported from two other Colorado
tributaries of the Colorado River, the San Miguel River below Uravan
(Smith 1977) and McElmo Creek at Stateline (Smith 1979).

Abrupt breaks in the corydalid distribution pattern in Colorado appear
to be a result of unsuitable habitat conditions. We have concluded that
four environmental criteria must be present if hellgrammites are to
occurina segment ofthe Purgatoire River of Colorado: (1) large(> 40cm
longest dimension), submerged, flat rocks overlying but not embedded
in the streambed for prey organism production and hellgrammite pre-
dation, (2) alternating pool/riffle zones for oxygenation of water, (3)
overhanging trees and rock ledges not exposed to direct sunlight for
oviposition sites, (4) temperature regime appropriate to altitudinal zones
or regions of Colorado below about 1830 m (6000 ft) elevation. In Texas,
Brown and Fitzpatrick (1978) cited larval growth ceased during periods
of low temperature (<10°C) and food scarcity, and observed large hell-
grammite populations only in riffles downstream of suitable upstream
Oviposition sites. Purturbation from trace metals, impoundments, de-
watering and wastewaters may have extirpated C. cornutus from the main
stem of the Arkansas River leaving a remnant population in the
Purgatoire River Canyon where suitable conditions still exist.

Vol. 102, No. 1, January & February 1991 29

Collection Sites of Material Examined from East of Continental Divide: Bent Co.:
Purgatoire R. at Colo. Hwy. 101 bridge, Las Animas/Picketwire Valley, alt. 1184 m (3885 ft),
T23S, R52W, S23; Purgatoire R. at Davidson Ranch ford sites, alt. 1216 m (3990 ft), T24S,
R53W, S36; Purgatoire R. at pipeline crossing, alt. 1237 m (4060 ft), T25S, R53W, S27. Otero
Co: Purgatoire R. at Colo. Hwy. 109 bridge, Ninemile Valley, alt. 1269 m (4165 ft), T26S, S23;
Purgatoire R. at Jack Canyon conflu. and U.S.G:S. gag. sta., alt. 1292 m (4240 ft), T27S,
RS5W, S12//R54W, S7. Las Animas Co.: Purgatoire R. at Minnie Canyon confl., (PCMS),
alt. 1323 m (4340 ft), T28S, RSSW, S4; Purgatoire R. at Iron Canyon confl.,(PCMS), alt. 1333
m (4373 ft), T28S, RS6W, S24; Purgatoire R. at Bravo Canyon confl., (PCMS), alt. 1345 m,
(4412 ft), T28S, RS6W, S35; Purgatoire R. at Red Rock Canyon confl., (PCMS), alt. 1368 m
(4488 ft), T29S, RS6W, S18; Purgatoire R. at Lockwood Canyon confl.,(PCMS), alt.1384 m
(4540 ft), T29S R57W, S36; Purgatoire R. at Spring Canyon confl.,(PCMS), alt. 1398 m (4585
ft), T30S, RS7W, S10; Purgatoire R. at Taylor Arroyo confl., (PCMS), alt. 1417 m (4650 ft),
T30S, RS7W, S19; Purgatoire R. at Van Bremer Arroyo confl.,(PCMS), alt. 1465 m (4805 ft),
T31S, R58W, S16; Purgatoire R. at Silva cattle crossing, alt. 1532 m (5025 ft), T32S, RS59W,
SIS!

Collection Sites of Material Examined from West of Continental Divide: Mesa Co.:
Colorado R. so. Fruita, alt. 1359 m (4460 ft), TIN, R2W, S19/20: Colorado R. Colo. Natl.
Mon. Fruita Entrance, alt. 1439 m (4720 ft), TIN, R2W, S32; Colorado R./Gunnison R.
confl. at Grand Junction, alt. 1390 m (4560 ft); T1S, R100W, S22. Moffat Co.: Yampa R. so.
Sunbeam, alt. 1789 m (5870 ft), T7N, R96W, S2; Yampa R. Din. Natl. Monu., alt. 1704 m
(5590 ft), TON, R99W, S21; Yampa R. between Craig and Maybell, alt. 1801 m (5910 ft), T6N,
R9SW, S2. (All material on loan or deposited in the Aquatic Ecosystems Research Institute
(AERI)/Life Sciences Museum of the University of Southern Colorado.)

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank Jay H. Linam and James E. Sublette for prepublication reviews; Elwin D.
Evans for assistance with identifications; Boris C. Kondratieff and Rick Ballard for loan of
Colorado specimens; Robert Bramblett, Doug Sinor, Dave Anderson and George Fischer
for assistance with field collections; Thomas L. Warren for U.S. Army assistance and
clearance; and especially Bruce D. Rosenlund for travel assistance, partial project support
and specimen collection.

LITERATURE CITED

Brown, A.V. and L.C. Fitzpatrick. 1978. Life history and population energetics of the
dobson fly, Corydalus cornutus. Ecology 59: 1091-1108.

Carlson, C.A., C.G. Prewitt, D.E. Snyder, E.J. Wick, E.L. Ames and W.D. Fronk.
1979. Fishes and macroinvertebrates of the White and Yampa Rivers, Colorado. U.S.
Bur. Land Mgt., Colorado, Biol. Sci. Ser., No. 1.

Chandler, H.P. 1956. Megaloptera. pp. 229-233. In R.L. Usinger, ed. Aquatic insects of
California. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley.

Evans, E.D. 1972. A study of the Megaloptera of the Pacific Coastal region of the United
States. Ph.D. diss., Oreg. St. Univ. 210 p.

_ «1988. personal communication.

Evans, E.D. and H.H. Neunzig. 1984. Megaloptera and aquatic Neuroptera. pp. 261-270.
In. R.W. Merritt and K.W. Cummins, eds. An introduction to the aquatic insects of
North America. Kendall/Hunt Publ. Co., Dubuque, Iowa.

30 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Fausch, K.D., D.L. Miller, B.D. Rosenlund and L.D. Zuckerman. 1985. Aquatic
organisms and habitat of the Purgatoire River and tributaries, U.S. Army, Pinon
Canyon Maneuvers Site, Colorado. U.S. Fish & Wild. Serv. Rep., Golden, CO.

Flint, O.S., Jr. 1986. personnal communication.

Glorioso, M.J. 1981. Systematics of the dobsonfly subfamily Corydalinae (Megaloptera:
Corydalidae). Syst. Entomol. 6: 253-290.

Hagen, H. 1861 Synopsis of the Neuroptera of North America. Smithson. Misc. Coll. 4: 1-
347.

Pearson, W.D. 1967. Distribution of macroinvertebrates in the Green River below Flaming
Gorge Dam, 1963-1965. M.S. Thesis, Utah St. Univ. 105 p.

Penny, N.D. 1977. Lista de Megaloptera, Neuroptera e Raphidioptera do México, América
Central, inhas Cardibas e América do Sul. Acta Amazon. 7: (Supl.) 1-61.

Smith, N.F. 1977. Aquatic inventory, San Miguel Project. Final Rep., Colo. Div. Wild., 193 p.

. 1979. Aquatic inventory, McElmo Creek Project. Final Rep., Colo. Div.
Wild., 92 p.

Ward, J.V. 1985. An illustrated guide to the mountain stream insects of Colorado. Kinko's
Copies, Fort Collins, Co. 199 p.

Ward, J.V., H.J. Zimmerman and L.D. Cline. 1986. Lotic zoobenthos of the Colorado
system. pp. 403-423. Jn B.R. Davies and K.F. Walker, eds. The ecology of river systems.
Dr. W. Junk Publ., Dordrecht, The Netherlands.

Weele, H.W. van der. 1910. Megaloptera, monographic revision. Coll. Zool. Selys
Longchampys. 5: 1-93.

(Continued from page 24)

19 of these boxes around his house in early March and 14 were colonized. In September
about 20% of the wasps were parasitized with a high of 41% of hosts in one colony and a
maximum of 9 males in one host. Paula Haines also placed several of the same boxes
around her house but found it prudent to paint a round black spot on each to mimic the
entrace of a bird house. She thereby averted hard-to-answer questions by curious, but
entomophobic, friends and neighbors.

Howard Boyd reported that Mildred Morgan and Jane Ruffin put on a Monarch
butterfly tagging exhibition at Cape May on the 21 to 23 of September for the New Jersey
Audubon Society, Roger Fuester reported that Coccygomimus disparis, an ichneumonid
parasite of the gypsy moth introduced from Japan by Paul Schaefer in 1976, is now one of
the major parasites found in pupae in urban areas of Delaware.

Harold B. White,
Corresponding Secretary

Vol. 102, No. 1, January & February 1991 31

NOTES ON THE DISTRIBUTION AND BIONOMICS
OF MYODOCHA SERRIPES (HETEROPTERA:
LYGAEIDAE)!

M.-C. Lariviére2, A. Larochelle?

ABSTRACT: The Nearctic lygaeid Myodocha serripes is recorded for the first time for Nova
Scotia, West Virginia, Kentucky, and Arkansas. Individuals display eurytopic characters
and excellent ability to fly.

SOMMAIRE: Le lygéide néarctique Myodocha serripes fait l'objet d’une premiére mention
pour la Nouvelle-Ecosse, la Virginie occidentale, le Kentucky et ‘Arkansas. Les individus
présentent des caractéres eurybiotiques et une excellente aptitude au vol.

The lygaéid Myodocha serripes Olivier is widely distributed in America
north of Mexico, occurring from New England and southern Québec,
southward to Florida and Texas, and westward to Colorado and New
Mexico (Larochelle 1984; Ashlock and Slater 1988). The species is very
uncommon from the northwestern highlands of Connecticut northward
(Sweet 1964). The first report of the species from Canada (Québec and
Ontario) was by Béique and Robert (1964). From 1983 to 1987, we have
collected members of the species not only in Québec, Maine and
Louisiana, where it has been previously reported, but also in the following
regions (which represent first province and state records):

NOVA SCOTIA: Queens Co., Kempt, 6. VII. 1987, one female collected by a roadside, on
moist gravelly-clayish soil, under dead Carex stems; first record for the Atlantic provinces
of Canada; northeasternmost point of capture of the species in North America.

WEST VIRGINIA: Gilmer Co., Cedar Creek State Park, 14. VII. 1986, one female taken
at the edge of a brook, on moist, sterile, half-shady ground, under a stone. Greenbrier Co.,
Rainelle, 8. VII.1986, one female captured at a roadside running across a deciduous wood
clearing, on sandy-gravelly, moderately dry soil, under dead leaves.

KENTUCKY: Carter Co., Carter Caves State Resort Park, 28.VII.1983, one female
attracted to black light, at night (lamp set upon a lawn through an open deciduous wood).
Harrison Co., Antioch Mills, 31.VII.1986, one female collected by a river bank, on open,
wet muddy soil, at the crowns of grasses.

ARKANSAS: Calhoun Co., Locust Bayou, 18.VII.1983, one male found while sweeping
vegetation along a river bank, on open, wet, muddy-gravelly soil, sparingly vegetated with
grasses. Conway Co., Petit Jean State Park, 21.VII.1983, one female swept from weeds
growing throughout an open, dry rocky wood. Pope Co., Lake Dardanelle State Park,
20. VII.1983, one male and one female caught at night, at black light set upon a lawn among

lReceived March 23, 1990. Accepted August 13, 1990.

Biosystematics Research Centre, Agriculture Canada, Ottawa, Ontario KIA OC6,
Canada.

Lyman Entomological Museum and Research Laboratory, Macdonald College of
McGill University, Ste-Anne-de-Bellevue, Québec H9X 1CO, Canada.

ENT. NEWS 102(1): 31-32, January & February, 1991

32 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

sparse deciduous trees, on dry soil. Washington Co., Lake Wedington, 22.VII.1983, two
males and one female collected at black light, at night, on open, dry ground.

Individuals collected in Québec and Maine were found mostly in dry sandy-gravelly
meadows and roadsides, by sweeping forbs and grasses. Material is deposited in the
Lyman Entomological Museum and in the authors’ collection.

Sweet (1964), who studied intensively the biology and ecology of
Lygaeidae in New England, mentions that Myodocha serripes adults
hibernate in woods, in leaf litter or under bark; in southern Québec, we
have found overwintering individuals at the edge of a deciduous wood,
among dead leaves. Sweet (/. c.) reports also that this seed bug is most
commonly found in New England, in new habitats such as fallow fields,
gardens, and embankments, vegetated with forbs. Our field-collecting
suggests that M. serripes is rather eurytopic, being found in many types of
habitats (fields, lawns, roadsides, river-banks, clearings, edges of woods,
open deciduous woods), on dry or wet soil, with varied density and kinds
of low vegetation, forbs and grasses being preferred. In the daytime,
individuals stay either on vegetation or on the soil, under vegetal debris
and stones; Sweet (/. c.) has never taken the insect under rocks but such
occurrence has been reported by Torre-Bueno (1908), Blatchley (1926),
and Froeschner (1944). The lygaeid has a preference for open habitats,
but tolerates open woodlands, provided that sunlight reaches the low
vegetation.

The wide range of the species in North America might be explained by
its polyphagy (observed by Sweet (/. c.) in laboratory), its eurytopic
characters, and its excellent ability to fly, especially to light at night.

LITERATURE CITED

Ashlock, P.D. and A. Slater. 1988. Family Lygaeidae. Pp. 167-245 in T.J. Henry and R.C.
Froeschner, eds. 1988. Catalog of the Heteroptera or True Bugs of Canada and the
continental United States. EJ. Brill, Leiden, Netherlands. 958 pp.

Beique, R. and A. Robert. 1964. Les lygéides de la Province de Québec (Hétéroptéres) (2e
partie). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Qué. 9: 72-102.

Blatchley, W.S. 1926. Heteroptera or True Bugs of eastern North America, with especial
reference to the faunas of Indiana and Florida. Nature Publishing Co., Indianapolis.
1116 pp.

Froeschner, R.C. 1944. Contributions to a synopsis of the Hemiptera of Missouri, pt. III.
Lygaeidae, Pyrrhocoridae, Piesmidae, Tingididae, Enicocephalidae, Phymatidae,
Ploiariidae, Reduviidae, Nabidae. Amer. Midl. Natur. 31: 638-683.

Larochelle, A. 1984. Les Punaises Terrestres (Hétéroptéres: Géocorises) du Québec.
Fabreries, Suppl. 3: 514 pp.

Sweet, M.H. 1964. The biology and ecology of the Rhyparochrominae of New England
(Heteroptera: Lygaeidae). Part I. Entomol. Amer. (New Series) 43: 1-124.

Torre-Bueno, J.R. de la. 1908. Hemiptera Heteroptera of Westchester County, New York.
J. N.Y. Entomol. Soc. 16: 223-238.

Vol. 102, No. 1, January & February 1991 33

IDENTIFICATION OF CRYPTOLESTES
FERRUGINEUS AND CRYPTOLESTES PUSILLUS
(COLEOPTERA: CUCUJIDAE): A PRACTICAL
CHARACTER FOR SORTING LARGE SAMPLES
BY SPECIES!

Richard T. Arbogast?

ABSTRACT: A character for rapid sorting of mixed species samples of Cryptolestes
ferrugineus and Cryptolestes pusillus is described for the first time, and other characters for
identifying these species and Cryptolestes turcicus are reviewed.

During a study of insect populations infesting corn stored on farms in
South Carolina, it was necessary to separate large numbers of rusty grain
beetles, Cryptolestes ferrugineus (Stephens), and flat grain beetles,
Cryptolestes pusillus (Schonherr), collected in pitfall traps. These
samples often contained several hundred Cryptolestes as well as other
beetles.

Species of Cryptolestes are small, similar in appearance, and difficult to
identify with confidence on the basis of external characters. Consequently,
identification is often not carried to the species level. Seven species of
Cryptolestes have been recorded from stored products (Banks 1979). Of
these, three species occur in North America. Cryptolestes ferrugineus and
C. pusillus are widespread and abundant (Howe 1957). The third species,
Cryptolestes turcicus (Grouvelle), occurs largely in flour mills although it
has been recorded from whole grain. It was found only once in an
extensive survey of farm storages in South Carolina (Horton 1982).

Identification keys based on external morphological characters (Reid
1942, Lefkovitch 1959) are of limited use, because the characters are
variable and differences among species are small. Cryptolestes ferrugineus
can be separated with certainty from C. pusiilus and C. turcicus by ridges
on the head (Biege and Partida 1976), but the ridges are weak and
sometimes difficult to see except with a scanning electron microscope or
in cleared specimens under a compound microscope. The following
summarizes the most useful external characters that have been pro-
posed for separating the three species (Lefkovitch 1959, Biege and Partida
1976, Banks 1979, Agricultural Research Service 1986):

lReceived July 2, 1990. Accepted August 7, 1990.
Stored-Product Insects Research and Development Laboratory, ARS, USDA, P.O. Box
22909, Savannah, GA 31403

ENT. NEWS 102(1): 33-36, January & February, 1991

34 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

C. ferrugineus: male and female antennae subequal; males with external mandibular
tooth; head without transverse ridge near dorsal posterior margin; pronotum narrowed
posteriorly, especially in males; four rows of setae between first and second, and between
second and third elytral striae.

C. pusillus: male antennae much longer than those of female, about two-thirds as long
as the body; males lacking an external mandibular tooth; head with transverse ridge near
dorsal posterior margin; pronotum transverse, slightly narrowed posteriorly in males; four
rows of setae between first and second, and between second and third elytral striae.

C. turicicus: male antennae much longer than those of female, as long as or longer than
the body; males lacking external mandibular tooth; head with transverse ridge near dorsal
posterior margin; pronotum nearly quadrate; three rows of setae between first and second,
and between second and third elytral striae.

Cf Cp

Figure 1. Males of C. ferrugineus (Cf) and C. pusillus (Cp) illustrating the difference in
sclerotization of the abdominal tergites.

Vol. 102, No. 1, January & February 1991 35

In general, positive identification requires examination of male or
female genitalia. The usual method for this involves clearing in KOH
and dissection of the genitalia, a time-consuming procedure that is
impractical for sorting large samples by species. Banks (1979) described
a clearing method that permits observation of male and female genitalia
in situ. The method preserves the relative positions of the various genitalic
structures (which is an aid in identification) and permits more rapid
processing of specimens, but the time required for clearing, mounting,
and identification is still impractical for very large samples.

In examining several thousand specimens of C. ferrugineus and C.
pusillus that had been stored in 70% ethanol, I found that the two species
could readily be separated by the appearance of the abdominal dorsum.
The abdominal tergites of C. ferrugineus, which are more heavily sclero-
tized than those of C_pusillus, appear as a series of distinct dark bands
(Fig. 1). The weakly sclerotized abdominal tergites of C. pusillus are faint.
The contrast between the two species is actually greater than suggested
by the micrograph in Fig. 1. When viewed by reflected light under a
dissecting microscope (150X), the abdominal dorsum of C. pusillus
appears uniformly colored without noticeable sclerotization. This
character, which applies to both sexes and can be observed quickly with
little manipulation of specimens, makes it practical to identify large
samples to species. The elytra of specimens preserved in alcohol are
often open orcan be opened with little difficulty to expose the abdominal
dorsum, but the dark tergites of C. ferrugineus can also be observed
through the elytra.

The storages sampled in our South Carolina study were an unlikely
habitat for C. turcicus. Furthermore, examination of genitalia and various
external characters of several hundred specimens failed to detect any C.
turcicus. In such situations, in which it has been established with reason-
able certainty that a mixed species sample of Cryptolestes consists only of
C. ferrugineus and C. pusillus, the sample can be sorted by species using
the character described in this paper.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
I wish to thank J.M. Kingsolver (Systematic Entomology Laboratory, ARS-USDA,
Beltsville, Maryland), R.R. Cogburn (Rice Research, ARS-USDA, Beaumont, Texas), and
J.E. Throne and L.D. Cline of this laboratory for their critical reviews of the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Agricultural Research Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture. 1986. Stored-grain
insects. Agr. Handb. No. 500: 57 pp.

36 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Banks, H.J. 1979. Identification of stored product Cryptolestes spp. (Coleoptera:
Cucujidae): a rapid technique for preparation of suitable mounts. J. Aust. Entomol.
Soc. 18: 217-222.

Biege, C.R. and G.J. Partida. 1976. Taxonomic characters to identify three species of
Cryptolestes (Coleoptera: Cucujidae). J. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 49: 161-164.

Horton, P.M. 1982. Stored product insects collected from on-farm storage in South
Carolina. J. Georgia Entomol. Soc. 17: 485-491.

Howe, R.W. and L.P. Lefkovitch. 1957. The distribution of the storage species of
Cryptolestes (Col., Cucujidae). Bull. Entomol. Res. 48: 795-809.

Lefkovitch, L.P. 1959. A revision of the European Laemophloeinae (Coleoptera:
Cucujidae). Trans. Roy. Entomol. Soc. London. 111: 95-118.

Reid, J.A. 1942. The species of Laemophloeus (Coleoptera: Cucujidae) occurring in stored
foods in the British Isles. Proc. Roy. Entomol. Soc. London. 17A: 27-33.

SOCIETY MEETING OF NOVEMBER 28, 1990
LYME DISEASE - TOO MUCH ADO ABOUT NOTHING?

by Dr. Cara Fries

A provocative title addressed to an at-risk population of entomologists attracted nearly
40 members and guests to the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia to hear about
Lyme disease. The talk was given by Dr. Cara Fries, an immunologist in the School of Life
and Health Sciences at the University of Delaware. She presented a thorough background
on the discovery, pathology, treatment, and distribution of Lyme disease and then described
her research on the distribution of infected deer ticks in Delaware.

The disease now called Lyme disease was first described in 1904 in Sweden. It was not
until the mid-1970’s when a large number of arthritic children living in a wooded area near
Lyme, Connecticut, focused public attention and research on the then mysterious disease.
Borrelia burgdorferi, a spirochete so slender (about 0.2 um x 20 um) that it is not seen by
ordinary light microscopy, causes the disease. Infection occurs from the bite of the deer
tick, Leodes dammini. Usually, but not always, the bite is followed by a characteristic bull’s
eye rash. At this point the disease is easily treated with antibiotics, and the more severe and
less tractable symptoms of the untreated disease are avoided.

The tiny six-legged tick larvae hatch and feed on small mammals such as the white-
footed mouse that frequently are infected with the spirochete. Subsequently the various
eight-legged nymphal stages and the adult can go on to infect other hosts including
humans, domestic animals, and birds. A small number of larvae may become infected
directly from the parents through direct transfer in the egg or sperm. Because the spirochete
is shed in the urine, there are other direct routes of transmitting the disease among
mammals that do not involve ticks.

In an effort to define the range and abundance of infected ticks in Delaware, Dr. Fries
and associates collected over 3000 ticks from deer killed during the 1988 hunting season.
Using immunological and microscopic techniques, ticks were analyzed for Borrelia burg-
dorferi.1n the heavily populated northern part of Delaware, between 10 and 20% of the ticks
were infected, while the southern half of the state yielded spirochete-free ticks with rare
exceptions. This pattern raises questions about the spread of the disease and the ticks since
infected birds and domestic animals could spread both.

(Continued on page 49)

Vol. 102, No. 1, January & February 1991 37

HEAD DAMAGE FROM MATING ATTEMPTS
IN DRAGONFLIES
(ODONATA:ANISOPTERA)|!

Sidney W. Dunkle2

ABSTRACT: Damage to the female’s head occurs during mating in some species of
dragonflies, most prominently in Gomphidae. In 12 species of Nearctic Gomphidae, 88-
100% of mature females had 2-6 holes in their heads resulting from the grip of male
abdominal appendages. Similar damage occurs during homosexual mating attempts in
some male dragonflies.

As one of the first events in mating, male dragonflies of nearly all
species grasp the occipital area of the female head with terminal ab-
dominal claspers to form a tandem pair. The male abdominal claspers
consist of a ventral epiproct and two dorsal cerci, together forming a
vertically adjustable clamp. During tandem, the tip of the male abdomen
is curled ventrally so that the dorsal surface of the epiproct presses
against the dorsal surface of the female’s head, while the cerci grip the
posterior surface (Figure 1). Ifthe female is willing to mate in response to
tactile and other cues, she swings her abdomen downward and forward
to receive sperm from the male genitalia on the basal ventral part of his
abdomen. The mating pair thus forms a wheel which lasts only a few
seconds in some species, most of an hour in others, such as most Gom-
phidae. The discussion below does not include damselflies (Zygoptera),
because the male damselfly holds his mate by her thorax, not her head. A
few examples of damage to the female during mating are known in other
insects, including puncturing of the right elytra by the male mandibles in
the lycid beetle Calopteran discrepans (Newn.) (Sivinski, 1981), and the
hemocoelic insemination of bedbugs (Hemiptera, Cimicidae) and
twisted-wing parasites (Strepsiptera) (Carayon 1966, and Kathirithamby
1989).

Calvert (1920) first noted scars on the heads of female dragonflies. I
have previously reported some damage to the heads of female dragon-
flies due to mating attempts; in Aeshnidae the male epiproct often
gouges the dorsal surface of the female’s compound eyes (Dunkle, 1979),
while in some species of Ophiogomphus (Gomphidae) spines on the male
epiproct may punch holes in the female’s vertex (Dunkle, 1984). The
damage described below is much more extensive, and involves wounds

lReceived January 9, 1990. Accepted September 9, 1990.
International Odonata Research Institute, P.O. Box 1269, Gainesville, Florida 32602-
1269

ENT. NEWS 102(1): 37-41, January & February, 1991

38 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

inflicted by spines on the male cerci as well as by the epiproct.
METHODS

All appropriate individuals, hundreds of specimens, of dragonflies
were examined from my collection, the Florida State Collection of Arth-
ropods, and the International Odonata Research Institute collection.
These collections are located in Gainesville, Florida. Specimens which
were teneral or juvenile when collected, as shown by shiny wings or
wrinkled exoskeleton, had probably not had an opportunity to mate and
were not included in this study. As necessary, a detergent solution was
used to relax neck membranes of dry specimens to obtain a clear view of
the rear of their heads.

RESULTS

Among the extant families of dragonflies, Petaluridae, Neopetaliidae,
and Macromiidae possess male cerci of shapes that do not usually
damage the female head. Some Aeshnidae, Cordulegastridae, Cordu-
liidae, and Libellulidae have spines on the male cerci, but little damage
to the female head seems to be incurred [significant damage seen only in
1 of 12 Somatochlora linearis (Hagen) and 1 of 2 Heteronais heterodoxa
(Selys), both Corduliidae, and 1 of 6 Cordulegaster diadema Selys, Cor-
dulegastridae]. This leaves the Gomphidae, where small to large holes in
the backs of female heads caused by male cerci were noted in the species
listed in Table 1. These represent 2/13 = 15% of the Nearctic genera, and
12/93 = 13% of the Nearctic species. Some other gomphids examined
showed less severe damage (subgeneric classification according to Carle,
1986), including the Nearctic Gomphus (Phanogomphus) [10 spp.],Gomphus
(Stenogomphurus) [2 spp.], Lanthus [2 spp.], and Ophiogomphus [6 spp.],
the Neotropical Epigomphus [3 spp.] and Neogomphus [2 spp.], the Euro-
pean Gomphus (Gomphus) vulgatissimus (L.), and the Japanese Lanthus
fujiacus Fraser.

Hagenius brevistylus Selys, the largest Nearctic gomphid, exhibits the
most severe head damage due to mating attempts so far discovered in
any dragonfly (Figure 1). The laterodistal spines of the male epiproct
gouged the edge of the female’s compound eyes, and punctured the
exoskeleton in 8/25 = 32% of the females in which the male cerci also
punctured the head. A proximodorsal ridge on each side of the male
epiproct often (6/25 = 24%) cracks the lateral corners of the female
occiput. Finally, a distal spine and a mediolateral spine on each male
cercus puncture the rear of the female head (postgenae). The pressure of

Vol. 102, No. 1, January & February 1991 39

Figure 1. Hagenius brevistylus, female head and tip of male abdomen, showing on the right
side where the male abdominal appendages puncture the female head during mating
attempts. C = right cercus, E = right branch of epiproct, scale bar = 5 mm.

40 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

the male grip splits the exoskeleton between the holes made by the cercal
spines, resulting in a vertical split in each postgena. Thus a maximally
damaged female would have 6 holes of varying sizes punched in her
head. A live female H. brevistylus was punctured with a dissecting needle
to duplicate damage caused by the male appendages; the punctures were
into the hemocoel, not air sacs, and did not have any immediate effect on
the strength of this female. The postgenal slits usually remain open in
wild females; they are not sealed by blood clots. The male grasp does not
always damage the female, as 3 females showed epiproctal scars on the
eyes but no other damage. The damage is probably cumulative, with
each successive mating attempt enlarging the wounds, because old females
with chipped wings tended to have the most severe head damage.
Johnson (1972) from a study of dried specimens of this species con-
cluded, incorrectly according to the evidence stated above, that the male
grasps only the edge of the female occiput. Hagenius is often considered a
monotypic genus; the few available specimens of the closely related
Asiatic Sieboldius did not exhibit head damage.

Among the other gomphids in Table 1, all 6 Nearctic species of Gomphus
(Gomphus) have a sharp distal spine on each male cercus which pokes a
hole in each female postgena. These holes are large in G. adelphus Selys
and G. viridifrons Hine, small in the other species. In 5 of the 12 species of

Table 1. Head capsules punctured by male abdominal appendages in Nearctic
Gomphidae dragonflies during mating attempts.

Species % Females (N) % Males (N)
Hagenius brevistylus Selys 89 (28) 83 (101)
Gomphus (Gomphus) abbreviatus Hagen 100 (10) 0 (18)
G. adelphus Selys 100 (40) 49 (71)
G. apomyius Donnelly 100 (5) 13 (30)
G. geminatus Carle 100 (22) 8 (64)
G. parvidens Currie 88 (8) 9 (22)
G. viridifrons Hine 100 (10) 15 (48)
Gomphus (Gomphurus) dilatatus Rambur 95 (19) 7 (114)
G. lineatifrons Calvert 90 (19) 2 (107)
G. modestus Needham 100 (2) 7 12)
G. ozarkensis Westfall 100 (32) 3 (36)

G. vastus Walsh 93 (40) 2 (94)

Vol. 102, No. 1, January & February 1991 4]

Gomphus (Gomphurus),distolateral cercal spines of the male cut slits in
the female postgenae.

Table 1 shows that the heads of males too are damaged by other males
during mating attempts, though at a lower rate than in females. The
qualitative damage to heads of males was as severe as that of females.

DISCUSSION

Unfortunately, I can only report the existence of the interesting
phenomenon described above, not explain it. Nor will it be easy to gather
further data on those species which show head damage most clearly
(those listed in Table 1), because they are scarce in the field, usually wary
and difficult to catch (especially females), and mate in tree crowns. They
also do not behave naturally in captivity.

Head damage due to mating attempts in dragonflies does raise some
intriguing questions for which answers should be sought if an oppor-
tunity arises. For example, does a female dragonfly die sooner, or produce
fewer eggs, than expected if microbes enter her head punctures? Ifa male
damages his mate, is she likely to be a less available or fecund mate for
other males? Do male dragonflies damage the heads of other males only
by mistaken mating attempts, or are there some species in which males
use their abdominal appendages as weapons against rival males?

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I thank J.E. Lloyd and T.J. Walker of the University of Florida, and three anonymous
reviewers for their comments on the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Calvert, P.P. 1920. The Costa Rican species of Epigomphus and their mutual mating
adaptations (Odonata). Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc. 46:323-354.

Carayon, J. 1966. Traumatic insemination and the paragenital system, pp. 81-166 in R.L.
Usinger, Ed. Monograph of Cimicidae. Hornshafter, Baltimore.

Carle, F.L. 1986. The classification, phylogeny and biogeography of the Gomphidae
(Anisoptera). I. Classification. Odonatologica 15:275-326.

Dunkle, S.W. 1979. Ocular mating marks in female Nearctic Aeshnidae (Anisoptera).
Odonatologica 8:123-127.

soneceene= . 1984. Head damage due to mating in Ophiogomphus dragonflies (Anisoptera:
Gomphidae). Notul. odonatol. 2:63-64.

Johnson, F.C. 1972. Tandem linkage, sperm translocation, and copulation in the dragonfly,
Hagenius brevistylus (Odonata:Gomphidae). Amer. Midl. Nat. 88:131-149.

Kathirithamby, J. 1989. Review of the Order Strepsiptera. Syst. Entomol. 14:41-92.

Sivinski, J. 1981. “Love bites” in a lycid beetle. Florida Entomol. 64:541.

42 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

A NEW SPECIES OF IDIASTA ibe eibiees ecere
BRACONIDAE) FROM SPAIN!

1p Tormos2, S.F. Gayubo2, J.D. Asis?

ABSTRACT: A new species of /diasta is described from Spain, and compared with I.
maritima and I. paramaritima.

The Palearctic and Nearctic faunas of the genus /diasta Foerster, 1862
were reviewed by Konigsmann (1960) and Wharton (1980) respectively.

Wharton, dealing with the Nearctic Alysiini, established what is
known as the ‘Phaenocarpa complex’, a complex of genera that is mainly
characterized by the second flagellomere being longer than the first. The
‘Idiasta group’ lies within this complex. It has the most plesiomorphic
features of the complex: a) the first transversal-cubital vein usually
longer than the second segment of the radius; b) parallel vein entering
the central or posterior part of the brachial cell; c) a well-developed post-
nervellus; d) ovipositor sheath with short and dense pilosity. Similarly,
Idiasta is the most primitive genus of this group and conserves the most
plesiomorphic features of the mandibles, wing vein pattern and body
sculpture. These characteristics are common to other complexes such as
the genus Alysia Latreille, 1804.

The genus J/diasta is extremely difficult to study because of the
following: a) the paucity of specimens that have been collected; b) the
sexual dimorphism that is fairly pronounced in certain species; c) the
lack of biological information (i.e., hosts unknown); d) the lack of studies
on intraspecific variation. Docavo et al., 1985 were the first to report two
species of this genus from the Iberian fauna: Jdiasta maritima (Haliday,
1838) and Jdiasta paramaritima (K6nigsmann, 1960), captured using 250
W light traps. The species described in the present work is similar to
these.

Idiasta titaguensis sp. nov.

Female:- Head: Vertex and occiput with abundant pilosity. Head in dorsal view forms a
broad rectangle. Temples 2/3 the size of eyes. Occiput fairly concave. Epicranial suture in
the form of a smooth groove. Face rugulose and with a small central keel, with sparse, pale
hairs; regular in length, very long near the eyes. Clypeus with long hairs. Eyes black,
without pilosity. A smooth shiny pit present between the insertion of the antennae and

lReceived September 25, 1989. Accepted March 27, 1990.
Departamento de Biologia Animal. Facultad de Biologia. Universidad de Salamanca.
37071 Salamanca. Spain.

Fundacién Entomologica “Torres Sala”. Passeig de la Petxina, 15. 46008 Valencia. Spain.

ENT. NEWS 102(1): 42-46, January & February, 1991

Vol. 102, No. 1, January & February 1991 43
a es aa ee

vertex. Mandibles yellow-brown, teeth with brown edges. Teeth 1 and 3 not very sharp-
pointed, tooth 2 approximately 2.5 times longer than teeth | and 3. Labial and maxillary
palps brown. Antennae fine, black (without a white subapical ring); scape and pedicel
slightly lighter. Second flagellar article longer than the first; flagellum with 26 articles; as
long as the body.

Thorax: Scutum bulging in anterior part, convex, with some lateral hairs where the
parapsidal sulci are situated. Notaulices crenulated and ending in a elongated dorsal pit
which extends to the ante-scutellar furrow. The region surrounding the dorsal pit is smooth
and shiny. Prescutellar pit broad and subrectangular with pronounced ridges arranged
irregularly. Scutellum saddle-shaped, shiny, smooth, bare, with anterior and posterior
edges of the same width and with a slight pattern on its sides, thus being neither rounded
nor triangular. Sternauli straight, rugose, broad; anterior groove of mesopleuron crenulate,
posterior groove narrow and punctate. Pronotum shiny, exhibiting a broad groove with
slight identations on each side; its posterior part with long, strong crenulae arranged
regularly. Metanotum without keel; black and with long hairs and a smooth shiny base on
each side. Propodeal spiracles very small. Legs black, shining.

Gaster: Petiole black, broader at apex than at base: two keels arise from its anterior corners
and join to form a central keel that later fuses with the longitudinal striations. Spiracles
small and situated more or less in center of the tergite. Remaining tergites also black. T8
with a strong incision in apex. TS5-7 split. Length of ovipositor 2/3 length of gaster; ventral
valves with 5 teeth each.

Wings: Veins and stigma of forewings dark brown. Forewing otherwise totally transparent
and hyaline, with no coloring; only the first three abscissae of radial vein are darker on
sides. Pterostigma oval in shape, elongated and well-separate from metacarpus. Radius
arising from distal third of pterostigma; length of the first abscissa aproximately equal to
diameter of stigma and to length of second abscissa; third abscissa straight, not reaching
wing apex. five times longer than second abscissa. Recurrent vein interstitial. Cu2 nar-
rowing towards apex. Brachial cell closed. Parallel vein entering brachial cell below the
middle of its distal border. Nervulus interstitial. Tegulae brown. Medius-discoidal vein of
the hindwing arising from the middle of median vein.

Length of body without opositor: 4 mm.

Wing-span: 8.5 mm.

Biometric data:- Head: 1.5 times broader than long; 1.5 times broader than scutum. Face:
2.4 times broader than high. Mandibles: 1.36 times longer than apical width; apex 1.05
times broader than base. First article of flagellum 0.52 times length of second; 0.6 times
length of third. Thorax: 1.45 times longer than high; 1.43 times higher than wide.
Prescutellar furrow: 2 times broader than long. Wings: stigma about 3.6 times longer than
broad. r2 1.1 times longer than rl; r3 5 times longer than r2. n.rec. 0.62 times length of d1.
Basal vein 1.2 times longer than cul. Fore wings 2.5 times broader than thorax. Gaster:
Petiole 1.1 times longer than apical breadth, its apex 2.1 times broader than base.
Ovipositor 1.4 times longer than hind tibiae.

Male: Unknown.

Material examined: Holotype: | female, 10-X-1983. Titaguas (Valencia, Spain). This spec-
imen was captured using a 25 W U.V. light.

The holotype is deposited in the Fundacién Entomologica “Torres Sala”. Passeig de la
Petxina, 15. 46008 Valencia (Spain).

This new species differs from /diasta maritima Haliday and Idiasta
paramaritima K6nigsmann as follows: (indicated by an # from /diasta

at ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Fig. 1.-A) and B) Fore- and hindwings of Idiasta titaguensis nov. sp..

Vol. 102, No. 1, January & February 1991 45

-—————“
0.25mm

Fig. 2.- Dorsal view of head of J. maritima (a), I. paramaritima (b) and I. titaguensis sp. nov.

(c).

46 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

maritima and by an * from /diasta paramaritima).

#* Vertex and occiput with abundant pilosity.
#* Fairly concave occiput (fig. 2).
# Pilosity of face light colored, scattered, regular in length, longer near the eyes.
# Shiny, smooth pit between insertion of antennae and vertex.
# Flagellum of antennae black.
* Metanotum without keel (keel poorly developed in 1. paramaritima).
#* Legs shiny black.
# First three abscissas of radius darker on sides.
#* n. rec. interstitial.
#* First abscissa of radius approximately same length as diameter of pterostigma and
of second abscissa of radius.
#* Medial-discoidal vein of posterior wing stemming from center of median vein.

The most important characteristic for recognizing this species pro-
bably lies in the vein pattern (fig. 1) since the first abscissa of the radius
exhibits a similar length to that of the stigma and of the second abscissa
of the radius and in no case resembles the features shown by Jdiasta
paramaritima where this transverse vein is approximately 2 that of the
diameter of the stigma and ¥% that of the second abscissa. It is even more
unlike /diasta maritima where this ratio is even less: 4 and %.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

We wish to thank Robert A. Wharton, Department of Entomology, Texas A&M
University, for his observations and critical reading of the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Docavo, I., R. Jiménez, & J. Tormos. 1985. Aportaciones al conocimiento de los Alysiini
de Espana (II). (Hymenoptera, Braconidae, Alysiinae). Bolm Soc. port. Ent., (2): 341-
349.

KGnigsmann, E., 1960. Revision der palaarktischen Arten der gattung /diasta. Beitr. Ent.,
Berlin, 10: 624-654.

Wharton, R., 1980. Review of the Nearctic Alysiini (Hym., Braconidae), with discussion of

generic relationships within the tribe. Univ. Calif. Publ. Ent., 88: 112 pp.

Vol. 102, No. 1, January & February 1991 47

GOELDICHIRONOMUS AMAZONICUS,
(DIPTERA: CHIRONOMIDABE) A POTENTIALLY
PESTIFEROUS MIDGE RECENTLY DISCOVERED
IN CALIFORNIA!

James E. Sublette2, Mir S. Mulla?

ABSTRACT: In the United States, the Neotropical species, Goeldichironomus
amazonicus has been previously reported from Florida. This California occurrence is the
second record from the Nearctic Region.

In a recent investigation of the adult midges emerging from Wood-
bridge Lake, Irvine, CA, the junior author and coworkers (John D.
Chaney and Jettawadee Roadcharoen) collected a series of Goeldichir-
onomus amazonicus (Fittkau), a species heretofore unreported from the
west coast of the United States. Wirth (1979) listed the sames species from
the southern part of Florida and speculated that it may be a recent
introduction. In California, adults of this species were collected from
premises around a man-made residential recreational lake (Woodbridge).
This lake, which is 11 years old, has a surface area of 11 hectares, is 2.1m
deep, and is filled with water from city water mains. The lake watershed
is fully developed with homes and recreational facilities on the shoreline
and away from the lake. In Woodbridge Lake, G. amazonicus is associated
with Cryptochironomus ponderosus (Sublette), Chironomus decorus
Johannsen, Chironomus frommeri Atchley and Martin, Tanypus neopunc-
tipennis Sublette, and Procladius subletti Roback.

The following reviews the history of the species:

Near Chironomus (new genus) (species, Nicaragua) Frommer 1967: 17, 26, 36, Figs. 145,
147, 148, morphology, distribution.

Siolimyia amazonica Fittkau 1968: 260, type-locality, Belterra, Rio Tapajos, Para, Brazil;
1971: 27, morphology.

Goeldichironomus amazonicus (Fittkau); Reiss 1974: 86, generic position.

Goeldichironomus amazonicus (Fittkau); Palomaki 1987: 46, distribution.

Extensive collections from southern California have not previously
had this species represented (Sublette 1960; Mulla et al. 1975; Grodhaus
1963, 1967, 1968; Anderson et al. 1964; Brumbaugh et al. 1969; Ali et al.
1978; Aliand Mulla 1976a, b; Alietal. 1977.) While this negative evidence

sReceived August 8, 1990. Accepted September 10, 1990.
Department of Biology, University of Southern Colorado, 2200 Bonforte Blvd. Pueblo,
CO 81001.
Department of Entomology, University of California-Riverside, Riverside, CA 92521.

ENT. NEWS 102(1): 47-49, January & February, 1991

48 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

is not conclusive, we feel that the species is probably a recent intro-
duction, perhaps a function of increased north-south air traffic within
the past two decades.

Sublette and Sublette (1989) listed this species as one of potential
public health significance in that nuisance swarms are produced and,
further, all members of this genus possess haemoglobin in the larval
stage. Such haemoglobin-bearing species constitute a source for one of
the most potent allergens for humans when the species form large pest
swarms as this one does (Bay 1964). Bay’s (1964) material from Nicaragua
has been examined by the senior author, confirming that the two
populations are conspecific.

This Pan American species is common to tropical and subtropical
eutrophic waters and thus has the potential to spread to much of the
southern tier of states in the United States. Its known distribution is
Brazil, Peru, Panama, Nicaragua, Mexico, Bahamas Islands, and Florida
and California in the United States.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We should like to thank Saul I. Frommer, Department of Entomologoy, University of
California-Riverside, for providing examples of Nicaraguan material. Mary Sublette
prepared the manuscript and her assistance is gratefully acknowledged. We also thank
Scott J. Herrmann and Jay Linam, University of Southern Colorado, whocritically read the
manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Ali, A. and M.S. Mulla. 1976. Insecticidal control of chironomid midges in the Santa Ana
River water spreading system, Orange County, California. Jour. Econ. Ent. 69(4): 509-
513:

Ali, A. and M.S. Mulla. 1976. Chironomid larval density at various depths in a Southern
California water-percolation reservoir. Environ. Ent. 5(6): 1071-1074.

Ali, A., M.S. Mulla, M.S. Dhillon, and S.J. Long. 1977. Prevalence of nuisance midges
on premises adjacent to the Santa Ana River spreading system. Proc. Pap. 45th
Ann. Conf. Calif. Mosq. Vector Control Assoc. pp. 219-221.

Ali, A., M.S. Mulla, A.R. Pfuntner, and L.L. Luna. 1978. Pestiferous midges and their
control in a shallow residential-recreational lake in Southern California. Mosq. News
38(4): 528-535.

Anderson, L.D., E.C. Bay, and A.A. Ingram. 1964. Studies of chironomid midge control
in water-spreading basins near Montebello, California. Calif. Vector Views 11(3):
13-20.

Bay, E.C. 1964. An analysis of the “Sayule” nuisance at San Carlos, Nicaragua, with
recommendations for its alleviation. WHO EBL Series, WJO ELB 20, WHO Vect. Cont.

186: 1-18.

Brumbaugh, L.R.,J.L. Mallars, and A.V. Vierira. 1969. Chironomid midge control with
quick breaking emulsions in waste-water stabilization lagoons at Stockton, California.
Calif. Vector Views 16(1): 1-13.

Vol. 102, No. 1, January & February 1991 49

Fittkau, E.J. 1968. Siolimyia amazonica n. gen., n. spec. eine flugfahige Chironomide
(Diptera) mit einem Hypopygium Inversum. Amazoniana 1:259-265.

Fittkau, EJ. 1971. Der Torsionmechaanismus beim Chironomiden-Hypopoygium.
Limnolgica 8: 27-34.

Frommer, S.I. 1967. Review of the anatomy of adult Chironomidae. Calif. Mosq. Contr.
Assn., Tech. Bull. No. 1, 40 p. 31 pl.

Grodhaus, G. 1963. Chironomid midges as a nuisance. Calif. Vector Views 10(5):
29-37.

Grodhaus, G. 1967. Identification of chironomid midges commonly associated with
waste stabilization lagoons in California. Calif. Vector Views 14 (1): 1-12.

Grodhaus, G. 1968. Considerations in controlling chironomids. Proc. Pap. 36th Ann.
Conf. Calif. Mosq. Contr. Assoc., Inc. pp. 37-39.

Mulla, M.S., D.R. Barnard, and R.L. Norland. 1975. Chironomid midges and their
control in Spring Valley Lake, California. Mosq. News 35: 389-395.

Palomaki, R. 1987. The Chironomidae of some lakes and rivers in Nicaragua. Ent. Scand.
Suppl. 29: 45-49.

Reiss, F. 1974. Die in Stehenden Gewasser der Neotropis verbreitette Chironomidengattung
Goeldichironomus Fittkau (Diptera, Insecta). Stud. Neotrop. Fauna 9: 85-122.

Sublette, J.E. 1960. Chironomid midges of California. I. Chironomidae, exclusive of
Tanytarsini (=Cahlopsectrini). Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 112: 197-226.

Sublette, J.E. and M. Sublette. 1989. An overview of the potential for Chironomidae
(Diptera) as a world-wide source for potent allergens, pp. 190-231. Jn: International
Symposium on Mite and Midge Allergy. Univ. Tokyo.

Wirth, W.W. 1979. Solimyia amazonica Fittkau, an aquatic midge new to Florida with
nuisance potential. Fla. Ent. 62: 134-135.

(Continued from page 36)

The discussion following the talk lasted almost as long as the talk. This reflected the high
interest in the topic. Dr. Ken Frank displayed nymphal and larval stages of Lxodes dammini
he had collected from his patients. Dale Schweitzer, who has had Lyme disease twice,
warned that local ticks survive a laundry cycle. He also noted that some doctors prescribe
prophylactic doses of tetracycline for people who spend lots of time in the field where it is
virtually impossible to avoid tick bites. This, however, is a controversial issue among
doctors, many of whom refuse to prescribe antibiotics without a positive Lyme test. This
situation was lamented by several members. On the side of caution are potential problems
with tetracycline such as increased ultraviolet light sensitivity, mottled teeth in children,
and digestive tract problems. The fact that there is a new vaccine for dogs provides hope for
a human vaccine in a few years.

In notes of local entomological interest Dale Schweitzer noted a variety of unusual late
season butterfly records. Among them were a sighting of a Gulf fritillary, Agraulis vanillae,
on October 27 in Port Norris, New Jersey, and a gray hairstreak, Strymon melinus, on
November 27 in Cumberland County, New Jersey. A member of the audience observed
preying mantis nymphs earlier on the day of the meeting. Ken Frank displayed some lilac
branches that had been girdled by giant hornets, Vespa crabo germana. Apparently both
species are introduced from the same area of Europe. The hornet uses the bark to make the
paper for its nest.

Harold B. White
Corresponding Secretary

50 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

:

A DISTRIBUTIONAL STUDY OF SIALIS
(MEGALOPTERA: SIALIDAE) IN NORTH AMERICA

Michael F. Whiting!

ABSTRACT: Locality data for 23 North American species of Sialis (Megaloptera: Sialidae)
are listed by state and county, 31 new state records are presented, and emergence infor-
mation for each species is discussed.

There are currently 23 described species of Sialis in North America
(Ross, 1937; Townsend, 1939; Flint, 1964). When Ross (1937) published
his revision of the Nearctic Sialidae, distributional records were rather
scanty. Since that time, distributional data has increased from two main
sources. First, from studies which emphasized the aquatic larvae (Evans,
1971; Canterbury, 1978). Second, from the publication of state records
(Bowles, 1989; Flint, 1964; Liechti & Huggins, 1977; Parfin, 1952; Stark &
Lago, 1980; Tarter, 1980; Tarter & Woodrum, 1973a, 1973b; Tarter et al.
1976, 1977, 1978, Tennessen, 1968).

Data from over 5,000 specimens of Sialis representing more than 1300
localities originating from 23 major North American collections have
been recorded. These data are combined with all the published data to
give the most complete listing of Sialis distributions to date. The purpose
of this paper is to provide a comprehensive list of distributions for the
further study of Sialis in North America.

Locality data for each species are organized as follows: the Canadian
records are listed alphabetically by province (in caps) followed by
county or internal division if applicable, then the United States data are
listed alphabetically by state (in caps), followed by county. Both pro-
vince and state names are abbreviated using official U.S. postal Zip
Code abbreviations. If no county data follows a state, it means that nore
was recorded with the specimen. Square brackets [] around states or
provinces indicate new records. Emergence data are given by listing the
earliest and the latest date in the year when the species was collected and
includes the states from which each early and late record was recorded. A
more complete listing including precise locality, dates, and references
for each locality are available from the author upon request.

'Received July 13, 1990. Accepted October 23, 1990.
“Department of Entomology, Comstock Hall, Cornell University, Ithaca. New York
14853-0999, U.S.A.

ENT. NEWS 102(1): 50-56, January & February, 1991

Vol. 102, No. 1, January & February 1991 51

DISTRIBUTIONS
Sialis aequalis Banks 1920

Type Locality: VA: Falls Church County.

Distribution: CT: Fairfield; DE: Kent; [GA]: Fulton; [KY]: Breathitt; MD: Montgomery:
[ME]: Oxford; [MI]: Mason; MN: Itasca; NC: Burke; NJ: Middlesex; NY; OH: Champaign,
Hocking; PA: Delaware; SC; VA: Arlington, Brunswick, Fairfax, Falls Church, Suffolk:
[VT]: Windham; WV: Cabell, Kanawha, Mason, Wayne.

Emergence: March 20 (SC) to June 13 (MN: Itasca).

Sialis americana (Rambur) 1842

Type Locality: America.

Distribution: CT: New Haven; DC: Washington; FL: Alachua, Baker, Columbia, Highlands,
Marion; GA: Wayne; [IN]: Lake; LA: East Baton Rouge, Iberville, St. James; MD: Prince
Georges; [MO]; MS: Adams, Hinds, Lafayette; [NH[: Merrimack; [NJ]: Gloucester; OH:
Summit; SC; TX; VA: Nansemond; WI: Grant.

Emergence: April 23 (LA: Baton Rouge) to August 13 (IN: Lake).

Sialis arvalis Ross 1937

Type Locality: CA: Calaveras County, Mokelumne Hill.

Distribution: CA: Amador, Butte, Calaveras, Humboldt, Lake, Mendocino, Monterey,
Plumas, San Benito, San Luis Obispo, Santa Barbara, Santa Clara, Santa Cruz, Sonoma,
Stanislaus, Trinity, Ventura, Yolo; OR: Curry, Douglas, Jackson, Josephine.
Emergence: March 15 (CA: Humboldt) to May 31 (OR: Douglas).

Sialis californica Banks 1920

Type Locality: CA: Kern County, San Emigdio Canyon.

Distribution: AB; BC; CA: Alameda, Amador, Butte, Colusa, Contra Costa, Glenn,
Humboldt, Kern, Lake, Lassen, Los Angeles, Marin, Mendocino, Modoc, Mono,
Monterey, Napa, Plumas, Sacramento, San Diego, San Joaquin, San Luis Obispo, San
Mateo, Santa Barbara, Santa Clara, Santa Cruz, Shasta, Siskiyou, Solano, Sonoma, Stanis-
laus, Tehama, Trinity, Tulare, Ventura, Yolo, Yuba; OR: Baker, Benton, Clackmas, Clatsop,
Coos, Curry, Deschutes, Douglas, Hood River, Jackson, Jefferson, Lake, Lane, Lincoln,
Linn, Tillamook, Wasco, Washington; WA: King, Klickitat, Pierce, Skamania.
Emergence: March 3 (CA: San Diego) to July 25 (CA: Tulare).

Sialis concava Banks 1897
Type Locality: NY: Tompkins County, Ithaca.
Distribution: [BC]; ON; MD; [ME]: Oxford; NC: Moore, Wake; NY: Tompkins; VA:
Augusta, Montgomery, Tazewell; WV: Pocahontas.
Emergence: April 12 (NC: Moore) to July 15 (BC).
Sialis contigua Flint 1964

Type Locality: VA: Highland County, bridge on Route 220 over East Branch Potomac
River.

52 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Distribution: TN: Knox; VA: Giles, Highland, Montgomery, Shenandoah, Smyth.
Emergence: April 21 (TN: Knox) to May 5 (VA: Smyth)

Sialis cornuta Ross 1937

Type Locality: OR: Umatilla County. Blue Mountains.

Distribution: AB: ID: Butte, Caribou, Clearwater, Idaho, Latah, Valley; MT: Gallatin,
Glacier, Granite, Ravalli; OR: Curry, Umatilla, Union; UT: Duchesne; WA: Asotin, Walla
Walla: WY: Crooks.

Emergence: April 29 (OR: Curry) to July 20 (MT: Glacier).

Sialis driesbachi Flint 1964

Type Locality: MI: Schoolcraft County
Distribution: MI: Schoolcraft; MN; [WI]: Sauk.
Emergence: June 5 (MI: Schoolcraft) to June 12 (WI: Sauk).

Sialis glabella Ross 1937

Type Locality: IL: Wabash County, Mt. Carmel.
Distribution: IL: Wabash; KY: Nelson; MS: Adams.
Emergence: May 13 (MS: Adams) to June 16 (IL: Wabash).

Sialis hamata Ross 1937

Type Locality: UT: Cache County, Logan.

Distribution: AB: BC: ID: Ada, Bear Lake, Caribou, Cassia, Kootenai, Latah; MT:
Gallatin, Glacier, Lake, Lewis & Clark, Meagher, Ravalli; NV: Elko; OR: Harney,
Klamath, Lake, Umatilla, Wasco; UT: Box Elder, Cache, Fremont, Rich, Salt Lake,
Summit, Utah, Wasatch, Wayne: WA: Columbia, Garfield, Spokane, Whitman, Yakima;
WY: Fremont, Teton.

Emergence: April 13 (ID: Ada) to July 21 (WY: Fremont).

Sialis hasta Ross 1937

Type Locality: MI: Crawford County, Lovells along Au Sable River.

Distribution: AR: Garland, Washington, Yell; IN: Clark, Monroe, Ripley; KY: Breathitt,
Bullitt, Fayette, Jessamine, Oldham, Trimble; MI; Crawford, Emmet, Iosco; MO: Greene;
OH: Urbana; PA: Allegheny.

Emergence: April 10 (IN: Monroe) to June 16 (MI: Crawford).

Sialis infumata Newman 1838

Type Locality: NJ: Mercer County, Trenton Falls.

Distribution: [ON]: Ottawa-Carleton; AR: Garland, Pike, Washington; IL: Champaign,
Cook, Jo Daviess, Kankakee, McHenry, Mclean, Rock Island, Vermilion, Will; IN: Clark,
Tippecanoe; KS: Pottawatomie, Riley, Wabaunsee; KY: Oldham, Rowan, Trimble, MI:
Tuscola; MN: Lyon; MO; NC: Wake; NJ: Mercer; NY: Genessee, Onodaga, Tompkins;
OH: Adams, Butler, Franklin; OK: Pittsburgh; PA: Dauphin, Philadelphia, Snyder; SC;
VA: Fauquier, Rockingham; [WV]: Grant.

Emergence: April 7 (KS: Riley) to September 16 (KS: Pottawatomie).

Vol. 102, No. 1, January & February 1991 53

Sialis iola Ross 1937

Type Locality: PA: Allegheny County, Pittsburgh.

Distribution: PQ: L’Assomption, Montreal; CT: Tolland; DC: Washington; [GA]; [IN]:
Monroe; MN; MS: Marshall, Tishomingo; NC: Wake; NH: Durham; NJ: Burlington; NY:
Clinton, Franklin, Tompkins, Ulster; OH: Champaign, Miami; PA: Allegheny, Dauphin:
SC; VA: Alleghany, Montgomery, York; WV: Fayette, Greenbriar, Pocohantas.
Emergence: April 10 (VA: York) to July 29 (PQ).

Sialis itasca Ross 1937

Type Locality: IL: Kankakee County, Momence along Kankakee River.

Distribution: ON: Ottawa-Carleton; PQ: Laprairie, St. Jean; AR: Craighead; DC:
Washington; GA: Bibb, Fulton; IL: Coles, Cook, Kankakee, Knox, Piatt, Winnebago; IN:
Lagrange, Monroe, Noble; KS: Pottawatomie, Riley; MD: Montgomery; MI: Branch,
Cheboygan, Monroe, Washtenaw; MN: Pine; MO; NC: Chatham, Wake; ND: Cass; NY:
Chautauqua, Monroe, St. Lawrence, Tompkins; OH: Huron, Washington; OK: Payne; PA:
Dauphin; TN: Shelby; TX: Brazos; VA: Augusta, Fairfax, Greene, Rockingham; WI:
Douglas; WV: Wayne.

Emergence: April 1 (TX: Brazos) to September 30 (IN: Lagrange).

Sialis joppa Ross 1937

Type Locality: NC: Jackson County, New Found Gap, Great Smokey Mountain National
Park.

Distribution: [ON]: Thunder Bay; AR: Crawford, Montgomery; CT: New Haven; DE;
[FL]: Liberty; IL; KY: Bullitt, Jefferson, Meade, Oldham; LA: St. James; MD: Mont-
gomery; ME: Cumberland; MI: Cheboygan, Newaygo; NC: Buncombe, Jackson; NH:
Coos; NY: Ontario, Schuyler, Tompkins, Ulster, Wyoming, Yates; OH: Jefferson, Noble;
OK: Latimer; PA: Delaware, Montgomery, Philadelphia, Westmoreland; VA: Giles,
Grayson, Page, Smyth; VT: Orleans; WI: Ozaukee; WV: Pendelton, Summers.
Emergence: April 17 (OH: Jefferson) to July 10 (NH: Coos).

Sialis mohri Ross 1937

Type Locality: WI: Vilas County, Boulder Junction on Trout River.

Distribution: NB: York; ON: Essex, Kenora, Kent, Ottawa-Carleton; PQ; AR: Mont-
gomery, Pike, Washington; CT: New London, Tolland; IL: Champaign, Coles, Cook, Du
Page, Edgar, Jackson, Kankakee, Lake, Marshall, Mason, Massac, McHenry, Montgomery,
Morgan, Rock Island, Washington, Williamson, Winnebago; IN: Clark, Lake, Monroe,
Noble, Porter; KS: Douglas, Pottawatomie; KY: Edmondson; MA: Essex, Middlesex,
Norfolk; ME: Aroostook; MI: Cheboygan, Crawford, Emmet, Iosco, Lenawee, Mackinac,
Oscoda, Roscommon, Washtenaw, Wayne, Wexford; MN: Anoka, Becker, Beltrami,
Goodhue, Hennepin, Houston, Koochiching, Mille Lacs, Pine, Ramsey, Red Lake, St.
Louis, Stearns, Todd, Washington, Winona; MS: Hinds, Lafayette, Rankin; MO: [NE];
NH; NJ: Morris, Ocean, Passaic, Rockland; NY: Oswego, Stockton, Westchester; OH; OK:
Payne; PA: Luzerne, Monroe, Wayne; RI: Washington; TN: Lake, Obion, Shelby; [VT]:
Caledonia; WI: Adams, Barron, Dane, Door, Milwaukee, Sauk, Vilas, Walworth, Winnebago.
Emergence: March 23 (MS: Rankin) to July 14 (WI: Walworth).

54 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Sialis nevadensis Davis 1903

Type Locality: NV: Washoe County, Reno.

Distribution: CA: Amador, El Dorado, Lassen, Madera, Mariposa, Napa, Nevada, Placer,
Plumas, Santa Cruz, Shasta, Sierra, Siskiyou, Tehama, Trinity, Tuolumne; NV: Washoe.
Emergence: May | (CA: Placer) to 30 July (CA: Nevada).

Sialis nina Townsend 1939

Type Locality: KY: Fayette County, Lexington along North Elkhorn Creek.
Distribution: KY: Fayette
Emergence: April 1 to May 2

Sialis occidens Ross 1937

Type Locality: CA: Tulare County, Sequoia National Park, Wolverton.

Distribution: CA: Alpine, Amador, Calaveras, El Dorado, Fresno, Glenn, Humboldt,
Inyo, Lassen Los Angeles, Mariposa, Mono, Nevada, Placer, Plumas, San Bernardino,
Santa Barbara, Sierra, Sonoma, Stanislaus, Tulare, Tuolumne; NV: Washoe.
Emergence: From March 23 (CA: Sonoma) to August 30 (CA: Fresno).

Sialis rotunda Banks 1920

Type Locality: BC: Bon Accord.

Distribution: BC; CA: Shasta; OR: Benton, Clatsop, Columbia, Coos, Curry, Deschutes,
Douglas, Grant, Jackson, Jefferson, Joseph, Klamath, Lake, Lane, Linn, Marion, Polk,
Tillamook, Wasco, Washington, Yamhill; WA: Clallam, Clark, Douglas, Grays, Harbor,
King, Kitsap, Lewis, Pacific, Pierce, Snohomish, Stevens, Thurston, Whatcom, Yakima.
Note: Tartereral. (1978) list one male from Wisconsin. Because there is no other evidence to
support the occurrance of this species in the Eastern United States, this record is highly
questionable.

Emergence: From March 21 (OR: Linn) to September 5 (OR: Jackson).

Sialis spangleri Flint 1964

Type Locality: MD: Garrett County, Swallow Falls State Park near Oakland.
Distribution: MD: Garret.
Emergence: May 14.

Sialis vagans Ross 1937

Type Locality: IN: Whitley County, Columbia City along Eel River.

Distribution: NB: York; NS: Greene; ON: Muskoka, Nipissing, Simcoe; PQ; AR: Greene,
Johnson; CT; [FL]: Okaloosa; GA: Coweta; IL: Cook, Cumberland, Du Page, Franklin,
Kankakee, McHenry, Pope; IN: White, Whitley; [KS]: Douglas; KY: Jefferson, Oldham;
MA: Middlesex, Norfolk, Suffolk; [MD]: Prince Georges; [ME]: Lincoln, Washington; MI:
Branch, Crawford, Genessee, Grand Traverse, Iosco, Mecosta, Newaygo, Tuscola, Van
Buren, Washtenaw; MN: Cook, Itasca, Morrison, Pine; MS: Amite, Greene, Lafayette,
Lincoln, Ranking, Stone; NC: Wake; NH: Strafford; NJ: Burlington, Ocean; NY: Bronx;
OH: Gallia, Greene, Summit; OK: Latimer; PA: Chester; VA: Brunswick, Culpeper, Floyd,
James City, Prince Edward, Prince William; VT; WI: Washburn; WV: Pocahontas.
Emergence: From March 5 (VA: Prince William) to July 20 (ON).

Vol. 102, No. 1, January & February 1991 55

Sialis velata Ross 1937

Type Locality: MI: Roscommon County, Houghton Lake.

Distribution: AB; BC; MB; ON: Bruce, Grenville, Hastings, Kenora, Ottawa-Carleton,
Russell; PQ: Laprairie, Montreal; SK: [CO]: Larimer, Yuma; [CT]: New Haven; DC:
Washington; [ID]: Bannock, Cassia, Fremont, Valley; IL: Champaign, Coles, Gallatin,
Jersey, Johnson, Madison, Mason, Pope, Rock Island, Wabash, Washington, White; KS:
Douglas, Franklin, McPherson, Pottawatomie, Riley; KY; MA: Middlesex, Norfolk; MD:
Montgomery; ME: Lincoln, Penobscot; MI: Arenac, Benzie, Cheboygan, Crawford,
Gogebic, Ingham, Leelanau, Roscommon, St. Joseph, Washtenaw, Wayne; MN: Anoka,
Becker, Beltrami, Cass, Clearwater, Crow Wing, Hubbard, Itasca, Lake, Mille Lacs,
Morrison, Olmstead, Pine, Ramsey, St. Louis, Washington; MO: Boone, Marion; [MT]:
Flathead, Yellowstone; NC; ND; NB; NH; [NJ]: Rockland; NY: Albany, Clinton, Cort-
land, Hamilton, Onodaga, Ontario, Oswego, St. Lawrence, Tioga, Tompkins, Yates; OK:
Garfield; TN: Marion; TX: Bexar, Kerr, Travis; [UT]: Box Elder, Cache; VA: Appomattox,
Giles, Montgomery, Page, Roanoke, Rockbridge, Shenandoah, Smyth, Wythe; VT; WI:
Dane, Door, Vilas, Waukesha; WV: Jefferson; [WY]: Carbon, Crook, Laramie.
Emergence: From March 24 (TX: Kerr) to September 15 (MI).

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I thank the following individuals and institutions for providing the material used in this
study: R.T. Schuh, American Museum of Natural History; D. Azuma, Academy of Natural
Sciences, Philadelphia; R.W. Baumann, Brigham Young University; N.D. Penny, Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences; J.K. Liebherr, Cornell University; B.C. Kondratieff, Colorado
State University; J. Wiley, Florida State University; Chicago Field Museum of Natural
History; K.C. McGiffen, Illinois Natural History Survey; H.D. Blocker, Kansas State
University; C.C. Hogue, Los Angeles County Museum; T.K. Philips, Montana State
University; J.S. DiGiulio, Oregon State University; D.K. Faulkner, San Diego Natural
History Museum; E.G. Riley, Texas A&M University; JA. Chemsak, University of
California, Berkeley; S.I. Frommer, University of California, Riverside; P.H. Freytag,
University of Kentucky; M.F. O’Brien, University of Michigan; W.J. Hanson, Utah State
University; J.R. Voshell, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University; T.D.
Galloway, University of Manitoba; O.S. Flint, Smithsonian Institution.

LITERATURE CITED

Bowles, D.E. 1989. New records of Sialis (Megaloptera: Sialidae) from Arkansas and
Oklahoma. Ent. News. 100 (1):27-28.

Canterbury, L.E. 1978. Studies on the genus Sialis (Sialidae: Megaloptera) in eastern
North America. Unpubl. PhD. thesis. University of Louisville. Louisville. KY. 93 pp.

Evans, E.D. 1971. A study of the Megaloptera of the Pacific coastal region of the United
States. Unpubl. PhD. thesis. Oregon State University. Corvallis. OR. 210 pp.

Flint, O.S. 1964. New species and new state records of Sialis (Neuroptera: Sialidae). Ent.
News 75(1): 9-13.

Gatewood, R.W. and D. C. Tarter. 1983. Life history and ecology of the alderfly. Sialis
aequalis Banks, from flatfoot Creek. Mason County. West Virginia. Proc. W. Va. Acad.
Sci. 55. No. 2. 3. 4:102-113.

Liechti, P.M. and D. G. Huggins. 1977. Records of Megaloptera in Kansas. USA. Tech.
Publ. State Biol. Surv. Kansas. 4:45-50.

Parfin, S.I. 1952. The Megaloptera and Neuroptera of Minnesota. The Amer. Midl. Nat.
47: 421-434.

56 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

———————

Ross, H.H. 1937. Studies of the Nearctic aquatic insects. I. Neartic alderflies of the genus
Sialis (Megaloptera: Sialidae) Bull. Ill. Nat. Hist. Surv. 21: 57-78.

Stark, B.P. and P.K. Lago. 1980. New records of Nearctic Sialis (Megaloptera: Sialidae)
with emphasis on Mississippi fauna. Ent. News 91(4): 117-121.

Tarter, D.C. 1988 New record of the alderfly Sialis vagans for West Virginia (Megaloptera:
Sialidae). Ent. News 99:63-64.

Tarter, D.C. and J.E. Woodrum. 1973a. First record of the alderfly, Sialis joppa Ross
(Megaloptera: Sialidae) in West Virginia. Proc. W. Va. Acad. Sci. 45: 163-165.

Tarter, D.C. and J.E. Woodrum. 1973b. Distribution and new record of the alderfly Sialis
(Megaloptera: Sialidae) in West Virginia. Ent. News 84:147-148.

Tarter, D.C., D.L. Ashley, and C.K. Lilly. 1976. New record of the alderfly, Sialis itasca
Ross for West Virginia (Megaloptera: Sialidae). Ent News 87: 32.

Tarter, D.C., W.D. Watkins, M.L. Little, and D.L. Ashley. 1977. New state record of the
alderlfy Sialis concava Banks from the Cranberry Glades, West Virginia (Megaloptera:
Sialidae). Ent News 88: 104.

Tarter, D.C., W.D. Watkins, D.L. Ashley, and J. T. Goodwin. 1978. New state record
and seasonal emergence patterns of alderflies east of the Rocky Mountains
(Megaloptera: Sialidae). Ent. News 89: 231-239.

Tennessen, K.T. 1968. Four new species records of Sialis (Megaloptera: Sialidae) for
Wisconsin. Wisc. Acad. Sci. 53:185-186.

Townsend, L.H. 1939. A new species of Sialis (Megaloptera: Sialidae) from Kentucky.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 41:224-226.

When submitting papers, all authors are requested to (1) provide the names of two qualified
individuals who have critically reviewed the manuscript before it is submitted and (2) suggest
the names and addresses of two qualified authorities in the subject field to whom the
manuscript may be referred by the editor for final review. All papers are submitted to
recognized authorities for final review before acceptance.

Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as
brief as possible. Classification as to order and family should be included in the title, except
where not pertinent. Following the title there should be a short informative abstract (not a
descriptive abstract) of not over 150 words. The abstract is the key to how an article is cited in
abstracting journals and should be carefully written. The author’s complete mailing address,
including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing
new taxa should include enough information to make them useful to the nonspecialist.
Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus references to
existing revisions or monographs. Authors must include the name(s) of recognized institution(s)
where their voucher specimens have been deposited. Illustrations nearly always are needed.
All measurements shall be given using the metric system or, if in the standard system,
comparable equivalent metric values shall be included. Authors can be very helpful by
indicating, in pencil in the margin of the manuscript, approximate desired locations within the
text of accompanying figures, tables and other illustrations.

Illustrations: For maximum size and definition, full page figures, including legends, should
be submitted as nearly as possible in a proportion of 4/6. Maximum size of printed illustration,
including all legends, is 44% x 6% inches. Authors will be charged for all text figures and half-
tones at the rate of $7.50 each, regardless of size.

Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor, Howard
P. Boyd. For address, see under ‘‘manuscripts”’ above. Literature notices, books received and
short reviews will be published in The Entomologist’s Library on books dealing with
taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology ecology, behavior and similar aspects of
insect life and related arthropods. Books on applied, economic and regulatory entomology, on
toxicology and related subjects will not be considered.

Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist’s Market
Place.

Page charges: A charge of $15.00 is made for each published page of an article, plus costs of
all illustrations. If any charges are not paid within 120 days of date of billing, authors will be
charged an additional $5.00 per page. Papers may be published ahead of their regularly
scheduled time at a cost of $35.00 per page.

Unemployed and retired amateur and scientist members of the American Entomological
Society who are without institutional support or are not subsidized by grants and who are
without funds for publishing may apply for financial assistance at the time their manuscript is
submitted. Such application must include an explanation of the author’s status (unemployed or
retired). Page charges for these individuals are negotiable, with a minimum of $7.00 per page.

Reprints: (without covers) may be ordered when corrected page proofs are returned to the
editor. Schedule of reprint costs will appear on order form.

This publication is available
in microform from University
Microfilms International.

Call toll-free 600-521-4044. Or muil inquiry to: \
University Microfilms Liternational, 300 North
Zeeb Road, Ann Arbor, MI 48106.

The Entomologist’s Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per line,
payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges not
exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position

wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box numbers. All
insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the
end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are
discontinued.

FOR SALE: Excellent quality insect mounting pins including standard black, stainless
steel, Elephant. Best prices available. Also offering unmounted worldwide butterflies,
moths and beetles with data in all price ranges. Personalized service to all — including
new collectors! We specialize in Papilio, Morpho, and Heliconius. Send $5.00 U.S. for one
year price list subscription to: IANNI BUTTERFLY ENTERPRISES, P.O. BOX 81171,
Cleveland, Ohio 44181, U.S.A. Phone: (216) 888-2310.

TRANSWORLD BUTTERFLY COMPANY, Apartado 6951, 100N San Jose, COSTA RICA,
Central America. Serving Lepidopterists worldwide since 1976. LATEST 12-PAGE
ILLUSTRATED CATALOG includes Neotropical, African, Palearctic and Indo-Australian
butterflies. Specialist listings of Papilionidae, Morphidae, and Brassolidae. Many seldom
offered species! Books and more. WE OPERATE PERSONALIZED ENTOMOLOGICAL,
NATURALIST, BIRDING TOUR PROGRAMS. Latest catalog $1 or one years’s monthly
lists via airmail $6.

WE BUY JOURNALS in all fields of research, including entomology, zoology, agri-
cultural science, biosciences, etc., for the years 1985-1990. Please call (800) 521-0061 or (713)
556-0061; write to: RPBS, Inc., P.O. Box 720728, Houston, Texas 77079. FAX: (713) 556-1406.

FOR SALE: Entomology on disk! HYPERBUG - a program for Macintosh°computers
that belongs in every classroom, office, or museum. Version 2.0 offers a synopsis of the
insect orders, collecting techniques, bibliographic databases, morphology, resource data
and more. Requires HyperCard to run. For more information, write to: Entomation, 2742
Beacon Hill, Ann Arbor, MI 48104.

TOWNES STYLE MALAISE TRAPS. $217.00. Of proven design, 6 fi. high, standard 25
meshes/inch netting; and a dark olive trap 25 meshes/inch with 2 filaments/mesh. Order
from Golden Owl Publishers, Inc., 182 Chestnut Rd., Lexington Park, Maryland, 20653.

FOR SALE: Insects from Venezuela. All species available here. Price List is available by
request from Mr. Paul ROUCHE. Edificio El Algarrobo-Apto 2-C, Sector El Convento-II,
Avenida SANZ, EL MARQUES - CARACAS-1070, VENEZUELA. We can correspond in
French, English and Spanish.

WANTED to buy CONOPIDAE (Diptera) worldwide, except Nearctic. Pinned only. Also
exchange. S. Camras, 4013 N. Milwaukee Ave. #515, Chicago, IL 60641.

US ISSN 0013-872X
.02 MARCH & APRIL, 1991 NO. 2

Fungal host records for Erotylidae (Coleoptera:
Cucujoidea) of America north of Mexico
P.E. Skelley, M.A. Goodrich, R.A.B. Leschen 57

Two new species of Neohypdonus (Coleoptera: Elateridae)
from North America with a key to Nearctic species
Samuel A. Wells = 73

Identity of Chelifer communis var. pennsylvanicus
(Pseudoscorpionida: Chernetidae) and description of a
new species of Lustrochernes William B. Muchmore 79

Parasites of Stelidota (Coleoptera: Nitidulidae)
R.N. Williams, J.R. Galford, F.F. Purrington 90

On the meaning of the term ‘trichobothrium’
George C. Steyskal 95

An improved technique for collecting large samples
of arthropods Laurent LeSage 97

Annotated list of insects of Macau observed during

1989 Emmett R. Easton 105
ANNOUNCEMENTS 72, 94
SOCIETY MEETING OF FEBRUARY 27, 1991 112

BOOK RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED 96

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published bi-monthly except July-August by The American
Entomological Society at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

The American Entomological Society holds regular membership meetings on the fourth
Wednesday in October, November, February, March, and April. The November, February
and April meetings are held at the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, Pa. The
October and March meetings are held at the Department of Entomology, University of
Delaware, Newark, Delaware.

Society Members who reside outside the local eastern Pennsylvania, southern New Jersey,
and Delaware area are urged to attend society meetings whenever they may be in the vicinity.
Guests always are cordially invited and welcomed.

Officers for 1991-1992: President: Joseph K. Sheldon; Vice-President: Harold B. White:
Recording Secretary: Paul W. Schaefer: Corresponding Secretary: Jon K. Gelhaus:
Treasurer: Jesse J. Fresse.

Publications and Editorial Committee: Howard P. Boyd. Chr., D. Otte. and Paul M.
Marsh.

Previous editors: 1890-1910 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1943 Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967 R.G. Schmieder (1898-1967); 1968-1972 R.H. Arnett, Jr.; 1973-
4/1974 R.W. Lake.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic
and foreign: $5.00 per year postpaid. Subscriptions for institutions such as libraries,
laboratories, etc., and for non-members, domestic and foreign: $15.00 per year postpaid.
Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to EN-
TOMOLOGICAL NEWS, The American Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa. 19103. U.S.A.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

Membership dues: $7.00 per year (regular); $4.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the editor:
Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088,
U.S.A. Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members of the
American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all prospective authors
join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the AIBS Style
Manual for Biological Journals and should follow the style used in recent issues of
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Three doublespaced, typed copies of each manuscript are
needed on 8% x 11 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they
will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published
in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the entire costs of a sufficient
number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without
division.

Editorial Policy: Manuscripts on taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology, ecology,
behavior and similar aspects of insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for
submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Papers on applied, economic and regulatory
entomology and on toxicology and related subjects will be considered only if they also make a
major contribution in one of the aforementioned fields.

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster. [fundeliverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade
Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, U.S.A.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, USA.

Vol. 102, No. 2, March & April 1991 57

FUNGAL HOST RECORDS FOR EROTYLIDAE
(COLEOPTERA: CUCUJOIDEA)
OF AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICol

Paul E. Skelley”, Michael A. Goodrich, Richard A. B. Leschen*

ABSTRACT: Host fungi for 35 species of Erotylidae from America north of Mexico are
reported. Most species have clear host preferences, with varying degrees of specificity. Host
relationships of North American Erotylidae, based on their host preferences, are discussed.

The Erotylidae of America north of Mexico comprise 49 species
(Boyle 1956, Goodrich & Skelley 1990). Although they are commonly
collected, published information on their life histories and host pre-
ferences is limited.

Erotylids feed on macro-Basidiomycetes (Hymenomycetes); bracket
fungi (Aphyllophorales) and mushrooms (Agaricales). Adults are some-
times found in numbers on fresh sporocarps and occasionally several
species are represented in a collection from one fruiting body. Larvae
and adults feed on various parts of the fungal sporocarp. Some species
are surface grazers, others gill and context (flesh of cap and stalk)
feeders. Some of the rarely collected species may feed on sporocarps
which are hidden, subterranean, or subcorticulous. A few species may
even feed on the hyphal mat which produced the sporocarp.

The duration of the three larval instars varies among species and may
be related to host texture and persistence. Pupation usually occurs in
various places outside the host; exposed and hanging from the host log
as in Cypherotylus (Graves 1965), in the ground as in Tritoma, or in rotten
wood as in some Triplax. The species studied readily transformed to
adults without a quiescent period in the larval or pupal stages. The adult
stage appears to be the longest lived.

The objective of this study is to compile a fungal host list composed of
data from the literature and new data from museum specimens and field
collecting. Patterns of host utilization and other phenomena which
could be of evolutionary or taxonomic significance are noted.

In compiling the data presented, museum specimens have been of
limited value. Since most insect collectors are unfamiliar with fungal
taxonomy, most museum specimens lack specific host data. Host data

lReceived: November 29, 1990. Accepted: December 24, 1990.
Entomology and Nematology Department, Building 970 Hull Road, University of Florida,
Gainesville, FL 32611-0740, U.S.A.

Department of Zoology, Eastern Illinois University, Charleston, IL 61920, U.S.A.
Snow Entomological Museum, University of Kansas, Lawrence, KS 66045, U.S.A.

ENT. NEWS 102(2): March & April 57-72

58 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

are often ambiguous (ie: “ex: gill fungus’) or give names of one large and
inclusive genera (ie: “ex: Polyporus sp.”). Polyporus once included 162
species (Overholts 1953), but now only 18 species are placed in this genus
(Gilbertson & Ryvarden 1987). For these reasons, the majority of the
records included here are from recent field work and rearing studies
carried out by the authors. This work was based in the eastern and
central United States, accounting for the larger host lists of these
species.

When examining the host list, the following should be recognized: 1)
In general, the taxonomy of the host fungi is notas well worked out as the
taxonomy of the Erotylidae, and finding mycologists who can identify
specimens is difficult. Therefore, it is possible that early host records
from the literature, or data taken from museum specimens, were based
on mis-identified material. This may also be true for beetle identifica-
tions in some early published records. 2) Repeated host records are more
likely to be important hosts for the beetle. Those “hosts” with only one
collection record of a few specimens are of questionable importance
(Ashe 1984). 3) Insome beetle genera, host overlap indicates that adults
are less specific in their host preference than larvae. Ashe (1984) found
this to be true for members of the Staphylinidae. This may explain why
adults of different erotylid species are found on the same sporocarp. In
most of our rearings, only one species was reared from a series of larvae
collected in a fungus. Different beetle species with the same larval host
seem to be separted by habitat or season of activity. In the few rearings
where two “species” developed; the species are closely related, have
questionable specific validity, and will be discussed in future papers. 4)
Beetle species are not always completely sympatric with their preferred
hosts or they may favor different hosts in different geographic regions. In
these cases, different beetle species might utilize the same host fungus,
creating an overlap in host records (Newton 1984).

METHODS

Beetles are listed in phylogenetic order (Boyle 1956) and by their
currently accepted names. See Boyle (1956) and Goodrich & Skelley
(1990) for lists of erotylid synonyms. Host records are reported under
each beetle species in the following format:

Beetle name
A,B Fungus name
Fungus synonomy {Comments} {Citations}

Vol. 102, No. 2, March & April 1991 59

Names of host fungi are recorded as they appear on museum speci-
mens or in the literature, except for obvious misspellings. Synonyms are
indented under the corrently accepted name. Our comments are placed
in braces, { }. Records marked with {?} have questionable validity, and
indicate that a misidentification may have occurred. When host records
were found in the literature, they are cited in brackets, [ ]|. Numbers in the
code to the left, A, B, represent the number of beetles seen from that host:
A = number of collections; B = number of adult beetles and/or larvae
taken (ie; a citation of “3, 15” means that beetle has been taken on that
host 3 times with a total of 15 specimens collected). When other authors
gave the number of specimens collected at a host, these figures are
reported within the brackets with the citation after a colon in the same
code given above. An asterisk before a host indicates the beetle has been
reared from the fungus, and a plus symbol indicates larvae have been
collected on the fungus. Larval records are included only where the
larvae have been positively identified.

Beetle specimens studied are deposited in collections of the institu-
tions or individuals listed in the acknowledgments and in those of the
authors and their institutions.

RESULTS

A total of 3,533 specimens were collected and/or reared from host
fungi by the authors. An additional 2,284 museum specimens bearing
significant host data were examined and identified, giving a total of 5,817
specimens of Erotylidae (representing 35 species) with host records. The
list of host fungi for the Erotylidae north of Mexico follows:

DACNINAE
Dacne Latreille 1796

Dacne quadrimaculata (Say 1835)

dl Clavicorona pyxidata
Clavaria coronata
al Ganoderma applantum
Hypsizygus ulmarius

Pleurotus ulmarius [Weiss & West 1920]
ea Lentinus lepideus
Piptoporus betulinus
Polyporus betulinus [Chagnon & Robert 1962]
5,49 *Pleurotus ostreatus [Boyle 1956]
2,51 *Pleurotus sapidus
1,1 *Pluteus cervinus

60 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

i

11,93 Polyporus squamosus
Melanopus squamosus
tal Stereum ostrea

Dacne californica (Horn 1870)
Pleurotus ostreatus [Boyle 1956]
eal near Pleurotus ?
eS Pleurotus sp.
*Polyporus sp. [Boyle 1956]

Dacne picea LeConte 1875
No host data available.

Dacne cyclochilus Boyle 1954
1,6 Hydnochaete sp.
1,4 Pycnoporellus alboluteus
Polyporus alboluteus

;

Dacne pubescens Boyle 1956
No host data available.

Microsternus Lewis 1887

Microsternus ulkei (Crotch 1873)
Inonotus cuticularis
Polyporus cuticularis [Blatchley 1910]
1,2 Phellinus gilvus
Polyporus gilvus
Polypora sp. [Dury 1878]
1,4 vicinity of Stereum ostrea

Megalodacne Crotch 1873

Megalodacne fasciata (Fabricius 1777)
Fomes fraxineus [Weiss & West 1921a]
Fomes sp. [Kitayama 1986: 1, 10]
3.8 +Ganoderma lucidum
Ganoderma curtisii
Polyporus lucidus [Weiss & West 1920, 1921b]
Ganoderma sp.
Meripilus giganteus
Pleurotus sapidus [Weiss & West 1920]
Weal Polyporus sp. [Froeschner & Meiners 1953]
Trametes versicolor
Polyporus versicolor
[Weiss 1920c; Weiss & West 1920]

sl
we

Megalodacne heros (Say 1823)
122 Ganoderma applantum [Boyle 1956]
Fomes applantus [Boyle 1956; Park & Sejba 1935]
1,1 +Ganoderma lucidum
4,18 Ganoderma tsugae
Polyporus tsugae

Vol. 102, No. 2, March & April 1991 61

1,4 Ganoderma sp.
Peziza sp. {Ascomycete} [Boyle 1956; Park & Sejba 1935]
Pleurotus sapidus
Polyporus tenuiculus
nr. a Favolus brasiliensis
1S Polyporus radicatus
Polyporus sp. [Boyle 1956; Park & Sejba 1935]

—
—

EROTYLINAE
Cypherotylus Crotch 1873

Cypherotylus californicus (Lacordaire 1842)
+Bjerkandera adusta
Polyporus adustus [Graves 1965:1,200]
I Datronia scutellata
1,3. +Perenniporia medulla-panis
1,1 +Phellinus everhartii
2,3 +Spongipellus unicolor
1,7 +Trametes versicolor
Coriolus versicolor

TRIPLACINAE
Tritoma Fabricius 1775
Species group humeralis

Tritoma biguttata affinis Lacordaire 1842
,18 Amanita bisporigera
14 Amanita ceasarea
,60 *Amanita excelsa
,89 *Amanita rubescens
33 Amanita subsolitaria
1 Amanita verna
7 Amanita virosa
73. *Amanita sp.
ae) Armillariella tabescens

6 *Boletaceae
12 *Lactarius piperatus
BS Lepiota or Amanita sp.
11 Leucoagaricus naucinus
AS) Phylloporus rhodoxanthus
3 Russula sp.

.

.

Ww

,

.

.

NEP eee NDNE EON ee

Tritoma biguttata biguttata (Say 1825)
1 Agaricus sp.
1 Amanita bisporigera
7 Amanita citrina
1 Amanita flavorubescens
Amanita muscaria [Weiss & West 1921a]

62 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Amanita phalloides (Moennich 1944:1, 4]
3,57. Amanita rubescens [Weiss & West 1921a]
Amanita solitaria (Moennich 1939:1, 1]
Amanita strobiliformis (Chantal 1979; Boyle 1956]
1,20 Amanita vaginata
1,35 Amanita sp.
Armillaria sp. [Weiss & West 1920]
Armillariella mellea
Armillaria mellea {Chantal 1979; Boyle 1956]
Ne Armillariella tabescens
Collybia sp. [Weiss & West 1922]
Lactarius piperatus [Moennich 1939:1, 1]
Oligoporus tephroleucus
Polyporus lacteus [Weiss & West 1921a]
Russula sp. [Weiss & West 1922]

Tritoma aulica (Horn 1871)
No host data available.

Tritoma humeralis Fabricius 1801
eed Amanita bisporigera
2,16 Amanita vaginata
Amanitopsis vaginata
4,31 Armillariella mellea
4,18 *Armillariella tabascens
Clitocybe maxima [Weiss & West 1920]
it Collybia sp.
1

el Polyporus alveolaris
Favolus alveolaris
eal Polyporus arcularius
2,10 Polyporus radicatus [Chantal 1979; Boyle 1956:

as “Polyposus radicata”|
jlo Shizopora paradoxa

Tritoma atriventris LeConte 1847
3 Amanita sp.
3 Armillariella mellea
118 *Armillariella tabescens
Carduus sp. [Boyle 1956]
1,45 — Clitocybe clavipes
8 *Lentinus dentosus
1 Meripilus giganteus
, 216 *Omphalotus olearius
3
1
1

L
2
i,

Oudemensiella radicata
1 Pluteus cervinus ?

1,12 *Pluteus sp.

1,4 Polyporus alveolaris
6,35 *Polyporus arcularius

Tritoma erythrocephala Lacordaire 1842
1,11 Amanita vaginata
Amanitosis vaginata
2,26 *Armillariella tabescens

Vol. 102, No. 2, March & April 1991

1,22 *Lentinus dentosus
Holl Marasmius sp.
2,12 *Omphalotus olearius

Tritoma angulata Say 1826
i Armillariella tabescens
1 Lactarius argillaceifolius
3 Lactarius insulsus
31 *Lactarius piperatus [Moennich 1939:1, 3]
15 *Lactarius subvellereus
1 Lactarius thejogalus
1 Lactarius volemus [Moennich 1939:1, 5]
1 Lactarius sp.
14. Russula aeruginea
2 Russula albidula
= Russula crustosus
4 Russula (emetica ?)
2 Russula (foetens ?)
6 Russula mariae
2 Russula paludosa
9 Russula subalbidula
3) Russula xerampelina
25 *Russula sp.

Tritoma unicolor Say 1826
Calvatia craniformis [Boyle 1956}
5) Hypholoma sp. [Boyle 1956]
2 Omphalotus illudens
Clitocybe illudens [Boyle 1956}
4,138 *Omphalotus olearius
1,2 Tricholomataceae

I
2;

Tritoma tenebrosa Fall 1912
No host data available.

Tritoma mimetica (Crotch 1873)
1 Amanita vaginata
3 Armillariella mellea
37 *Boletus sp.
1 Marasmius sp.
l Oudemensiella furfuracea
78 Oudemensiella radicata

Collybia radicata [Froeschner & Meiners 1953]

1,1 *Pluteus cervinus
4,122 Polyporus radicatus
1,1 Tricholomopsis platyphylla

Species group sanguinipennis

Tritoma sanguinipennis (Say 1825)
Amanita phalloides (Moennich 1944:1, 1]

63

64 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

i

17,133 Polyporus alveolaris
Favolus alveolaris
Favolus canadensis [Boyle 1956]
Hexagonia alveraris [Boyle 1956]

12,88 *Polyporus arcularius
1,6 Polyporus badius
il, Polyporus radicatus
13 Polyporus squamosus

Tritoma pulchra Say 1826
28 Ceriporia sp.
1 Ganoderma applantum
Oligoporus floriformis
Polyporus floriformis {Chantal 1979]
12 Oligoporus stipticus
Polyporus immitis
1,8 Oligoporus tephroleucus
Polyporus tephroleucus (Judd 1957:1, 1]
2 Oligoporus sp.
Piptoporus betulinus
Polyporus betulinus [Chantal 1979; Boyle 1956]
eal Polyporus squamosus
Melanopus squamosus
Russula irrescens \R. virescens 7} [Weiss 1924]
val Stemonitis axifers {Myxomycete
2,5. *Tyromyces chioneus
Polyporus albellus
Polyporus chioneus
[Weiss 1920b; Weiss & West 1920]

L
I;

Pseudischyrus Casey 1916

Pseudischyrus extricatus (Crotch 1873)
153 Lactarius hygrophoroides
Ll Russula albiduliformis
1S Russula (emetica ?)
1,13 *Russula levispora {manuscript species; Murrill, 1972}
1,1 *Russula (lutea ?)
2,40 *Russula sp.

Pseudischyrus ventriloquax Boyle 1956
No host data available.

Pseudischyrus nigrans (Crotch 1873)
2. Amanita cylindrispora
<2 Amanita rudelleus {A. rubescens ?}
6 Amanita subsolitaria
1 Amanita (nr. virginiana) \A. virginae a)
51

Amanita sp.
.10 Armillariella tabescens
43 Russula subcyanoxantha

1,
1
1
i
4,
2
1
2

.25 Russula sp.

Vol. 102, No. 2, March & April 1991 65

Ischyrus Lacordaire 1842

Ischyrus quadripunctatus quadripunctatus (Olivier 1791)
Le 2 Irpex lacteus
7,38 *Oxyporus latemarginatus
Poria ambigua
Phellinus gilvus
Polyporus gilvus [Weiss & West 1920]
Poria sp. [Weiss 1920a; Weiss & West 1920]

Ischyrus quadripunctatus graphicus Lacordaire 1842
No host data available.

Ischyrus chiasticus Boyle 1954
No host data available.

Ischyrus dunedinensis Blatchley 1917
No host data available.

Ischyrus aleator Boyle 1954
No host data available.

Triplax Herbst 1793
Species group macra

Triplax macra LeConte 1854
1,26 Inonotus andersonii
ja Inonotus rheades
Polyporus vulpinus
Pleurotus ostreatus {?} [Adams 1908]

Triplax festiva Lacordaire 1842
2,34 Inonotus andersonii
5, 101 +Jnonotus cuticularis
Polyporus cuticularis
1,2 +Jnonotus dryophilinus
3,41 *Jnonotus hispidus
1,78 IJnonotus ludovicianus
1,17 *Inonotus (munzii ?)
1, 323 +Jnonotus sp.

Triplax frontalis Horn 1862
2, 358 *Jnonotus andersonii
lo) Inonotus cuticularis
Polyporus cuticularis
WW Inonotus hispidus
| | Inonotus sp.

4 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

LC ——————

Triplax alachuae Boyle 19%
12, 326 *Inonotus andersonii
1,1 Inonotus (munzii 7)

Triplax marcescens Boyle 19
2 Inonotus dryophilus
Polyporus dryophilus
Pleurotus sp. *7; (Dajoz 1985:1, 2
1,5 *polypore

Species group thoracica

Triplax mesosternalis Schaeffer 1905
1,95 *Lentinus lepideus
2,4) Pleurotus ostreatus”
1,12 Pleurotus sp. {Dajoz 1965-13, 135|

Triplax flavicollis Lacordaire #42
J Cantharellus cibarius
4 Hericum erinaceus
7 +Panus strigosus
J Panus’
55, 764 *Pleurotus ostreatus (Weiss \920d; Chantal 1979;
Boyle 1956; Weiss & West 1920]
6 Pleurotus sapidus
3 *Pleurotus sp. |Froeschner & Meiners 1953}
J Polyporus alveolaris
J Polyporus arcularius
a Polyporus squamosus
Melanopus squamosus
1,1 *Tricholomopsis platyphylla
Collybia platyphylla

Triplax thompsoni Boyle 1962
3, 100 + Polyporus arcularius (Johnson 1967|

Triplax wehrlei Boyle 1954
No host data available.

Triplax dissimulator (Crotch 1473)
Ls Hypsizygus tessulatus
Pleurotus ulmus \P. ulmarius
3,10 Oyster mushroom ‘Pleurotus sp. 7;
Pleurotus sp. (Chantal 1979; Boyle 1956|

Triplax errans Boyle \956
No host data available.

Triplax antica LeConte 146)
2,15 Oyster mushroom ‘Pleurotus sp. 7;
3,14 = Pleurotus ostreatus
1,15) near Pleurotus?
Polyporus sp. [Boyle 1956; Dajoz 1985:8, 39|

Vol. 102, No. 2, March & April 1991 67

Triplax californica LeConte 1854
1,4 Oyster mushroom {Pleurotus sp. 7}
3.40 Pleurotus ostreatus [Boyle 1956]
1,81 Pleurotus sp. [Dajoz 1985-16, 57]

Triplax lacensis Boyle 1954
No host data available.

Triplax cuneata Boyle 1954
No host data available.

Triplax microgaster Boyle 1956
No host data available.

Triplax puncticeps Casey 1916
23 Pleurotus ostreatus
2,8 Pleurotus sp. [Shepard 1976:1, 2]

Triplax thoracica Say 1825
Amanita rubescens {?} [Weiss & West 1921a]
1a Auricularia auricula {Ascomycete}
3 Bjerkandera adusta
4 Ganoderma applantum
1 Hericium erinaceus
1,6 [ tessulatus
Pleurotus ulmus {P. ulmarius ?
Panus strigosus [Moennich 1944:1, I]
Panus ?
Pholiota possibly aurivella
56, 744 *Pleurotus ostreatus [Weiss 1920d; Chantal 1979;
Boyle 1956; Weiss & West 1920]

2,14 Pleurotus sapidus [Judd 1957:1, 5]
1,16 Pleurotus ?
14,62 Pleurotus sp. [Dajoz 1985:2, 51]

2 Polyporus squamosus
1 Polyporus sp.
15 Oyster mushroom {Pleurotus sp. a4

Triplax frosti Casey 1924
6,24 Pleurotus ostreatus [Chantal 1979; Boyle 1956}
1,1 *Pleurotus sapidus
2,6 Oyster mushroom {Pleurotus sp. ?}
Mycotretus Lacordaire 1842

Mycotretus nigromanicatus Boyle 1954
No host data available.

Haematochiton Gorham 1888

68 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Haematochiton elateroides Gorham 1888
eel! white resupinate polypore on conifer log, Poria ?

Haematochiton carbonarius (Gorham 1888)
No host data available.

DISCUSSION

Host lists for mycophagous Coleoptera are scattered throughout the
literature and analyses of host patterns have been discussed for only a
small number of taxa: gyrophaenine Aleocharinae in the Staphylinidae
(Scheerpeltz and Hofler 1948, Ashe 1984); Ciidae (Pavior-Smith 1960,
Lawrence 1973). Beetle-fungus relationships are of dynamic ecological
importance when considering erotylid evolution.

Beetle-fungus relationships are similar to situations encountered with
insect-higher plant interaction. Basidiomycetes are like higher plant
resources in that some species are short-lived (many Agaricales), and
others persistent and long-lived (many Aphyllophorales) (Lacy 1984).
Textural differences of basidiomycetes are responsible for these tem-
poral differences (Corner 1953, Lawrence 1973, Klimaszewski & Peck
1987, Ashe 1987) and the duration of larval development often positively
correlates with sporocarp persistence (Ashe 1981, Leschen & Carlton
1988).

Based on the data presented here, members of the family Erotylidae
utilize basidiomycete fungi of the orders Agaricales and Aphyllo-
phorales (mushrooms and polypores). There are a few records of other
fungi, but their use is of questionable importance.

Erotylid specificity to host fungi is evident at many levels and aids in
establishing species relationships. The phylogenetic relationships
described by Boyle (1956) are supported by our host data. Boyle sug-
gested that the Dacninae (Dacne, Megalodacne, and Microsternus) are
more primitive, while the Triplacinae (Triplax, Tritoma, Pseudischyrus,
and Jschyrus) are more derived. Our data suggests that the Dacninae feed
primarily on wood-rotting Aphyllophorales (Polyporus and Ganoderma),
while the Triplacinae show a variety of patterns, feeding on both Agaricales
and Aphyllophorales (Fyromyces, Polyporus, Armillariella, Russula, Amanita,
étc.).

The genus Jiitoma was divided by Boyle (1956) into two species groups;
sanguinipennis and humeralis. Our data show that species group sanguin-
ipennis is associated with the soft Aphyllophorales, while species group
humeralis favors the Agaricales. Similarily, Boyle divided the genus
Triplax into species groups macra and thoracica. Our data indicate that

Vol. 102, No. 2, March & April 1991 69

species group macra is associated with the polypore genus Jnonotus,
while species group thoracica is primarily associated with the gilled
genus Pleurotus. The following European species are also found on
Pleurotus: Triplax rufipes Fab., T. russica L., T. scutellaris Champ.
(Scheerpeltz & H6fler 1948, Rehfous 1955, Dajoz 1966). Itis remarkable our
host data agrees so well with Boyle’s conclusions regarding the taxo-
nomic relationships within these genera, based almost entirely on
morphology.

Specific associations are evident throughout the list; Tritoma biguttata
with Amanita, T. atriventris and T. humeralis with wood-rotting mush-
rooms (Armillariella, Lentinus, Omphalotus, and Polyporus), T. angulata
with the Russulaceae (Russula and Lactarius), T. unicolor with Omphalotus,
Pseudischyrus extricatus with Russula, P. nigrans with Amanita, etc.

The preceeding discussion dealt with host patterns and other biological
features common to the Erotylidae that are interesting from an insect-
fungus perspective. Further studies of erotylid fungal hosts may provide
additional information on the phylogenetic relationships of both the
basidiomycetes and the Erotylidae.

The genus Pleurotus has an unsure placement in fungal classification.
It can be considered a member of the Tricholomataceae (Agaricales;
mushrooms) because of its soft tissue (monomitic), gills, etc. (McKnight
& McKnight 1987, Miller 1972, Weber & Smith 1985) or, it can be con-
sidered a member of the Polyporaceae (Aphyllophorales; polypores)
(sensu Donk 1964) because of its indeterminate growth pattern, lack of a
true stalk, asynchronous spore development, etc. Singer (1986) places
Pleurotus in the Polyporaceae next to Lentinus and Panus. Host utilization
of Triplax species tends to be restricted to the Polyporaceae with the
exception of Pleurotus. Unless these beetles had a host-shift, the utilization
of Pleurotus by the Triplax indicates that Pleurotus is more closely related
to other Polyporaceae than to the Tricholomataceae. In using these
beetles as taxonomists, they support the views of Donk (1964) and Singer
(1986).

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank the following mycologists for determining specimens of hosts: M. Blackwell,
Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge, LA; R. Gilbertson, University of Arizona, Tucson,
AZ; J. Justice, Arkansas Mycological Society, Little Rock, AR; J.W. Kimbrough, University
of Florida, Gainesville, FL; AS. Methven and W. Whiteside, Eastern Illinois University,
Charleston, IL.

We also thank the following curators and individuals for loans of specimens with host
data: R.L. Blinn, University of Missouri, Columbia MO; J.L. Carr, Calgary, Alberta; C.
Carlton, University of Arkansas, Fayetteville, AR; W.E. Clark, Alabama Polytechnic

70 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Institute, Auburn, AL; M. Douglas & W. B. Warner, Arizona State University, Tempe, AZ;
K.E.M. Galley, Cornell University Collection, Ithaca, NY; D.L. Gustafson, Bozeman, MT;
D.H. Habeck, Gainesville, FL; J.M. Kingsolver, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, United
States Department of Agriculture, Washington, DC; P.W. Kovarik, Ohio State University,
Columbus, OH; S. Krauth, University of Wisconsin, Madison, WI; R.E. Lewis, Iowa State
University, Ames, IA; R. W. Lundgren, Archer, FL; J. McNamara, Biosystematics Research
Institute, Ottawa, Ontario; G.H. Nelson, College of Osteopathic Medicine of the Pacific,
Pomona, CA; M.F. O’Brien, University of Michigan Museum of Zoology, Ann Arbor, MI;
C.A. Olson, University of Arizona, Tucson, AZ; J. Pakaluk, Snow Entomological Museum,
Lawrence, KS; C.S. Parron, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, NC; A.V. Provonsha,
Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN; C. Milkint-Salvino, Field Museum of Natural
History, Chicago, IL; S. Shaw, C. Vogt, & S. Pratt, Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Cambridge, MA; A. Smetana, Canadian National Collection, Ottawa, Ontario; C.A.
Springer, Hastings College, Hastings, NE; and R. E. Woodruff, Florida State Collection of
Arthropods, Gainesville, FL. This research was partially funded by grants from the Eastern
Illinois University Council of Faculty Research. Florida Agriculture Experiment Station
Journal Series No. R-01175.

LITERATURE CITED

Adams, C.C. 1908. The Coleoptera of Isle Royale, Lake Superior, and their relation to the
North American centers of dispersal. Michigan Biol. Survey. p. 157-215.

Ashe, J.S. 1981. Studies of the life history and habits of Phanerota fasciata Say (Coleoptera:
Staphylinidae: Aleocharinae) with notes on the mushrooms as a habitat and descrip-
tions of the immature stages. Coleopt. Bull. 35(1): 83-96.

Ashe, J.S. 1984. Major features of the evolution of relationships between Gyrophaenine
staphylinid beetles (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae: Aleocharinae) and fresh mushrooms.
pp. 227-255 In Wheeler, Q., and M. Blackwell. ed. Fungus-insects relationships,
perspectives in ecology and evolution. Columbia University Press, New York, NY. 514

pp.

Ashe, J.S. 1987. Egg chamber production, egg protection and clutch size among
fungivorous beetles of the genus Eumicrota (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae) and their
evolutionary implications. Zoo. J. Linn. Soc. 90:255-273.

Blatchley, W.S. 1910. An illustrated descriptive catalogue of the Coleoptera or beetles
(exclusive of Rhynocphora) known to occur in Indiana. The Nature Publishing Co.,
Indianapolis. 1386 pp.

Boyle, W.W. 1956. A revision of the Erotylidae of America north of Mexico (Coleoptera). Bull.
Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. 110(2):61-172.

Chagnon, G. and A. Robert. 1962. Principaux Coléoptéres de la province de Québec. Les
presses de L Université de Montreal, Montreal. 440 pp.

Chantal, C. 1979. Les Erotylidae (Coleoptera) du Quebec. Fabreries 5(1):15-20.

Corner, E.J.H. 1953. The construction of polypores. 1. Introduction: Polyporus sulphureus,
P. squamosus, P. betulinus, and P. microcyclus. Phytomorphology 3(3):152-167.

ron R. 1966. Ecologie et biology des Coléoptéres de la Hétraie. Vie et Miliey (6)17:637-
70

Dajoz, R. 1985. Repartition geographique et abondance des espéces du genre Triplax
Herbst (Coléoptéres, Erotylidae). L Entomologiste 41(3):133-145.

ie M.A. 1964. A conspectus of the families of Aphyllophorales. Persoonia 3(2):199-

Dury, C. 1878. Notes on several species of Coleoptera, with some accounts of habits, etc.
Can Entomol. 10:210-211.

Vol. 102, No. 2, March & April 1991 71

Foreschner, R.C., and E.P. Meiners. 1953. The Languriidae and Erotylidae (Coleoptera)
of Missouri with notes and keys. J. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 26(1):18-25.
Gilbertson, R.L., and L. Ryvarden. 1987. North American Polypores. Fungiflora 2:437-

885.

Goodrich, M.A., and P.E. Skelley. 1991. New synonymy in the genus Tritoma (Coleoptera:
Erotylidae). Coleopt. Bull. 45(1): in press.

Graves, R.C. 1965. Observation on the ecology, behavior and life cycle of the fungus
feeding beetle, Cypherotylus californicus, with description of pupa (Coleoptera, Ero-
tylidae). Coleopt. Bull. 19(4):117-120.

Johnson, D.H. 1967. Neotropical species of genus Triplax Herbst and a review of genus
Haematochiton Gorham (Coleoptera: Erotylidae). Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 123(3601):1-
25:

Judd, W.W. 1957. A collection of insects and millipeds from fungi in Ontario. Trans. Am.
Microscopical Soc. 76(3):311-316.

Kitayama, C.Y. 1986. A new distribution record for Megalodacne fasciata (Coleoptera,
Erotylidae). Pan-Pac. Entomol. 62(3):257.

Klimaszewski, J., and S.B. Peck. 1987. Succession and phenology of beetle faunas
(Coleoptera) in the fungus Polyporellus squamosus (Hods.:Fr.) Kerst. (Polyporaceae) in
Silesia, Poland. Can. J. Zool. 65:542-550.

Lacy, R.C. 1984. Ecological and genetic responses to mycophagy in Drosophilidae (Diptera).
pp. 286-301 in Wheeler, Q., and M. Blackwell. ed. Fungus-insects relationships,
perspectives in ecology and evolution. Columbia University Press, New York, NY. 514

pp.

Lawrence, J.F. 1973. Host preference in ciid beetles (Coleoptera: Ciidae) inhabiting the
fruiting bodies of Basidiomycetes in North America. Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull. 145(3):
163-212.

Leschen, R.A.B., and C. Carlton. 1988. Immature stages of Endomychus biguttatus Say
(Coleoptera: Endomychidae) with observations on the alimentary canal. J. Kans.
Entomol. Soc. 61(3):321-327.

McKnight, K.H., and V.B. McKnight. 1987. A field guide to mushrooms of North
America. The Peterson field guide series. Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston. 429

Pp.

Miller, O.K., Jr. 1972. Mushrooms of North America. E.P. Dutton, New York. 368 pp.

Moennich, H.C. 1939. List of Coleoptera found living in and on various fungi. Bull.
Brooklyn Entomol. Soc. 34:155-157.

Moennich, H.C. 1944. 1940 supplement to the Coleoptera found living in and on various
fungi. Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc. 39:164-170.

Murrill, W.A. 1972. Keys to the fleshy Basidiomycetes of Florida. ed. J.W. Kimbrough,
Department of Botany, University of Florida, Gainesville. 199 pp.

Newton, A.F. 1984. Mycophagy in Staphylinoidea (Coleoptera). pp. 302-353 in Wheeler,
Q., and M. Blackwell. ed. Fungus-insects relationships, perspectives in ecology and
evolution. Columbia University Press, New York, NY. 514 pp.

Overholts, L.O. 1953. The Polyporaceae of the United States, Alaska and Canada. Univ. of
Michigan Press, Ann Arbor. 466 pp.

Park, O. and O. Sejba. 1935. Studies in nocturnal ecology, IV. Megalodacne heros. Ecology
16(2):164-172.

Pavior-Smith, K. 1960. The fruiting bodies of macro fungi as habitats for beetles of the
family Ciidae (Coleoptera). Oikos 11:43-71.

Rehfous, M. 1955. Contribution a Iétude des insects des champignons. Mitt. Schwiz. Ges.
28(1):1-106.

Scheerpeltz, O., and K. H6fler. 1948. Kafer und Pilze. Wein: Verlag fiir Jugend und Volt.
351 pp.

1 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Shepard, W.D. 1976. Records and notes concerning Derodontus maculatus (Mels.)
(Coleoptera: Derodontidae). Southwestern Entomol. 1(4):168-170.

Singer, R. 1986. The Agricales in modern taxonomy. Koeltz Scientific Books, D-6240
Koenigstein, Federal Republic of Germany. 981 pp. + 88 pls.

Weber, N.S., and A.H. Smith. 1985. A field guide to southern mushrooms. The University
of Michigan Press, Ann Arbor. 280 pp.

Weiss, H.B. 1920a. Notes on Ischyrus quadripunctatus Oliv., bred from fungus. Can
Entomol. 52:14-15.

Weiss, H.B. 1920b. Notes on Mycotretus pulchra Say, and its fungous host. Can. Entomol.
52:18-19.

Weiss, H.B. 1920c. Coleoptera associated with Polyporus versicolor L. in New Jersey. Psyche
27:137-139.

Weiss, H.B. 1920d. Coleoptera associated with Pleurotus ostreatus. Entomol. News 31(10):
296-297.

Weiss, H.B. 1924. More notes on fungus insects and their hosts. Psyche 31:236-237.

Weiss, H.B., and E. West. 1920. Fungous insects and their hosts. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash.
33:1-20.

Weiss, H.B., and E. West. 1921a. Additional fungous insects and their hosts. Proc. Biol.
Soc. Wash. 34:59-62.

Weiss, H.B., and E. West. 1921b. Additional notes on fungous insects. Proc. Biol. Soc.
Wash. 34:167-172.

Weiss, H.B., and E. West. 1922. Notes on fungous insects. Can. Entomol. 54:198-199.

5th ANNUAL INSECT FIELD DAY

Sponsored by The American Entomological Society and the Young Entomologists’
Society, this event will be held on Saturday, June 22, 1991 from 9 am to 5 pm at the new Fair
Hill Nature Center off Route 273, six miles west of Newark, DE. For more information,
oe to: Insect Field Day, The American Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
PA 19103.

Vol. 102, No. 2, March & April 1991 1B

TWO NEW SPECIES OF NEOHYPDONUS
(COLEOPTERA: ELATERIDAE) FROM
NORTH AMERICA WITH A KEY TO
NEARCTIC SPECIES!

Samuel A. Wells2

ABSTRACT: A key to the North American species of Neohypdonus is provided. Negastrius
musculus is newly transferred to the genus Neohypdonus. Two new species from western
North America are described.

The click-beetle subfamily Negastriinae in North America is com-
posed of over 30 species that are generally encountered in riparian
situations. These beetles are the smallest click-beetles in North America.

Stibick’s (1971) generic classification of the subfamily separated what
most North American workers were calling Negastrius Thompson into
six genera. The genus Neohypdonus Stibick, 1971 can be distinguished
from other genera of Negastriinae by the shining or microreticulate
pronotum, prosternal sutures curved outward, presence of elytral striae,
short carinae of hind angles, subequal second and third antennal seg-
ments, and by the simple tarsal claws.

KEY TO THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF
NEOHYPDONUS

1. Strial punctures absent or with strial punctures equivalent to interstrial punctures

- Striae with several punctures deeper and more pronounced than interstrial
PUNCUITES 25 ee ee ee ee 3

2: Elytra with humeral and subapical maculations; striae five and six extending
beyondmiddleofedytra eee aestivus (Horn)

- Elytra unicolorous, without maculations; striae five and six obliterated on posterior
1s ie a ee od ee Oe ee restrictulus (Mannerheim)

3. Prosternum with long depression on anterior half mesad of posternal suture
(6 Ta Nae a ll et eee an et ea a Ea ... FeCaVUS N1. SP.

> Prosternum without long depression mesad of prosternal suture —_......... 4
4. Elytra black with humeral and often subapical pale maculations — 5

= Elytra unicolorous dark brown or black, margins of elytra may be paler than disc
but never with humeral maculations...-. -_. ee O

lReceived July 2, 1990. Accepted January 5, 1991.
2Department of Entomology, The Ohio State University, 1735 Neil Avenue, Columbus,
Ohio 43210.

ENT. NEWS 102(2): March & April 73-78

74 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

SS} Pronotum strongly convex, longer than wide, nearly glabrous, with small punctures
and short pubescence (fig. 1); easterm UCS....0....cccccccssesccconssccsoneecerennasess perplexus (Horn)
- Pronotum slightly convex, wider than long (fig. 2); more densly pubescent; western
WS atid Caria ak ascetics hace ssessceccdasdesvvas este cbentonnctncecpesssdeasnenencteosoesrnes gentilis (LeConte) in part
6. Body compact, elytra at middle wider than pronotum; antennae not extending
beyond hind angles of promo vein sce sccacetencectcceccnre eitensexeercaneensvsenrnene Heseaveaebeanivnedenee 7
- Elytra at middle as wide as pronotum; antennae extending beyond hind angles of
PITA ROLURSRN cc pascst ican toes saseradnvoscnscZevasaceaveuanae ce mesee ih eztv ecg Cansei see aeuetan goon 8
ile Black: pronotal carinae less than one third length of pronotum ..........ccscessssseseeseeeen

> ee Pear eee ere re en meee ae ae ee musculus (Eschscholtz)

- Dark brown to black; pronotal carinae half as long as promOtum..........ceccecseesseeeenes
SA a SPA Nap Do Be gach A ks Fe sae NE. iN a cee aay eee tumescens (LeConte)

8. Lateral margin of pronotum sinuate, hind angles not attaining width of pronotum
at Cermter (1) 3). eta tee att hint eaten anise tetas nibleyi n. sp.

- Lateral margin of pronotum sub-parallel posteriorly, hind angles as wide as or
wider than pronotum at center (fig. 2)...........ssssssssessesstesseenes gentilis (LeConte) in part

Neohypdonus musculus
(Eschscholtz), new combination

Cryptohypnus musculus Eschscholtz 1882: 72: Mannerheim 1853: 239; Horn 1891: 22.
Hypnoidus musculus Leng 1920: 171.
Negastrius musculus Lane 1971: 19.

This is the smallest and most robust species of the genus in North
America. The presence of the above listed generic characters distinctly
places this species in the genus Neohypdonus.

Neohypdonus nibleyi,
new species

Male.- Length 3.3 mm (paratypes 2.8 - 3.3 mm); width 0.9 mm. Body depressed. Antennal
segments one and two, edges of femora, tibiae, tarsi, pronotal angles, and margin of elytra
pale brown. Head, antennal segments 3 - 11, pronotum, elytra, and underside dark brown
to black. Body covered with fine yellow pubescence.

Antennae extending slightly beyond hind angles of pronotum. Margin of pronotum
sinuate, widest point at middle (fig. 3). Pronotal carinae one third length of pronotum.
Elytra widest at center, evenly arcuate to apex; striae distinctly impressed with several
punctures deeper than interstrial punctures, interstriae finely reticulate; prosternal sutures
single.

Genitalia typical for genus with lateral lobes parallel-sided except for gradual con-
striction at anterior third. Apices of lobes flattened laterally with two subapical setae,
median lobe slender, gradually narrowing to apex.

Female.- Similar to male. Bursa copulatrix with “U"-shaped scleritization, arms more
darkly scleritized and denticulate.

Vol. 102, No. 2, March & April 1991 75

Type material.- Holotype male: Utah; Utah Co., Provo River in Provo, July 12, 1989,S.A.
Wells. Paratypes: same data as holotype. Brit. Col.,5 km SE Hope, Nicolum Cr., July 8, 1988,
Ivie & Philips; Colo.; Grand Co., Willow Creek above Granby, July 10, 1989, S.A. Wells.
Montana, Gallatin Co., Bridger Cr., June 17, 1989, D.A. Gustafson.

Holotype is deposited in the U.S. Nat'l. Mus. of Natural Hist. Paratypes are in the
Canadian Nat’. Coll., the Ohio State Univ., Montana State Univ., Brigham Young Univ.,
and the Wells Coll.

-Etymology.- Neohypdonus nibleyi is named in honor of Dr. Hugh Nibley in gratitude for
his scholarly defense of a clean biosphere.

Neohypdonus nibleyi is readily separated from other species of
Neohypdonus by the absence of elytral maculations, the sinuate margin
of the pronotum (fig. 3), and by the antennae extending slightly beyond
the pronotal angles. The biology of N.nibleyi is different from that of N.
gentilis in that it is only known from the banks of third or fourth order
streams that have a rocky base with several riffles whereas N. gentilis is
normally collected by sweeping tall grass near slow first or second order
streams with a muddy bottom.

Specimens from Provo were collected within two or three hours after a
heavy rain storm and were within two to four feet of the river’s edge on
stones. Several hours after the storm only one additional specimen was
found after considerable searching. The specimens from Colorado were
collected under stones in moist sand near Willow Creek and were col-
lected with Fleutiauxellus manki and Migiwa striatulus both of which are
superficially similar.

Neohypdonus recavus,
new species

Female.- Length 2.8 mm (paratypes 2.8 - 3.1 mm); width 0.8 mm. Body convex, sub-
cylindrical. Coxae, tibiae, and tarsi pale to dark brown; remainder of body dark brown to
black.

Antennae with segments 3 - 11 beadlike, extending nearly to hind angles of pronotum.
Margin of pronotum sinuate, widest point at middle (fig. 4). Pronotal carinae one third to
one half length of pronotum. Elytra widest at middle, evenly arcuate to apex; striae
distinctly impressed, several punctures deeper and more pronounced than interstrial
punctures; interstriae finely reticulate. Prosternal sutures single, area immediately mesad
of sutures strongly longitudinally depressed.

Bursa copulatrix with “U”- shaped sclerotization, anterior margin of sclerite denticulate,
margin of arms curved at right angles.

Male.- Similar to female.

Type material.- Holotype female: Alaska; Glacier Bay, Muir Inlet, VI-13-65, D.M.
Delong coll. Paratypes: Canada; British Columbia, tributary of Squamish River 24 miles
north of Brackendale, July 15, 1988, Baumann, Wells, and Whiting. United States; Montana,
Broadwater County, Missouri River, Deepdale, June 22-July 20, 1988, C.E. Seibert; Gallatin
County, Jefferson River, April 5-27, 1988. Oregon, Wallawa Mountains, Ice Lake, July 25,
1965; Whitman National Forest, Crane Flat, June 12, 1939. Washington; Okanogan County,
West Fork of Granite Creek, July 12, 1988, Baumann, Wells, and Whiting; Lost River above
Mazama, July 13, 1988, Baumann, Wells, and Whiting.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ia
pate

0

etre eran penser,
Resins pas th
ney

Seay:

N. nibleyi. 4, N.

’

N. gentilis. 3

>

iy

, 1, N. perplexu

1e€S

Pronota of Neohypdonus spec

4.

Figures |
recavus.

Vol. 102, No. 2, March & April 1991 77

5 @ perplexus
4 nibleyi
O restrictulus

6 &recavus
@ musculus

8@ aestivus

7 @ tumescens ee 4 gentilis e)

Figures 5 - 8. Known distribution of Neohypdonus species in North America.

78 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

The holotype is deposited at The Ohio State University. Paratypes are at the U.S.
National Museum of Natural History, the Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago,
Montana State University and the Wells collection.

Etymology.- The term recavus is a Latin adjective meaning arched inward and refers to
the condition of the prosternum.

N. recavus is easily separated from all other North American species of
Neohypdonus by the strong concavity on the prosternum. The antennae
are beadlike as in N. tumescens and N. musculus but extend very near to
the hind angles of the pronotum.

Specimens have been collected under stones in moist sandy soil along
the banks of streams. Adults have been collected with Fleutiauxellus
manki to which it is superficially similar.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Special thanks are extended to Richard Baumann and Michael Frank Whiting for field
assistance and to Charles Triplehorn, Ed Becker, J.N.L. Stibick, and Peter Kovarik for
reviewing the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Eschscholtz, J.F. 1822. Ouvres Entomologiques de Eschscholtz. Entomographien, Berlin.
140 pp.

Horn, G.H. 1871. Description of new species of Elateridae. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 3: 299-
324.

Horn, G.H. 1891. A Monograph of the species of Crptohypnus of Boreal America. Trans.
Am. Ent. Soc. 17: 1-29.

Lane, M.C. and H.P. Lanchester 1971. Family Elateridae. pp. 6-48. In Hatch, The Beetles
of the Pacific Northwest. Part V. Univ. Washington Press, Seattle.

LeConte, J.L. 1853. Revision of the Elateridae of the U.S. Trans. Am. Philos. Soc. (2) 10:
405-508.

LeConte, J.L. 1866. Additions to the Coleopterous Fauna of the United States. No. 1. Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. pp. 361-394.

Leng, C.W. 1920. Catalogue of Coleoptera of America, North of Mexico. John D. Sherman, Jr.
Mount Vernon N.Y. 470 pp.

Mannerheim, G.C. G. von. 1853. Dritter Nachtrag der Aleutischen Inselen. Bull. Moscou
26: 95-273.

Say, T. 1839. Description of new North American Insects. Trans. Am. Philos. Soc. 6: 155-
189.

Stibick, J.N.L. 1971. The Generic Classification of the Negastriinae (Coleoptera:
Elateridae). Pacific Insects 13 (2): 371-390.

Stibick, J.N.L. 1991. North American Negastriinae (Coleoptera, Elateridae): The Negas-
triinae of the Eastern United States and Adjacent Canada. Insecta Mundi 4 (1-2): 1-31.

Vol. 102, No. 2, March & April 1991 79

THE IDENTITY OF CHELIFER COMMUNIS VAR.
PENNSYLVANICUS AND DESCRIPTION OF A
NEW SPECIES OF LUSTROCHERNES
(PSEUDOSCORPIONIDA: CHERNETIDAE)!

William B. Muchmore2

ABSTRACT: Study of a syntype of Chelifer communis var. pennsylvanicus Ellingsen reveals
that it belongs in the genus Americhernes, not in Lustrochernes as has long been supposed.
The species of Lustrochernes actually inhabiting the southeastern United States is des-
cribed as L. carolinensis and is compared with L. grossus and L. viniai, the other 2 species
known to occur in the U.S.A.

Ellingsen (1910:366) described a new variety of Chelifer communis
Balzan from Pennsylvania, simply:

“var. pennsylvanicus nov.

“Aus Pennsylvanien stammen 4 Ex.von Zimmermann gesammelt), die keinen
wesentlichen Unterschied von kleinen siidamerikanischen Tierchen dieser Art
zeigen. Die pennsylvanischen Ex. sind klein, scheinen trotzdem vollstandig
entwickelt und ausgefarbt zu sein; die Hand ist verhaltnismassig etwas krdftiger als
bei den Stidamerikanern.”

In the absence of sufficient information, Beier (1932) was unable to
place this form precisely, but listed it as an uncertain species of the genus
Lustrochernes (to which he had transferred Chelifer communis). Citing
Beier without reservation, Hoff and Bolsterli(1956:167) considered this a
distinct species and mentioned new records from Louisiana and Miss-
issippi (“the first — since the original from Pennsylvania”); they also
provided measurements for three males from Louisiana (no females
were available); purporting to demonstrate that the species does indeed
“differ from L. communis by having a smaller body size and a stouter
chela.” The only other references in the literature to L. pennsylvanicus
(Hoff 1958; Weygoldt 1969; Muchmore 1990) add no new morphological
information about the species. Recently, it has been reported that
Chelifer communis Balzan does not belong in Lustrochernes but rather in
the genus Gomphochernes (Mahnert 1985:78).

Because valid representatives of the genus Lustrochernes do occur
rather commonly throughout the southeastern United States, it is of
interest to know the identity of the specimens on which Ellingsen based

lReceived October 9, 1990. Accepted November 5, 1990.
“Department of Biology, University of Rochester, Rochester, NY 14627.

ENT. NEWS 102(2): March & April 79-89

80 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

the variety pennsylvanicus. Through the kind cooperation of Dr. M.
Moritz of the Zoologisches Museum in Berlin, one of the syntypes of that
form was borrowed, mounted on a microscope slide and studied care-
fully, with the following results.

The specimen, a female (ZMB Kat. Nr. 29723; here designated the
LECTOTYPE), is much smaller than expected for a Lustrochernes.
Measurements (mm) are: Body length 2.47. Carapace length 0.695.
Chelicera length 0.235. Palpal trochanter 0.37 by 0.205; femur 0.60 by
0.27; tibia 0.54 by 0.275; chela (without pedicel) 0.90 by 0.325; hand
(without pedicel) 0.52 by 0.30; pedicel length 0.075; movable finger length
0.445. Leg IV: entire femur 0.56 by 0.215; tibia 0.40 by 0.13; tarsus 0.28 by
0.08. These measurements are, on the other hand, typical of Americhernes
oblongus (Say), a common species in the eastern United States, which
might easily be mistaken for a small Lustrochernes (see Muchmore
1976:153). Examination of other features, including shape and propor-
tions of the palpal segments, placement of trichobothria on the palpal
chela and shape of the spermathecae, reveals that this specimen is
indeed conspecific with A. oblongus. Thus Chelifer communis var. pennsyl-
vanicus Ellingsen (1910) does not belong in Lustrochernes (or Gomphochernes)
at all, but is a synonym of Chelifer oblongus Say, which was described in
1821.

This revelation leaves the eastern U.S. form of Lustrochernes without a
specific name, a situation which is remedied below.

Specimens used in the following study are from the Florida State
Collection of Arthropods, Gainesville, FL, [FSCA], unless otherwise
noted. Materials from other institutions are designated as follows.

ACC- Academia de Ciencias de Cuba, La Habana, CUBA.

AMNH - American Museum of Natural History, New York, NY.

CUIC - Cornell University Collection of Insects, Ithaca, NY.

MCZ- Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge, MA.
USNM - National Museum of Natural History, Washington, DC.

YALE - Peabody Museum of Natural History, Yale University, New Haven, CT.

Lustrochernes carolinensis, new species
Figs. 1-5
Lustrochernes pennsylvanicus (Ellingsen), Hoff and Bolsterli

1956:167 (in part); Hoff 1958:21 (in part); Weygoldt
1969:114; Muchmore 1990:519 (in part).

Vol. 102, No. 2, March & April 1991 81

Description (based on the type series).- Male and female much alike, but male a little
smaller and with slightly stouter appendages. Carapace light brown, palps darker reddish
brown, other parts tan. Setae generally long and acuminate or sparsely denticulate. Carapace
a little longer than wide; surface smooth, with a distinct, broad transverse furrow at about
middle; 2 eyespots; 70-80 vestitural setae, 4 at anterior and 12-16 at posterior margins.
Abdomen elongate; tergites 2 or 3-10 and sternites 4-10 divided; surfaces smooth. Tergal
chaetotaxy of holotype 18:19:16:21:22:24:23:24:23:24:TSTTTTST:2 (setae distributed on
the lateral, medial and posterior margins and occasionally on the disc of each half tergite);
others generally similar. Sternal chaetotaxy of holotype male 22:[3-2]/(3)13(3):(1)6(1)
:21:24:22:28:26:25:TSTTTTST:2; other males similar. Anterior genital operculum of female
with a compact group of 12-15 small setae centrally located and 3-5 small setae on each side
posteriorly, much as in Americhernes oblongus (see Muchmore 1976:fig. 4); posterior oper-
culum with marginal row of 10-12 small setae; anterior stigmatic plates with 3 or 4 setae
each and posterior plates with 1. Internal genitalia of male as shown in Fig. 1, large and well
sclerotized, without any conspicuous projection on the ventral side. Spermathecae of
female generally as shown in Fig. 2, somewhat hammer-shaped, but may appear round if
not favorably positioned.

Chelicera 0.35-0.40 as long as carapace; hand with S setae, /s and is long, acuminate,
others much shorter, sparsely denticulate; flagellum of 3 setae, the distal one serrate; galea
in both sexes large, with 6-10 rami.

Palp rather robust (Fig. 3): femur 2.1-2.4, tibia 1.9-2.1, chela (without pedicel) 2.4-2.6 times
as long as broad; hand (without pedicel) 1.4-1.55 times as long as deep; movable finger 0.7-
0.8 as long as hand. Surfaces smooth except small granules on medial sides of femur, tibia
and chelal hand; trochanter with a prominent dorsal protuberance. Trichobothria as
shown in Fig. 4; est clearly distad of middle of fixed finger, it closer to finger tip than
distance between ist and isb. Venom apparatus well developed in movable finger, nodus
ramosus closer to trichobothrium ¢ than to st. Fixed finger with 28-33 and movable finger
with 32-38 cusped marginal teeth; each finger with 8-12 external and 3-6 internal accessory
teeth.

Legs moderately slender: leg IV with entire femur 2.7-3.2; tibia 3.55-3.85 and tarsus 3.8-4.1
times as long as deep (Fig. 5). Leg IV tibia with a very long acuminate tactile seta near
middle, and tarsus with a similar seta about % distance from proximal end; telofemur with
a long seta, often bearing | or 2 spinules, near distal end. Subterminal tarsal setae curved,
simple.

Measurements (mm).- Male (figures given first for holotype, followed in parentheses by
those of the 2 paratypes): Body length 3.58 (3.48-3.57). Carapace length 1.01 (1.03-1.16).
Chelicera length 0.39 (0.36-0.39). Palpal trochanter 0.56 (0.545-0.62) by 0.31 (0.32-0.39);
femur 0.935 (0.92-1.07) by 0.415 (0.43-0.495); tibia 0.90 (0.90-1.04) by 0.45 (0.43-0.53); chela
(without pedicel) 1.48 (1.48-1.61) by 0.60 (0.59-0.68); hand (without pedicel) 0.90 (0.87-1.02)
by 0.615 (0.595-0.68); pedicel length 0.09-0.12; movable finger length 0.72 (0.66-0.73). Leg I:
basifemur 0.29 (0.27-0.32) by 0.20 (0.20-0.21); telofemur 0.49 (0.48-0.55) by 0.19 (0.20-0.21):
tibia 0.49 (0.47-0.53) by 0.13 (0.13-0.14); tarsus 0.36 (0.385-0.41) by 0.095(0.095). Leg IV: entire
femur 0.90 (0.875-0.99) by 0.31 (0.32-0.37); tibia 0.695 (0.675-0.775) by 0.185 (0.19-0.205);
tarsus 0.495 (0.48-0.545) by 0.125 (0.13-0.135).

Female: Ranges for the allotype and 5 paratypes. Body length 3.91-4.78. Carapace length
1.01-1.12. Chelicera length 0.38-0.42. Palpal trochanter 0.52-0.59 by 0.29-0.315; femur 0.85-
0.99 by 0.385-0.43; tibia 0.805-0.96 by 0.42-0.47; chela (without pedicel) 1.42-1.65 by 0.565-
0.63; hand (without pedicel) 0.855-0.99 by 0.59-0.64; pedicel length 0.10-0.12; movable
finger length 0.64-0.705. Leg IV: entire femur 0.84-0.98 by 0.285-0.31; tibia 0.645-0.73 by 0.18-
0.19; tarsus 0.48-0.53 by 0.12-0.13.

The slide-mounted material listed below has been studied and mea-

82 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

sured and found to conform rather closely to the description of the types,
though a few scattered measurements and ratios are a little above or
below the ranges given. The other specimens, not mounted on slides,
appear certainly to be conspecific with the mounted ones. The speci-
mens from Louisiana reported by Hoff and Bolsterli (1956) as L.
pennsylvanicus are a little smaller than most of the more eastern repre-
sentatives, but clearly they are L. carolinensis.

Etymology.- The species is named carolinensis for the type locality in
North Carolina.

Type data.- Holotype male (WM918.01008), allotype female
(WM918.01006) and 9 paratypes (2 &, 5 9, 1 tritonymph, | protonymph):
NORTH CAROLINA: Carteret Co., Beaufort, January 1966, P. Weygoldt,
under bark of trees. Deposited in Florida State Collection of Arthropods,
Gainesville, FL.

Non-type material studied, mounted on slides.- FLORIDA: locality?, 5 May 1949,
Jennings, from cerambycid at light, 2 0,3 9 ; Alachua Co., December 1947, H.K. Wallace, |
3,1 9; Alachua Co., Sugarfoot Hammock, | April 1949, IJ. Cantrall, 1, 1 9; Alachua Co.,
Gainesville, 9 February 1950, T.G. Steward, 1 o; Citrus Co., Yulee State Park, 29 November
1963, S. Peck, 1 &; Clay Co., Camp Crystal, 20 May 1961, H.V. Weems, Jr., under bark of
dead Quercus virginiana Mill., 1 2; Marion Co., Rainbow Springs, 25 June 1960, H.V.
Weems, Jr., in fungus, 2 9; Putnam Co., 5 January 1960, H.V. Weems, Jr., under bark of
rotting Quercus virginiana, | 9; Putnam Co., 2 March 1960, H.V. Weems, Jr., under bark of
Quercus laevis Walt., 1 3; Volusia Co., New Smyrna Beach, 21 July 1961, G. W. Desin, in
truck, 1 3; Volusia Co., De Leon Springs, 29 April 1969, R.E. Woodruff, 1 9. GEORGIA:
Thomas Co., Thomasville, Tall Timbers R. Sta., Millpond, 22 December 1967, W. Sedgewick,
13,2 29 [MCZ]. LOUISIANA: St. Tammany Par., Slidell, 30 September 1973, W.F. Rapp, 1
3. MISSISSIPPI: Hinds Co., Raymond, 10 July 1961, R.C. and A. Graves, 1 o, 1 9.

Non-type material, not mounted.- FLORIDA: Alachua Co., Gainesville, 3 August
1967, R.P. Esser, under elytra of cerambycid beetle, Stenodontes dasytomus (Say), 2 3, 1 2;
Columbia Co., O’Leno State Park, 21 August 1949, H. Dybas, ex herb. polypore, 1 ¢;
Hernando Co., 6 mi. NW Brooksville, 21 June 1955, H. Dybas, 1 &; Highlands Co.,
Highlands Hammock, 6 mi. W. Sebring, 23 August 1969, H. Dybas, 1 &; Highlands Co.,
Parker Island, 7 mi. SE Lake Placid, 19 June 1955,; H. Dybas, in Sabal palmetto log, 1 o, 1 9;
Liberty Co., Torreya State Park, 9 June 1975, J. Beatty, on Stenodontes dasytomus (Say) taken
at black light at night, 1 0,6 9; Orange Co. Orlando, | June 1972, E. Harper, on desk in office,
1 6. NORTH CAROLINA: Johnston Co., Clayton, 4 July 1978, F. Scott, “Apparently
phoretic on large carabid beetles attracted to light traps,” 2 9.

Remarks.- It is interesting to note that L. carolinensis seems to be
confined to rather low elevations (about 100 m or less) from North
Carolina to Louisiana. It has not been found in Pennsylvania (or Maryland
or Virginia) despite good collection, and so continued use of the name
pennsylvanicus would have been inappropriate. Its presence in Texas is
suspected but not yet confirmed, because of uncertainties about the
characteristics of some more southern species.

Vol. 102, No. 2, March & April 1991 83

Figs. 1-5, Lustrochernes carolinensis, n. sp.: 1, internal genitalia of male, anteroventral; 2,
spermathecae of female, ventral; 3, right palp, dorsal; 4, right chela, lateral; 5, leg IV,
anterior.

84 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Lustrochernes grossus (Banks)
Figs. 6-8

Chelanops grossus Banks 1893-65, 1902:220.

Chelanops (?) grossus, Beier 1932:179; Roewer 1937:302.

Lamprochernes grossus, Hoff 1947:475-478, fig. 1.

Lustrochernes grossus, Hoff 1956:10, 1958:21, 1961:446;
Muchmore 1990:519.

This species has been described fairly well in papers by Hoff (1947,
1956, 1961). The ranges in measurements and proportions for the speci-
mens from Colorado and New Mexico reported there [AMNH] are as
follows.

Measurements (mm).- Body length 3.3-4.5. Carapace length 0.96-1.07. Palpal trochanter
0.55-0.64 by 0.28-0.39; femur 0.76-0.98 by 0.35-0.44; tibia 0.82-1.03 by 0.34-0.44; chela (without
pedicel) 1.28-1.48 by 0.42-0.55; hand (without pedicel) 0.69-0.86 by 0.42-0.55; movable finger
length 0.57-0.70. Leg IV: entire femur 0.75-0.88 by 0.26-0.295; tibia 0.56-0.66 by 0.16-0.18;
tarsus 0.39-0.43 by 0.11-0.12.

Proportions.- Palpal femur 2.1-2.4, tibia 2.1-2.45, and chela (without pedicel) 2.6-3.0
times as long as broad; hand (without pedicel) 1.4-1.8 times as long as deep; movable finger
0.75-0.88 as long as hand. Leg IV: entire femur 2.8-3.15, tibia 3.4-3.85, and tarsus 3.5-3.9
times as long as deep.

Males generally have smaller bodies than females, but have slightly
larger and more slender appendages.

Several other collections, totalling 12 males and 15 females, from
Arizona (Cochise, Coconino, Graham, and Navajo counties) and New
Mexico (Sandoval Co.) have been studied by me. They conform rather
closely to the measurements and proportions given above, only a few
data being outside the listed ranges, mostly on the high side. In other
respects as well, they are similar to Hoffs specimens and obviously
belong to L. grossus.

In his redescription of the species, based entirely on females, Hoff
(1947) did not mention the spermathecae. Later, however, Hoff (1956:11)
characterized them as follows, based apparently on many specimens
from New Mexico: “The seminal receptacle of the female appears some-
what variable, ranging from an oval bulb placed transversely at the end
of a short stalk to a distinctly T-shaped or hammer-shaped structure.”
My own restudy of the two female types of Chelanops grossus Banks
mounted by Hoff (in MCZ) reveals that the lectotype (specimen labelled
“#1”) displays the spermathecae in excellent fashion (see Fig. 6). They
are distinctly hammer-shaped, much like those of L. carolinensis (see Fig.

Vol. 102, No. 2, March & April 1991 85

2). The variability mentioned by Hoff is probably due to the varied
orientation of the spermathecae in his mounted specimens.

The internal genitalia of the male were not mentioned at all by Hoff.
My own study of many males from Arizona and New Mexico shows that
the genitalia of this species have an unusual structure (Fig. 7). Generally,
the parts are like those of L. carolinensis (Fig. 1) and L. viniai Dumitresco
and Orghidan (1977:fig. 1SB), but in L. grossus there is a prominent long,
cylindrical process extending forward from about the middle on the
ventral side. As far as I knowsuch a process is seen elsewhere only in the
allied genus Cordylochernes Beier (personal observation). The exact nature
and function of this structure are not yet known.

Hoff (1956:10, 11) mentioned, but did not illustrate, the fact that there
are tactile setae on both tibia and tarsus of leg IV in this genus and
species (see Fig. 8). Itcan be added here that there is also a conspicuous
long seta near the distal end of the telofemur; this seta, however, unlike
the tibial and tarsal tactile setae, often can be seen to possess | or 2 tiny
spinules.

Types examined.- COLORADO: Dr. C.F. Baker, female lectotype
(here designated, specimen #1 mounted by C.C. Hoff) and female para-
lectotype (here designated, specimen #2 mounted by C.C. Hoff) [MCZ].

Other material studied, mounted on slides.- ARIZONA: Cochise Co., Southwestern
Research Station, 5 mi. W Portal, 26 June 1956, O.L. Cartwright, 2 ¢ [USNM]; Cochise Co.,
same locality, 17 July 1963, V. Roth, on Tragosoma chiricahuae Linsley, 1 3, 1 9; Cochise Co.,
Eslope Chiricahua Mts., 5000 ft., 13 July 1958,C.W. O’Brien, 3 3,49; Coconino Co., Walnut
Canyon, near Flagstaff, 6500 ft., 7 August 1965, J.G. Franclemont, on prionids, Ergates
spinculatus LeConte, | &, 1 2? [CUIC]; Coconino Co., Hilltop-Dinosaur Road, 5 April 1968,
E.A. Richmond, under bark of butt of cut ponderosa pine, 2 3, 4 9; Graham Co., Graham
Mts., Pinecrest, 6 August 1958, C. O’Brien, under bark Douglas fir, 2 0, 1 9; Pima Co., Santa
Catalina Mts., 8 May 1971, L. McCann, under rock, 1 9. NEW MEXICO: Sandoval Co.,
Frijoles Canyon, 17 August 1961, C.L. and J.E. Remington, under bark dead Pinus, 1 0,3 9
[YALE].

Remarks.- It was noted above that this species resembles a
Cordylochernes in the possession of a long ventral process on the
male genitalia. But it should also be pointed out that grossus lacks
two characteristics that have been considered diagnostic for Cor-
dylochernes, namely, the prominent protuberance on the palpal
tibia and the slender legs (see Beier 1932:82, 99). Given Beier’s
definition of Cordylochernes, this species cannot be considered a
representative of that genus, and must, for the present, be retained
in Lustrochernes.

86 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Lustrochernes viniai Dumitresco and Orghidan
Fig. 9
Lustrochernes viniai Dumitresco and Orghidan 1977:113-118, Figs. 13-15.

This species was well described and illustrated on the basis of a series
of specimens collected in a cave in Camaguey Prov., Cuba. Dumitresco
and Orghidan properly emphasized the future importance of genitalic
structures in chernetid taxonomy and provided excellent illustrations of
both female and male internal genitalia (1977:figs. 14F, 15B). Additional
specimens available to the present author, from a cave in Pinar del Rio
Prov., Cuba, and from Key Largo, Monroe Co., Florida, conform well to
the description of the types, necessitating only a few additions and
occasional emphasis.

The carapace and palps of L. viniai are dark brown, sometimes black-
ish, in marked contrast to the abdomen and appendages, which are
much lighter brown.

The eyes of L. viniai are very small and faint on intact animals and are
not noticeable at all on mounted specimens.

Both the median and posterior transverse furrows on the carapace are
distinct, as pointed out by Dumitresco and Orghidan (1977:113).

The terminal sacs of the spermathecae of present females (Fig. 9) are
more ovoid than those illustrated by Dumitresco and Orghidan (1977:
fig. 14F); they are, however, not as elongate (hammer-shaped) as those of
L. carolinensis and L. grossus.

The internal genitalia of the male of L. viniai are similar to those of L.
carolinensis; no ventral process like that in L. grossus is present.

Dumitresco and Orghidan (p.114) state, with respect to leg IV, “Le tibia
et le femur portent chacun une longue soie ‘pseudotactile’. Les autres
soies des articles sont courtes et simples, sauf celles de la marge externe
du fémur qui sont dentées.” Their figure 14E, on the other hand, shows
that itis the tibia and especially the tarsus (not the femur) which bear the
long “pseudotactile” setae; present specimens agree with the figure, with
long, acuminate tibial and tarsal tactile setae. In addition, it should be
noted, there is a prominent elongate, denticulate seta near the distal end
of the telofemur; this seta is obvious in all present specimens.

As pointed out by Dumitresco and Orghidan (p.113), the chelal hand,
especially of the male, “se caractérise par sa forme bulbeuse,” that is,
expanded at the base and distinctly rounded (figs. 14A, 14B). This feature
seems to be characteristic of L. viniai within the genus.

Ranges in measurements and proportions for the mounted specimens
from Cuba (1 &,7 2) and Florida (2 &, 6 9) are as follows.

Vol. 102, No. 2, March & April 1991 87

Measurements (mm).- Males (females); Body length 3.00-3.65 (3.14-4.57). Carapace
length 0.89-1.01 (0.95-1.11). Chelicera length 0.33-0.37 (0.34-0.385). Palpal trochanter 0.51-
0.615 (0.51-0.635) by 0.26-0.31 (0.26-0.37); femur 0.805-1.02 (0.78-1.16) by 0.33-0.41 (0.31-
0.46); tibia 0.805-1.04 (0.80-1.11) by 0.355-0.43 (0.35-0.52); chela (without pedicel) 1.33-1.70
(1.33-1.84) by 0.48-0.635 (0.52-0.69); hand (without pedicel) 0.68-0.925 (0.725-1.07) by 0.53-
0.665 (0.52-0.70); pedicel length 0.10-0.12 (0.10-0.13); movable finger length 0.69-0.89 (0.62-
0.85). Leg IV: entire femur 0.76-0.93 (0.79-1.02) by 0.235-0.275 (0.24-0.31); tibia 0.59-0.77
(0.615-0.835) by 0.14-0.16 (0.14-0.19); tarsus 0.465-0.56 (0.48-0.615) by 0.095-0.11 (0.095-
0.125).

Proportions.- Males (females): Palpal femur 2.45-2.6 (2.4-2.7), tibia 2.25-2.4 (2.0-2.45),
and chela (without pedicel) 2.65-2.8 (2.5-2.9) times as long as broad; hand (without pedicel)
1.3-1.4 (1.4-1.6) times as long as deep; movable finger 0.96-1.01 (0.78-0.90) as long as hand.
Leg IV: entire femur 3.25-3.7 (3.1-3.7), tibia 4.2-4.8 (4.3-4.9), and tarsus 4.9-5.1 (4.7-5.2) times
as long as deep.

Material examined.- CUBA: Pinar del Rio Province, Vinales, Cueva del Indio, 23
January 1975,J. dela Cruz, 1,5 9; same locality, 25 January 1975, J. de la Cruz, on guano, 2
9 [ACC]. FLORIDA: Monroe Co., Key Largo, 8 August 1971, S. Peck, hardwood litter, 2 o,3
9; Monroe Co., Upper Key Largo, 22 March 1968, R.E. Woodruff, berlese of pack rat nest, 3
9; Monroe Co., North Key Largo, 5 March 1976, V. Brach, under log in hammock | ¢, 2
tritonymphs; Monroe Co., Key Largo, Pennekamp State Park, 2 November 1984, S. and J.
Peck, hardwood hammock, leaf-log litter, 6 ¢, 1 9, 6 nymphs [FSCA].

Figs. 6-8, Lustrochernes grossus (Banks): 6, spermathecae of lectotype female, ventral; 7,
internal genitalia of male, anteroventral; 8, leg IV, anterior.

Fig. 9, Lustrochernes viniai Dumitresco and Orghidan, spermathecae of female, ventral.

88 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

The records of L. viniai from Key Largo are the first for the United
States. The species is presently known only from Cuba and Florida.

DISCUSSION

C.C. Hoff’s “List of the pseudoscorpions of North America north of
Mexico” (1958) includes 4 species under the genus Lustrochernes, namely:

Lustrochernes grossus (Banks)
Lustrochernes pennsylvanicus (Ellingsen)
Lustrochernes? acuminatus (Simon)
Lustrochernes? floridanus (Tullgren)

Hoff followed Beier(1932) and Roewer (1937) in placing Atemnus
floridanus Tullgren, 1900 tentatively in Lustrochernes. Later, however, he
concluded that A. floridanus is a synonym of Atemnus elongatus Banks,
1895, which he had assigned to the genus Paratemnus (Hoff 1964).

Chelifer (Chelanops) acuminatus Simon, 1878 has never been studied
since the original description. Banks’ record of the species from Olympia,
Washington is unsubstantiated. Hoff followed Beier (1932) and Roewer
(1937) in placing this species in Lustrochernes; this assignment may be
correct, but its validity must await future study.

The synonymy of Chelifer communis var. pennsylvanicus Ellingsen with
Americhernes oblongus (Say) has been demonstrated above.

Chelanops grossus Banks (1893) is here considered a representative of
Lustrochernes, though the distinctive structure of the male genitalia raises
some question about this. Certain placement must await redescription of
the type species of Lustrochernes (Chelifer argentinus Thorell, 1877) and
accurate definition of the genus.

The species of Lustrochernes commonly occurring in the southeastern
United States is newly described as L. carolinensis. It is compared with L.
grossus from southwestern states and with L. viniai, a Cuban species also
found on the Florida Keys. These three Lustrochernes species may be
separated by use of the following key:

le Internal genitalia of male with a long anteriorly-directed ventral process; in south-
western: WS sx cecccseectcciccescchesel sda tena eacco es cdsast cass toes arena nea grossus (Banks)
1.’ Internal genitalia of male without such a process; in southeastern U.S. and
CUB aa acs csssnasscasnsactn nna bee evscuesaeoecesasnans cet abacus gh ca bees Accor cea tes genoa ae ee are ee 2:
Ds Terminal sacs of spermathecae of female hammer-shaped; chelal hand essentially

parallel-sided; mainland U.S., from North Carolina to Louisiana ............-::sse
Trcuporaet luececti sts lusvouanseeousatescatecde tees eererenr ance mottertec merece eerertrersttteetencetmeerretnd carolinensis Muchmore

~

Terminal sacs of spermathecae of female round or oval; chelal hand bulging at base,
especially in male; Florida Keys and Cuboa........... viniai Dumitresco and Orghidan

Vol. 102, No. 2, March & April 1991 89

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I am very grateful to L.F. de Armas, N.I. Platnick and other curators of museum
collections for lending me specimens for study; to Doris Kist for her skillful manipulation
of the word processor; and to U. Nur, J. Werren, and two anonymous reviewers for improving
the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Banks, N. 1893. New Chernetidae from the United States. Canadian Entomol. 25:64-
67.

1902. A list of spiders collected in Arizona by Messrs. Schwarz and Barber
during the summer of 1901. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 25:211-221.

Beier, M. 1932. Pseudoscorpionidea II. Subord. C. Cheliferinea. Tierreich 58:1-294.

Dumitresco, M. and T.N. Orghidan. 1977. Pseudoscorpions de Cuba. Res. Exp. biospeol.
cubano-roum. Cuba 2:99-122.

Ellingsen, E. 1910. Die Pseudoskorpione des Berliner Museums. Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin
4:355-423.

Hoff, C.C. 1947. The species of the pseudoscorpion genus Chelanops described by Banks.
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 98:473-550.

1956. Pseudoscorpions of the family Chernetidae from New Mexico. Amer.
Mus. Novitates 1800:1-66.
1958. List of the pseudoscorpions of North America north of Mexico. Amer.
Mus. Novitates 1875:1-50.
. 1961. Pseudoscorpions from Colorado. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 122:409-
464.
1964. Atemnid and cheliferid pseudoscorpions, chiefly from Florida. Amer.
Mus. Novitates 2198: 1-43.

Hoff, C.C. and J.E. Bolsterli. 1956. Pseudoscorpions of the Mississippi River drainage
basin area. Trans. Amer. Microsc. Soc. 75:155-179.

Mahnert, V. 1985. Pseudoscorpions (Arachnida) from the lower Amazon Region. Revta.
bras. Ent. 29:75-80.

Muchmore, W.B. 1976. Pseudoscorpions from Florida and the Caribbean area. 5.
Americhernes, a new genus based upon Chelifer oblongus Say (Chernetidae). Florida
Entomol. 59:151-163.

____.:« 1990. Pseudoscorpionida. pp. 503-527 in Soil biology Guide, D. Dindal (ed.),
John Wiley & Sons, New York.

Roewer, C. Fr. 1937. Chelonethi oder Pseudoskorpione. Jn H.G. Bronns, Klassen und
Ordnungen des Tierreichs, Leipzig, Vol. 5, div. 4, book 6, fasc. 2, pp. 161-320.

Weygoldt, P. 1969. The biology of pseudoscorpions. Harvard Univ. Press, Cambridge,
MA, 145 pp.

90 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

PARASITES OF STELIDOTA
(COLEOPTERA: NITIDULIDAE)!, 2

Roger N. Williams>, J immy R. Galford*, Foster F. Purrington>

ABSTRACT: The distribution of Microctonus nitidulidis (Hymenoptera: Braconidae) has
been expanded to include new locations in Ohio and Florida. The host range of M.
nitidulidis has been expanded to include Stelidota octomaculata and Carpophilus hemipterus
in the field. The geographical range of Brachyserphus abruptus can now be tied to nitidulid
hosts (larvae of S. geminata and S. octomaculata) in Pennsylvania, Florida, and Ohio. Fruit
hosts of these Stelidota are also provided.

The beetle genus Stelidota belongs to a family known as the “sap
beetles” because of their affinity for the sap of injured trees. This genus is
primarily Neotropical, with only three species that range north of
Mexico. Among these, the strawberry sap beetle, Stelidota geminata (Say)
is the most studied because it causes serious damage to strawberry fruits
in the eastern United States (Weiss and Williams 1980a). S. octomaculata
(Say) is becoming notorious as a pest of oak, causing problems with
regeneration of northern red oak, Quercus rubra L. by destroying acorn
embryos and shoots of young seedlings (Galford 1987). The third species
found in North America, S. ferruginea Reitter, ranges from Mexico
through much of the eastern United States according to Parsons (1943,
1972). However, in these studies, we have not collected it in Ohio or
Pennsylvania.

In a review of nitidulid parasites, Williams et al. (1984) listed two
parasites known to attack Stelidota: Microctonus nitidulidis Loan (Hymen-
optera: Braconidae) and Brachyserphus abruptus (Say) (Hymenoptera:
Proctotrupidae). Since that paper no new Stelidota parasites have been
reported. The purpose of this article is to report additional hosts and
expand the known geographical range of these two parasites.

The braconid wasp, M. nitidulidis, a solitary endoparasite which attacks
adult sap beetles, was first reported by Weiss et al. (1979). They recovered

lReceived November 5, 1990. Accepted December 24, 1990.

“Salaries and research support provided by State and Federal Funds appropriated to the
Ohio Agricultural Research and Development Center, The Ohio State University.
Manuscript number 297-90.

Department of Entomology, Ohio Agricultural Research and Development Center of the
Ohio State University, Wooster, Ohio.

Northeastern Forest Experiment Station’s Timber and Watershed Laboratory, Parsons,
West Virginia.

ENT. NEWS 102(2): March & April 90-94

Vol. 102, No. 2, March & April 1991 91

it from field collected strawberry sap beetles, S. geminata in northeast
Ohio. Later, Connell (1980) recovered it from field collected S. geminata
near Newark, Delaware, thus expanding the range of the braconid. In
previously published data, M. nitidulidis was only obtained from adults
of field collected S. geminata. However, in our laboratory at OARDC in
Wooster, we have reared M. nitidulidis on several nitidulid species (Weiss
and Williams 1980b). In fact, we obtained a higher percentage of adult
parasites with C. hemipterus (33%) as a host than with S. geminata (24%).
In 1983, Rubink (unpublished data) recovered it from field collected
Carpophilus hemipterus (L.) near Wooster, Ohio. Recently, this parasite
has been reared on several occasions from field collected adults of S.
octomaculata. This nitidulid species was attracted to pitfall traps baited
with acorns of northern red oak. This bait also attracted other species of
sap beetles, including S. geminata. Therefore, it was necessary to separate
the sap beetle adults by species in order to establish the correct host of the
parasite. Recoveries of M. nitidulidis from field collected adult sap beetles
are listed in Table 1.

Table 1. Recovery of Microctonus nitidulidis from field collected Nitidulidae

Locality Date Sap beetle Plant Collector
state/county host host

DE Newcastle 26-VIII-79 gemi fruit ? Connell, 1980
FL Dade 7-III-81 gemi fruits Felland
OH Wayne 9-V-81 gemi WWBD Fickle
OH Wayne 22-VII-83 hemi com Rubink
OH Vinton 15-1X-86 octo acorms Galford
OH Delaware 23-VIII-87 octo acorns Galford
OH Delaware 5-IX-87 octo acorns Galford
OH Delaware 27-IX-87 octo acorns Galford
OH Vinton 6-VI-88 octo acorns Galford

1 gemi = Stelidota geminata (Say)

hemi = Carpophilus hemipterus (L.)

octo = Stelidota octomaculata (Say)

WWBD = Whole wheat bread dough, corn = corn kernels,
acorns = Northern red oak acorns.

tO

92 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

The biology of B. abruptus has been studied for 10 years in the Small
Fruit Insects Laboratory at Wooster, Ohio and is the subject of a pro-
spective paper. We have field collected B. abruptus in Florida, Penn-
sylvania, and throughout Ohio, thereby expanding its known range as a
sap beetle parasite (Table 2). Heretofore, it had been reported by Townes
and Townes (1981) to be distributed from southern Canada to southern
Brazil, but the literature is devoid of host records for B. abruptus except
for Ashmead (1893) who reported, “A single specimen of what I believe to
be this species was reared by Prof. Comstock, December 9, 1879, from
Stelidota strigosa.” {(S. strigosa is a junior synonym of S. ferruginea (Parsons
1972.)] Since 1879, no other host has been associated with B. abruptus
even though numerous records exist of collecting B. abruptus as adults,
(Townes and Townes 1981).

Table 2. Recovery of Brachyserphus abruptus adults from field

collected Stelidota larvae

Locality Date Fruit Collector
State/county host

FL, Dade 16-III-81 egg-fruit Felland
OH, Wayne 19-VIII-81 peach Fickle
OH, Wayne 28-VIII-81 apple Fickle
OH, Wayne 1-IX-81 crabapple Fickle
OH, Wayne 21-IX-81 muskmelon Fickle
OH, Wayne 27-VIII-82 apple Fickle
OH, Wayne 11-VIII-82 crabapple Fickle
FL, Dade 24-II-83 carambola Williams
OH, Noble 29-VII-83 apple Williams
OH, Brown 2-VIII-83 apple Williams
OH, Wayne 3-VIII-83 apple Fickle
OH, Wayne 16-VIII-83 peach Fickle
OH, Wayne 27-1 X-89 plum Fickle
OH, Wayne 5&11-X-89 plum Fickle
OH, Vinton 18-VIII-88 acorn Galford
PA, Clearfield 3-VIII-89 acorns Galford

Egg-fruit = Lucuma rivicola var. angustifolia Miq.

Peach = Prunus persica (L.)
Apple = Malus sylvestris Mill.
Crabapple = Malus spp.

Muskmelon = Cudumis melo L.
Carambola = Averrhoa carambola L.
Plum = Prunus nigra Ait.

Vol. 102, No. 2, March & April 1991 93

In addition to B. abruptus larvae (subsequently reared to adults in the
laboratory) found in field collected Stelidota larvae, we have also col-
lected adults on several occasions. We have found the adults most
commonly on fruits which attract their nitidulid hosts. For example,
three adult B. abruptus were collected on 100 decomposing persimmon
(Diospyros virginiana L.) fruits on October 16, 1989 at Wooster, Ohio. The
persimmons were infested with nitidulid adults and larvae. In another
instance, several adults of B. abruptus were caught in August 1990 in sap
beetle traps baited with whole wheat bread dough. In 1981, Carl Felland,
a summer assistant in the OARDC Small Fruit Laboratory, collected
two adults from flowers of Aster novi-beliggi L. near Wooster, OH.
However, in the aforementioned cases we were not able to associate the
wasp with hosts. In all cases the parasite adults collected were females.

In conclusion, the host range of M. nitidulidis has been expanded to
include S. octomaculata and C. hemipterus in the field and the geograph-
ical distribution of M. nitidulidis has been expanded to include new
locations in Ohio and Florida. The geographical range of B. abruptus can
now be tied to nitidulid hosts (the larvae of S. geminata and S. octo-
maculata) in Pennsylvania, Florida, and Ohio. The fruit hosts of these
Stelidota are also provided.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The authors are indebted to Paul M. Marsh, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, Agri-
cultural Research Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Beltsville, MD and Norman F.
Johnson, Department of Entomology, The Ohio State University, Columbus for identi-
fying the proctotrupid and to C. Conrad Loan, Agriculture Canada, Ottawa, Ontario for
identifying the braconid. We also acknowledge Dan S. Fickle for his assistance in making
many of the collections in this study.

LITERATURE CITED

Ashmead, W.H. 1893. Monograph of the North American Proctotrypidae. Bull. U.S. Nat.
Mus. 45: 472 pp.

Connell, W.A. 1980. New distribution record for Microctonus nitidulidis Loan (Hymen-
optera: Braconidae) Entomol. News. 91(2):54.

Galford, J.R. 1987. Effect of Stelidota octomaculata (Coleoptera: Nitidulidae) on germin-
ating acorns under laboratory conditions. Jn Proc. Sixth Central Hardwood For. Conf.,
R.L. Hay, F.W. Woods, and H. DeSelm (eds.). Feb. 24-26, Knoxville, Tenn.: 419-422.

Parsons, C.T. 1943. A revision of Nearctic Nitidulidae (Coleoptera). Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool., 92(3):119-278.

Parsons, C.T. 1972. On the mesosternum of some Nitidulidae (Coleoptera), with a key to
new world Amphicrossus. Coleop. Bull. 26(3):103-115.

Townes, H. and M. Townes. 1981. A revision of the Serphidae (Hymenoptera). Mem. Am.
Entomol. Inst. No. 32, Ann Arbor. 541 pp.

94 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Weiss, M.J. and R.N. Williams. 1980a. Some host-parasite relationships of Microctonus
nitidulidis and Stelidota geminata. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 73(3):323-326.

Weiss, M.J. and R.N. Williams. 1980b. An annotated bibliography of the genus Stelidota
Erichson (Coleoptera: Nitidulidae). Res. Circ. 255. Ohio Agr. Res. and Dev. Center,
Wooster. 37 pp.

Weiss, M.J., R.N. Williams and C.C. Loan. 1979. Euphorine parasitism of Stelidota
geminata (Say) (Coleoptera: Nitidulidae) with description of a new species of
Microctonus Wesmael (Hymenoptera: Braconidae). Le Naturaliste Canadien. 105:323-
326.

Williams, R.N., M.J. Weiss, M. Kehat and D. Blumberg. 1984. The hymenopterous
parasites of Nitidulidae. Phytoparasitica. 12(1):53-64.

ANNOUNCEMENT

The Smithsonian Institution has developed a collection of biographies and photographs of
entomologists entitled “Systematic Entomology Laboratory, U.S. Dep't. Agric., Photographs
of and Biographical Information on Entomologists, 1797-1988 and undated.” This is now
available to scholars as record unit 7323 (2.73 linear meters). A finding aid to the collection
is available upon request to the Archives.

ANNOUNCEMENT

The publication Diptera Types In the Canadian National Collection of Insects is intended to
assist systematists throughout the world in locating valuable type specimens for taxonomic
work on nematocerous Diptera. The Nematocera portion of the Canadian National
Collection contains 654 holotypes, 193 allotypes, 36 lectotypes, and 1 neotype. In addition,
52 species are represented by syntypes, 423 by paratypes, and 40 by paralectotypes. The
original description of each taxon is referenced, including citation of valid lectotype
designations. The Biosystematics Research Centre of Agriculture Canada invites you to
use this book to access their extensive holdings: Paperbound, 120 pages, 22 x 28 cm. Code:
023201. Price: $20.95 (Canada), US $25.15 (Other countries)

ANNOUNCEMENT

International Entomology Resource Guide, 3rd ed., now completely revised and updated,
includes over 550 businesses and organizations offering collecting equipment and supplies.
Also included are worldwide listings of insect zoos, butterfly houses, and entomological
organizations. Send $7.95 US (foreign orders add $2.95 for airmail) to the Young
Entomologists Society, 1915 Peggy Place, Lansing, MI 48910-2553.

Vol. 102, No. 2, March & April 1991 95

ON THE MEANING OF THE TERM
‘TRICHOBOTHRIUM’!

George C. Steyskal2

ABSTRACT: It is pointed out that the term ‘trichobothrium’ has been largely used erron-
eously ever since its inception to refer to a seta rather than the cuplike integumental
receptacle into which the seta is inserted. Suggestions for the proper use of terms for both
the seta and the receptacle are given.

Because the term ‘trichobothrium’ is derived from Greek bothrion
‘small trench or pit’ in the regular manner of forming compound words
with the head word last, I have been under the impression that the term
referred to a depression or cuplike integumental formation into which a
seta (thrix, tricho-) was inserted rather than to the seta itself. I was
consequently surprised when a few translations of Russian papers refer-
red to trichobothria being fusiform or capitate.

It turns out that there has been a widespread, nearly universal erron-
eous use of the word, even from its first use. The word was apparently first
proposed by Dahl (1911), who used it as equivalent to the previously used
German word ‘Horhaare, meaning ‘hearing hairs.’ He first used it in the
German vernacular form ‘Trichobothrien, thus even at the beginning
using an incorrectly formed word. He was followed by Hansen (1917),
who called the term “.. .well composed as it signifies a hairin a pit...”
However, that is not true, because it means rather ‘a pit into which a hair
is inserted.’ We are thus left with a term which should refer to the pit
being used for a hair or seta that is in that pit. Only Torre-Bueno (1937)
and Christiansen and Bellinger (1980) seem to have been aware of the
incongruity, Torre-Bueno in defining it as “hair-bearing spots on the
underside of the abdomen in many Heteroptera” and Christiansen and
Bellinger in using the term ‘bothriotrix (pl. bothriotricha)’ and defining
it as “in Collembola, unusually thin, flexible, elongate setae, found in
characteristic positions ...” Here the singular form should be ‘bothrio-
thrix.’ The edition of Torre-Bueno Glossary (Nichols et al., 1989) cites.
usage of trichobothria in Arachnids, Collembola, Archaeognatha,
Diplura, and Heteroptera. Von Kéler (1956) cites it in Hemerobiidae,
Saltatoria, Aphaniptera, Corrodentia, and Mallophaga, as well as in
Gerris (Heteroptera). Schuh (1975) describes its importance in the Miridae

lReceived November 1, 1990. Accepted November 21, 1990.
Cooperating Scientist, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Systematic Entomology Laboratory,
c/o National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. 20560

ENT. NEWS 102(2): March & April 95-96

96 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

(Heteroptera) and includes an extensive bibliography (but with Hansen,
1917, wrongly cited).

It is not too late to rectify this unfortunate mess. Trichobothrium (pl.
trichobothria) is a well formed word if used with reference to the recept-
acle which is at the base of all setae, either cuplike or merely a more or
less defined ring. The seta, simple or specialized and often resulting from
the fusion of many setae, cannot be referred to as a bothrium of any kind.
Ifthe bothrium and its seta is any kind of sense receptor, it may be termed
a sensillum (pl. sensilla) and be preceded by any of the numerous
adjectival terms designating the kind of sensillum it may be. To unabig-
uously refer to the seta, that word alone, accompanied or not by defining
adjectives, is of course available. There is also the term ‘trichome’ to
signify something formed from a hair or hairs, with the plural ‘trichomes, or
the Latinized form ‘trichoma,’ with its plural form ‘trichomata.’

LITERATURE CITED

Christiansen, K., and P. Bellinger. 1980. The Collembola of North America North of the
Rio Grande, a Taxonomic Analysis. Grinnell, lowa: Grinnell College. Parts 1-4: 1322
pp. + 4 pp. of errata. Introduction, pp. 1-386 (Pt. 1); glossary, pp. 1249-1255 (Pt. 4).

Dahl, F. 1911. Die Hérhaare (Trichobothrien) und das System der Spinnentiere. Zool.
Anz. 37: 522-532.

Hansen, H.J. 1917. On the trichobothria in Arachnida, Myriapoda and insects, with a
summary of the external organs in Arachnida. Entomol. Tidskr. 38: 240-259.

Kéler, S. von. 1956. Entomologisches Worterbuch, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der
morphologischen Terminologie, 2nd, rev. ed., Berlin: Akademie-Verlag, 679 pp., 33
pls.

Nichols, S.W.., et. al. 1989. The Torre-Bueno Glossary of Entomology. New York: The New
York Entomological Society, xvii + 840 pp.

Schuh, R. 1975. The structure, distribution, and taxonomic importance of trichobothria in
the Miridae (Hemiptera). Amer. Mus. Novitates 2585: 1-26.

Torre-Bueno, J.R. de la. 1937. A Glossary of Entomology, etc. Brooklyn, N.Y.: Brooklyn
Entomological Society, ix + 336 pp., pls. I-IX.

BOOK RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

A TAXONOMIC REVISION OF NEARCTIC ENDASYS FOERSTER 1868
(HYMENOPTERA: ICHNEUMONIDAE, GELINAE). J.C. Luhman. Univ. of Calif.
Press. 185 pp, 89 figs., 22 maps. $24.00

This is the first revision of Nearctic Endasys, acommon ichneumonid parasite of sawfly
prepupae in subterranean cocoons. The purpose of this revision is to diagnose and de-
scribe new and old species and to provide keys to them along with illustrations and maps.
Biological and host information is summarized and a character analysis and phylogeny
are discussed.

Vol. 102, No. 2, March & April 1991 97

AN IMPROVED TECHNIQUE FOR Ss
LARGE SAMPLES OF ARTHROPODS!

Laurent LeSage”

ABSTRACT: A simple sweeping technique unaffected by the size and number of speci-
mens captured is described. It enables collection of live specimens, preservation in dif-
ferent fluids, or treatment using various procedures. The arthropods are killed or anes-
thetized in a jar with ethyl acetate. Large plant debris is removed in the field using a white
pan modified into a sieve. Larger arthropods and the sieved fraction are either sorted in the
field or preserved in 70% acetic alcohol for later sorting in the laboratory.

The entomological net is a well-known piece of equipment, but little
has been done to improve its efficiency. It is generally productive for
hunting butterflies, but the net itself and its use must be modified for
collecting minute arthropods (mites, Proctotrupoidea (Hymenoptera),
etc.), jumping insects like flea-beetles (Chrysomelidae), or large num-
bers of fast flyers (Hymenoptera, Diptera, Coleoptera, etc.).

In presenting the technique described here, I hope to provide answers
to the following questions often asked by professional or amateur ento-
mologists concerning improvement of sweep net collecting:

— “How does one handle large numbers of arthropods collected in
one sample?”

— “Is it possible to sweep arthropods without worrying about numbers
captured, sizes of individuals, or taxonomic groups to which they
belong?

— “How to preserve the specimens collected using different tech-
niques and/or preservatives?”
— “Can the technique be adapted for the capture of live insects?”

MATERIAL

THE NET. Any standard entomological net can be used for the tech-
nique described below, but factors such as the diameter of the rim, the
weight of the net and the size of the mesh should be taken into
consideration.

My favorite model is not an entomological net but a standard aluminum
fish net modified into a sweep net. The broad pentagonal rim, 40-50 cm
in diameter, with a straight front edge is convenient for sweeping low
grasses. The handle, 45 cm long, can be unscrewed and remounted
easily, a feature greatly appreciated during collecting trips in foreign

'Received November 8, 1990. Accepted December 24, 1990.
“Agriculture Canada, Biosystematics Research Centre, Ottawa, Ontario. K1A 0C6.

ENT. NEWS 102(2): March & April 97-104

98 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

countries. It is lightweight, averaging only 260 grams, which is important
when several nets have to be carried for many hours. The original nylon
fish net must be replaced by fine-mesh netting. My own nets are made of
fine-mesh curtain cloth: 26-28 mesh/cm, 250 um opening. Mites and
minute insects are readily captured with such nets. This is not the case
with the majority of insect nets available on the market; these nets must
be replaced with finer mesh netting to collect very small arthropods.

THE KILLING JAR. In my opinion, the best killing container is a one-
liter Nalgene® plastic jar. It is unbreakable, chemical-resistant, light-
weight and large enough to receive samples of appropriate sizes. A piece
of paper towel packed on the bottom is moistened with the killing agent
before use.

I recommend ethyl acetate as a killing agent because it is safe when
handled properly. It is one of the rare chemicals that keeps appendages
of arthropods relaxed, making later mounting, spreading or dissecting
easy (usually, a minimum of 6-12 hours is needed for complete relaxation of
muscles after death). Also, it may be used as an anesthetic as discussed
below.

Akilling jar is prepared by pouring 2-3 ml of ethyl acetate on a piece of
paper towel just before use. Chemical is added when the killing agent
becomes less effective.

THE SIEVE. A simple system for the removal of plant debris consists of
a white pan with a screened bottom placed over another unmodified one.
White plastic pans used for film development are perfect for this purpose.
They are lightweight but very sturdy. The large model (37 x 44 cm) is
cumbersome but on the other hand it can be used for sifting arthropods
from leaf litter or other kinds of debris. The model of medium size (29 x
34 cm) is what I prefer: not too heavy and bulky to carry over long
distances, but big enough to allow efficient spreading of net contents.
Occasionally, I carry “mini-pans” (10 x 15 cm) that fit in my collecting
bag. For each of these sizes I have one pan with the bottom cut out and
replaced by 5mm _(!4”) mesh screen. A larger mesh size does notintercept
enough detritus while a smaller one will retain too much.

THE PRESERVATIVE. For general purpose, any kind of commercial
alcohol is appropriate: methanol, called “wood alcohol” or “methyl
hydrate” in hardware stores; ethanol is extensively used by entomologists
but is usually difficult to obtain due to government regulations; isopro-
panol better known as “rubbing alcohol” may also be used. Arthropods
become stiff when placed directly in these alcohols. If the original liquid

Vol. 102, No. 2, March & April 1991 99

is diluted and 2-5% acetic acid added, the appendages and body tissues
will remain soft and relaxed.

Acetic alcohol is prepared as follows:

- commercial alcohol .................... 70 parts
SVL Bs os caSus ssceoncdctucsoletee one es 25 parts
=plactal acetic acid....20) ns 5 parts

or simply mix:
=commercial:alcohol 2.2.02. 70 parts
SW MUS OIE, tases citec) ca fupsS.ctcvas cower hee 30 parts

Seventy percent acetic alcohol is an excellent general preservative
although not necessarily the best for arthropod groups which require
special treatment. Solutions with formaldehyde should be avoided
unless they are required for a special purpose.

DESCRIPTION OF THE TECHNIQUE

The present sweeping method is an adaptation of techniques pre-
viously described for handling insects collected with emergence traps
(LeSage 1979).

The technique consists of six main steps:

1- Insects are swept from a specific habitat until a handful of plant
debris and insects accumulate at the bottom of the net. With one hand,
the collector grasps the middle of the net to prevent insects from escaping
(Fig: 1):

2- The whole contents are placed in a killing jar previously treated
with ethyl acetate (Fig. 2).

3- After 2-5 minutes, the contents are spread on the screen of the
white pan modified into a sieve, itself placed over a white pan
(Fig. 3).

4- Large insects, retained by the sieve, are picked out individually
and preserved in an appropriate manner. The debris is discarded.

5- Smaller insects and other arthropods that are sorted out in the
field are processed using the best preservation techniques and
preservatives.

6- Residues are carried dry in plastic jars, or preserved in the field
with 70% acetic alcohol.

These steps are described and commented in greater detail below.

100 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Figures 1-2. Illustrations of various steps for improved sweeping technique: 1, how to
handle the net contents; 2, nets with their contents placed in killing jars.

Vol. 102, No. 2, March & April 1991 101

Figure 3. On the left a large unmodified white pan for sorting in the field, on the right a
white pan modified into a sieve for screening plant debris and larger arthropods.

PROCESSING SAMPLES

SIZE OF SAMPLES. Try to avoid large samples. The accumulation of
leaves, seeds, or twigs may damage the specimens, especially soft-bodied
insects or other arthropods. Aphids, small flies, and larvae are the most
vulnerable. Clean samples are obtained when the vegetation is not
struck, for example, when collecting swarming chironomids at dusk
along the banks of streams. However, if one must beat the vegetation this
should be done moderately in such a manner that a minimum of plant
debris is collected.

HANDLING NET CONTENTS. Accumulate the insects at the bottom
of the net by quick sweeps in the air. Dislodge those insects gripping the
net by knocking the rim of the net, while keeping an eye on the strong
flyers (Diptera, Hymenoptera) that are always eager to escape. Grasp the
net with one hand just above the contents when the specimens are
concentrated at the bottom (Fig. 1).

102 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

KILLING AGENT. As mentioned above, ethyl acetate is the best
killing agent because it keeps bodies and appendages relaxed, and can
also be used as an anesthetic. Poisons like potassium cyanide or sodium
cyanide should be avoided due to their extremely high toxicity. In addition,
they stiffen the specimens and make later spreading difficult if not
impossible when working with beetles.

Lepidopterists often use tetrachloroethane to kill moths and butter-
flies. This chemical seems very satisfactory for killing Lepidoptera,
especially Microlepidoptera, but the smell is so bad that it can make
some persons sick.

TIME REQUIRED FOR POISONING. If a one-liter Nalgene®con-
tainer is used as a killing jar and treated with two to three ml of ethyl
acetate, insects usually die within two to five minutes but the net contents
should remain inside the killing jar longer when the vegetation is wet, or
when the collected material is packed inside the net.

SORTING AND PRESERVING ARTHROPODS IN THE FIELD.
When the insects are dead, spread the net contents on the pan which has
a screened bottom. Shake moderately to allow small arthropods and
plant particles to go through the screen and fall in the other pan beneath
it. Pick out larger arthropods found on the screen. Process the sifted
fraction as explained below, and finally discard detritus.

You do not have to sort the material in the field if weather conditions
are not suitable or if you want to save time, but doing so enables you to
preserve arthropods which require immediate treatment. The greatest
advantage of the present technique is that it consistently produces speci-
mens in excellent condition.

For example, beetles can be transferred to vials containing sawdust
slightly moistened with a few drops of ethyl acetate. As long as the vapors
persist in the vials, beetles remain relaxed for a year or more, thus
making later mounting, spreading or dissecting easy, as though one were
working with fresh material.

Grasshoppers, dragonflies, damselflies, large mayflies, etc. are usually
preserved dry and placed in pillboxes equipped with a small fresh leaf to
provide moisture, or placed individually in envelopes. Butterflies and
moths may be treated the same way, but sweeping should stop immedi-
ately following capture to reduce damage to the wings.

Diptera can be preserved in various ways. Some dipterists working
with Brachycera (Tabanidae, Syrphidae, etc.) usually prefer their speci-
mens dry, which presents no problems. Specimens are simply selected
from the pan and placed in appropriate vials or pillboxes. Other

Vol. 102, No. 2, March & April 1991 103

dipterists prefer to work with specimens preserved in alcohol (Chirono-
midae, Ceratopogonidae), which can also be picked out and preserved
selectively in 70% acetic alcohol.

Aphids, Collembola, other soft-bodied insects, spiders, as well as
immature arthropods, are usually preserved in alcohol and may be
stored by taxonomic group in vials or all groups placed together in larger
containers.

Mites can be treated separately and preserved in different fluids.
Oudemans’s fluid is recommended for the preservation of specimens
with appendages spread. Lactic acid is appropriate for clearing small
specimens and Koenicke’s fluid is suggested when specimens are heavily
sclerotized (see Martin 1977 for details).

PRESERVATION OF RESIDUES. For a variety of reasons most
entomologists specialize in the study of a given order, family or even
genus, and consequently are usually very selective in their collecting.
Thus specimens which do not interest them are either ignored or discarded.
Such waste of time and energy should be avoided. Why not preserve
residues without additional work on your part? Often, people working
with small arthropods discover that residues may contain even more
specimens than they can recognize and sort out in the field. Furthermore,
one should consider exchanging residues with other entomologists using
the same technique. This is probably the easiest and cheapest way of
obtaining specimens of interest from other areas.

COLLECTION OF LIVE SPECIMENS

The technique described above can be adapted for the capture of live
arthropods. However, the period of time during which the net contents
are maintained inside the killing jar is reduced. Thus, arthropods are
stunned or anesthetized rather than killed.

To collect live specimens using the above-mentioned technique, it is
useful to know that the period of time required to kill the arthropods
varies with the outdoor temperature, the amount of ethyl acetate in the
killing jar, the kinds of arthropods, the size of samples, and also the
degree of wetness of the vegetation. Field tests must be carried out at each
site to determine the length of time that samples should remain in the
jar.

Minute Hymenoptera and Diptera die quickly in ethyl acetate. Larger
Hymenoptera, Diptera, Coleoptera and Orthoptera show greater resis-
tance, with the largest individuals generally being the least affected.
Many spiders are still active when all insects are already dead.

104 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Ethyl acetate can be used as an anesthetic when samples are placed in
the jar for a shorter period of time. It has been successfully used for the
collection of live Chrysomelidae needed for various projects. Beetles
have been transferred into empty jars or bottles for recovery just after
they had been stunned. The majority became active again after a few
minutes, but some after several hours.

This treatment does not harm beetles. Matings are still observed and
females produce fertile eggs. I have tested the technique extensively for
the capture of several hundred live Ragweed beetles (Zygogramma
suturalis (Fabricius)) shipped to China for introduction as a biological
control agent against ragweed. According to Wan et al. (1989), the beetles
become established immediately. Over a thousand individuals of
Labidomera clivicollis (Kirby), Calligrapha multipunctata bigsbyana (Kirby),
C. philadelphica (Linné), and Z. suturalis (Fabricius) sent to Belgium for
analysis of their defensive secretions, have survived very well and are still
alive today (Dr. J. Pasteels, pers. comm.)

I have no detailed data regarding the survival of other groups of
insects, but I am convinced that the same technique can easily be adapted
for use with many groups of arthropods. Appropriate adjustments must
be made with respect to the anesthetizing period, the size of arthropods
and weather conditions.

Editor’s note: Shipment of live insects in and/or out of most countries, including the U.S.A.
and Canada, is strictly controlled by governmental regulations. Individuals contemplating
any such activity should first check with regulatory authorities before taking any such
action.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I thank my colleagues H. Goulet, R. Hutchinson, L. Masner, as well as the two unknown
external reviewers for their useful comments on the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

LeSage, L. 1979. Improved traps and techniques for the study of emerging aquatic insects.
Ent. news 90: 65-78.

Martin, J.E.H. 1977. Collecting, preparing, and preserving insects, mites, and spiders. The
Insects and Arachnids of Canada Part 1. Research Branch of Canada, Department of
Agriculture, Publication 1643. 182 pp.

Wan, F., R. Wang & S. Qui 1989. Host specificity tests of Zygogramma suturalis (Col:
Chrysomelidae): an important biological control agent of Ambrosia artemisiifolia L.
Chinese J. Biol. Control 5: 20-21.

Vol. 102, No. 2, March & April 1991 105

ANNOTATED LIST OF INSECTS OF MACAU
OBSERVED DURING 19891

Emmett R. Easton

ABSTRACT: Nineteen species of beetles, 2 species of roaches and mantids, 10 flies, 8
Heteroptera, 11 Lepidoptera, 6 Hymenoptera, 2 Orthoptera and | species of flea and of
silverfish are listed from this Portugese administrated area which is connected by a
peninsula to the Peoples Republic of China. The majority of species reported were asso-
ciated with buildings situated on the University of East Asia campus on the island of Taipa
where artificial light is normally provided at night to illuminate the premises.

Zoogeographically the fauna of Macau would be expected to be
similar to that of the Hong Kong colony which is located across the Pearl
River delta from Macau. Hill and Phillipps (1981) claimed that Hong
Kong colony lies in the intermediate area between the Oriental and the
Palearctic faunal regions so it can be interpreted that Macau, like Hong
Kong, possesses a mixed fauna with elements from both regions. Seasons
exist in Macau and Hong Kong typical of the temperate regions of the
world. Macau geographically consists of a peninsula connected to main-
land China as well as to two islands, Taipa and Coloane, which are
interconnected by a road bridge or a causeway. All of the species listed
were found on the island of Taipa but most of them are believed to exist
on the island of Coloane as well where habitats are similar. The insect
fauna of Macau is probably rich in diversity of species and very likely is
similar to Hong Kong territory but written accounts are absent from the
literature, at least in English. Identifications of the fauna were carried
out with the aid of Hill et al (1982), Hill and Cheung (1978), Hill (1982)
and Hodgkiss et a/ (1981) and collected material was compared with
identified specimens maintained in the Agriculture and Fisheries ento-
mology collection at Tai Lung Farm, Sheung Shi, New Territories, H.K.
as well as the B.P. Bishop Museum, Gressitt Entomological Center, in
Honolulu, Hawaii. Common names listed were taken from Hill and
Cheung (1978) or Hill (1982) and are not among the official list of names
supplied by the Entomological Society of America.

Observations made at different sites on the University campus daily
(700 hrs) during this period, such as the Skyway lobby, Tai Fung bldg.,
S.K. Wong bldg., Block I or Block III bldg., indicated that light normally
supplied at night was serving as an attractant. Insects were not routinely
found where light was absent except for the library which was not

lReceived August 13, 1990. Accepted December 26, 1990.
Visiting Professor of Entomology, University of East Asia, P.O. Box 3001, Taipa, Macau.

ENT. NEWS 102(2): March & April 105-111

106 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

illuminated at night but the presence of stainless steel railings inside the
windows was noted to produce different wave lengths of light when
viewed from the outside that may have simulated a black or Ultra violet
portion of the spectrum. These observations suggest that a seasonal
effect is apparent in the occurrence of the insect fauna despite the
tropical diversity of the species composition. Unless otherwise stated
only | specimen was collected at a time.

LIST OF SPECIES

THYSANURA

Lepisma saccharina (L.), the house silverfish, Oct. This insect was a common resident of
flats and apartments on the campus.

ORTHOPTERA
Acrididae

Chondracis rosea (de Geer), the large green grasshopper, 6 Aug. was found resting on
elephant grass near the campus tennis courts. Hill et a/ (1982) also list it for Hong Kong.

Gryllotalpidae

Gryllotalpa africana Beauv., the African mole cricket, 24 Oct. near a rain gutter below the
Tai Fung bldg. This is acosmopolitan species found in the warmer regions of the world that
can destroy the roots of herbaceous crops in the seedling stage (Hill, 1983). According to a
recent communication from Dr. Hill the insect described in his Hong Kong books (Hill er
al. 1982), (Hill and Cheung, 1978) may actually be G. orientalis.

DICTYOPTERA

Blattidae

Opisthoplatia orientalis? the litter cockroach, 22 Aug. in the table tennis room. This
roach ordinarily does not invade buildings or domiciles but the open access of this site
allowed insects to gain access from the outside. Hill er al (1982) report this roach as
semiaquatic with observations of it entering water.

Periplaneta americana (L.), the American cockroach is common at most times of the year
on campus except for the months of Dec.-Feb. which are the coldest and constitute the local
winter season. The insect is also a common household pest in Hong Kong.

Mantidae
Hierodula sp. the large green mantid, 28 Sept. on S.K. Wong bldg.

Tenodera sinensis Saussure, the large brown mantid, 3 Dec., on Block III.

3Name of describer of species not possible to be obtained by author of paper due to limited
research resources.

Vol. 102, No. 2, March & April 1991 107

HEMIPTERA
Coreidae

Notobitus meleagris (F.), the bamboo coreid or leaf-footed bug, 17 Oct. This insect is
believed to be common throughout South China according to Hill (1983) in which the
saliva is toxic to bamboo plants.

Pentatomidae

Calliphara sp., the blue shield bug, 12 Dec. on Block III.

Cantao ocellatus (Thunb), the Mallotus shield bug, 12 Oct., library. This brightly colored
orange bug is believed to be associated with Mallotus paniculatus trees, according to Hill
(1982).

Erthesia fullo (Thunb), Aug. on trunks of the horsetail tree, Causuarina equisetifolia on
campus. This blackish stink bug was observed by the author to feed and oviposit on this
host.

Nezara viridula (Linn), the green stink bug, 7 July, 7 Aug. on the Tai Fung bldg. This insect
is acommon pest of vegetables, potatoes, carrots and citrus and is widespread extending
from southern Europe and Japan south to Australia and Southern Africa (Hill, 1983).
Tessaratoma papillosa (Drury), the Litchi stink bug, 17 July, 13 Aug., near base of Block
III. The bug commonly feeds on the sap of the Litchi and the Longan (Euphoria longan)
fruit trees in southern China. Immature nymphs as well as adults have been found on
Longan fruit trees on the island of Coloane here in Macau. The bug apparently overwinters
in the foliage of the trees.

HOMOPTERA
Cicadidae
Cryptotympana pustulata Fabr., the large brown cicada, 23 June resting on branch of
Acacia confusa tree on campus. Hill et al, (1982) in their works on Hong Kong insects refer to
this species as C.mimica (Walk.). This insect can produce a deafening call at close range and
can be often heard starting at dawn from late May and continuing during daylight hours
through the month of July in Macau and Hong Kong.
Huechys sanguinea (Deg.), the red-nosed cicada, 23 Aug., 30 Sept. attracted to lights near
the S.K. Wong bldg. Emergence from the ground in this species is later in the season and in

Macau has been noticed from Sept. through November. Hill (1982) and Hill et a/ (1982)
refer to this species, now incorrectly, as Scieroptera sanguinea.

NEUROPTERA
Myrmelionidae
Myrmeleon sp. 31 July inside Block I.
LEPIDOPTERA
Anatidae=Syntomidae

Syntomis polymita Sparrm., 25 Nov. near the library.

108 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Syntomis sperbius F., striped tiger wasp moth, 11 July near the library. Both S. sperbius
and S. polymita have been observed in small numbers on campus throughout the year
except during the coldest months.

Danaidae

Danaus genutia Cr., Orange Tiger butterfly, noted in summer in table tennis room.
Euploea core (Godart), the common crow butterfly, 12 & 17 Oct. in temporary classroom
corridor.

Papilionidae

Graphium sarpedon (L.), the common bluebottle, Sept. in temporary classroom corridor.
Papilio memnon L. the citrus swallowtail, 27 Oct. in temporary classroom.
Papilio polytes L., the common mormon, 16 Oct. in temporary classroom.

Sphingidae

Acherontia styx (Westwood), 18 Aug. near library. This species superficially resembles the
death’s head hawk moth, A. atropos (L.) that can defoliate solanaceous crops throughout
southeast Asia. Both species can apparently enter bee hives to obtain the honey.
Agrius convoluli (L.) convolulus hawk moth, | Nov. near library. The greenish or brown-
ish larvae defoliate sweet potato in South China, Burma, Malaysia, India, Australia, New
Zealand, Papua New Guinea and Irian Jaya (Hill, 1983).

Macroglossum belis” hummingbird hawk moth, 12 Aug., 23 Oct. in temporary classroom
corridor.

Theretra nessus Drury 23 Oct., 11 Nov., on Tai Fung bldg. Hodgkiss er al. (1981) illustrate
this species in their ecology of Hong Kong publication.

DIPTERA
Bombyliidae

Ligyra tentalus Fabr. the large black bee fly, 7 Sept. in temporary classroom corridor.
Anthrax sp. 26 Aug. in temporary classroom corridor.

Calliphoridae

Lucilia sp. green bottle fly, 11 & 17 Oct. in Block I.
Chironomus sp. larval bloodworms in drainage area below S.K. Wong bldg.

Culicidae

Culex quinquefasciatus Say., southern house mosquito. Adults are common throughout
the year except from Dec-Feb in most buildings on campus where they gain access to
classrooms and apartments by flying into the open doors of the pedestrain elevators or lifts.
Larvae are common in stagnant water which is often polluted near domiciles on the island.
The mosquito can survive for prolonged periods indoors when relative humidity is high
due to the lack of room airconditioning.

Aedes albopictus Skuse. larvae were noted in waste or refuse containers (during the spring
months) that fill with water along a hiking trail on the top of a hill on Taipa Island.

Vol. 102, No. 2, March & April 1991 109

Se a Ae ee ee eee
Psychodidae

Psychoda sp. the moth fly was commonly observed on windows near the library during the
spring and early summer.

Stratiomyiidae
Hermetia illucens L., the soldier fly, 20 Aug., 4 Sept. in temporary classroom corridor.
Tabanidae
Tabanus sp. 13 Aug. caught near the Hyatt Regency Hotel on Taipa Island.
Tipulidae
Holorusia sp. 30 May in temporary classroom corridor on campus.
SIPHONAPTERA

Ctenocephalides felis (Bouché), the cat flea, 9 Oct. on local dog on Taipa Island. Leitao
(1921) reports this flea as common on both dogs and cats on the Macau peninsula.

HYMENOPTERA
Apidae

Anthophora andrewsi Cockrell, the blue-banded solitary bee, 17 Aug., 18 Sept. in tem-
porary classroom corridor. Acommon species often seen feeding on flowers in Macau and
Hong Kong.

Xylocopa iridipennis Lep. the bamboo carpenter bee, 24 Oct. near library. The bee has
been observed to nest in hollow bamboo stems, in which it can cut a hole employing its
strong mandibles.

Evaniidae

Evania appendigaster> the ensign wasp. 16 Sept. in classroom in Block I. The wasp is
commonly observed indoors apparently seeking the ootheca of the American cockroach
that it parasitizes. Hill er a/ (1982) report it common in Hong Kong.

Scoliidae

Megascolia azurea Fabr. 4 Sept., in temporary classroom corridor. This is most likely the
same species that Hill et a/. (1982) and Hill (1982) refer to in the genus Scolia. The latter
author believes the wasp parasitizes beetle larvae.

Vespidae

Vespa bicolor Fabr. the common wasp, 4 Sept., 3 Nov., 10 Dec. in temporary classroom
corridor.

Polistes sp. prob saggittarius. A nest of this wasp was located outside of the Tai Fung bldg.
in the summer season.

110 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

COLEOPTERA
Bostrichidae
Bostrychopsis parallela Lesne, 13 Sept. near library, 26 Sept. near K.-C. Wong Bld.
Carabidae

Craspedophorus mandarinus>, spotted ground beetle, 10 July on floor near library.

Cerambycidae

Anoplophora chinensis (Forster), the citrus longhorn beetle, 22 May near tennis courts
under street lamp. The larvae of this species is considered a serious pest of citrus in Hong
Kong colony and southern China (Hill er al., 1982) but in Macau citrus trees are wanting
and the beetle most likely completes its development feeding upon Melia azedarach L.
Batocera rubus (L.), the white-spotted longhorn beetle, 6 July on Block I. The larvae
burrow in fig, mango and jackfruit trees from India through southeast Asia to south China
including Hong Kong.

Imantocera penicillata (Hope), 8 July near library.

Olenecamptus bilobus~”, 10 Sept. on Block I.

Chrysomelidae
Sagra purpurea Lichtenstein, 7 Aug. on the K.C. Wong bldg. The purple leaf beetle is listed

under the family Sagriidae in Lee and Winney (1981). Hill et a/ (1982) list it from Malaysia
as well as Hong Kong.

Cicindelidae
Cicindela separata Fleut. the blue spotted tiger beetle, 13 May. This species is commonly

observed during the spring months along walking or hiking trails both on the islands of
Taipa and Coloane.

Curculionidae

Sipalinus hypocrita> , wood boring weevil, 7 Sept. near library.

Dytiscidae
Cybister tripunctatus Olivier, predaceous diving beetle, 11 Sept. near K-C. Wong bldg.
This species is reportedly consumed as human food by local residents who collect them
from the pavement near street lamps.

Elateridae
Campsosternus auratus Drury. large click beetle, 24 May under lights near the tennis

courts on campus. Several individuals have been crawling about lacking an abdomen
suggesting that this species is a source of food for insectivorous birds on the island.

Vol. 102, No. 2, March & April 1991 111

Lampyridae
Luciola sp. giant glow worm, 19 May in rain gutter after a shower near tennis courts.
Lucanidae

Prosopocoileus biplagiatus (Westw.) the common stag beetle. 13 July, 15 Aug. near
library.

Scarabaeidae

Anomala cupripes (Hope), the copper-green flower beetle, 7 July near library. In south-
east Asia the adults damage leaves and inflorescences of a wide range of crop plants and
ornamentals while the larvae are white grubs feeding on grass roots (Hill, 1983).
Agestreta orichalea~, the large green flower chafer, 3 Sept. near library.

Dynastes gideon (Linnaeus) most recently known as Xylotrupes gideon, 6 Aug., the
unicorn beetle has been commonly found under street lights near the Hovione Pharma-
ceutical factory on Taipa Island.

Protaetia orientalis G. & P., the green rose chafer, 28 May near library.

Staphylinidae

Phucobius simulator Sharp. 2 males, 2 females, Oct. on sandy beach beneath wooden
debris at intertidal zone on Taipa Island.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The author wishes to thank Horace Last (Woodville, West Sussex, England) for the
determination of the staphylinid beetle and G.A. Samuelson of the Bishop Museum
(Honolulu, Hawaii) for identifications of other beetle species. Representative material
listed has been deposited with Last and with the B.P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu.

LITERATURE CITED

Hill, D.S. and W.W.K. Cheung. 1978. Hong Kong Insects. Volume 1. Urban Council,
H.K. Government Printer. 128 p.

Hill, D.S. 1982. Hong Kong Insects. Volume 2. Urban Council. H.K. Government Printer.
141 p.

Hill, D.S. 1983. Agricultural Insect Pests of the Tropics and their control. 2nd Edition.
Cambridge University Press. Cambridge, U.K. 746 p.

Hill, D.S. and K. Phillipps. 1981. A Colour Guide to Hong Kong Animals. Government
Printer, H.K. 281 p.

Hill, D.S., P. Hore and J.W.B. Thornton. 1982. The Insects of Hong Kong. Hong Kong
University Press. 503 p.

Hodgkiss, I.J., S.L. Thrower and M.S. Hay. 1981. An Introduction to Ecology of Hong
Kong. Volume 2. Federal Publications. H.K. 204 p.

Lee, L.H.Y. and R. Winney. 1981. Checklist of Agricultural Insects of Hong Kong 1981.
Agriculture and Fisheries Department Bulletin No. 2. 164 p.

Leita&o, A.D.N. 1921.C. Apercu nosologique Macao et les agents transmetteurs de la peste.
In Tellurologie et climatologie Médicales de Macao. Macao Station Climatique. 2nd
Edit. (in French).

112 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

SOCIETY MEETING OF FEBRUARY 27, 1991
BUG IN YOUR EAR

Dr. Hal White, Organizer

And now for something completely different! The February meeting of the Society
proved to be quite a departure from the normal scientific presentations and discussion as it
focused on “music by and inspired by insects”. Certainly, the “musical” or sound capabilities
of insects has been long recognized and studied. In contrast, the heretofore unknown,
musical capabilities of the Society membership was showcased during this intriguing and
diverse program.

Dr. Hal White offered a brief introduction to the topic of music inspired by insects by
playing a few recorded pieces of music (such as the instantly recognizable “Flight of the
Bumblebee” — but played on the trombone!) and by distributing a list of insect-related
music that he compiled from his own research and suggestions from others. Dr. Daniel
Otte followed with a program of “music” produced by insects, mostly that derived from
various Orthoptera, the order of insects in which Dr. Otte specializes. Among some of the
calls played were the musical, bird-like calls of katydids in Malaysia (contrasting with the
rather mechanical sounding calls produced by our local species), the fastest cricket call
known at 210 pulses/second (a Malaysian mole cricket), and the stepwise gradation of
pulse rate in calls among a sibling-species complex of Hawaiian crickets. Dr. Otte noted
that the “acoustically richest” place he has visited was a half-mile stretch of forest in
Malaysia, where he recorded calls of 88 different species of crickets!

Acoustic riches of a sort were provided by the live entertainment at the meeting. Barbara
and Alan Kirschenstein played several compositions on autoharp, fiddle and harmonica,
including an original piece written for the Society. Mary Berk ended the evening with a well
researched program of music which she performed with flute, recorder and voice. Her
presentation was a deft interweaving of insect-inspired music and music history, starting
with compositions from the 1600s, and including early American gems like “Dog Tick”,
and several boll weevil songs.

The program at The Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia was attended by 20
members and 13 guests. The general election for officers was held, and the following were
elected unanimously: Joe Sheldon, President; Hal White, Vice President; Paul Schaefer,
Recording Secretary; Jon Gelhaus, Corresponding Secretary; Jesse Freese, Treasurer.

Jon K. Gelhaus,
Corresponding Secretary

When submitting papers, all authors are requested to (1) provide the names of two qualified
individuals who have critically reviewed the manuscript before it is submitted and (2) suggest
the names and addresses of two qualified authorities in the subject field to whom the
manuscript may be referred by the editor for final review. All papers are submitted to
recognized authorities for final review before acceptance.

Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as
brief as possible. Classification as to order and family should be included in the title, except
where not pertinent. Following the title there should be a short informative abstract (not a
descriptive abstract) of not over 150 words. The abstract is the key to how an article is cited in
abstracting journals and should be carefully written. The author’s complete mailing address,
including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing
new taxa should include enough information to make them useful to the nonspecialist.
Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus references to
existing revisions or monographs. Authors must include the name(s) of recognized institution(s)
where their voucher specimens have been deposited. Illustrations nearly always are needed.
All measurements shall be given using the metric system or, if in the standard system,
comparable equivalent metric values shall be included. Authors can be very helpful by
indicating, in pencil in the margin of the manuscript, approximate desired locations within the
text of accompanying figures, tables and other illustrations.

Illustrations: For maximum size and definition, full page figures, including legends, should
be submitted as nearly as possible in a proportion of 4/6. Maximum size of printed illustration,
including all legends, is 4% x 6% inches. Authors will be charged for all text figures and half-
tones at the rate of $7.50 each, regardless of size.

Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor, Howard
P. Boyd. For address, see under “manuscripts” above. Literature notices, books received and
short reviews will be published in The Entomologist’s Library on books dealing with
taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology ecology, behavior and similar aspects of
insect life and related arthropods. Books on applied, economic and regulatory entomology, on
toxicology and related subjects will not be considered.

Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist’s Market
Place.

Page charges: A charge of $15.00 is made for each published page of an article, plus costs of
all illustrations. If any charges are not paid within 120 days of date of billing, authors will be
charged an additional $5.00 per page. Papers may be published ahead of their regularly
scheduled time at a cost of $35.00 per page.

Unemployed and retired amateur and scientist members of the American Entomological
Society who are without institutional support or are not subsidized by grants and who are
without funds for publishing may apply for financial assistance at the time their manuscript is
submitted. Such application must include an explanation of the author’s status (unemployed or
retired). Page charges for these individuals are negotiable, with a minimum of $7.00 per page.

Reprints: (without covers) may be ordered when corrected page proofs are returned to the
editor. Schedule of reprint costs will appear on order form.

This publication is available
in microform from University
Microfilms International.

Call toll-free 600-521-4044. Or mail inquiry to: N
University Microfilms International, 300 North
Zeeb Road, Ann Arbor, MI 48106.

The Entomologist’s Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per line,
payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges not
exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position
wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box numbers. All
insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the
end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are
discontinued.

TOWNES STYLE MALAISE TRAPS. $217.00. Of proven design, 6 ft. high, standard 25
meshes/inch netting; and a dark olive trap 25 meshes/inch with 2 filaments/mesh. Order
from Golden Owl Publishers, Inc., 182 Chestnut Rd., Lexington Park, Maryland, 20653.

FOR SALE: Insects from Venezuela. All species available here. Price List is available by
request from Mr. Paul ROUCHE. Edificio El Algarrobo-Apto 2-C, Sector El Convento-II,
Avenida SANZ, EL MARQUES - CARACAS-1070, VENEZUELA. We can correspond in
French, English and Spanish.

WANTED to buy CONOPIDAE (Diptera) worldwide, except Nearctic. Pinned only. Also
exchange. S. Camras, 4013 N. Milwaukee Ave. #515, Chicago, IL 60641.

BULLETIN DE LA SOCIETE SCIENCES NAT is a french entomological publication
describing many non-european Lepidoptera and Coleoptera. Each number is issued
quarterly and contains 2 colour plates (21 x 29 cm). Some of our contributors are: Allard,
Antoine, Arnaud, Bomans, Dechambre, Paulian... Subscription for 1991 is US $43 (checks
in US $ welcomed). SCIENCES NAT, 2 rue Mellenne, 60200 Venette, FRANCE. FAX: (33)
44 83 4101.

REPRINT SALE: The Carnegie Museum of Natural History is conducting an inventory
reduction sale of its scientific publications (Annals, Bulletin, Special Publications) printed
prior to 1985. A 50% price reduction is offered on research articles in invertebrate zoology,
herpetology, ichthyology, mammalogy, anthropology, birds, vertebrate and invertebrate
paleontology, and botany. Please write for listings of your choice to Office of Scientific
Publications, The Carnegie Museum of Natural History, 4400 Forbes Avenue, Pittsburgh,
PA 15213-4080; fax (412) 622-8837.

LATEST 12-PAGE WORLDWIDE LEPIDOPTERA CATALOG! Serving Lepidopterists
worldwide since 1976. Specimens include Morpho rhetenor male/female, Morpho insuralis
male/female, Morpho godanti male/female, Prepona buckleyana, Papilio antimachus and
hundreds more from South America, Africa, Europe and Far East. WE OPERATE
PERSONALIZED ENTOMOLOGIST, BIRDER, NATURALIST TOUR PROGRAMS.
Latest Catalog $1 or one year’s monthly lists via airmail $6. TRANSWORLD BUTTERFLY
COMPANY, Apartado 6951, 100N San Jose, COSTA RICA, Central America.

US ISSN 0013-872X

102 MAY & JUNE, 1991

Peculiar sex ratio and dimorphism of garden fleahopper,
Halticus bractatus (Hemiptera: Miridae) W.H. Day

Movement of gravel by ‘Owyhee’ harvester ant,
Pogonomyrmex salinus (Hymenoptera: Formicidae)
Timothy D. Reynolds

Identity of Chironomini genus C (Diptera: Chironomidae)
in Pinder & Reiss (1986) Michael J. Bolton

Microdistribution of scavenging flies in relation to
detritus and guano deposits in a Kentucky bat cave
D.B. Conn, S.A. Marshall

Rhizedra lutosa (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) newly intro-
duced to No. America T.L. McCabe, D.F. Schweitzer

Rhyopsocus texanus (Psocoptera: Psoquillidae): its
synonymy, forms, and distribution p
E.L. Mockford, A.N. Garcia Aldrete

Spiders (Araneae) associated with rural delivery mail-
boxes, Mashpee, MA R.L. Edwards, E.H. Edwards

Additions to the Pawnee National Grasslands insect
checklist R. Lavigne, R. Kumar, J.A. Scott

SOCIETY MEETING OF MARCH 27, 1991
SOCIETY MEETING OF APRIL 24, 1991

ANNOUNCEMENT

NO. 3

Ls

118

125

127

130

133

[357

150

124

129

164

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published bi-monthly except July-August by The American
Entomological Society at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa 19103, USA.

The American Entomological Society holds regular membership meetings on the fourth
Wednesday in October. November, February, March, and April. The November, February
and April meetings are held at the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, Pa. The
October and March, meetings are held at the Department of Entomology, University of
Delaware. Newark, Delaware.

Society Members who reside outside the local eastern Pennsylvania, southern New Jersey,
and Delaware area are urged to attend society meetings whenever they may be in the vicinity.
Guests always are cordially invited and welcomed.

Officers for 1991-1992: President: Joseph K. Sheldon; Vice-President: Harold B. White:
Recording Secretary: Paul W. Schaefer: Corresponding Secretary: Jon K. Gelhaus:
Treasurer: Jesse J. Fresse.

Publications and Editorial Committee: Howard P. Boyd. Chr., D. Otte. and Paul M.
Marsh.

Previous editors: 1890-1910 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1943 Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967 R.G. Schmieder (1898-1967); 1968-1972 R.H. Arnett, Jr.; 1973-
4/1974 R.W. Lake.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic
and foreign: $5.00 per year postpaid. Subscriptions for institutions such as libraries,
laboratories, etc., and for non-members, domestic and foreign: $15.00 per year postpaid.
Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to EN-
TOMOLOGICAL NEWS, The American Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa. 19103. U.S.A.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

Membership dues: $7.00 per year (regular); $4.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the editor:
Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088,
U.S.A. Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members of the
American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all prospective authors
join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the AIBS Style
Manual for Biological Journals and should follow the style used in recent issues of
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Three doublespaced, typed copies of each manuscript are
needed on 8% x 11 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they
will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published
in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the entire costs of a sufficient
number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without
division.

Editorial Policy: Manuscripts on taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology, ecology,
behavior and similar aspects of insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for
submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Papers on applied, economic and regulatory
entomology and on toxicology and related subjects will be considered only if they also make a
major contribution in one of the aforementioned fields.

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster: [fundeliverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade
Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, U.S.A.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, USA.

Vol. 102, No. 3, May & June 1991 113

THE PECULIAR SEX RATIO

AND DIMORPHISM OF THE G
FLEAHOPPER, HALTICUS B
(HEMIPTERA: MIRID

W.H. Day2

ABSTRACT: Nearly 90% of the adult garden fleahoppers, Halticus bractatus, collec
females. This unbalanced sex ratio, though it is suggestive of a reproductive anomaly, is
probably an artifact caused by the sweep net sampling method, and is likely a result of
behavioral differences between the sexes. Nymphs were also inefficiently sampled by
sweeping. Nearly 90% of female fleahoppers were the flightless, brachypterous morph. If
this is representative of the population, then few females are capable of emigrating. This
and the high parasitism rates recently discovered would contribute to the sporadic ap-
pearance of this insect in numbers sufficient to cause damage to crops.

Halticus bractatus (Say), the garden fleahopper, was first described
from Indiana in 1832 (Henry & Wheeler 1988) by Thomas Say. The
partial sexual dimorphism (all adult males are winged, most females
have no hind wings under the elytra-like forewings) and the very small
size (1.5-2.3 mm) of this mirid likely contributed to its being described as
a new species four times (Henry & Wheeler 1988), and its identification
as two different species by Uhler (Popenoe et al. 1890).

The small size and dimorphism may also have contributed to the
present lack of information on several important aspects of its biology,
despite the fact that the garden fleahopper has sporadically been
reported as an important pest of many legume, vegetable, and fruit crops
(Beyer 1921, Underhill 1946, Mangan & Byers 1982). For example, until
recently the nymphs of H. bractatus were not known to be parasitized in
the U.S. (Loan 1980 reported parasitism by Peristenus clematidis Loan in
Canada), despite the recent discovery of a 50% mortality rate in alfalfa,
caused by a native braconid wasp (Day & Saunders 1990). And, although
the death of half of the nymphs should have reduced the number of
adults sampled to about 50% as many as the nymphs, instead many more
adults than nymphs were collected, in 26 of 27 field samples taken by
sweep net (Day & Saunders 1990).

In this paper I discuss reasons for the disparity in the nymph:adult
ratio, record the apparently different sex ratios of adults and of nymphs,
describe the incidence of sexual dimorphism in fleahopper females, and
discuss the significance of these findings.

lReceived November 29, 1990. Accepted January 5, 1991.
USDA Beneficial Insects Research Laboratory, 501 S. Chapel St., Newark, DE 19713.

ENT. NEWS 102(3): 113-117, May & June 1991

114 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

MATERIALS AND METHODS

All samples were taken in alfalfa, by 50 half-cycles of a sweep net. A
total of 11 fields were sampled, in three areas (Blairstown, NJ; Rancocas,
NJ; and Newark, DE), but because populations were very low in most
fields, the majority of the fleahoppers were collected in two fields near
Blairstown. Samples were made regularly through the growing season,
weekly from early May to July (1986) or August (1987-1989), and
biweekly from then until mid-October. Frequent sampling was neces-
sary because fleahopper numbers were not predictable: in general, they
were most abundant in July or August, adults were most numerous in
1987 and 1989, nymphs were most abundant in 1986 and 1987, and
abundance of the stages was not necessarily correlated (Day & Saunders
1990).

After the net contents were emptied into a glass-topped sleeve cage, the
fleahoppers were counted as they were aspirated into plastic vials, separ-
ately by stage. A tip of alfalfa was placed in each vial for food and
moisture, and the vials were put in an insulated cooler, with ice, to
improve survival during the trip back to the laboratory. They were then
frozen (at -20°C), for preservation until time was available for dissection
under a binocular microscope, for determination of sex, parasitism, and
morph. Additional details on the sampling methods are in Day &
Saunders (1990).

RESULTS

Sex ratio: Nearly 90% of the garden fleahopper adults collected by
sweep net were females (Table 1), a highly significant departure from the
50:50 ratio which might be expected. In contrast, this ratio in the nymphal
stage was not significantly different from a 50:50 ratio.

Sexual morph: Nearly all of the female fleahoppers were of the
brachypterous type, a highly significant difference (Table 2). Dissection
of an aliquot (n = 20) demonstrated that there were no hind wings under
the shortened, elytra-like forewings of this morph, so they were truly
flightless, confirming the assertion by Webster (1900) that the brachy-
pterous females could not fly.

DISCUSSION

Sex ratio: The high proportion of females in the adult samples (Table
1A) is intriguing because it is unusual in alfalfa-infesting mirids (Day,
unpublished data), and because it suggests the possibility of deuterotokous
reproduction. Although some mirid workers are aware that most H.

Vol. 102, No. 3, May & June 1991 1S

Table 1. Sex ratios of garden fleahopper adults and nymphs in sweep net collections.

Stage Sex Number® Total
adult female 394***
(88%) 449
male 55
nymph female 4gns
(43%) 111
male 63

4Statistical differences by the chi? test. Comparisons were made between the numbers of
males and the number of females, for each stage, compared to the theoretical 50:50 ratio.
The actual proportion of females was significantly different only in the adult stage (P >
0.001).

Table 2. Morphological types of garden fleahopper females in sweep net collections.

Morph Number@ Total 9
apterous 348***

(88%) 394
alate 46

4Statistical differences by the chi? test. Statistical comparisons were made between the
actual number of apterous females and the two theoretical possibilities, 100% winged and
100% wingless; the actual data above were significantly different from both possibilities,
at the same level P > 0.001).

bractatus adults in reference collections are female, unfortunately data
on the sex ratio of the species in nature have not been recorded by earlier
workers (Chittenden 1902, Beyer 1921, Knight 1923; only Blatchley 1926
suggested that males may be much less numerous than females). The
large numbers of samples and of individuals examined in the present
study, and the statistical tests indicate that females were actually much
more abundant than males in the sweep net samples. However, the
approximately 50:50 sex ratio of the nymphs (Table 1B) that were also
swept indicate that equal numbers of both sexes are being produced in

116 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

the field. This is supported by the laboratory results of Cagle & Jackson
(1947), who reared an equal number of males and females (total n = 365)
over a two-year period. The authors also found that both sexes had
similar life spans (average 49 d), so males are not more likely to die as the
population ages, changing the sex ratio. Thus, the evidence indicates
that both sexes of adult fleahoppers are equally abundant, but the
females are sampled much more readily in alfalfa, by sweeping. This
would also account for Blatchley’s (1926) observation. Males probably
are lower on the plants than are females, so fewer are collected. Nymphs
of both sexes also may feed closer to the soil than do female adults,
because nymphs were less abundant than adults in 96% of sweep samples
(Day & Saunders 1990). Perhaps the females utilize the higher (younger)
leaves because certain nutritive compounds are present in larger con-
centrations, which would increase their fecundity, as was observed for
mites by Hennenberry (1962). Lugger (1900) stated that this fleahopper
was difficult to capture, (presumably with a net), probably because they
“operate close to the ground,” and he suggested that this species was
likely more abundant than it appeared.

Sexual morph: Because nearly 90% of female garden fleahoppers
sampled by sweep net were the flightless form (Table 2), and the sweep
net is the most common sampling tool, it is surprising that the incidence
of brachypterous females in field samples has been mentioned in only a
few previous papers (Beyer 1921, Blatchley 1926, and Knight 1923, 1941).
Although none provided numerical data, they stated that females were
usually brachypterous. It is possible that this preponderence of wingless
females is not an artifact of the sampling method, because Cagle &
Jackson (1947) found that 100% of their female H. bractatus were
brachypterous (these were lab-reared progeny of 171 females that had
been field collected as nymphs). A low percentage of winged females
would appear to be a handicap for the fleahopper, because the species
would be slow to disperse, especially to distant points. This, together with
the high parasitism rates of nymphs recently discovered (Day & Saunders
1990), may explain the uneven fleahopper abundance noted above (sig-
nificant numbers in only 2 of 11 fields, or 18% of those surveyed).

The high proportion of flightless females also suggests that the
comparative scarcity of garden fleahopper nymphs (Table 1) is likely to
be a deficiency of the sweep net sampling method, and not an indication
that nymphs are produced on other host plants outside the alfalfa fields
— because the flightless adult females almost certainly must have earlier
been nymphs in the alfalfa.

Bias of sweep net samples: The data strongly suggest that both adult
males and nymphs are underrepresented in sweep samples (Table 1 and

Vol. 102, No. 3, May & June 1991 117

above discussions). Thus, garden fleahopper population size is con-
siderably underestimated when sweep net sampling is used. Perhaps this
underestimation, the very small size of this insect, and its tendency to
jump when disturbed, all contribute to the scarcity of reports on its
economic importance. And, although the sweep net has some deficiencies,
it is likely to remain the most-used sampling tool in alfalfa and similar
crops, because it provides useful relative data (for comparing different
locations and dates), and is convenient, fast, and inexpensive. It would
be interesting to determine if an insect vacuum device would provide
more accurate counts of adult males and nymphs.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I thank L.B. Saunders and N. Brady for technical assistance; G.W. Fee and the Crisman
family for use of their alfalfa fields; J.R. Coulson, P.C. Kingsley, and two anonymous
reviewers for suggesting improvements to the manuscript; and TJ. Henry, J.D. Lattin, and
T.F. Leigh for discussions on the behavior and sex ratio of H. bractatus.

REFERENCES CITED

Beyer, A.H. 1921. Garden flea-hopper in alfalfa and its control. USDA Bul. 964: 27 pp.

Blatchley, W.S. 1926. Heteroptera or true bugs of eastern North America. Nature Publ.
Co. Indianapolis. 1116 pp.

Cagle, L.R. & H.W. Jackson. 1947. Life history of the garden fleahopper. Va. Agric.Exp.
Stn. Tech. Bul. 107: 27 pp.

Chittenden, F.H. 1902. The garden flea-hopper (Halticus uhleri Giard). USDA Div.
Entomol. Bul. (new ser.) 33: 105.

Day, W.H. & L.B. Saunders. 1990. Abundance of the garden fleahopper (Hemiptera:
Miridae) on alfalfa and parasitism by Leiophron uniformis (Gahan) (Hymenoptera:
Braconidae). J. Econ. Entomol. 83: 101-106.

Henneberry, T.J. 1962. The effect of host-plant nitrogen supply and age of leaf tissue on
the fecundity of the two-spotted spider mite. J. Econ. Entomol. 55: 799-800.

Henry, T.J. & A.G. Wheeler, Jr. 1988. Family Miridae Hahn 1833. pp. 251-507. Jn Henry,
T.J. & R.C. Froeschner (eds.). Catalog of the Heteroptera, or true bugs, of Canada and
the Continental United States. Brill. NY 958 pp.

Knight, H.H. 1923. Family Miridae, pp. 422-658. In W.E. Brittain (ed.). Hemiptera or
sucking insects of Connecticut. Hartford. 807 pp.

1941. The plant bugs, or Miridae, of Illinois. Ill. Nat. Hist. Surv. Bul. 22 (1): 1-
234.

Loan, C.C. 1980. Plant bug hosts (Heteroptera:Miridae) of some euphorine parasites
(Hymenoptera:Braconidae) near Belleville, Ontario, Canada. Naturaliste Can. 107: 87-
93.

Lugger, O. 1900. Bugs (Hemiptera) injurious to our cultivated plants. Univ. Minn. Agric.
Exp. Stn. Bul. 69: 259.

Mangan, R.L. & R.A. Byers. 1982. Evaluation of Halticus bractatus as a probable pest of
minimum-tillage legume establishment. Melsh. Entomol. Ser. 32: 25-31.

Popenoe, E.A., S.C. Mason, & F.A. Marlatt. 1890. Some insects injurious to the bean. Jn
Kansas Agric. Exp. Stn. Ann. Rpt. 1889: 206-212.

Underhill, G.W. 1946. Insecticide tests for the garden fleahopper. Va. Agric. Exp. Stn. Bul.
101: 22 pp.

Webster, B.F. 1900. Some insect notes. Entomol. News 11: 436.

118 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

MOVEMENT OF GRAVEL BY THE
‘OWYHEEF’ HARVESTER ANT,
POGONOMYRMEX SALINUS

(HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE)!

Timothy D. Reynolds?

ABSTRACT: Colored aquarium gravel was used in a study to determine the source of
small fossil and modern zoological and archeological specimens accumulated in the
mounds of harvester ants. Results suggest that mature colonies of harvester ants collect,
rather than excavate, most of the materials used to reconstruct mounds.

In the late 1800's, during the heyday of fossil collecting on the plains of
the American West, the fossil hunters’ holy grail was not the horned
dinosaurs or the biggest sauropods, but the scarce microscopic fossil
remains of the diminutive mammals that coexisted with the large reptiles.
Fossils of early mammals were rare until Hatcher (1896) recognized that
harvester ants (Pogonomyrmex spp.), while constructing mounds of coarse
sand and fine gravel, often incorporated small fossil remains into the
mound. These mounds provided a relative abundance of small fossils
collected by the ants and intermixed with the gravel covering. Early field
workers identified a variety of fossil material collected from the mounds,
including small mammal and shark teeth, jaws and bone fragments, and
fish scales (Hatcher 1896; Lull 1915). Among the collections were remains
of multituberculates and other primitive mammals.

Modern day archaeologists, paleontologists, and field biologists
generally conclude that sampling ant mounds is an easy and efficient
technique for collecting fossil, as well as extant (Shipman and Walker
1980), animal remains that are often overlooked by other methods
(Johnson 1966; Adams 1984). However, some controversy exists concerning
the validity, utility, and interpretation of the collections. Clark et al.
(1967) argue that samples are not only biased according to physical
parameters, such as size, color, and weight, of the specimens, but that the
area and uniformity of sampling is completely unknown and prevents
meaningful statistical analyses. Furthermore, redeposition of geologic
materials can produce mixed faunal assemblages in a sample from a
single mound, and result in confusion in assigning fossils and artifacts to
the correct sediments and ages (Johnson 1966, Guthrie and Allen 1974).
Equally perplexing is the source of the gravel and/or fossils: are they

'Received October 29, 1990. Accepted February 10, 1991.

Radiological and Environmental Sciences Laboratory, U.S. Department of Energy, 785
DOE Place, Idaho Falls, ID 83402-4149

ENT. NEWS 102(3): 118-124, May & June 1991

Vol. 102, No. 3, May & June 1991 119

excavated from below ground as suggested by Hough and Alf (1956) and
Clark et al. (1967); collected from the surface as indicated by Shipman
and Walker (1980); or both (Lull 1915)? Whereas little can be done to
easily determine the strata from which mound gravel and fossils may
have originated, my objective was, first, to simply determine whether the
ants excavated or collected the gravelly material forming the mound
and, second, if collected, how far from the colony.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

This study was conducted on the Idaho National Engineering Labor-
atory, a National Environmental Research Park approximately 65 km
NNW of Pocatello, Bannock Co., Idaho. The Research Park is a shrub-
steppe rangeland dominated by sagebrush (Artemisia spp.) and various
semi-arid land grasses characteristic of the upper Snake River Plain.

The ‘Owyhee’ harvester ant, Pogonomyrmex salinus Olsen (= P. owyheei
Cole)3, is the most common and ubiquitous mound building ant species
on the Research Park (Allred and Cole 1971). My experiment involved 2
colonies located about 100 m apart in the SE portion of the Park.
Mounds were similar in size and typical of mature colonies (Clark and
Tinkham 1977; Clark 1983): about 18 cm tall, 75-80 cm across, and
centered in a clearing nearly 3 m in diameter. In April, gravel mounds
were removed from both colonies with a shovel and the bare area sur-
rounding each mound was swept free of gravel. Concentric rings were
scratched into the soil around each colony entrance at radii of 80, 113,
138, 160, 178 and 195 cm. The 80 cm radius was chosen because it was the
radius of the original mound. The other radii were selected so that the
area covered by the original mound (2 m2) and the area of any band
delimited by 2 adjacent rings was equal. Approximately 90,000 grains of
medium-sized (ca. 2 mm) colored aquarium gravel were evenly scattered
within each of the 5 bands formed by the concentric rings around each
colony. A different color was used for each band. The mean weight of 10
samples of 100 grains of gravel was used to calculate the weight of gravel
needed to yield 90,000 grains for each color. From outermost to inner-
most bands, the color sequence for the first colony was white, green, blue,
purple and turquoise (Fig. 1). The area previously occupied by the
mound was left bare. To determine if the ants selectively chose or avoided
a particular color of gravel, regardless of the distance from the colony
entrance, gravel was placed around the second colony in the reverse
color sequence. In October, the entire reconstructed gravel mound was
collected. Material was washed and sieved to remove soil particles.

3Formerly P. owyheei Cole; reevaluated as P. salinus Olsen by Shattuck (1987).

120 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

BARE
FORMER MOUND

TURQUOISE

PURPLE
BLUE

GREEN
WHITE

Figure |. Distribution of colored aquarium gravel around a Pogonomyrmex salinus mound
on the Idaho National Environmental Research Park in southeastern Idaho. Each band
covered 2.0 m* and contained ca. 90,000 grains of gravel.

Twenty random, 200 g samples of gravel were collected in separate
containers. Gravel was separated by color from each sample and
weighed. Based on the previously determined mean weight of 100 grains
of each color of gravel, the number of grains of each color in each
subsample was calculated. AOne-Way Analysis of Variance followed by
the Student-Newman-Keuls Multiple Range comparison (Zar 1984) was
conducted to determine if ants uniformly brought gravel to the mound
from the concentric bands. The level of significance was P < 0.05.
Correlations between the abundance of each color of gravel on the
mound and the relative distance each color orginated from the mound,
and the abundance and weight for each color, were examined with
Spearman’s Rank Correlation (Zar 1984).

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Ants abandoned one of the experimental colonies during the study. A
mature colony of harvester ants can rebuild a mound in about a month
(Cole 1932). The small amount of aquarium gravel concentrated at the
colony entrance and the relatively large amount of vegetation growing in

Vol. 102, No. 3, May & June 1991 121

the former bare area around the entrance suggested that the colony was
abandoned soon after the gravel mound was removed in the spring.
Although normal longevity of a colony is 14-30 yr and colonies are rarely
abandoned, ants are known to emigrate if the colony is severely dis-
turbed (Porter and Jorgensen 1988). No gravel samples were taken from
this colony.

The other experimental colony was not abandoned. Over the 7-
months of the study the mound was rebuilt to a height of 14.5cm anda
diameter of 75 cm; that is, nearly the original dimensions. This mound
provided the samples for statistical analyses.

Samples included grains of native gravel as well as aquarium gravel
(Table 1), suggesting, but not confirming, that gravel was excavated as
well as collected. There were significant differences (F = 586; P< 0.001)
in the abundance of the different colors of gravel recovered from the
mound. Native gravel was most abundant and represented about 25% of
the gravel collected. Following native gravel in descending order of
abundance, were blue, white, purple, green, and turquoise gravel (Table
1). Except for the white colored gravel, which was statistically equal in
abundance to purple, each color was significantly greater in abundance
than all following colors. This pattern of abundance was not significantly
correlated with the relative distance of each colored band from the
colony entrance (R = 0.33, z = 0.65).

There was also a significant difference (F = 9.1; P = 0.02) among the
average weights of the different colors of gravel. The average weight (X +
SE) of 100 grains of native gravel was 1.71 + 0.14 g. This was significantly
lighter than any of the colored aquarium gravel (Table 2). Purple gravel
was significantly heavier than green. No other weight comparisons
among gravel colors were significant. Nor was there any significant
correlation between the abundance of each color of gravel on the mound
and the average weight for each color (R = 0.37, z = 0.83).

Because one colony was abandoned, I could not judge if ants were
selecting for or against gravel of any particular color. The study did not
demonstrate that ants selected the colored gravel for their mound based
on either weight or proximity to the mound. The results do strongly
suggest that the ants preferred the native over the aquarium gravel.
Whether the native gravel was excavated or collected from the surface is
unknown. Based on the size of the original mound, and the speed with
which it was reconstructed, I assume that the colony was mature and
most of the excavation was completed prior to this study. Hence, it is
likely that most of the native gravel was collected from the surface.
Because the colored gravel comprised about 75% of the rebuilt mound, at
least that proportion was collected and not excavated. Likewise, at least
75% of the gravel accumulated on the reconstructed mound came from

122 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Table 1. Results of Student-Newman-Keuls Multiple Range Test of the number of grains of
different colors of gravel accumulated on a Pogonomyrmex salinus ant mound on the Idaho
National Environmental Research Park.

Gravel
Color Turquoise Green Purple White Blue Native

Mean 929.0 1010.0 1425.5 1468.8 1562.2 2066.8

+ SE 1S 8.7 17.0 8.8 18.0 22.9

N 20 20 20 20 20 20

Turquoise 2 81.0! AS5 S308 .6332° 1137-87
Green --- 415.5' 45887 522.2 ~—s 1056.84
Purple 8 43.3 136.77 641.3°
White -- 93.4! 598.0"
Blue - 504.6!
Native =
aes eee e520) i 48.93 Pe scsi Me Dons 5,30) ; 69.58
ae icant a erence; Dy o.(3.30) = 58.91 Significant difference; Do 0516.30) = 72.80
“Significant difference; Be 450) = 65.01

Table 2. Results of Student-Newman-Keuls Multiple Range Test of the average weight (g) of
100 grains of different colors of gravel accumulated on a Pogonomyrmex salinus ant mound
on the Idaho National Environmental Research Park.

Gravel
Color Native Green Blue Turquoise White Purple
Mean 1.71 2.00 2.17 2.18 2.36 2.51
+ SE, O14 0.09 0.05 0.06 0.05 0.04
N 20 20 20 20 20 20
Native -- 0.29! 0.467 0.47° 0.654 0.80°
Green = 0.16 0.18 0.35 0.504
Blue --- 0.01 0.19 0.34
Turquoise --- 0.18 0.32
White --- 0.15
Purple --
ec peee : : = 7 aay ame ‘ ‘ = 0.382
pana Pina Ne SO eae ea
> Do 05,30) ~ 2: gnificant difference; D5 056,30) 0.405
’Significant difference; D = 0,362

0.05(4,30)

Vol. 102, No. 3, May & June 1991 123

within 2 m of the colony entrance. This may reflect the density of the
available aquarium gravel, rather than the performance of the ants
under more normal conditions. Because Pogonomyrmex workers fre-
quently forage at a distance of > 15 m from the nest (W.H. Clark, College
of Idaho, in litt.; P.E. Blom, University of Idaho, in litt.), it is likely that
they collect gravel, and concomitantly concentrate micro-vertebrate
fossils, from the same distance.

Paleontologists have found it profitable in areas rich in fossils to
remove the gravel from a mound, and return in a year or2 to resample the
same mound (Adams 1984). My data suggest that most of the subsequent
samples of fossil and modern organic remains found on ant mounds are
from surficial, rather than subterranean, collections, and likely represent
the geological deposit adjacent to the colony.

Additional studies, using colored aquarium gravel more similar in
size and weight to native gravel, spread over a larger area at a lower
density, should be conducted to more clearly determine the gravel
accumulating and fossil concentrating behavior of harvester ants.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I thank M.P. Mahoney for assistance in implementing the study design; C. Guyer for
collecting gravel; D. Braun, D.R. Call, D.G. Hewitt, R.G. Mitchell, M. Restani and D.D.
Sharp for the tedious task of separating gravel; and P.E. Blom, W.H. Clark, J.W. Laundré,
R.G. Mitchell, O.D. Markham, J.T. Sankey, P. Shipman and T.R. Weasma for critical
review of previous manuscript drafts. This project was conducted in conjunction with
research sponsored by the Idaho National Engineering Laboratory Radioecology and
Ecology Research Program and funded by the Office of Health and Environmental
Research of the U.S. Department of Energy.

LITERATURE CITED

Adams, D.B. 1984. A fossil hunter’s best friend is an ant called ‘Pogo’. Smithsonian /5:99-
104.

Allred, D.M. and A.C. Cole, Jr. 1971. Ants of the National Reactor Testing Station. Great
Basin Natur. 3/:237-242.

Clark, J., J.R. Beerbower, and K.K. Kietzke. 1967. Oligocene sedimentation, stratigraphy
and paleoecology and paleoclimaology in the Big Badlands of South Dakota. Field
Mus. Nat. Hist., Fieldiana: Geolog. Mem. 5:1-158.

Clark, W.H. 1983. Cicada nymphs, Okanagana sp. (Homoptera: Cicadidae), in nests of the
Owyhee harvester ant, Pogonomyrmex owyheei (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) in Idaho
with a note on mound rebuilding by Pogonomyrmex. Jour. Idaho Acad. Sci. 19:29-32.

Clark, W.H., and E.R. Tinkham. 1977. Occurrence of the Jerusalen cricket, Stenopel-
matus fuscus (Orthoptera: Gryllacrididae), in a nest of the Owyhee harvester ant,
Pogonomyrmex owyheei (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) with taxonomic notes on Stenopel-
matus. Jour. Idaho Acad. Sci. 13:47-52.

Cole, A.C., Jr. 1932. The rebuilding of mounds of the ant, Pogonomyrmex occidentalis Cress.
Ohio Journal of Science 32:245-246.

124 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Guthrie, D.A. and V. Allen. 1974. Age of the Chadron anthill fauna from Nebraska.
Journal of Mammalogy 55:22.

Hatcher, J.B. 1896. Some locations for Laramie mammals and horned dinosaurs. The
American Naturalist 30:112-120.

Hough, J. and R. Alf. 1956. A Chadron mammalian fauna from Nebraska. Journal of
Paleontology 30:132-140.

Johnson, G.D. 1966. Small mammals of the Middle Oligocene of the Big Badlands of
South Dakota. Proceedings of the South Dakota Academy of Science 45:78-83.

Lull, R.S. 1915. Ant-mound fossils. Popular Science Monthly 87:236-243.

Porter, S.D. and C.D. Jorgensen. 1988. Longevity of harvester ant colonies in southern
Idaho. Journal of Range Management 4/:104-107.

Shattuck, S.O. 1987. An analysis of geographic variation in the Pogonomyrmex occidentalis
complex (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Psyche 94:159-179.

Shipman, P. and A. Walker.1980. Bone-collecting by harvesting ants. Paleobiology 6:496-
502.

Zar, J.H. 1984. Biostatistical analysis, 2nd ed. Prentice Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. 718

PP-

SOCIETY MEETING OF MARCH 27, 1991
Bacillus thuringiensis: utility as a commercial insecticide.

Mr. Robert Leighty

Most students of entomology are acquainted with the pathogenic effects of the spore
forming bacterium Bacillus thuringiensis (or commonly referred to as “B.T.”) on lepidop-
terous caterpillars, in particular for gypsy moth control or for “organic” gardening sit-
uations. Robert Leighty of E.I. DuPont Co. (Stine-Haskell Laboratory) focused his talk on
the wider commercial possibilities for this and other microbial insecticides, including a
discussion of the history of their use, their mode of pathogenicity, and the process of
product development of a microbial insecticide.

Although the spore-forming Bacillus thuringiensis was first noticed in 1901 in Japan, it
wasn't until Edward Steinhaus’ groundbreaking work in insect pathology in the 1950's that
much attention was paid to it, and in 1957 the first product based on the bacterium was
developed. Originally used as an insecticide against larvae of Lepidoptera, strains of B.
thuringiensis have been found in the last twenty years showing lethality against various
Diptera and Coleoptera, and the bacterium is known to have a worldwide distribution. The
20+ strains are characterized by flagellar and toxic crystal morphology, and molecular
composition, with much of this information proprietary to the particular company deve-
loping the product. Once the bacterium is digested, the insect stops feeding and dies in 1-4
days. The lethal mode of action of the bacterium is due to an internal bipyramidal crystal
which, when encountering the alkaline gut of an insect, dissolves and causes the lysis of gut
epithelial cells, allowing the gut contents to enter the insect haemocoel. Although the effect
of the crystal is specific to one or a few species (both an advantage and disadvantage for a
commercial insecticide), new molecular engineering techniques are allowing the Bacillus

to express multiple toxins. Continued onipager26

Vol. 102, No. 3, May & June 1991 125

THE IDENTITY OF CHIRONOMINI GENUS C
(DIPTERA: CHIRONOMIDAE) IN
PINDER AND REISS (1986)!

Michael J. Bolton2

ABSTRACT: The pupa keyed and described in Pinder and Reiss (1986) as Chironomini
Genus C belongs to Polypedilum (s.s.) ontario (Walley) based upon a larva-pupa association
and analysis of pharate adult hypopygial characters.

Pinder and Reiss (1986) keyed and described a chironomid pupa they
called Chironomini Genus C. This taxon was characterized by cephalic
tubercles fused to form a dark, strongly chitinized cone with small,
rounded and closely adjacent frontal warts and a dark anal comb with
an elongate basal stem, possessing apical teeth and a surface covered
with numerous, scale-like toothlets. This type of pupa was also keyed in
Coffman and Ferrington (1984) as Genus 14. While analyzing a macro-
invertebrate sample (Ohio EPA, 1989) from the Little Hocking River at
State Route 339, Washington County, Ohio (28-VII-90), I came across
several of these pupae including one larva-pupa association and one
male pupa with the pharate adult hypopygium visible. I recognized the
larval exuviae as Polypedilum (s.s.) ontario (Walley), which was illustrated
and keyed in Maschwitz (1975) and included in the diagnosis and
illustrated as an example of Polypedilum in Pinder and Reiss (1983). The
hypopygium matched illustrations in Townes (1945) and Maschwitz
(1975). Maschwitz (1975) keyed and illustrated selected structures of the
larva, pupa and adult male of P. (s.s.) ontario, but only provided a des-
cription of the adult. Pinder and Reiss (1983, 1986) referenced Maschwitz
(1975) and illustrated the larva of one of his informally described species,
but failed to recognize Chironomini Genus C as the pupa of P. (s.s.)
ontario. The specific identity of the south west China and East African
congeners by Pinder and Reiss (1986) is unknown. Larvae of P. (s.s.)
ontario were collected from pupal retreats of Cheumatopsyche caddisflies,
which they coinhabit. The specimens examined are retained in the
author's collection.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I thank John Epler and Broughton Caldwell for reviewing a draft of this manuscript and
Dr. Epler for examining my specimens. Pamela Jaques keyed the manuscript.

lReceived December 3, 1990. Accepted March 25, 1991.
2Ohio EPA, 1030 King Avenue, Columbus, Ohio 43212.

ENT. NEWS 102(3): 125-126, May & June 1991

126 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

LITERATURE CITED

Coffman, W.P. and L.C. Ferrington, Jr. 1984. Chironomidae. pp. 551-652. In: Merritt,
R.W. and K. W. Cummins (Eds.). An introduction to the aquatic insects of North
America. 2nd. ed. Kendall/Hunt Publ., Dubuque. 722pp.

Maschwitz, D.E. 1975. Revision of the Nearctic species of the subgenus Polypedilum
(Chironomidae: Diptera). Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Minnesota, Minneapolis. 325pp.

Ohio Environmental Protection Agency. 1989. Biological criteria for the protection of
aquatic life: Volume III. Standardized biological field sampling and laboratory
methods for assessing fish and macroinvertebrate communities. Div. of Water Quality
Planning and Assessment, Columbus, Ohio.

Pinder, L.C.V. and F. Reiss. 1983. 10. The larvae of Chironominae (Diptera: Chirono-
midae) of the Holarctic region-Keys and diagnoses. Ent. Scand. Suppl. 19:293-435.
Pinder, L.C.V. and F. Reiss. 1986. 10. The pupae of Chironominae (Diptera: Chirono-
midae of the Holarctic region-Keys and diagnoses. Ent. Scand. Suppl. 28:299-456.
Townes, H.K. 1945. The Nearctic species of Tendipendini [Diptera: Tendipedidae

(=Chironomidae)]. Am. Midl. Nat. 34:1-206.

Continued from page 124

Major efforts now are devoted to screening for new strains of Bacillus, particularly
against major vegetable pests such as Helothis spp. and the Colorado Potato Beetle; already
the Diamondback moth has developed some resistance. Although it still commands only a
small share of the insecticide market, the use of B.T. has increased considerably in the last
10 years, particularly with the development of IPM programs. Its many advantages in-
cluding low mammalian toxicity and selectivity to target pests insure its continued growth
in usage.

Items of local entomological interest concerned the gypsy moth. Roger Fuester predicted
10 million acres will be infested this year, and noted that Ohio had its first defoliation last
year. Paul Schaefer reported an epizootic ofa fungal pathogen, Entomophaga maimaiga, on
gypsy moth in Cecil Co., Maryland and in Somerset Co., New Jersey last year; the fungus
had reappeared in 1989 over a wide area of New England after remaining undetected for
many years. Dr. Schaefer also spoke on his observations of bald-faced hornet predation on
gypsy moth males (which appeared in the January/February issue of Entomological News).
The meeting at the University of Delaware was attended by 13 members and 3 guests.

Jon K. Gelhaus
Corresponding Secretary

Vol. 102, No. 3, May & June 1991 127

MICRODISTRIBUTION OF SCAVENGING FLIES
IN RELATION TO DETRITUS AND GUANO
DEPOSITS IN A KENTUCKY BAT CAVE!

David Bruce Conn2, Stephen A. Marshall?

ABSTRACT: Three fly species were studied with respect to their relative associations with
bat guano versus plant detritus in Bat Cave, Kentucky. Samples were collected with baited
pitfall traps at nine locations in the cave at weekly intervals during fall and winter when the
bat population was at a maximum. Two sphaerocerids exhibited little overlap, with
Spelobia tenebrarum occurring predominatly in guano areas, and Leptocera caenosa occut-
ring only near detritus. Magaselia cavernicola (Phoridae) was more evenly distributed
among traps near both guano and detritus.

Animals that live in caves normally must rely on food supplies that are
brought in from outside the cave. Plant detritus deposited by cave stream
flooding and bat guano are the two primary food sources that have been
studied in this regard (Barr 1967; Culver 1982). Bat Cave in Carter Caves
State Park in eastern Kentucky, USA has restricted human access be-
cause it is one of the world’s largest hibernacula for the endangered
Indiana Bat, Myotis sodalis. Substantial guano deposits are left in Bat
Cave’s upper level by this species in summer and winter (Hardin and
Hassell 1970). Spring and winter flooding of the cave’s formative stream
deposits sustantial plant detritus in the cave’s lower level. The most
common beetle species in the cave are known to inhabit both guanobic
and detritus-based habitats within the cave, with most species showing a
greater preference for the former (Conn and DeMoss 1983, 1984). For
comparative purposes, the present study was undertaken to determine
the intra-cave distribution patterns of Bat Cave’s most common flies,
sphaerocerids and phorids, especially with regard to their relative abun-
dances in guanobic versus detritus-based habitats.

Weekly collections were made in Bat Cave between September1979
and February 1980 using baited pitfall traps. Details of the trapping
techniques and schedule were reported by Conn and DeMoss (1984).
Traps were set at nine points in the cave’s aphotic zone, chosen for
comparison of major organic deposits (4 upper, 4 lower, 1 between
levels). The only major organic deposits in the upper level were bat
guano, whereas those in the lower-level were stream-deposited plant
detritus.

lReceived February 15, 1991. Accepted March 13, 1991.
Department of Biology, St. Lawrence University, Canton, New York, 13617 USA
3Department of Environmental Biology, University of Guelph, Guelph, Ontario, Canada
N1G 2Wl

ENT. NEWS 102(3): 127-129, May & June 1991

128 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

A total of 135 adult Spelobia tenebrarum (Aldrich), 11 adult Leptocera
caenosa (Rondani) (both Sphaeroceridae) and 505 adult Megaselia
cavernicola Brues (Phoridae), were collected. Leptocera caenosa was found
entirely in two of the lower-level traps, which were in the areas of greatest
detritus deposition. Spelobia tenebrarum was markedly different (6.0%
lower, 93.24% upper, 0.75% between levels); of these, 86.07% occurred ina
single upper-level trap that was the primary site of guano deposition
during the study period. This suggests a guanobic habit for S. tenebrarum
in Bat Cave. Megaselia cavernicola had a generally uniform distribution
among the study sites, although there appeared to be a somewhat greater
preference for the lower level (47.21% lower, 20.72% upper, 32.07% between
levels). The distributions of the confamilial species, S. tenebrarum and L.
caenosa, were significantly different (r = 0.15, P < 0.025). The two lower-
level traps that yielded 100% of L. caenosa, yielded less than 2% of S.
tenebrarum. The spatial separation of these confamilials may represent
niche separation between S. tenebrarum, which is entirely restricted to
caves (Marshall and Peck 1984, 1985) and L. caenosa, which is an oppor-
tunistic species associated with many cave-like environments. Rohacek
(1982) suggested that L. caenosa became synanthropic through associa-
tion with humans in caves, and has since invaded cellars, mine-galleries,
urinals, abattoirs, and suitable human-created habitats. Leptocera caenosa
has been reported as forming very large populations in septic tanks
(Fredeen and Taylor 1964).

This is the first report of microdistributional patterns of these three fly
species. The results confirm that S. tenebrarum, known to be cave specialist
and previously thought to be polysaprophagous (Banta 1907; Marshall
and Peck 1984), is the dominant fly species in the bat guano habitat.
Conversely, the more opportunistic L. caenosa occurs only in detritus
deposits, a less cave-specific habitat than bat guano. The phorid, M.
cavernicola, appears less restricted than either sphaerocerid, occurring
more uniformly at sites throughout Bat Cave. Thus, both coleopteran
(Conn and DeMoss 1984) and dipteran insects have been demonstrated
to exhibit distinct distributional patterns within this major bat cave,
apparently related to detritus-based versus guanobic habitat associations.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

We are grateful to Brian V. Brown, University of Alberta, for confirming the identity of M.
cavernicola.

LITERATURE CITED

Banta, A.M. 1907. The fauna of Mayfield’s Cave. Carnegie Inst. Publ. 67: 5-111.
Barr, T.C. 1967. Observations on the ecology of caves. Amer. Nat. 101: 475-491.

Vol. 102, No. 3, May & June 1991 129

Conn, D.B. and G.L. DeMoss. 1983. Terrestrial beetles (Coleoptera) of Bat Cave, Carter
County, Kentucky. Trans. Kentucky Acad. Sci. 44: 29-33.

Conn, D.B. and G.L. DeMoss. 1984. Distribution of four troglophilic beetles in a Myotis
sodalis hibernaculum. Coleopts. Bull. 38: 251-255.

Culver, D.C. 1982. Cave Life: Evolution and Ecology. Harvard University Press,
Cambridge, Mass. 189 pp.

Fredeen, F.J.H. and M.E. Taylor. 1964. Borborids (Diptera: Sphaeroceridae) infesting
sewage disposal tanks, with notes on the life cycle, behavior and control of Leptocera
(Leptocera) caenosa (Rondani). Can. Entomol. 96: 801-808.

Hardin, J.W. and M.D. Hassell. 1970. Observation on waking periods and movements of
Myotis sodalis during hibernation. J. Mammal. 51: 829-831.

Marshall, S.A. and S.B. Peck. 1984. Distribution of cave-dwelling Sphaeroceridae
(Diptera) of eastern North America. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Ontario 115: 37-41.

Marshall, S.A. and S.B. Peck. 1985. The origin and relationships of Spelobia tenebrarum
(Aldrich), a troglobitic, eastern North American, sphaerocerid fly. Can. Entomol. 117:
1013-1015.

Rohacek, J. 1982. Revision of the subgenus Leptocera (s. str.) of Europe (Diptera,
Sphaeroceridae). Entomol. Abh. Dres. 42: 2-44.

SOCIETY MEETING OF APRIL 24, 1991

Damselflies of Fiji: radiation and evolution on an oceanic island
group in the South Pacific

Dr.Thomas Donnelly

Oceanic islands have always held a great fascination and interest for biologists, and
study of their distinct faunas was crucial in the development of Darwin’s theory of evolution
and our more recent ideas concerning speciation. Dr. Donnelly’s talk concerning Fijian
damselflies touched on these ideas as well as many others during a thought-provoking and
enjoyable presentation.

Nearly the entire damselfly fauna of the Fiji Islands consists of the genus Nesobasis and
two closely related genera, all in the family Coenagrionidae, but the numerous species in
these genera have radiated into diverse habitats; when compared with a continental biota,
this range of habitats would be occupied by numerous genera and even several families! Of
the 35 spp. found on the two main Fijian islands, Viti Levu and Vanua Levu, only one
species is found on both islands even though the islands are separated by a relatively short
distance of 50 kilometers. The smaller islands show levels of endemicity related to the size
of the island and its’ distance from the larger islands, consistent with the predictions of
island biogeographic theory. Although Viti Levu is at least 13-15 million years old, Vanua
Levu is no more than three million years old and yet still has a well-developed endemic
fauna. Rapid evolution is also demonstrated in the microgeographic differentiation of
many species, possibly related to adaptation to different microclimates.

Several characteristics are seen commonly in the Fijian damselfies which are rare or
absent in damselflies occurring in the rest of the world. Some striking examples were
presented, including guarding of territory by females, the development of morphological
pecularities of the male genitalia and the small body size of females in some species. Larval
habitats are also unusual when compared with those of a continental damselfly fauna;
large streams and rivers were not utilized, but small cascades and seeps contained many
species, with the larvae often living in only thin films of water concealed within small rock
pockets or by leaves.

Continued on page 132

130 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

RHIZEDRA LUTOSA (LEPIDOPTERA:
NOCTUIDAE) NEWLY INTRODUCED TO NORTH
AMERICA! 2

Tim L. McCabe?, Dale F. Schweitzer

ABSTRACT: This is the first report of Rhizedra lutosa, a Eurasian moth, occurring in North
America. It has been found in New Jersey salt marshes. It is compared with Ommatostola
lintneri, with which it is easily confused. The adult habitus and male genitalia are illustrated
for both species.

Rhizedra lutosa (Htibner) is a common Eurasian noctuid, occurring
from Iceland and Scandinavia to Spain, and across the continent to
Japan (Sugi, 1982; Bretherton, et al., 1983). The pale brown, unmarked
larva is illustrated by Spuler (1910), and a technical description can be
found in Beck (1960). Eggs overwinter and the larva feeds in the stem-
bases and rhizomes of common reed, Phragmites australis (Cav.) Trin. ex
Steud. [Poaceae], in dry habitats, causing blanching of leaves of infected
shoots (Bretherton, et al., 1983).

Recently Rhizedra lutosa has been collected by the authors on the salt
marshes of the New Jersey side of Delaware Bay. All records are from
Downe and Commercial Townships in Cumberland County: Egg
Island, 1 October 1989 (1) [TLM]; Dividing Creek, Hansey Creek Rd. salt
marshes, 18 October 1988 (3); 4 November 1988 (4); Dividing Creek, Bear
Swamp East natural area, 28 October 1988 (1); Port Norris [center of
town], 18 October 1988 (2); [salt marshes sw of town] 30 September 1988
(7) [all DFS]. All collections were at blacklights, and all but five speci-
mens were females. It seems noteworthy that three of the five males were
taken on 4 November 1988. This species was not collected in 1990.

Rhizedra lutosa (Figs. 3-5) can be confused with Ommatostola lintneri
Grote (Figs. 1, 2, 6), and both moths fly in the autumn. However, O.
lintneri apparently does not occur along Delaware Bay, although it has
been taken along the eastern shore of New Jersey (Smith, 1910) and from
Assateague Island in Maryland (specimen figured). It seems to be a dune
species, and such habitats are very limited along Delaware Bay.

Based upon an examination of the collections in the American Museum
of Natural History (AMNH) and at Rutgers University, it appears that
Rhizedra lutosa was not taken by any of Rutgers University’s pest-survey

lReceived February 29. 1991. Accepted March 14, 1991.

Contribution number 685 of the New York State Science Service.

The New York State Museum, State Education Department, Albany, NY 12203
he Nature Conservancy, R.D. 1, Box 30B, Port Norris, NJ 08349

ENT. NEWS 102(3): 130-132, May & June 1991

Vol. 102, No. 3, May & June 1991 131

Figs. 1-6. 1, 2, & 6: Ommatostola lintneri, aedoeagus, habitus, and valves, respectively;
Assateague Is., Worcester County, Maryland, 21 September 1986, J. Glaser [McCabe slide
1684]. 3, 4, & 5: Rhizedra lutosa, aedoeagus, habitus, and valves, respectively; Egg Island,
Cumberland County, New Jersey, 1 October 1989, T. McCabe [McCabe slide 1690].

132 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

traps in southern New Jersey in the 1970’s and early 1980's. At least three
trap sites were in or near salt marshes containing Phragmites in Lawrence
Township and several others were near Delaware Bay. These traps were
operated well into October. The late Joseph Muller had no specimens of
this species in his extensive collection (now at AMNH), nor was it taken
by any of the several collectors, including Muller and Schweitzer, who
from 1973 to 1984 regularly sampled whatis nowthe Nature Conservancy's
Eldora Preserve, about 10 km east of Port Norris. Phragmites is a problem
weed on this preserve. The facts seem to indicate Rhizedra lutosa was
recently introduced somewhere near the area of the present records, with
a limited subsequent spread. However, the deep water ports farther up
the Bay on both the New Jersey and Delaware sides, or even the port or
international airport at Philadelphia (less than 100 km north of Port
Norris), seem much more likely points of introduction. If this is the case,
the lack of Rutgers trap specimens would strongly indicate establishment
and spread during the 1980s.

LITERATURE CITED

Beck, H. 1960. Die Larval systematik der Eulen (Noctuidae). Abh. Larvalsyst. Insekten 4:
406 pp.

Bretherton, R.F., B. Goater, and R.I. Lorimer. 1983. Jn Heath, et al. (Eds.), The moths
and butterflies of Great Britain and Ireland. Vol. 10. Harley Books, England. Pp. 260-
261.

Smith, J.B. 1910. The insects of NewJersey. Ann. Rpt. N.J. State Mus. for 1909. Trenton, NJ,
888 pp.

Spuler, A. 1910. Die Raupen der Schmetterlinge Europas. IV. Band von: Die Schmetterlinge
Europas. Nachtrag Taf. 5, fig. 8. Stuttgart.

Sugi, A. 1982. Jn H. Inoue, Moths of Japan. Kyodo Printing Col, Ltd., Tokyo. P. 753.

Continued from page 129

There were several items of local entomological interest. Foger Fuester noted that the
. . = . a4 1
hatch of gypsy moth caterpillars occurred a few weeks earlier than usual. Also noted was

a female on April 8 at Brigantine National Wildlife Refuge. Chuck Mason, recently
returned from active duty in Texas during the recent Middie East conflict, informed us that
malaria in southern Saudi Arabia prevented troops from being stationed there. Sand flies
were problem pests and some cutaneous leshmaniasis was contracted. Interestingly, the
term “sand fly” was misunderstood by soldiers and reporters and the news media carried
reports that “sand fleas” were common pests to the soldiers. This led to crates of dog “flea
collars” being shipped to Saudi Arabia by well meaning citizens!

he meeting at The Academy of Natural Sciences was attended by 19 members and 13

Jon K. Gelhaus

Corresponding Secretary

Vol. 102, No. 3, May & June 1991 133

RHYOPSOCUS TEXANUS
(PSOCOPTERA: PSOQUILLIDAE): ITS SYNONYMY,
FORMS AND DISTRIBUTION!

Edward L. Mockford2, Alfonso N. Garcia Aldrete>

ABSTRACT: The type of Rhyopsocus texanus was examined. It represents the same species
as two which were subsequently named: Rhyopsocus sqguamosus Mockford and Gurney and
Rhyopsocus pescadori Garcia Aldrete, thus the latter two names fallas junior synonyms. The
species ranges from the lower Rio Grande Valley in Texas south to coastal Jalisco, Mexico.

The genus Rhyopsocus Hagen (=Deipnopsocus Enderlein, Rhyopsocopsis
Pearman) contains 18 described species, most restricted to the tropics
and subtropics. Species-level taxonomic characters consist of body
coloration, shape of the anal angle of the forewing, distribution of sen-
silla on the fourth segment of the maxillary palpus, details of external
genitalia of both sexes, and details of the spermatheca and its accessory
structures in the female. Wing dimorphism has been found in several
species (Badonnel, 1949; Sommerman, 1956; Thornton, Lee, and Chui,
1972).

Rhyopsocus texanus (Banks, 1930) was originally described from a
single macropterous specimen of (then) unknown sex collected at
Brownsville, Texas. The original description is brief and contains little of
value for delineating the species.

Mockford and Gurney (1956) described Rhyopsocus squamosus from
brachypterous males coliected at Olmita Resaca near Brownsville, Texas.
Mockford (1971) described the brachypterous female of R. sgquamosus
from specimens collected at Bentsen Rio Grande Valley State Park,
Hidalgo County, Texas.

Recently, one of us (ELM) examined the type of R. texanus. The
specimen is a female and is identical with R. sguamosus in the form of the
spermapore plate, form of the spermathecal accessory glands (with,
however, bilateral asymmetry in this character in the type of R. texanus),
and the form of the process of the spermathecal sac. The latter structure
arises in all Rhyopsocus species near the point of junction of the sper-
mathecal sac and its duct. No other differences were found which cannot
be attributed to wing dimorphism. We conclude, therefore, that R. texanus
and R. sguamosus are names for macropterous and brachypterous forms
of the same species. This conclusion is upheld by the finding of samples
of macropterous males and females together, and samples of macro-

lReceived: January 18, 1991. Accepted: February 17, 1991.
Department of Biological Sciences, Illinois State University, Normal, Illinois 61761

Instituto de Biologia, Universidad Nacional Auténoma de México, Departamento de
Zoologia, Apartado Postal 70-153, 04510, México, D. F.

ENT. NEWS 102(3): 133-136, May & June 1991

134 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

pterous and brachypterous specimens together at several Mexican
localities (see distribution records, below). The macropterous males are
identical with R. sguamosus males in the form of the distal end of the
hypandrium and details of the distal end of the phallosome (structures
described and figured by Mockford, 1971). In these males, no other
differences from the type series of R. squamosus were found which could
not be attributed to wing dimorphism.

Garcia Aldrete (1984b) described Rhyopsocus pescadori from macro-
pterous and brachypterous adults of both sexes, with the type locality at
Chamela, Jalisco, Mexico. He presented six principal differences between
R. squamosus and R. pescadori which are discussed and, we believe,
refuted below;

1. Alary polymorphism is found in R. pescadori; this is also true of R.
squamosus (1.e., R. texanus).

2. Compound eyes have few facets in R. squamosus; this was a mis-
interpretation by Garcia Aldrete (see Mockford, 1971, Fig. 8).

3. Lobes of the distal end of the hypandrium are more pronounced in
R. pescadori than in R. squamosus; these structures show considerable
variation in the Texas specimens, so that the state illustrated by Garcia
Aldrete (1984b, Fig 65) may be found in Texas specimens assigned to R.
sqamosus.

4. The distal end of the phallosome is different. Although Garcia
Aldrete’s figure (1984b, Fig. 63) differs considerably from that of Mockford
(1971, Fig. 11), the principal differences appear to be due to the amount of
pressure on the cover slip. Figures 1-3 suggest that an area of relatively
soft, pliable cuticle on the inner surface of each of the two distal pieces of
the phallosome (fig. 2, S) expands medially as pressure on the cover slip
increases. Some rotation in the distal pieces may also occur.

5. The shape of the collar of the spermathecal duct is different. Garcia
Aldrete’s figure (1984b, Fig. 64) is a partial side view. A direct comparison
with Mockford’s figure, a ventral view (1971, Fig. 13), suggests greater
width of the structure for R. squamosus, but the comparison is not valid
because of the difference in orientation. There is no apparent difference
in the extent of sclerotization of this structure.

6. The spermathecal accessory glands differ in shape. Garcia Aldrete
(1984b) found these structures to be rounded in R. pescadori, while
Mockford (1971) found them slightly elongate in R. sqguamosus. In a
series of ten slides which we have examined, variation has been found in
this character in local populations. Also, on three slides, including that
of the type of R. texanus, the gland on one slide is rounded and on the
other side slightly elongate.

None of the above differences appear to be valid, and we have found

Vol. 102, No. 3, May & June 1991 135

2

SSE:

Fig. 1-3. Rhyopsocus texanus (Banks) C. Left distal piece of phallosome under three levels of
cover slip pressure: Fig. 1. Least pressure; Fig. 2. Intermediate pressure (region of pliable
cuticle, S. bulging slightly); Fig. 3. Greatest pressure (more bulge in region S). Scale =
0.0S5mm.

no other differences between R. pescadori and R. squamosus. Thus, we
conclude that R. pescadori is a synonym of R. texanus. This conclusion is
supported by Garcia Aldrete’s record (Garcia Aldrete, 1984a) of five
males of R. sgquamosus together with two females of R. pescadori in dry
leaves of a palm (Sabal sp.) at Rancho Alamito, Guadalupe, Nuevo
Leon, México, on 22 December 1978.

The synonymy of the species as now known is as follows:

Deipnopsocus texanus Banks, 1930:223.

Rhyopsocus (Deipnopsocus) texanus (Banks), Sommerman,
1956:145.

Rhyopsocus texanus (Banks), Mockford and Gurney, 1956:357.
Rhyopsocus squamosus Mockford and Gurney, 1956:357, new
synonym.

Rhyopsocus pescadori Garcia Aldrete, 1984b:49, new synonym.

Distribution of Rhyopsocus texanus

Within the United States, this species is apparently confined to the
lower Rio Grande Valley, having been recorded only from the Texas

136 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

counties of Cameron and Hidalgo (Mockford and Gurney, 1956;
Mockford, 1971). In Mexico, Garcia Aldrete (1984a, 1987) recorded it
from two localities in the vicinity of Monterrey, Nuevo Leon, and four
localities in the vicinity of Chamela, Jalisco, as well as one locality in
Baja California, two localities in Baja California Sur, two localities in
Chiapas, and three localities in Guerrero.

The following Mexican records are previously unpublished (M=
macropterous, b= brachypterous):

Morelos: Cuautla, 23-I-1984, Berlese sample, leaf litter, lob, 29b, coll. E. Gonzalez.
Nayarit: Maria Madre Island, Arroyo Hondo Springs, el. 380 m, sifting litter, 1¢M, 32M,
coll. A.N. Garcia Aldrete. Puebla: 6Km N Izucar de Matamoros, el. 1300 m, 7-VIII-1977,
beating branches of shrubs with persistent dead leaves, 19M, coll. AN. Garcia Aldrete;
same locality, 7-1X-1977, on hanging dead leaves of herbaceous plants, 10M, 29M, coll.
A.N Garcia Aldrete. San Luis Potosi: El Salto, 28-III-1961, beating branches of trees, some
with Spanish moss (Dendropogon usneoides |L.] Rafinesque), 20M, 12M, 49b, coll. E.L.
Mockford; same locality, 18-VI-1962, beating miscellaneous vegetation, including lemon
tree (Citrus sp.), 16M, 1o°b, 19M, coll. E.L. Mockford and F. Hill; El Narajo, Hwy. 80,6.4 Km
E of town, 20-VI-1962, beating Washingtonia palm, 10M, coll. E.L. Mockford, F. Hill, J.M.
Campbell; Taman,Hwy. 85, 1.6 Km N Hidalgo state line, 16-IV-1964, beating dead
persistent leaves along stream, 19M, coll. E.L. Mockford. Tamaulipas: Gomez Farias, 27-
III-1961, sifting ground litter in woodland, 1o°M, 69M, coll. E.L. Mockford; 1.6 Km S road
to Xicotencatl on Hwy. 85, 30-III-1961, beating Typha sp; 19M, coll. E.L. Mockford.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank D. Furth (Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts) for
arranging the loan of the type of R. texanus; L.E. Brown, D. Schmidt, and C. Schmidt, and
two unknown readers for critical reading of the manuscript. Collecting in Mexico by ELM
in 1962 was supported by NSF grant G-19263 to Illinois State University.

LITERATURE CITED

Badonnel, A. 1949. Psocoptéres de la Céte d'Ivoire. Rev. franc. ent. 16:20-46.

Banks, N. 1930. New neuropteroid insects from the United States. Psyche 37:223-233.

Garcia Aldrete, A.N. 1984a. Trogiomorpha (Psocoptera) de Nuevo Leon, México. An.
Inst. Biol. Univ. Nal. Autoan. México, 55, Ser. Zoologia (1):103-122.

Garcia Aldrete, A.N. 1984b. The Trogiomorpha of Chamela, Jalisco, México. Folia Ent.
Mex. 59:25-69.

Garcia Aldrete, A.N. 1987. Las especies Mexicanas de Rhyopsocus (Psocoptera:
Psoquillidae). Folia Ent. Mex. 71:5-15.

Mockford, E.L. 1971. Psocoptera from sleeping nests of the dusky footed wood rat in
southern California (Psocoptera: Atropidae, Psoquillidae, Liposcelidae). Pan-Pacif.
Entomol. 47:127-140.

Mockford, E.L. and A. B. Gurney. 1956. A review of the psocids, or book-lice and bark-
lice, of Texas (Psocoptera). J. Wash. Acad. Sci 48:353-368.

Sommerman, K.M. 1956. Two new species of Rhyopsocus (Psocoptera) from the U.S.A.,
with notes on the bionomics of one household species. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 46:145-
149.

Thornton, I.W.B., S. S. Lee, and W.D. Chui. 1972. Psocoptera. Insects of Micronesia,
8(4):45-144.

Vol. 102, No. 3, May & June 1991 137

SPIDERS (ARANEAE) ASSOCIATED WITH
RURAL DELIVERY MAILBOXES,
MASHPEE, MASSACHUSETTS!

Robert L. Edwards, Eric H. Edwards?

ABSTRACT: Spiders were collected from rural delivery mailboxes in Mashpee,
Massachusetts from April, 1987 to July, 1990. One hundred fifty-eight species were taken,
which represent about one third the known number in the area. Six species were taken only
from mailboxes. Collection data are summarized by month, and life history observations
are provided. None of the species collected are considered to be of extreme medical
importance.

In response to questions concerning the potential danger posed by
spiders on or inside rural delivery mailboxes in Mashpee, Massachusetts,
a small town in southwestern Cape Cod, Eric Edwards (a rural letter
carrier) collected spiders on or in mailboxes as time allowed. The black
widow occurs in the Cape Cod region, however none were observed in
these boxes. Most people seem to be unaware that there are spiders in or
on their mailboxes. Over a three year period, more than 1500 spiders that
represent 158 species were collected. At least 465 species of spiders are
known from southwestern Cape Cod (R. Edwards, unpubl.).

METHODS

A typical rural delivery (RD) mailbox is constructed of galvanized
sheet metal, is 16.5 cm wide, 21.5 cm high, 48 cm long and has a rounded
top (Fig. 1). Although not yet common, some mailboxes are made of
plastic (<5% in the study area) and even fewer are made of various other
materials by the owners. Owners frequently paint or otherwise decorate
their boxes. About half of the galvanized mailboxes, which make up the
vast majority, are painted black. For a typical box there is a handle (D in
Fig. 1) on the door and a matching part on top (C) against which the
handle fits, serving to hold the door shut. The door is hinged in such a
fashion that an opening, a 5 to 10 mm slot, exists between the door and
the bottom of the box when the door is shut. Mailboxes are usually
placed on a post, circa 1 m high at roadside. The recommended pro-
cedures and standards for all matters with respect to rural delivery are
given in the Domestic Mail Manual (Anon., 1990) provided by the Postal

lReceived December 24, 1990. Accepted February 10, 199i.
Box 505, Woods Hole, MA 02543
345 Canterbury Lane, East Falmouth, MA 02536

ENT. NEWS 102(3): 137-149, May & June 1991

138 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Service. In the comments that follow, letters in parentheses indicate the
various areas on the mailbox as shown in Fig. 1.

Collected specimens were preserved in 75% denatured ethyl alcohol.
They were usually examined within a week of capture before the colors
were significantly degraded by the preservative. Most of the individuals
collected were dominated by adults and penultimate instars. The
immatures of later instars prior to the obvious development of secondary
sexual characteristics and making up <5% of collected specimens were
not too difficult to identify. Immatures that could not be identified with
confidence are not reported; most were, in descending order of fre-
quency, species of Araneus, Grammonota, Tutelina, Mimetus and Meioneta.
In all cases these immatures belonged to genera, and probably to species,
identified as adults.

Figure 1. Diagram of a typical rural delivery mailbox. The letters indicate specific areas
referred to in text.

Vol. 102, No. 3, May & June 1991 139

RESULTS

Spiders were found on mailboxes in all months of the year (Table 1).
Relative abundance can only be inferred by the number of monthly
records. Due to strict time constraints, it was not feasible to collect, count,
and record every spider seen or encountered.

The number of spider species cycles through the year (Fig. 2). The
largest number of adults and species occurs in June; the least in February.
The majority of species mature and mate in late May and June, at which
time there is much wandering around, particularly by males. There is a
second peak of activity in early fall when a lesser number of species
mature.

Three general groups of spiders were found; 1) ballooning spiders, 2)
spiders searching for prey or a mate, and 3) spiders in short term or
permanent residence. The air temperature does not appear to be critical:
spiders were taken in temperatures down to 0°C. Sunshine, however, was
important. On windy days, whatever else the conditions, few spiders
were to be seen on the exterior surfaces of mailboxes. The surrounding
habitat does not appear to have much influence on the presence or

oO
eaten.
CxXOR
x

be

Se,
6
525

SL
Ss
as a
oe

NUMBER OF SPECIES
oS

DAP
een

<<X
en 2

So
eM

"as

o,
2s

oe
o,

252
<x
x
XS
S505
(XxX
OD
SO50525
OS,
"es
$5255

6
<x
re
4
CxX>
x
$505

O05
75%0%
2,

KEER

77
Xx
WS

Mee.
PAI AO

Figure 2. Seasonal cycle of number of spider species found on rural mailboxes by month.

140 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

absence of species or individuals of mailbox-inhabiting spiders.
However, along busy streets with much traffic, fewer individuals were
found. For a route with circa 400 boxes on a warm, sunny and windless
day, about | in 4 boxes hosted one or more spiders.

The rate of mailbox usage, whether examined by the box holder daily
or weekly, apparently did not influence spider habitation. Some spiders
seemed indifferent to occasional disturbance. Boxes that were examined
infrequently, however, sometimes had Agelenopsis pennsylvanicus (C.L.
Koch) established inside the box. Darker mailboxes and unpainted
galvanized mailboxes seem to be preferred by spiders that were found on
the exterior surfaces. White boxes were usually occupied inside only.
However, Uloborus glomosus (Walckenaer) was an exception to this general
observation and was consistently found on the outside of white but not
darker boxes. The Domestic Mail Manual (op. cit.) indicates a preference
for mailboxes and their posts to be painted white, possibly for increased
visibility. White might, in fact, reduce the number of spiders on the
exterior surfaces of the mailboxes. Plastic boxes have rounded crevices
that seemed to be preferred by spiders for molting retreats; otherwise
plastic boxes do not seem to encourage spider habitation.

Most of the species with webs generally were found in two places:
outside on the handles (C and D), and just inside the door (A and B) in
the lower corners. For the latter, there was ready access in and out
through the slot at the bottom of the door. Retreats were usually found
inside in this area as well, on the lid or near it.

Six species were found only associated with mailboxes - Araneus
guttulatus (Walckenaer), Marpissa wallacei Barnes, Peckhamia picata(Hentz),
Philodromus lutulentus Gertsch, Pisaurina brevipes (Emerton), and Trachelas
tranquillus (Hentz). Of the six, an adult male Marpissa wallacei, collected
in June, 1990, was the most surprising because it has not been recorded
north of Georgia. We suspect that it might have been a ‘hitchhiker
because Cape Cod has many retirees who summer on the Cape and
winter down south.

The collection of an adult male and female of Disembolus sacerdotalis
(Crosby and Bishop) also was a surprise. At the time that Millidge (1981)
revised the genus, he had only a damaged male to examine, the holotype,
from New York. The female was then unknown. We have found the
species elsewhere in the area in woodland litter.

Large orb weavers used mailboxes as one point of attachment for their
webs, and seldom as their retreat. Smaller orb weavers were almost
always located near the handle (D), occasionally with webbing. In July

Vol. 102, No. 3, May & June 1991 141

1989, Araneus bivittatus (Walckenaer) was found in great abundance in
many different habitats in the area including the mailboxes. This species
was found subsequently in most months of the year. Prior to 1989 we had
considered this species to be rare.

Levi (1973) noted that some species of smaller orb weavers normally
occurred higher up in trees and that museum collections of these species
were few and far between, not withstanding the extensive collecting
activities of many arachnologists over the years in New England. Many
of the available specimens of smaller orb weavers had been obtained
from the nests of wasps (Levi, op. cit.). Amongst these species Araneus
gadus Levi, A. juniperi (Emerton) and A. guttulatus (Walckenaer) also
have been taken on the mailboxes, the first two commonly. Spiders that
appear to prefer tree trunks, and in some cases found only in that
microhabitat in any abundance, also appeared on the mailboxes. These
include Admestina tibialis (C.L. Koch) and Ceratinops lata (Emerton)
which are often found on the trunks of oaks and other more smoothly
barked trees. Gladicosa pulchra (Keyserling), Coriarachne versicolor
Keyserling, and Philodromus validus (Gertsch) appear to prefer the trunks
of pitch pine.

Completely red individuals of Tetragnatha viridis Walckenaer domin-
ated in the winter months, as contrasted with individuals of an overall
vivid green color, sometimes with reddish spots at the anterior of the
opisthosoma, found in the warmer months. This species is typically
found with some webbing on the lower handle (D). T: viridis was present
in all seasons although adults were seldom seen. The species presumably
left the boxes in June and July to mate/or deposit eggs elsewhere.

With the exception of a single adult male collected in June, 1989, all
specimens of Hypsosinga rubens (Hentz) generally were bright reddish-
orange in color with black around the eyes and black spots on the
opisthosoma as illustrated in Kaston (1981, Fig. 2198, p. 975). The ex-
ception was black overall with a cream colored patch in the center of the
prosoma, an irregular whitish stripe down the midline of the opisthosoma
and two relatively narrow white stripes laterally on the opisthosoma.
Specimens of this ‘black phase’ coloration have been taken consistently,
and in large numbers and all instars, on the trunks of pines; only infre-
quently on the trunks of deciduous trees. The ‘red phase’ of H. rubens was
commonly and only taken in fields and woodland understory. The
seemingly strict division by habitat for these two color phases raises
questions concerning their specific status. However a careful comparison
of male and female genitalia revealed no significant differences. Levi
(1971) discussed the similar color differences that he observed in material
collected from the Northwest Territories of Canada to Florida. He con-

142 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

cluded that the observed color variations were not an example of
geographic variation. The possibility that these two color phases may
represent sibling species warrants further study.

Steatoda borealis (Hentz) and Pityohyphantes costatus (Hentz) were
common inside dwellers (B) with webs and seemed relatively indifferent
to disturbance. P. costatus spins webs at all levels inside the mailboxes -
top, bottom, and along the sides, usually closer to the door. It was found
with prey, including other spiders, and especially philodromids. Both
sexes of costatus were observed living together for extended periods of
time in some mailboxes. S. borealis builds its irregular web anywhere
inside the box, but usually between the side and bottom. Elsewhere this
species is found elsewhere most often in deep crevices and holes in tree
trunks and in piles of old rubbish. Although both S. borealis and P.
costatus are clearly semi-permanent residents of mailboxes, no egg sacs
were found of either species. As in the case of Tetragnatha viridis, P.
costatus totally vacated the boxes for two months in the summer, in this
case July and August. Except for the fact that many boxes are shaded for
much of the day, there is some reason to suggest that the boxes may get
too hot for certain species in the summer and that they leave temporarily
for this reason. It is also likely that some species have preferences for
particular oviposition sites.

The angles of handle and lock (C, D) were used by many small species,
including the dictynids, as web-building sites. Theridiids, especially
Theridion murarium Emerton and T. lyricum Walckenaer were found
usually on the handle (D) with some webbing. These two species appear
to be semi-permanent residents of mailboxes, although egg cases have
never been found on or in the boxes. Mimetus notius Chamberlin also
approached the status of being a semi-permanent resident, but again no
egg sacs were found. This species, usually found just inside the box,
responded dramatically to disturbance, balling up and falling off the
box, or rolling down the door when it was opened.

Phidippus audax (Hentz) and Platycryptus undatus (De Geer) con-
structed retreats inside mailboxes in cracks and corners. Erigonine
spiders were occasionally found inside with their webs near the front end
along edges.

Anyphaenids and clubionids also were found mostly on the door (A),
either inside or outside; occasional retreats of both were found inside (A,
B) along the right angled edges. Philodromids and salticids as well are
often found on the door or outside surface, but more often outside. Two
species of Philodromus qualify as permanent residents, P. praelustris
Keyserling and P. vulgaris (Hentz). These two species have been found
with egg sacs. P. vulgaris was observed standing over egg sacs in three

Vol. 102, No. 3, May & June 1991 143

different boxes, always on the inside edge of the door, and once ina black
plastic box. One female had an egg sac when first discovered and two
weeks later produced a second, adjacent to the first. The female guarded
it for several days, after which it disappeared.

The percentage of species for each family found on mailboxes relative
to the total number found locally is shown in Fig. 3. Because some of
these families, and particularly those with many species, have species
adapted to several different habitats, only general inferences can be
drawn from these data. The spiders that established residence on or in
the boxes were largely those that otherwise showed a habitat preference
for trees, especially local conifers. Species that actively forage on vegeta-
tion, e.g. jumping spiders (Salticidae) and running spiders (Philodromidae),
and as well, cobweb spiders (Theridiidae) and smaller orb web spiders
(Aranaeidae) that usually construct webs in shrubs and trees, were well
represented. Species that forage on or near the ground, or in litter on the

S93 509 2505050505059

05
Yes

CLA AA

S552

CX)
x
\7
x
>

o,

OC,
noreres

\7 .A
$2525.25
CAAA
SOOO

WM,
S82

C
2

ras
fas

i,
5%

OC,
$29
\7
es
S528

x2

III PDI III
$5555

LAA A
$5255

\7
0

2
8

eeesesletatatctatatetetatettet

B55 0525255

,>

o,
$35

OQ

o,
S282
"6

las
QS
\7

a0,
$255
\7
2%
$2525

yas

2,

PERCENTAGE OF LOCAL SPECIES

x
2,

ese ceetclctetctateletetotetctetelctetetclcteten

7
Kes
R

—XEEKK KH
ereren OOOO
(xX
x
A7
SO
7
2S.
o,
©

oe

2
f
ia

&,

2
525
x
$24

2

©
we
i?
-
Me
KS
bs

4:
BLOB BLOBS O B.

Ulob Phil Aran Anyp Mime Ther Dict Thom Lyco
Oxyo Pisa Salt Tetr Agel Liny Erig Gnap Club

FAMILY

Figure 3. Percentages of numbers of species by spider family associated with mailboxes
relative to the total number of species found locally. The number of mailbox species is
indicated at the top of each bar. Family names are abbreviated to the first four letters; the
subfamilies Erigoninae (ERIG) and Linyphinae (LINY) are listed separately.

144 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ground, were less well represented, e.g. the Thomisidae, Gnaphosidae,
Lycosidae, and Clubionidae. We were a little surprised at the relatively
small number of erigonine linyphiids found because these small spiders
have a reputation for ballooning from the tops of plants and objects like
fence posts.

With the exception of the family Uloboridae, all of the mailbox spiders
have poison glands and can deliver lethal doses to their small prey
(Foelix, 1982). Most are small, some very small, and decidedly non-
aggressive and incapable of piercing human skin, let alone delivering a
sufficient quantity of poison to create a problem. Species that show any
aggressive tendencies, and are large enough to successfully deliver a bite
to a human, occur only infrequently on or in the mailboxes. In this
regard single specimens of adult female Trachelas tranquillus (Hentz)
were collected in the month of October, 1988 and 1989, in mailboxes.
This species has yet to be taken elsewhere locally. It has been commonly
taken in houses in the fall and has a well documented record of biting
with potentially serious medical consequences (Platnick and Shadab,
1974).

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Jonathan Coddington kindly read the draft manuscript and made useful suggestions
and corrections. We are grateful to G.B. Edwards who assisted with both determinations
and verifications of some troublesome Metaphidippus specimens. Carol Edwards Senske
assisted with archiving and other tedious tasks. Also, we appreciate the many comments
and suggestions received when the manuscript was presented as a poster paper at the recent
Ottawa meeting of the American Arachnological Society (June, 1990) as well as those
provided by the anonymous reviewers.

LITERATURE CITED

Anonymous. 1990. Domestic Mail Manual (DDM). Service document upgraded at regular
intervals by the Document Control Division, U.S. Postal Service, Washington, D.C.
20260-1571.

Foelix, R.F. 1982. Biology of Spiders. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, Mass.

Kaston, B.J. 1981. The Spiders of Connecticut (rev. ed.). Connecticut St. Geol. Nat. Hist.
Survey Bull., 70: 1-1020.

Bevis H.W. 1971 (1972). The orb-weaver genera Singa and is psosinga in America. Psyche,

8: 229-256.

____—s«43973. Small orb-weavers of the Genus Araneus north of Mexico (Araneae:
Araneidae). Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 145(9): 473-552.

Millidge, A.W. 1981. The erigonine spiders of North America. Part 4. The genus
Disembolus Chamberlin and Ivie (Araneae: Linyphiidae). J. Arachnol., 9: 259-284.
“fas ick, N.J. and Shadab, M.U. 1974. A revision of the tranguillus and speciosus groups

the spider genus Trachelas (Araneae, Clubionidae) in North and Central America.
re Mus. Novit. No. 2553.

145

Vol. 102, No. 3, May & June 1991

Alloa : ; ‘
ale es : : ; ; ; ‘ 5
albmeds : : ; ‘ ; : ee

: = : a : . : ;
qi) +¥ : 5; g 340 OW COTW AW
al aa : ‘ ap engl) ss ; ;
alt Ge : 5 ; “ae : :
Alara ; ; Te: , ; :
Ailevas : : : eo ; é
a| ao : : : : WTs3an od
a| ao ‘ : : 1 sw ww:
les : ; oe : ¢ :
n| ao re ee ut : ¢ T
eleacie : : : : : ‘ ia
an do T jw Tu = 15 : TH
Kl. a5 ‘ ; : : nee :
al Go : : : ‘ ; : 5
ilk ea ; : : : ‘ “OT
a| qo} gm Tju ju tT ° tT dW
aie fa ; : : es ae 5
dis aa ; * gud ; : ;
alba ; - : ; : :
Gltas : . 7H ‘ : :
All. ®G : : : Nae : ,
5) =a : : : : HW un zu

Bil pe ‘ 5 : ; : ee
a| ao : : i ae W dW
a| ao T } T3u Go dd AW Tw
SlteraS : ‘ : : LOE :
a| 34 : cee | a ay : iW
a| 34 : : ; : tT 3W Tu
Alleaa : ‘ eee : Ta
le ee 5 ; , : , ; A
Si) aia : F : wx. : :
| ong : . oi : ; :
Sie ; : i : ' : a

PTetd| xod ogqd AON “oo dags ONW Inc NOC AWN UdY UWA ddd Ne

*MOTeq SUOTAeTAZAqQGY

(zqueH) P2eTQnS "
uoqreuy eQNUTW y
(zqjueyH) PoeoeTTos eud0Td
GAVGINALOIG
(zqueH) snTTrnbuez32 seTeyoesL
(yoo *1) eIdaoxe sapTouoTqnToO
uojzreuwy sTTeatds euorqntTo
yosamze5 e2eTreA eITOUPTISeD
aAVGINOIGNID
(:yotem) edX&2098 eTXTM
(*shoyM) TZz2UEYy "
(*‘yOTeM) eoseqeze PUOOSOeN
(*yoTeM) eB2e39Tbes eueYyzeIOTN
(zqueH) esozeqqTb in
(zquayH) eptoetTd ezobuey
(zqueH) sueqna eSutsosddéy
(syued) TuoQreus9 eTeqzsng
(*yoTeM) e.euTqinz rT
(seTTea) eoTuoD esoTo4sD
seony erTjueine edoTbiy
(zqUueH) eJeOTTdsTp eTTETuesy
(zjuUeH) unTTOyJT73 R§
(yooy *1) snases in
(*yotem) sn3Tz4ted— yy
(*yoTemM) snqeTuTu "
yoASTD snezouzeu rn
(uoqzazeuq) tredtunl iu
(*yoTem) snjeTn33nb "
TAeT snpeb h
(*yOTeM) snQze32TATq sneuesy
(*yoTeM) B2RPTTEeIS erTedayqueoY
AVGLENWaW
(zquey) srrTroer6 eysdky
yooy °*T esor0z0ed in
(zqueH) zeTeo euevydduy
AWGINAVHdANW
(zqueH) STTeuTOTpew sez0p
(TTeAyoeta) T10330d u

(*m°o) snotueaTd&suused

ity
"I 9°D TuoZseyY stsdousToby
AVGINATIOW

*o66t Arne of L86Tt Ttadw ‘sqzIesnyoessenH ‘sodysen ‘soxoq
[teu ATeATTep TeAand worlZ pe VosT Too setoeds azeptds jo Aqtanjzew pue souszin950 AjuAuowM «°° T STdeL

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

146

r2) a 7 d : is
5 q ° . = .
Oo} Mav Fu gu FUN Tu
a et ° ° . .
i av w uw i :
5 aw . . . .
5 q ° . ° .
5 aw . . ry .
2) av W dW . =
a aw . ° .
2) av a dW : :
5} dow dW f 5
5D} dow a 1 3
L}] dow i d W IW
SD} dow 5 W dW 7
5 5 . W ° .
12) a AW . .
a q ° . ° .
W q ° . a .
Oo} dod F yu a .
W q . ° . °
Oo} dod 7 ¢ " ‘
DS} dod 2 8 i 2
W ao . ° . °
5 5 ° ° . °
2) dq d W ‘
a q . ° ° .
D5} dod : 7 dW :
W q . ° ° .
5 W . ° . .
N} dod a W J4AW dW
d do ‘ d :
4d) dod F 5 2
L~}| dod i : : ;
a qd . ° ° °
d a . ; a
5 q . . : .
Oo} dod 7 7 ‘ r
L a : ri . J
T q . . ° °
LL} 7zawv : ; d wW
5 q . . . .
PTeta| xo oad AON Joo dds

r BS

onw nce

fu

+
Zee Bh ET BEE =

3)

UdY UWA ddd NVC

.

.

.

.

: (uojZIeug) SepTOssezp eueqnm

. (uojZieWg) wnoTWIOF wuNTTeesseuuay

Bar (zqUeH) snzezsoo saqzueydXyodkTg

: (syueg) STTTqQeTzea “

: (*4OTeM) B2eTpez “

. (TTeAepuNS) P2ZeTYZETO suEeTIAN

: (uojizeug) xeTduTsg eZeUOCTEW

° (uoqZiseuq) erqez

. (*sAey) snsortTnqes sejueydAy3de7

. (*yOTeM) eTe_gtTwezrhd eT TeuTQUOTy

. (*o-*d'O) stdtTednuzoo eukhodojy
(euttydAutT) AvdIIHdANIT

. (uojiewg) sTTertds rf

: (*O-"d'O) 2209e1Tp BTrTeeueyYoTeM

ei (uojteug) sntTzre9TZI09 sebtTnos

rant (uojteuwg) snzeoUNTZ sezseToOS

* e@bPTTITW snueotTzeue sTuauoTpeoog

W (uojZzeuwg) snzerzZsOzT sazeuebT10

. (*0-*d‘'O) SsueZOTJ sezsTTesdhkyH

° Smotizeg P2E7QTA m1

(*O-"d°O) STTTzOTd "

: uojiteugq e2eUTOUT

: uojieug e2e7zTdeD ejououmez5

: queAag wndTedtssezo wntzeuUCyD

; (uojZteug) PZeEqOTTIR “

: (uojieug) e2e}ZUepTI2 “

: (syueg) eQerTnoeuw suoht1zedq

E uojtewq sTTeuwnzne Fy

a TTeMyAoeTA eP77e Mm

: *d 8°OD sTazeTe suobhbt1zq7

JW (*d 3°D) STTeZOpreDes snToquestad

* uoqrieug stTdredtzbtu i

a uojieugq sdeotzbTu i

* (*0-"d'O) serdzezuT stTsdoutTze19a9

° (uojZiteug) P2eT “

: (uojieuwg) eZeUeTD sdouTze71eD

: (syueqd) snTTuTs "

° (*D-"d°O) TuozzeUe “

° (xoq) sdeoTQTe snjTe0T2e1980
(euTucbt1g) AVGIIHdANIT

- (syueg) snuepTIOTJ UOTIOPON

* uT[Tatequeyo. sntzeroduez snTTAdozTT

: Z4UeH snoTZSeTSEeTODe snTTAdzeH

° (syxueg) snurTrade snTTAsse1zq

AVGISOHdWND

147

PUORKADHAHD B&B BHHAUVUUZAD*OURER+* A&
QOH ARHAAAAAA

Vol. 102, No. 3, May & June 1991

O bi fy

&O

WH
w
=

*sXey snzetTo
(zjueH) xepne snddtprua
(zqUueH) e2eOTd erTweYyyood
dW : ; : % (*xOTeM) snazrezo01d "
W S e . : (syueg) stTubtTsut
AW 3 : . r, (syueg) snnbrxa snddtprydezen
soureg TeoePTTeM essTdizeW
TH w q : : (zqjUeH) &2eE7RTA PTASeW
(zqjueH) wnzeuTed rr
(zqueH) eb2eI7RZTW BTZZUEH
(zqUueH) SedTpTaTaA snzzeUOCTqeH
(zqUueH) xeTnd wnzZseD0z1qeyq
: i : (uoqsey) snoeuTd ,
(zqUeH) STTeRITIW stag
(zqueyH) eeuedo esseby
(*M°OD) STTeETQT2 euTZSeupy
GWGIOILTWS
: : ; y BS ‘ ‘ 3 . ‘ : 3 (*yOTeM) eBITW PUTANeSTd
iv : : 2 i 5 W : . . ; (uojteuq) sedTAezq euTinestd
avwdrHnwsid
‘ ; : T i T : = 2 (YOISTO) snuTOTWUIOJ snzeUueYyL
Be wo Tsu E ; Y AW TH THU ju ju : (zqueH) sTzebTna FA
: : 3 F : ; W 3 é A : 5 (yosjze5) snpTTea "
T 5 y w 5 Z IW JUW gu Be 5 7 *MOTeEM Snjnz "
ju FU gu Tsu : Tsa i JW jw yu T *skey stTizsntTeeid
: - 5 ‘ 7 . d 5 w 3 5 : syueg snpToetTd in
: : 2 cd 5 . 5 : a é E : Tlemyoeta xTured ‘
hae A : ‘ : j a A : . 6 . yos34e5 TreuTU 2
. 7 e d W W IW i ; ‘: A *sXey Tx7euw “
yosqize5 snqueTnNzNT *
*sAoy snzeosnjut 0
5 é F a ‘ a : 5 : c : -skey snTTTOequT © i
- ; wu : z 5 g . T : : Tt syueg STTTX9 snuwozpoTtyd
AWGIWONGOTIHd
T : 7 J d W W T ; 7 5 T zjUueH STreTeoOS au
, T z W ‘ . ‘ . * . > zjUueH snoTQTes sedokxo
aWdIdOAXO
. ° W ‘ W s : ‘ < = 5 uT[Ttequeys snuezTind mn
: jug Jud Td d aI wW4AW Ss 4 T J " uTTAequeyd sntTZOU snzZeWTW
AVGILAWIW
: ‘ i 5 ; BS T 5 me y aee5 0d) erfoorTanaz esoyoor
3 w fs % ¥ Y 5 w T uw ‘ . uojieug) PoeTZUPINe Peqeit
5 : ; ‘ ; 3 . : : . ‘ . (z4ueH) PUTATTW PSOpred
: ; : W Bs ; ‘i ‘ : : . (*sXey) eryotTnd esooTpetyD
ogaqd «= AON Loo das onW TNe NNC AWN UdW UWN dad NVC AWAGISOOAT

H
E
“d
GH
a
GH
.
4

WH

|

WH

d

=
ZaAz

a
BEDLAAz

WH
E
“fg
Ferns
=
Qw
AE
VE

.
.
“A
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.
.
a
.
.
.
a
.
.
.
.

HELE
E

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

148

nn] Ado ’ T 1 T
a q . ° . W
0) a w z Fu js
5 q e ° e .
5 q . . . e
a a . w w ‘
5 q ° . . .
4d fe) F w Ts
L aw x - a yu
L qo = BS yu 5
L fate) ° ° ° .
d | MdOW tT TFw T Tsu
3 | AdoOW T TS T Tw
5 q . e e °
5 q . ° . .
a et . . . °
Oo] dow w : .
H mg W ‘IW TIUW JWAW
5 mg . ° . T
5 q e ° . .
a q . ° . e
L q . ° . w
5 q . ° . .
do aq te : . BS
5 q . ° % .
5 a . Fy x .
dan a % : = J
8) d T “ TJUW TIUW
0 | AqdoWw - wz . Tw
Jd | AdoWw T T tT Tt
ad a yu F : 4
a q = . . °
a ao . t . .
d a ¥ i x W
d aw ys % : Tt
di a fi 2 3
a a < e . .
a q . ° . °
5 q ° . .
L IW ° . ° T
PTetaA| xog oad AON oo das

udv uUvWW ddd NWe

(*x9TeM) snsowoT6 snz0oqotTp
(zqUeH) snzeaeo saqoTzddAH
awvdqrlyodomn
*sXay snzeqound rh
syueg snuzezZeIrzy m
*sXoy sueheta snorzskx
(*4OTeM) snQetTnbue snzewy
"ad 8°d PrTzezO *s eTrTAdkzo
(z,UeH) sn3zezredse sdoueunstW
*sXey TIOTOOTSIaA |suyoRIeTI0O9
AWVGISIWOHL
(uojqieuwg) snzeTnoewtun a
(Aqsoia) Txzew sazrowdAysL
uojizeuqg = wntzernw rh
*yOTeM wNnoTIAT ra
ATeyoeq suaosaoneTbh nl
uojreugq SueTeJJTp re
syueq wnprqTe “

"W 3°D esuaweqgeTe UOTpTraYyL
(zqU9H) STTee10q “
(uojieug) eueoTreue epojzReqs

(uojZreuw_) snTtTund snzreqoy
(uojieug) ePUROTTEWe eTPTOUOIOYd
(*4O9TeM) e2ZequTT stdodanq
(~OIeTD) e2WeAO eYyQeUbOTdOUZ
(uoqiewq) ezbtu i
*skay sTTeoonq eusocdiqg
(*d-"d°O) &20T9S eUTTNASNID
(zqueH) wnuoht2z2 seporkbay
(*M'°O) wnzoTzeptdez eauereaeyoy
GWGdLTIGIYaHL
“HOTCPM STPTIATA “
*YOTeEM TOTOOTSI90A hs
uojteug PoUTWeIT4S a
Zz UeH PSOTIOGeT eyZeUberIAaAL
(*yOTeM) eZsnuaea abhneoneT
FAVGIHLWNOWALIL
*d ¥8*d sedtgnz sntreqobhkzZ
(syueg) STTTWTs “
(zjueH) suebatTe euTTeqznys
(syueg) eQnUTW PTEAPTEL
azetand rtdoystq sarbeudks
(YO9IeTD) snoTueDs snoTRITeS
(2985 9q) snqzepun sn3dh421043eTd
(*uod) aVWGIOILIvs

149

Vol. 102, No. 3, May & June 1991

*ZTaeuUeYOTeM = “AOTeM fWeYYood pue weyyded = “d 3d febptaqued

-paeyotd *O = ‘O-‘d‘'oO ‘but{areskey = -sKay {zeyoaw pue yosqreD = “WY ¥°D ‘Aeupey pue sTepuog = “aA 3°d
‘doysta pue Aqsoia = *d ¥°D !YyDOM *T *O = “MO faTAI pue uTTAequeyo = “I ¥°9 :AQTzoyuANY

*xoqttew uo ATUuO puNojs = x

‘Xz0ysiepun pueTpoom = n /syxuNnIr} 9073 = ZL ‘spueTysrzew oF queoce(pe Zo ut = W /seetQ UT SMOTTOY = H

{7e4ATT UT ZO punozH ey uo = 5 #sqaojz 10 sseib uo sptety = a fabettoy qnays pue 9813 snonptoep = d
febet[Toy snotestuos = 9 :setToeds yore butputy ros ZeRTGeY ATexTLT FSOW sejeotTpuT uwnNToOo ,pTetd,

*qem = M !jZeoT,ZeT = 1

foes bhe = 0 /T eanbTg uT umoys se SsiteqjeT TeyTdeD UT xoqTTeW UO SUOT}RDOT FUUNTOO ,xXOd,
*saejoereyo Tenxes ATepuoodss jo quewdoTeasp queotytubts ynoyzIM

sornqemmt = T /saeqsuT ojewtT Z[Nuedeque pue aqeutyrnued = j’w fatTewezy ‘oTew 4Inpy = A‘W :Aqtanqew
suoT zetTAsrqqy

£72 Be £v 60 SE Lv 68 8b 6£ 6T er 8T setoeds jo tTequnn
ogq AON Zoo ags onw Inc NAc AWN Udv AWW dad NVC qyVUOW

150 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ADDITIONS TO THE PAWNEE NATIONAL
GRASSLANDS INSECT CHECKLIST!

R. Lavigne, R. Kumar, J.A. Scott?

ABSTRACT: Additions to the species list of “Insects of the Central Plains Experiment
Range, Pawnee National Grassland” are made: Araneida - 1, Coleoptera - 56, Diptera - 32,
Hemiptera - 11, Homoptera - 2, Hymenoptera - 75, Lepidoptera - 8 and Orthoptera - 4.
Observations on insect-plant associations have been included, where applicable.

A checklist of the insects of the Central Plains Experiment Range,
Pawnee National Grassland, Colorado was published in the mid 70’s
(Kumaret al, 1976), which totaled 1,664 species. In the interim, a number
of additional identifications have been received of species not previously
recorded from the Pawnee Grasslands. Since the original listing is the
only reasonably complete list of the insect fauna of a grassland any-
where in the world, it seems, from a biodiversity point of view, worth-
while publishing additional records.

Records for previously unrecorded species are indicated with an
asterisk(*). Numbers preceding the date refer to pasture designations
used in the original publication. Included, also, are additional feeding
records of already recorded species, where such information is unrecorded
elsewhere or not readily available in published form. Coleoptera collected
in 1968 and 1969, either dated or undated, were collected by Ross T. Bell,
while he collected Carabidae, in various excursions to the Pawnee site.

The Rocky Mountain Systematic Entomology Laboratory at the Uni-
versity of Wyoming has become the repository for most specimens col-
lected on the Pawnee National Grasslands in the period 1968 - 1978. For
anyone seeking “Lavigne, R.J., 1975, Food habits of some grassland
insects” as referenced in the original 1976 paper, it appeared as Lavigne
(1976): Rangeland insect-plant associations on the Pawnee Site. Identi-
fications of insects in IBP Technical Reports are the responsibility of the
Report authors; the authors of the present paper take no responsibility
for the correctness of those identifications.

The current listing adds 189 species to the known arthropod fauna of
the Pawnee National Grasslands as follows: Araneida - 1, Coleoptera -
56, Diptera - 32, Hemiptera - 11, Homoptera - 2, Hymenoptera - 75,
Lepidoptera - 8 and Orthoptera - 4.

lReceived December 24, 1990. Accepted January 12, 1991 PP
Entomology Section, Department of Plant, Soil and Insect Sciences, Box 3354, University
Station, Laramie, Wyoming 82071

ENT. NEWS 102(3): 150-164, May & June 1991

Vol. 102, No. 3, May & June 1991 151

ARANEIDA

Lycosidae
*Pardosa sp.
21 Oct. 1973; as prey of Comantella fallei Back (Dennis & Lavigne 1975)

COLEOPTERA

Bruchidae
Acanthoscelides aureolus (Horn)
8 May-7 June 1976; adults reared from A. bisulcatus (Lavigne 1989), adults collected
from Astragalus humistriatus, A. mollissimus & A. sericoleucus
Acanthoscelides fraterculus (Horn)
25 June 1975, 13-14 July 1976; larvae feed on seeds of Astragalus drummondi, A. mis-
souriensis & A. pectinatus (Lavigne 1989), adults collected from Astragalus drum-
mondi, A. humistriatus, A. missouriensis, A. mollissimus & blossoms of Oxytropis sericea
Buprestidae
Agrilus malvastri Fisher
18; 9 June 1972; previously identified as Agrilis sp. in Kumar et al (1976); feeding on
petals of Sphaeralcea coccinea (Lavigne 1976)
Cantharidae
Chauliognathus limbicollis LeConte (Yount & Thatcher 1972)
Carabidae
*Amara musculis Say
20 Sept. 1971, 13 Sept. 1975; adults feeding on seeds of Gutierrezia sarothrae (Lavigne
1979)

2 July 1968

*Brachinus sp.
Cottonwood Pond (Bell 1971)

*Helluomorphoides praeustus DeJean (Bell 1971)

Cerambycidae

*Mecas marginella LeConte
feeding on pollen of Thelesperma filifolium (Lavigne 1976)

*Megacheuma brevipennis (LeConte)
27; 29 July 1976

*Moneilema annulatum Say
14 Sept 1968

Chrysomelidae

Acalymna virgifera (Yount & Thatcher 1972 [Note: not listed in Checklist of the beetles of
Canada, United States, Mexico, Central America and the West Indies])

Altica lazulina LeConte
feeding on leaves of Gaura coccinea (Lavigne 1976)

*Babia quadriguttata (Oliver)
26-27 July, 7 Sept. 1976; adults collected on blossoms & foliage of Atriplex canscens,
Chrysothamnus nauseosus & Eriogonum effusum

*Chaetocnema denticulata (Illiger)
7 June 1976; in blossoms of Astragalus mollissimus

*Chrysomela knabi Brown
23 June-27 Aug.; adults collected on Salix amygdaloides, reared on Salix
amygdaloides

152 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

*Chrysomela scripta Fabricius
23 June-Aug. 27; adults collected on foliage of Populus sargenti & Salix
amygdaloides
Coscinoptera axillaris LeConte
9-11 June 1976; adults common on Eriogonum effusum
*Cryptocephalus confluentus Say
21 June-7 July; adults collected on Artemisia dracunculoides, Chrysothamnus nauseosus
& Gutierrezia sarothrae
*Cryptocephalus venustus venustus Fabricius
8-29 June; adults collected on Artemisia dracunculoides, A. filifolia & Gutierrezia
sarothrae
Diabrotica undecimpunctata howardi Barber
25 Aug 1976; adults feeding on pollen of Gutierrezia sarothrae, adults collected when
sweeping Erigogonum effusum
Diabrotica virgifera LeConte
26 July-9 Sept.; adults feeding on pollen of Gutierrezia sarothrae & Helianthus annuus,
adults collected on flowers & foliage of Grindelia squarrosa, Iva sp., Polygonum
pennsylvanicum, Psoralea tenuiflora & Solidago canadensis
*Glyptina spuria LeConte
2 July 1969; adult collected on Melilotus officinale
*Myochrous squamosus LeConte
26 July 1976; adult collected on stem of Astragalus crassicarpus
*Nodonota puncticollis (Say) (Yount & Thatcher 1972, misspelled as Nodonata)
*Pachybrachis atomarius (Melsheimer)
28 June 1969
*Pachybrachis obsoletus Suffrain
19 June 1969
*Phyllotreta albionica LeConte
2 July 1969
*Phyllotreta pusilla Horn (Yount & Thatcher 1972)
2-29 July; adults collected in blossoms of Cleome serrulata & Melilotus officinale
Psylliodes punctulata Melsheimer
29 July 1969; adult collected on Cleome serrulata
*Zygogramma exclamationis Fabricius
28 May-July 7; adults feeding on leaves of Helianthus annuus & H. pumilis, collected
on H. petiolaris & Iva axillaris
Zygogramma heterothecae Linell
26 May-13 July; adults collected on Oxytropis sericea & Scutellaria brittonia, larva
collected on leaves of Heterotheca villosa where it subsequently pupated
Cicindelidae
*Cicindela pulchra Say (Rogers 1974)
Coccinellidae
*Brachyacantha albifrons Say
summer, 1969 (R.T. Bell, coll.)
*Mulsantina picta Randall (as Cleis)
summer, 1969 (R.T. Bell, coll.)
*Coccinella monticola difficilis Crotch
summer, 1969 (R.T Bell, coll.)
*Hyperaspidius militaris LeConte
summer, 1969 (R.T. Bell, coll.)
*Hyperaspidius oblongus Casey
summer, 1969 (R.T. Bell, coll., as trimaculatus)

Vol. 102, No. 3. May & June 1991 153

*Psyllobora viginti-maculata Say
summer, 1969 (R.T. Bell, coll., as taedata LeConte)
Curculionidae
*Acalles porosus Blatchley
summer, 1969 (R.T. Bell, coll.)
*Anthonomus sp., decipiens LeConte group
28 Aug. 1972 (emerged); reared from seeds of Heterotheca villosa
*Anthonomus sp., subvittatus LeConte group
14 Aug. 1972 (emerged); reared from seeds of Hymenopappus filifolius
Anthonomus tenuis Fall
28 Aug. 1972 (emerged), 16 Sept. 1972 (emerged), 2 Oct. 1972 (emerged); reared from
seeds of Astragalus bisulcatus, Heterotheca villosa & Guterrezia sarothrae, respectively
*Apion walshi Smith (as vicinum Smith)
summer, 1969 (R.T. Bell, coll.)
*Cylindrocopturus longulus LeConte
summer, 1969 (R.T. Bell, coll.)
*Epimechus curvipes Dietz
32; 20 Sept 1972 (emerged); reared from seeds of Chrysothamus sp.
*Mimosestes amicus (Horn)
collected on Cirsium undulatum (Lavigne 1976)
*Pantomorus planitiatus Buchanan (Baldwin 1971a)
Smicronyx sp.
15-28 June 1971; collected from flowers of Thelesperma filifolium & T. trifidum
*Thecesternus morbillosus LeConte (Baldwin 1971a)
Tychius soltaui Casey (as soltani)
27; 7,28 June 1976; adult feeding on sepals, on tissue at base of Astragalus mollissimus
stem (Lavigne 1989)
Tychius tectus LeConte
23 June 1975; collected on seeds of Oxytropis lamberti
Histeridae
* Aphelosternus sp. (Baldwin 1971b [Note: monophyletic genus, single species only
known from California])
Hister interruptus (Baldwin 1971a [Note: not listed in Checklist of the beetles of
Canada, United States, Mexico, Central America and the West Indies])
Hydrophilidae
*Tropisternus ellipticus LeConte (Baldwin 1971b)
Lampyridae
*Lucidota fenestralis Melsheimer
13 Aug 1968
Languriidae
*Languria mozardi Latreille
19 June 1968
Meloidae
*Epicauta pruinosa LeConte (Yount & Thatcher 1972, misspelled as purinosa)
*Lytta sphaericollis Say
19 June 1968
*Nemognatha lurida LeConte (Yount & Thatcher 1972)
Melyridae
*Collops bipunctatus Say
2 Aug 1968

154 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ee

Scarbaeidae
*Aphodius ruricola Melsheimer
summer, 1969 (R.T. Bell, coll.)
*Canthon hudsonias Forster (Baldwin 197 1a, as C. laevis)
*Bothynus sp.
summer, 1969 (R.T. Bell, coll. as Ligyrus)
*Onthophagus hecate Panzer (Baldwin 1971b)
*Rhyssemus scaber Haldeman (Baldwin 1971a)
summer, 1969 (R.T. Bell, coll.)
Staphylinidae
*Stenus sp.
26 July 1968
Tenebrionidae
*Blapstinus metallicus Fabricius (Baldwin 1971a, b)
*Bothrotes canaliculatus (Say) (Bell 1970)
*Melanastus implicans Casey (Baldwin 1971a)
*Stenomorpha inhabilis Casey (Bell 1970 as Euschides retusus Casey)

DIPTERA

Anthomyiidae
Hylemya cinerella (Fallen)
15 Apr 1971; working blossoms of Lomatium orientale
Hylemya platura (Meigen)
7 June 1976; working blossoms of Astragalus humistriatus (Lavigne 1989)
Calliphoridae
*Eucalliphora lilaea (Walker)
21 April 1972; quick trap
*Paralucilia wheeleri (Hough)
14 April-26 May; quick trap
Chloropidae
*Elachiptera costata (Loew)
Owl Creek; 22 Oct. 1971; on Populus
Thaumatomyia glabra (Meigen)
27; 5 June 1976; working blossoms of Astragalus bisulcatus
Culicidae
*Aedes dorsalis (Meigen)
27; 26 Oct. 1971
*Aedes nigromaculis (Ludlow)
31; 5 June 1971
Dixidae
*Dixa sp.
Owl Creek; 22 Oct. 1971; on grass
Drosophilidae
*Scaptomyza pallida (Zetterstedt)
Owl Creek; 22 Oct. 1971; on grass
Ephydridae
*Lamproscatella sibilans (Haliday)
22 Oct. 1971; sweep
*Lytogaster gravida (Loew)
23W; 22 Oct. 1971; working blossoms of Oryzopsis hymenoides

Vol. 102, No. 3, May & June 1991 155

Ochthera mantis (Degeer)
Sect 2211 Oct 1971
*Parascatella triseta (Coquillett)
23W; 13 Aug. 1971; on cow pat
Milichiidae
*Madiza glabra Fallen
Owl Creek; 1 July 1971; sweeping
Muscidae
Helina sp.
27; 3 June 1976; working blossoms of Astragalus bisculcatus
*Musca autumnalis Degeer
Owl Creek; | July 1971
*Orthellia caesarion (Meigen)
Owl Creek; 14 Apr-22 Oct; sweeping, quick trap
Schoenomyza litorella (Fallen)
18 Oct. 1973; as prey of Comantella fallei Back (Dennis & Lavigne 1975)
Sarcophagidae
*Ravinia derelicta (Walker)
11 July 1972
Ravinia lherminieri (Robineau-Desvoidy)
7 June 1976; working blossoms of Astragalus mollissimus
Ravinia planifrons (Aldrich)
27; 5 May-1 July; working blossoms of Musineon divaricatum; quick trap
Sciomyzidae
*Sepedon praemoisa Giglio-Tos
Owl Creek; 22 Oct. 1971; on grass
Syrphidae
*Allograpta obliqua (Say)
28 Aug. 1976; visiting blossoms of Eriogonum effusum
*Eristalis (Eoseristalis) altipator Osten Sacken
3 Aug. 1973; working blossoms of Thelesperma filifolium
*Eristalis brousii Williston
16 Aug. 1976; visiting blossoms of Grindelia squarrosa
*Eristalis hirtus Loew
27 Aug. 1976; visiting blossoms of Grindelia squarrosa, Solidago canadensis
*Eristalis stipator Osten Sacken
11 June-13 Aug.; visiting blossoms of Aster sp., Helianthus petiolaris, Hymenopappus
tenuiflora, Thelesperma filifolium
Eristalis tenax (L.)
7 June 1976; working blossoms of Rorippa sinuata
Helophilus latifrons Loew
27 May-16 Aug., 1976; working blossoms of Descurainia pinnata, Grindelia squarosa,
Heterotheca villosa, Musineon divaricatum, Polygonum pennsylvanicum, Rorippa sinuata,
Salix exigua, Senecio mutabilis, S. tridenticulatus & Sisymbrium altissimum
Paragus bicolor (Fabricius)
27; 5 May, 28 June 1976; working blossoms of Musineon divaricatum, visiting Salix
exigua
*Paragus tibialis (Fallen)
7,22 May 1974, 9 June 1972, 1,4, 14, June 1976; visiting blossoms of Antennaria rosea,
Arenaria hookeri, Eriogonum effusum, Lesquerella ludoviciana, Musineon divaricatum,
Senecio mutabilis, Senecio tridenticulatus

156 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

*Toxomerus marginatus (Say)
14 July 1975, 23, 26, 29, July 1976, 25 Aug. 1976; visiting blossoms of Eriogonum
effusum, Heterotheca villosa, Kochia scoparia, Thelesperma megapotamicum
Tachinidae
*Doryphorophaga sp.
Owl Creek; 1 July, 22 Oct., 1971
Gonia albagenae Morrison
27; 25 May 1976; working blossoms of Astragalus pectinatus
*Gymnosoma fuliginosum Robineau-Desvoidy
working blossoms of Senecio tridenticulatus (Lavigne 1976)
* Promasiphaya confusa vat irrisor Rein.
32: 9 June 1972: working blossoms of Arenaria hookeri
*Nowickia sp.
27; 5 May 1976; working blossoms of Musineon divaricatum
Tephritidae
*Aciurina bigeloviae (Cockerell)
19 May 1972; quick trap
*Paroxyna occidentalis Novak
reared from seeds of Chrysothamnus nauseosus (Lavigne 1976)
*Trupanea femoralis (Thomson)
19 May 1972; quick trap; reared from seeds of Chrysothamnus nauseosus (Lavigne
1976)
*Trupanea jonesi Curran
reared from seeds of Chrysothamnus nauseosus (Lavigne 1976)
*Trupanea sp.
28 April 1972; quick trap
*Urophora timberlakei Curran
reared from seeds of Chrysothamnus nauseosus (Lavigne 1976)
Trixoscelidae
Trixoscelis fumipennis Melander
27; 8 June 1976; working blossoms of Astragalus bisulcatus

HEMIPTERA

Lygaeidae
Geocoris bullatus (Say)
32; 21 July 1972; collected on Bahia oppositifolia
Lygaeospilus pusio Stal
9 June 1972; feeding on developing ovary of Senecio tridenticulatus
*Nysius minutus Uhler (Yount & Thatcher 1972)
Miridae
Coquilletia insignis Uhler
collected on Oxytropis lambertii
*Hadronema militaris Uhler
27; 2 June 1972, 22 May, 11 June 1974, 28 May 1976; feeding at base of blossoms of
Astragalus pectinatus (Lavigne 1989), collected in blossoms of Lepidium densiflorum
*Hadronema simplex Knight
22; 20 June 1975; feeding at midribs of leaves of Astragalus bisulcatus, feeding at base
of blossoms & leaf midribs of A. humistriatus (Lavigne 1989), feeding in phloem of
Oxytropis sericea (Lavigne 1976) & Thelesperma filifolium
*Leptoterna dolobrata (L.)
20 June 1972; feeding on seed heads of Agropyron desertorum

Vol. 102, No. 3, May & June 1991 157

Lepoterna ferrugata (Fallen)
feeding in phloem of Thelesperma filifolium
*Lopidea teton Knight
22, 27, 35; 9 June 1971; 20 June 1975, 30 May- 28 June 1975, 30 May, 28 June, 1976;
feeding at base of blossoms of Astragalus bisulcatus, A. humistriatus, & A. pectinatus,
feeding at leaves & stems of A. drummondi (Lavigne 1989), feeding on seed of
Oxytropis sericea; misidentified as L. confluenta in Kumar et al (1976)
*Lygus desertinus Knight
14 Aug., 16, 20 Sept. 1972, 11 June 1974 - feeding on developing seeds of Artemisia
frigida and Chrysothamnus sp., feeding in nectaries of Thelesperma sp.
*Lygus lineolaris (P. de B.)
32; 21 July 1972; feeding in blossoms of Thelesperma filifolium
*Porpomiris curtulus (Reut.)
20 June 1972 - feeding on seed heads of Agropyron desertorum
*Slaterocoris stygicus (Say) (Yount & Thatcher 1972, as Strongylocoris stygicus)
Pentatomidae
Chlorochroa sayi Stal
feeding on seed of Opuntia polyacantha
*Thyanta custator Fabricius (Baldwin 1971a)
Rhopalidae
Harmostes reflexulus (Say)
27; 13 Sept. 1972, 3 June 1976; feeding on developing seeds of Gutierrezia sarothrae,
feeding in nectaries of Senecio tridenticulatus
Tingidae
*Piesma sp. (Baldwin 1971a)

HOMOPTERA

Aphididae
Aphis lugentis Wilson
feeding in phloem of Senecio tridenticulatus
Cercopidae
Philaronia bilineata (Say)
feeding in phloem of Agropyron desertor'um & Chrysothamnus nauseosus
Cicadellidae
*Aceratagallia uhleri (Van Duzee)
13-21 Oct. 1973; as prey of Comantella fallei Back (Dennis & Lavigne 1975)
*Agallia quadripunctata (Provancher)
27; 29 July 1976; feeding on phloem of Astragalus mollissimus
Membracidae
Publilia modesta Uhler
27; 28 June 1976; feeding in phloem of Thelesperma filifolium

HYMENOPTERA

Andrenidae
*Andrena accepta Viereck
26 July 1971; collecting nectar/pollen of Helianthus annus & H. petiolaris
*Andrena cressonii Robertson
33; 2 June 1971; collecting nectar/pollen of Senecio sp.
*Andrena forbesii Robertson
28 June 1976; working blossoms of Salix exigua

158 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

*Andrena gardineni Cockerell
26, 27, 33; 16 April - 2 June; collecting nectar/pollen of Lomatium orientale, Oxytropis
sericea, Senecio sp., Senecio tridenticulatus
*Andrena lupinorum Cockerell
14, 24, June 1976; working blossoms of Melilotus officinalis
Andrena merriami Cockerell
27, 32; 21 May 1971, 5 May 1976; collecting nectar/pollen of Lomatium oreintale &
Musineon divaricatum
*Andrena microcholora Cockerell
23, 27; 7 May 1974, 28-May-8 June 1976; collecting nectar/pollen of Musineon
divaricatum
*Andrena prunorum prunorum Cockerell
27; 9 May 1976; collecting nectar/pollen of Astragalus sericoleucus
*Andrena scurra x arabis x capricornis hybrids
31; 7-11 June; collecting nectar/pollen of Lesquerella ludoviciana & Rorippa sinuata
*Andrena sp., nt. w-scripta Viereck
27; 27 May 1971, 5 May 1976; collecting nectar/pollen of Musineon divaricatum
*Andrena tonkaworum Viereck
2 July 1971; collecting nectar/pollen of Thelesperma trifidum
*Andrena transnigra Viereck
23, 27; 7 May-7 June; collecting nectar/pollen of Musineon divaricatum and Rorippa
sinuata
*Andrena vulpicolor Cockerell
Stress; 13 Sept. 1972; collecting nectar/pollen of Chrysothamnus nauseosus
*Nomadopsis sp.
27; 11 June 1974
*Panurginus sp.
22, 23W; 23 May-30 June; collecting nectar/pollen of Sphaeralcea coccinea, Rorippa
sinuata & Thelesperma sp.
*Perdita fallax Cockerell
27; 11 June 1974; working blossoms of Thelesperma sp.
*Perdita sp., nr. lacteipennis Sw. & Ckll.
working blossoms of Ratibida columnaris (Lavigne 1976)
*Pseudopanurgus sp.
30 June-29 July; collecting nectar/pollen of Helianthus petiolaris, Ratibida columnaris
& Thelesperma filifolium
Anthophoridae
*Anthophora affabilis Cresson
13 May 1969 (Kumar et al 1976, as A. montanus); 7 May-10 June; collecting nectar/
pollen of Astragalus humistriatus, mollissimus & pectinatus (Lavigne 1989), Oxytropis
lamberti & O. sericea
Ceratina sp.
27; 28 June 1976; collecting nectar/pollen of Argemone polyanthemos
*Svastra sp.
collecting nectar/pollen of Penstemon angustifolius (Lavigne 1976)
*Synhalonia chrysophila (Cockerell)
22; 10-20 June; collecting nectar/pollen of Astragalus bisulcatus & A. humistriatus
(Lavigne 1989)
*Synhalonia fulvitarsis (Cresson)
27; 14 May-7 June; collecting nectar/pollen of Astragalus bisulcatus, pectinatus &
sericoleucus (Lavigne 1989)

Vol. 102, No. 3, May & June 1991 159

*Synhalonia hamata (Bradley)
18, 23W, 27; 7 May-12 June; collecting nectar/pollen of Astragalus drummondi,
missouriensis, mollisimus & pectinatus (Lavigne 1989), Oxytropis sericea & Vicia
americana

*Synhalonia lepidia (Cresson)
22,27; 14 May-23 June; collecting nectar/pollen of Astragalus bisulcatus, humistriatus,
pectinatus & sericoleucus (Lavigne 1989)

*Tetralonia edwardsii Cresson
collecting nectar/pollen of Oxytropis sericea (Lavigne 1976)

Apidae
Bombus fervidus (Fabricius)
7 May-24 June; working blossoms of Astragalus bisulcatus, A. humistriatus,
A. pectinatus (Lavigne 1989); Oxytropis sericea
Bombus fraternus (Smith)
27; 8 May 1976; working blossoms of Astragalus sericoleucus (Lavigne 1989)
Bombus huntii Greene
27; 25 May-10 June; collecting pollen/nectar from blossoms of Astragalus bisulcatus,
A. humistriatus & A. pectinatus (Lavigne 1989)
*Bombus nevadensis Cresson
1-24 June; collecting pollen/nectar from blossoms of Astragalus bisulcatus & A.
humistriatus (Lavigne 1989)
*Bombus pennsylvanicus (Degeer)
24, 34; May-27 Aug., 1976; working blossoms of Astragalus bisulcatus & A. pectinatus
(Lavigne 1989), Melilotus alba
*Melissodes sp.
1S5E; 12 June-17 July
*Nomada sp.
14 May 1977; working blossoms of Astragalus sericoleucus (Lavigne 1989)
Braconidae
*Cremnops nigrosternum (Morrison)
29 June 1976; on flower of Cirsium undulatum
*Cyanopterus sp.
25 June-15 July 1976; working blossoms of Helianthus petiolaris
*Isomecus coloradensis (Ashmead)
16 June 1976; at flower head of Chenopodium album
*Isomecus croceus (Cresson)
33; 1 July 71; sweeping vegetation
*Macrocentrus cerasivoranae Viereck
15 July 1976; emerged from Rosea woodsi
Colletidae
*Colletes lutzi Timberlake
feeding on nectar/pollen of Sphaeralcea coccinea (Lavigne 1976)
Colletes phaeceliae Cockerell
15E, 22: 12 June 1975; working blossoms of Allium textile, Cryptantha sp.
Eurytomidae
*Haltichella sp.
2 June 1972; working blossoms of Lepidium densiflorum
Formicidae
*Conomyrma insana (Buckley)
28 June 1976; working in blossoms of Astragalus bisulcatus; previously identified as
Dorymyrmex pyramicus in Kumar et al (1976)

160 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

*Formica haemorrhoidalis Emery
28 June 1976; tending membracids feeding on Astragalus bisulcatus
*Formica montana Emery
28 June 1976; tending immature membracids, Publilia modesta, on Astragalus mol-
lissimus
*Formica neoclara Emery (Baldwin 1971a)
Formica neogagates Emery
25 May, 28 June 1976; feeding in wounded seed pod of Astragalus mollissimus,
working in blossoms of A. pectinatus (Lavigne 1989)
Formica obtusopilosa Emery
28 June 1976, 10, 24, 25, 27 May 1977; feeding at base of developing seeds & at
opening buds of Astragalus drummondi, working blossoms of A. humistriatus & A.
pectinatus, scrapping sides & feeding at base of seeds of A. mollisimus (Lavigne 1989),
tending immature membracids on Ratibida columnaris
Leptothorax tricarinatus Emery
25 May 1976; working blossoms of Astragalus pectinatus (Lavigne 1989)
Monomorium minimum (Buckley)
8 May - 8 June, 1976; working blossoms of Astragalus drummondi, A. humistriatus, A.
sericoleucus, Oxytropis lambertii, feeding in wounds at base of sepals of Astragalus
mollisimus
Ichneumonidae
Phygadeuon sp.
1 July 1971, 5 July 1972; yellow pan trap
Megachilidae
Anthidium emarginatum (Say)
10 June 1977; collecting pollen/nectar from Astragalus humistriatus
*Ashmeadiella gillettei Titus
10 June 1977; collecting pollen/nectar from Astragalus humistriatus
*Hoplitis sp.
27; 25 May 1976; collecting nectar/pollen of Astragalus sericoleucus
*Megachile mucorosa Cockerell
27; 14 July 1975; collecting nectar/pollen of Ratibida columnaris
Osmia integra Cresson
25 May - 8 June 1976; collecting pollen/nectar from blossoms of Astragalus bisul-
catus, A. humistriatus, A. missouriensis, A. pectinatus (Lavigne 1989), Senecio sp.,
Sophora sericea
*Osmia physariae Cockerell
12 June-23 July, 1975; collecting nectar/pollen from Astragalus gracilis & A.
humistriatus (Lavigne 1989). Penstemon angustifolius
*Osmia (Chenosmia) sp.
19 May 1977; collecting nectar/pollen from Astragalus sericoleucus (Lavigne 1989)
*Osmis trevoris Cockerell
7 June 1976; collecting nectar/pollen from Astragalus bisulcatus (Lavigne 1989),
Penstemon angustifolius
*Osmia unca Michener
30 May-20 June; collecting nectar/pollen from Astragalus bisulcatus & A. humistriatus
(Lavigne 1989)
Pompilidae
*Ageniella accepta (Cresson)
29 July 1976; working blossoms of Cleome serrulata

Vol. 102, No. 3, May & June 1991 161

Anoplius aethiops (Cresson)
9 June-3- July 1976; working blossoms of Cleome serrulata and Rorippa sinuata
Anoplius marginatus (Say)
12 July 1976; working blossoms of Cirsium spp.
*Anoplius nigritus (Dahlbom)
18 June-7 July 1976; working blossoms of Cirsium spp., Cleome serrulata, Melilotus
alba and Salix exigua
*Aporinellus completus Banks
25 June 1976; on flower of Atriplex canescens
*Ceropales nigripes Cresson
18 June 1976; working blossoms of Salix exigua
*Cryptocheilus terminatum terminatum (Say)
13 July 1976; working blossoms of Sisymbrium altissimum
Pepsis thisbe Lucas
13 August 1976
Scoliidae
*Camposomeris pilipes Saussure
4 June-7 July 1976; working blossoms of Asclepias speciosa, Cirsium sp. and
Cryptantha jamesii
*Camposomeris confluenta (Say)
7 June-13 July 1976; working blossoms of Cirsium sp., Melilotus officinalis, Psoralea
tenuiflora and Rorippa sinuata
Trielis texensis (Saussure)
29 July-25 Aug. 1976; working blossoms of Cleome serrulata, Eriogonum effusum,
Helianthus petiolaris and Solidago canadensis
Sphecidae
*Aphilanthops frigidus (Smith)
28 June-15 July 1976; working blossoms of Helianthus pumilus and Salix exigua
*Bembecinus quinquespinosus (Say)
28 June-18 Aug. 1976; working blossoms of Achillea lanulosa, Cirsium arvense, Heli-
anthus petiolaris, H. pumilus, Oenothera sp. and Solidago canadensis gilvocanescens
Bembix sayi Cresson
7 July-27 Aug. 1976; working blossoms of Cirsium undulatum, Heterotheca villosa and
Solidago canadensis gilvocanescens
*Cerceris sexta Say
29 July 1976; working blossom of Eriogonum effusum
*Clypeadon laticinctus (Cresson)
7-29 July 1976; working blossoms of Cleome serrulata, Helianthus petiolaris and H.
pumilus
*Crabro latipes Smith
1 June 1976; working blossoms of Oenothera albicaulis
*Diodontus sp.
27: 8 June 1976; working blossoms of Astragalus bisulcatus (Lavigne 1989)
*Ectemnius sp.
7-25 June; working blossoms of Rorippa sinuata and Salix exigua
*FEucerceris canaliculata (Say)
26 July 1976; working blossoms of Eriogonum effusum
*Eucerceris fulvipes Cresson
27; 7-July-18 Aug. 1976; collecting pollen/nectar of blossoms of Achillea lanulosa,
Eriogonum effusum; Heterotheca villosa, Hymenopappus filifolius, and Thelesperma
megapotamicum

162 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Eucerceris rubripes Cresson
27; 14 July 1975; collecting pollen/nectar of blossoms of Thelesperma megapotamicum

*Larropsis sp.
14 June-29 July 1976; working blossoms of Achillea lanulosa, Cleome serrulata,
Cirsium sp. and Helianthus petiolaris

*Mimesa sp.
28 June 1976; working blossoms of Cleome serrulata

*Philanthus gloriosus Cresson
13 July-3 Aug. 1976; working blossoms of Cirsium arvense, Petalostemon candidus and
Ratibida columnaris

*Philanthus inversus Patton
24 Aug. 1976; working blossom of Eriogonum effusum

Philanthus multimaculatus Cameron
13 July 1976; working blossom of Heterotheca villosa

Philanthus pulcher Dalla Torre
8 June 1976; working blossoms of Arenaria hookeri, Musineon divaricatum and
Thelesperma megapotamicum

Philanthus siouxensis Mickel
22 July 1976; working blossom of Argemone sp.

*Philanthus psyche Dunning
Owl Creek; 28 June-1 July 1976; sweeping; working blossoms of Cleome serrulata,
Cirsium sp., Salix exigua and Thelesperma megapotamicum

*Philanthus serrulatae Dunning
misidentified as P. siouxensis in Kumar et al (1976) 32; 26 June - 21 July; working
blossoms of Arenaria hookeri, Eriogonum effusum

Philanthus ventilabris Fabricius
17-29 July 1976; collecting pollen/nectar of blossoms of Cirsium arvense and Ratibida
columnaris

*Prionyx parkeri Bohart & Menke
30 June 1976; working blossoms of Melilotus officinalis

*Sceliphron caementarium (Drury)
13 July 1976; working blossoms of Glycyrrhiza lepidota and Helianthus petiolaris

*Sphex ichneumoneus (L.)
23 July-3 Aug. 1976; working blossoms of Cirsium arvense and Petalostemon can-
didum

*Stictiella emarginata (Cresson)
14 June 1976; working blossoms of Cryptantha jamesii.

*Stictiella femorata (Fox)
14 June 1976; working blossoms of Hymenopappus filifolius

Tiphiidae

*Methocha stygia (Say)
29 June 1976; working blossoms of Cleome serrulata

*Myzinum quinquecinctum (Fabricius)
12-26 July 1976; working blossoms of Achillea lanulosa, Cirsium sp., Eriogonum
effusum, Glycyrrhiza lepidota, Melilotus alba, M. officinalis, Petalostemon candidus and
Solidago canadensis

Vespidae

Euodynerus annulatus (Say)
30 June-23 July; working blossoms of Melilotus officinalis

*Polistes fuscatus fuscatus (Fabricius)
18-27 Aug. 1976; working blossoms of Solidago canadensis

Vol. 102, No. 3, May & June 1991 163

LEPIDOPTERA

Hesperiidae
*Yvretta rhesus (Edwards)
25 May-3 June 1976, 19 May 1977; working blossoms of Astragalus pectinatus
(Lavigne 1989) & Sophora sericea
Lycaenidae
Lycaeides melissa melissa (Edwards)
30 May 1976, 27 May 1977; working blossoms of Astragalus pectinatus & A. sericoleucus
(Lavigne 1989)
Noctuidae
*Euoxa siccata (Smith)
working blossoms of Chrysothamnus nauseosus (Lavigne 1976)
*Schinia unimacula Smith
working blossoms of Chrysothamnus nauseosus (Lavigne 1976)
Nymphalidae
*Vanessa cardui (L.)
19 May 1977; working blossoms of Cleome serrulata (Lavigne 1976)
Pieridae
*Colias alexandra alexandra Edwards
3 June 1976; working blossoms of Astragalus bisulcatus (Lavigne 1989)
Prodoxidae
*Tegeticula yuccasella (Riley)
feeding on nectar of Yucca glauca (Lavigne 1976)
Pyralidae
*Crambus vulgivagellus Clemens
working blossoms of Chrysothamnus nauseosus (Lavigne 1976)
Saturniidae
*Hemileuca nevadensis Stretch
lab reared, larvae feeding on Salix exigua, pupated in late June, adults emerged 3 Oct.
1976; identified by J. Scott

ORTHOPTERA

Acrididae

*Melanoplus complanatipes Scudder (Pfadt 1972)
Gryllacrididae

*Ceuthophilus pallidus Thomas (Pfadt 1972)
Gryllidae

*Nemobius fasciatus DeGeer (Pfadt 1972)

*Oecanthus argentinus (Saussure) (Pfadt 1972)

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The authors would like to thank the following taxonomists for making identifications:
S.W. Batra, U.S. National Museum (USDA) - Apidae; R.T. Bell, University of Vermont -
Carabidae, Chrysomelidae, Coccinellidae, Curculionidae, Lampyridae, Meloidae; R.W.
Brooks, University of Kansas - Anthophoridae; Hoarce R. Burke, Texas A&M Univ. -
Curculionidae; Howard Evans, Colorado State Univ. - Pompilidae, Sphecidae; D.C.
Ferguson, USDA - Sphecidae; C.D. Ferris, University of Wyoming - Rhopalocera; R.H.

164 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Foote, USDA - Tephritidae; R. Gagne, USDA - Calliphoridae, Tachinidae; T. Griswold,
USDA, Logan, UT - Apidae: Bombus sp., Anthophoridae; J.P. Kramer, USNM - Cicadel-
lidae, Membracidae; Url Lanham, University of Colorado - Andrenidae; John Lattin,
Oregon State University - Rhopalidae; F. Lawson, Laramie WY - Chrysomelidae; I. Mian,
University of Wyoming - Braconidae: /somecus sp.; Dr. R.E. Pfadt, University of Wyoming -
Orthoptera; Curtis Sabrosky, USDA - Sarcophagidae, Tachinidae; Scott Shaw, University
of Wyoming - Braconidae; G. Stephens, Idaho Dept. Fish & Game, Boise - Miridae; G.
Steyskal, USDA - Anthomyiidae; H.S. Telford, Pullman WA -Syrphidae; Vince Tepidino,
USDA. Logan UT - wild bees; Willis Wirth, USDA - Ephydridae, Chironomidae, Droso-
philidae; George Wheeler, Silver Springs, FL - Formicidae

LITERATURE CITED

Baldwin, P.H. 1971la. Diet of the Mountain Plover at the Pawnee National Grassland,
1970-1971. U.S. IBP Grassland Biome Tech. Rep. No. 134, 34 pp.

Baldwin, P.H. 1971b. Diet of the Killdeer at the Pawnee National Grassland and a
comparison with the Mountain Plover, 1970-1971. U.S. IBP Grassland Biome Tech.
Rep. No. 135, 22 pp.

Bell, R.T. 1970. Identifying Tenebrionidae (Darkling Beetles). U.S. IBP Grassland Biome
Tech. Rep. No. 58, 13 pp.

Bell, R.T. 1971. Carabidae (Ground Beetles). U.S. IBP Grassland Biome Tech Rep. No. 66,
58 pp.

Dennis, D.S. and R.J. Lavigne. 1975. Comparative behavior of Wyoming robber flies II
(Diptera: Asilidae). Univ. Wyoming Agric. Exp. Stn. Sci. Monogr. 30, 68 pp.

Kumar, R., R.J. Lavigne, J.E. Lloyd and R.E. Pfadt. 1976. Insects of the Central Plains
Experiment Range, Pawnee National Grassland. Univ. Wyoming Agric. Exp. Stn. Sci.
Monogr. 32, 74 pp.

Lavigne, R.J. 1976. Rangeland insect-plant associations on the Pawnee Site. Ann.
Entomol. Soc. Am. 69: 753-763.

Lavigne, Robert. 1979. Carabids as seed feeders (Coleoptera: Carabidae). Cordulia 5(4):
67-69.

Lavigne, Robert. 1989. An annotated list of insects associated with Astragalus species.
Univ. Wyoming Agri. Exp. Stn. Sci. Monogr. SM-52, 70 pp.

Pfadt, R.E. 1972. Orthoptera of the Pawnee Site, 1971. U.S. IBP Grassland Biome Tech
Rep. No. 176, 49 pp.

Rogers, L. 1974. Tiger beetle collecting in the Pawnee National Grasslands, Cicindela 6(4):
73-78.

Yount, V.A. and T.O. Thatcher. 1972. Plant/insect interactions of selected insects at the
Pawnee Site. U.S. IBP Grassland Biome Tech. Rep. No. 142. 34 pp.

ANNOUNCEMENT
Change in page charge policy

In the belief that all authors who publish in any journal of The American Entomological
Society should be members of the society, the (executive) council of the society, in its
regular meeting on April 24, 1991, decided that, effective for all papers received by the editor
on and after September 1, 1991, page charges in Entomologcial News for non-society mem-
bers will be $20 per page, an increase of $5 per page. Page charges for society members will
remain at the present rate of $15 per page.

When submitting papers, all authors are requested to (1) provide the names of two qualified
individuals who have critically reviewed the manuscript before it is submitted and (2) suggest
the names and addresses of two qualified authorities in the subject field to whom the
manuscript may be referred by the editor for final review. All papers are submitted to
recognized authorities for final review before acceptance.

Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as
brief as possible. Classification as to order and family should be included in the title, except
where not pertinent. Following the title there should be a short informative abstract (not a
descriptive abstract) of not over 150 words. The abstract is the key to how an article is cited in
abstracting journals and should be carefully written. The author’s complete mailing address,
including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing
new taxa should include enough information to make them useful to the nonspecialist.
Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus references to
existing revisions or monographs. Authors must include the name(s) of recognized institution(s)
where their voucher specimens have been deposited. Illustrations nearly always are needed.
All measurements shall be given using the metric system or, if in the standard system,
comparable equivalent metric values shall be included. Authors can be very helpful by
indicating, in pencil in the margin of the manuscript, approximate desired locations within the
text of accompanying figures, tables and other illustrations.

Illustrations: For maximum size and definition, full page figures, including legends, should
be submitted as nearly as possible in a proportion of 4/6. Maximum size of printed illustration,
including all legends, is 4% x 6% inches. Authors will be charged for all text figures and half-
tones at the rate of $7.50 each, regardless of size.

Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor, Howard
P. Boyd. For address, see under ‘‘manuscripts”’ above. Literature notices, books received and
short reviews will be published in The Entomologist’s Library on books dealing with
taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology ecology, behavior and similar aspects of
insect life and related arthropods. Books on applied, economic and regulatory entomology, on
toxicology and related subjects will not be considered.

Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist’s Market
Place.

Page charges: For society members, a charge of $15.00 is made for each published page of
an article, plus costs of all illustrations. For non-society members, the page charge is $20.00
per page. If any charges are not paid within 120 days of billing, authors will be charged an
additional $5.00 per page. Papers may be published ahead of their regularly scheduled time
at a cost of $35.00 per page.

Unemployed and retired amateur and scientist members of the American Entomological
Society who are without institutional support or are not subsidized by grants and who are
without funds for publishing may apply for financial assistance at the time their manuscript is
submitted. Such application must include an explanation of the author’s status (unemployed or
retired). Page charges for these individuals are negotiable, with a minimum of $7.00 per page.

Reprints: (without covers) may be ordered when corrected page proofs are returned to the
editor. Schedule of reprint costs will appear on order form.

This publication is available
in microform from University
Microfilms International.

Call toll-free 800-521-4044. Or mail inquiry to: \
University Microfilms liternational, 300 North
Zeeb Road, Ann Arbor, MI 48106.

The Entomologist’s Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per
line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges
not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and
position wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box
numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the new
ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the older
ones at the top are discontinued.

TOWNES STYLE MALAISE TRAPS. $217.00. Of proven design, 6 ft. high, standard 25
meshes/inch netting; and a dark olive trap 25 meshes/inch with 2 filaments/mesh. Order
from Golden Owl Publishers, Inc., 182 Chestnut Rd., Lexington Park, Maryland, 20653.

FOR SALE: Insects from Venezuela. All species available here. Price List is available by
request from Mr. Paul ROUCHE. Edificio El Algarrobo-Apto 2-C, Sector El Convento-I],
Avenida SANZ, EL MARQUES - CARACAS-1070, VENEZUELA. We can correspond in
French, English and Spanish.

WANTED to buy CONOPIDAE (Diptera) worldwide, except Nearctic. Pinned only. Also
exchange. S. Camras, 4013 N. Milwaukee Ave. #515, Chicago, IL 60641.

BULLETIN DE LA SOCIETE SCIENCES NAT is a french entomological publication
describing many non-european Lepidoptera and Coleoptera. Each number is issued
quarterly and contains 2 colour plates (21 x 29 cm). Some of our contributors are: Allard,
Antoine, Arnaud, Bomans, Dechambre, Paulian... Subscription for 1991 is US $43 (checks
in US $ welcomed). SCIENCES NAT, 2 rue Mellenne, 60200 Venette, FRANCE. FAX: (33)
44 83 41 01.

REPRINT SALE: The Carnegie Museum of Natural History is conducting an inventory
reduction sale of its scientific publications (Annals, Bulletin, Special Publications) printed
prior to 1985. A 50% price reduction is offered on research articles in invertebrate zoology,
herpetology, ichthyology, mammalogy, anthropology, birds, vertebrate and invertebrate
paleontology, and botany. Please write for listings of your choice to Office of Scientific
Publications, The Carnegie Museum of Natural History, 4400 Forbes Avenue, Pittsburgh,
PA 15213-4080; fax (412) 622-8837.

LATEST 12-PAGE WORLDWIDE LEPIDOPTERA CATALOG! Serving Lepidopterists
worldwide since 1976. Specimens include Morpho rhetenor male/female, Morpho insuralis
male/female, Morpho godarti male/female, Prepona buckleyana, Papilio antimachus and
hundreds more from South America, Africa, Europe and Far East. WE OPERATE
PERSONALIZED ENTOMOLOGIST, BIRDER, NATURALIST TOUR PROGRAMS.
Latest Catalog $1 or one year’s monthly lists via airmail $6. TRANSWORLD BUTTERFLY
COMPANY, Apartado 6951, 100N San Jose, COSTA RICA, Central America.

WANTED FOR RESEARCH . Biphyllidae (Coleoptera: Clavicornia) of the world. I would
like to receive these on loan or will exhange for beetles of other families. M.A. Goodrich,
Department of Zoology, Eastern Illinois University, Charleston, IL 61920.

iE

Hol
293
ent

US ISSN 0013-872X
VOL. 102 SEPTEMBER & OCTOBER, 1991

111ckory feeding Catocala (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) fauna
in the absence of Carya ovata in southern New Jersey
Dale F. Schweitzer

Revised distribution of immigrant carabid Bembidion
obtusum (Coleoptera: Carabidae) in eastern North
America E.R. Hoebeke, J.K. Liebherr, R.T. Bell

Lace bug genus Acalypta (Heteroptera: Tingidae) in
Mexico: key and new species A. Jaurae
Richard C. Froeschner

Predation by Bezzia larvae (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) on
mosquito larvae (Diptera: Culicidae)
L.J. Hribar, G.R. Mullen

A new Aulacus (Hymenoptera: Gasteruptionidae) from
Virginia David R. Smith

Distributional records for some North American sand flies,
Lutzomyia (Diptera: Psychodidae) Chad P. McHugh

Additions to the genus Calliscarta (Homoptera:
Cicadellidae) Paul H. Freytag

Behavior of slugs, Derocerus reticulatum, and crickets,
Gryllus pennsylvanicus (Orthoptera: Gryllidae), on
seedling alfalfa R.A. Byers, B.I.P. Barratt

BOOK REVIEW

NO. 4

165

173

179

183

187

192

195

200

191

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published bi-monthly except July-August by The American
Entomological Society at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

The American Entomological Society holds regular membership meetings on the fourth
Wednesday in October, November, February, March, and April. The November, February
and April meetings are held at the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, Pa. The
October and March meetings are held at the Department of Entomology, University of
Delaware, Newark, Delaware.

Society Members who reside outside the local eastern Pennsylvania, southern New Jersey,
and Delaware area are urged to attend society meetings whenever they may be in the vicinity.
Guests always are cordially invited and welcomed.

Officers for 1991-1992: President: Joseph K. Sheldon; Vice-President: Harold B. White:
Recording Secretary: Paul W. Schaefer; Corresponding Secretary: Jon K. Gelhaus:
Treasurer: Jesse J. Fresse.

Publications and Editorial Committee: Howard P. Boyd, Chr., D. Otte, and Paul M.
Marsh.

Previous editors: 1890-1910 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1943 Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967 R.G. Schmieder (1898-1967); 1968-1972 R.H. Arnett, Jr.; 1973-
4/1974 R.W. Lake.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic
and foreign: $5.00 per year postpaid. Subscriptions for institutions such as libraries,
laboratories, etc., and for non-members, domestic and foreign: $15.00 per year postpaid.
Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to EN-
TOMOLOGICAL NEWS, The American Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa. 19103. U.S.A.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

Membership dues: $7.00 per year (regular); $4.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the editor:
Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088,
U.S.A. Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members of the
American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all prospective authors
join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the AIBS Style
Manual for Biological Journals and should follow the style used in recent issues of
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Three doublespaced, typed copies of each manuscript are
needed on 8% x 11 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they
will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published
in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the entire costs of a sufficient
number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without
division.

Editorial Policy: Manuscripts on taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology, ecology,
behavior and similar aspects of insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for
submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Papers on applied, economic and regulatory
entomology and on toxicology and related subjects will be considered only if they also make a
major contribution in one of the aforementioned fields.

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster: [fundeliverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade
Read, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, U.S.A.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, USA.

Vol. 102, No. 4. September & October, 1991 165

THE HICKORY FEEDING CATOCALA
(LEPIDOPTERA: NOCTUIDAE) FAUNA IN THE
ABSENCE OF CARYA OVATA IN
SOUTHERN NEW JERSEY!

Dale F. Schweitzer

ABSTRACT: Recent studies by Gall (1991a-c) and Schweitzer (1982), mostly in Connect-
icut, document at least 19 Nearctic species of Catocala species specializing on species of
Carya section (§) Eucarya as larval foodplants. Seven or more Catocala species appear
restricted to a single such hickory, Carya ovata, and all but two of the others show some
degree of preference for that plant. Southern New Jersey is within the range of most of these
19 Catocala, ten of which currently occur regularly on the adjacent Piedmont where Carya
ovata is fairly common. However, that hickory is absent from most of the New Jersey Outer
Coastal Plain. None of the five available Carya ovata specialists appear to be established in
southern New Jersey. Only three of the other five available § Eucarya feeding species seem
able to maintain populations on other hickories in the absence of Carya ovata.

It has been known for some time (e.g. Forbes, 1954; Sargent, 1976) that
over 20 species of North American Catocala Schranck species feed on
hickories and walnuts (Juglandaceae: Carya Nutt. and Juglans L.). Gall
(1991a) documents 25 Nearctic Catocala species as specializing on Jug-
landaceae. Occurrence of a dozen or more of these at a single locality is
commonplace (Sargent, 1976; Schweitzer, 1982; Gall 1991la-c), and at
least 21 of these 25 species have been collected in New Jersey (Smith,
1910; collections consulted below). It would seem reasonable, considering
the diversity within Carya in eastern North America, that these species of
Catocala might tend to specialize on different hickory species. However,
this is not the case among the 19 species (Gall, 1991a) that are known to
specialize on Carya § Eucarya. Schweitzer (1982) and Gall (1991a-c)
showed that almost all of these use shagbark hickory, Carya ovata (Mill.)
K. Koch, in the field and have a demonstrable preference for it over other
hickories. Catocala epione (Drury) and C. luctuosa Hulst are the only
documented exceptions to this preference among the 14 § Eucarya
feeders that Gall tested extensively. At least seven of these Catocala are
specialists on Carya ovata according to Gall. Six or seven other Catocala
species specialize on Carya § Apocarya and/or the genus Juglans (Gall,
1991a; Schweitzer, 1982).

All of Gall’s and Schweitzer’s data are from areas, mostly in Connecticut
and Tennessee, where Carya ovata is common, and both authors note this

lReceived March 15, 1991. Accepted May 22, 1991.
The Nature Conservancy, R.D. 1, Box 30B, Port Norris, NJ 08349

ENT. NEWS 102(4): 165-172, September & October, 1991

166 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

species usually accounts for most Juglandaceae in Connecticut forests.
The purpose of this paper is to report on the hickory feeding Catocala
fauna of the Outer Coastal Plain of New Jersey south of Monmouth
County (= south Jersey) where Carya ovata is virtually absent. South
Jersey is well within the range of all of the Catocala species studied by
Gall and Schweitzer in Connecticut, and all such species, along with a
few other § Eucarya feeders, occur regularly on the immediately adjacent
Piedmont of New Jersey and Pennsylvania where Carya ovata is fairly
common, and all extend much farther southward. Therefore the absence
of such a species in southern New Jersey can reasonably be interpreted
as an indication that the available hickories there cannot sustain popu-
lations. The data below also address the question of whether or not the
Carya ovata specialists can exploit other hickories where that species 1s
essentially absent over a large climatically suitable area. Published data
(Gall, 1991a-c) indicate that they do not do so where Carya ovata is
present.

Sources for Catocala records. Since 1970 I have examined the fol-
lowing collections for southern NewJersey Catocala: American Museum
of Natural History(AMNH); Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia
(much of their collection since moved to Carnegie Museum); Museum of
Comparative Zoology, Harvard University (MCZ); Peabody Museum of
Natural History, Yale University (YPM), except for the recently acquired
Rutkowski collection; Rutgers University, Department of Entomology
(RU); the late Joseph Muller (now at AMNH), the late John W. Cadbury
III, the late C.B. Worth (now at YPM), Howard Boyd, and W.J. Cromartie
(this substantial collection from eastern Atlantic County contained no
Juglandaceae feeding Catocala as of November, 1990). I have also col-
lected Catocala in the region every year since 1969. Smith (1910) was also
consulted, and is believed to be reliable for the species considered here.

Major collection sites and their hickories. Juglandaceae are absent
or nearly so in the natural vegetation of most of the core of the Pine
Barrens (McCormick, 1970) section of south Jersey (but see Atsion
below), especially north of the Mullica River. However, hickories occur
occasionally to locally frequently in the southern half of the Pine Barrens,
and much more regularly in the oak-pine transitional area west and
south of the Pine Barrens (Stone, 1911; Moore, 1989: pers. obs.). Hickories
as a group are common in much of Cumberland County where three
species of § Eucarya occur widely. Hickories also occur in the few
remnant dry woods along the immediate coast of eastern New Jersey.
None of the sites from which Catocala are reported in this paper have
Carya ovata.

Three § Eucarya hickories, Carya tomentosa Nutt., pallida (Ashe) Eng.

& Graebn., and glabra (Mill.) Sweet are frequent at Bear Swamp East and

Vol. 102, No. 4. September & October, 1991 167

Bevan Wildlife Management Area in Cumberland County, where I
collect regularly. Based on careful examination of hundreds of hickories
from 1988 to 1990, I find the first two of these to°-be widespread and
frequent in Cumberland County. Carya glabra is much less numerous,
but still frequent. All three also occur at The Nature Conservancy’s
Eldora Preserve in nearby Cape May County where C.B. Worth (who
then lived on and owned the site), Joseph Muller and to some extent
myself collected extensively from about 1973 to 1983. I have collected
there occasionally since. At least Carya tomentosa and C. glabra occur
along the north side of Atsion Lake, Burlington County where L.F. Gall
and I have collected Catocala frequently since 1981. Carya tomentosa is
apparently the only hickory present at Howard Boyd’s Tabernacle Twp.
site (Boyd, pers. comm., 1989) where Catocala were collected at blacklight
from 1971 to 1977. Sampling was discontinued soon after that when
annual gypsy month spraying eliminated most Lepidoptera, and appar-
ently all Catocala. There are a few Carya ovata a few miles northwest of
this site around Medford. There is a single large hickory in the woods
about a mile north of Batsto, probably a Carya glabra. I never saw any
other hickories near there, and the late Annie Carter, former State Forest
naturalist who lived there, knew of no others. I collected at the edge of the
village regularly from 1969 to 1980. Presumably the Catocala recorded
herein from Batsto are strays. While nearby DaCosta has not been
visited, and the precise collection site for the old records (mostly from
Smith, 1910) is unknown, at least Carya pallida and C. tomentosa are
known to occur nearby at present. No native hickories are known to
occur near Lakehurst, (pers. obs. of myself and Gerry Moore; Randy
Ditier, formerly, forester for Lakehurst Naval Air Station, pers. comm.,
1988; Stone, 1911). Lakehurst is one of the most intensively sampled
areas for moths in North America and the specimens reported herein
from there were obviously strays.

Carya ovata and two other hickories, Carya § Eucarya ovalis (Wang.)
Sarg. and Carya § Apocarya cordiformis (Wang.) K. Koch are native to
southern New Jersey, but are virtually confined to the fragments of
deciduous, Piedmont-like forests of the Inner Coastal Plain along the
Delaware River Valley north and west of a line from far northwestern
Cumberland County to about Medford, Burlington County and con-
tinuing up to Monmouth County (pers. obs., 1985-1989; Moore, 1989 and
pers. comm.; Stone, 1911), ie. to the west and north of all Catocala
collecting sites reported on here. Neither myself nor Moore (pers. comm.,
1989) have seen any of these three hickories in the Pine Barrens or
transitional portions of the Outer Coastal Plain south of Monmouth
County. Carya pallida is disjunct in southern New Jersey from much
farther south, but the other five hickories are frequent to common on the

168 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Piedmont of New Jersey, Pennsylvania and Delaware. Pecan (Carya §
Apocarya illinoiensis (Wang.) K. Koch) is frequently planted and could be
the local foodplant for Catocala nebulosa, a known § Apocarya feeder
(Gall, 1990a) that is taken rarely in New Jersey.

At all sites visited, small hickories in the understory are far more
common than are canopy sized trees and hickories occur in forests
composed mostly of several species of oaks and pines with an ericaceous
understory on dry sandy, gravelly, soils. Hickories may well be increasing
due to recent fire suppression.

The pool of potential § Eucarya feeding Catocala for South Jersey.
The Piedmont region adjacent to south Jersey was well collected for
Catocala in the 1960s and 1970s by several persons, including: the late
Joseph Muller and Rutgers University staff in New Jersey; myself in
Chester, Delaware, Montgomery, and Berks Counties and William Boscoe
in Bucks County in Pennsylvania; and records from as far back as 1880
are easily obtained from collections and the literature. However, given
the temporal fluctuations in the geographic ranges of some hickory
feeding Catocala (Sargent, 1976), species for which Piedmont records are
all prior to 1960 cannot be presumed to be present now. At least three
species of hickory feeding Catocala were taken on the New Jersey Pied-
mont by Muller in some numbers in the 1950s, but never since (through
1983). These were Catocala dejecta Strecker, C. robinsoni Grote and C.
angusi Grote. I have seen a number of older specimens of C. angusi from
New Jersey as well. I never encountered two of these species in my
Pennsylvania Piedmont collecting and took only a single C. angusi. All
three are § Eucarya feeders, with the latter two probably being specialists
on Carya ovata (Gall, 1991la-c). If these three and Catocala lacrymosa
Guenee, which Muller took once and for which Smith (1910) gives one or
two records, are disregarded, the pool of regularly occurring § Eucarya
feeding Catocala for the adjacent Piedmont, and thus potentially for
southern New Jersey is: epione (Drury), habilis Grote, judith Strecker,
serena Edwards, residua Grote, obscura Strecker, rectecta Grote, vidua J.E.
Smith, flebilis Grote, and palaeogama Guenee. All of these are included
in Gall’s (1991a) laboratory data and most also in his field data (1991b, c)
and those of Schweitzer (1982). All except epione prefer Carya ovata to
some degree. Five of these ten species, C. habilis through obscura, seem to
be specialists on Carya ovata. Catocala flebilis might also be a Carya ovata
specialist based on the limited available data (Gall, 1991a-c; Tietz, 1952).
The record for Carya alba given by Forbes (1954) could refer to either
Carya ovata or C. tomentosa. The others, especially C. epione and C.
palaeogama, do utilize other § Eucarya hickories to a significant extent
in the field even where C. ovata is common.

Vol. 102, No. 4. September & October, 1991 169

Juglandaceae feeding Catocala records. I do not give records for the
three known walnut (Juglans spp.) feeders (based on numerous larval
collections in south Jersey): Catocala piatrix Grote, C. maestosa Guenee,
and C. neogama J.E. Smith. Walnuts probably are not native on the Outer
Coastal Plain of New Jersey. Two of the walnut feeding Catocala are
ubiquitous around planted or escaped black walnuts (Juglans nigra L.),
but C. maestosa becomes sporadic north of Cumberland and Cape May
Counties. C. neogama apparently feeds only on Juglans in the wild, but
the other two are known to use hickories of § Apocarya as well, and thus
probably occasionally use planted pecans in New Jersey. None of these
three are known to use § Eucarya anywhere (Gall, 1991a-c). All locality
records of other Juglandaceae-feeding Catocala from the Outer Coastal
Plain of south Jersey known to me are given below. Collector’s names are
omitted if they are identified with the particular site above.

Catocala consors sorsconi Barnes and McDunnough. Tabernacle Twp., 21 July 1971;
Atsion, 13 July 1981; DaCosta (Smith, 1910; one seen by me collected by Weinzel in MCZ):
Bevan WMA, Downe Two., one seen 2 July 1987; Bear Swamp East, 9 July 1989.

Catocala epione (Drury). Frequent to locally common atall sites with hickory that have
been collected in very late June or July, specifically: Tabernacle Twp., Atsion, DaCosta,
Bevan WMA (common at three well separated sites, Downe and Lawrence Townships),
Bear Swamp East, Eldora, Belleplain State Forest, and also seen from Lakehurst, Browns
Mills, and New Lisbon — Pine Barrens sites that may or may not have hickories. I collected
one or two strays at Batsto in July 1969. I have also found larvae on Carya tomentosa at
Elmer and Bevan WMA.

Catocala serenaEdwards. Lakehurst (two very old specimens, J.W. Cadbury and YPM
colls.); Cedarville, 29 July 1971 (RU).

Catocala judith Strecker. Two very old records Lakehurst, 19 July 1911 (AMNH) and 5-
mile beach, 22 July (Smith, 1910).

Catocala retecta Grote. Two specimens only: Tabernacle Twp., 11 August 1977; Eldora,
15 August 1979 (Worth, now at YPM).

Catocala flebilis Grote. Eldora, 26 July and 21 August 1979 (Muller, both now in
Schweitzer collection).

Catocala angusi Grote. One old one, certainly pre-1945, labelled Lakehurst, but with no
date (Lemmer, in AMNH) and reported by Smith (1910) from 5-mile beach, 22 August.

Catocala insolabilis Guenee. “Brigantine Reserve” (= Edwin Forsythe National Wild-
life Refuge near Atlantic City), 27 August 1962 (Muller, now presumably in AMNH). W.J.
Cromartie did not encounter any hickory feeding Catocala in light trap samples on this
refuge in 1989 or 1990.

Catocala vidua (J.E. Smith). Several at most of these localities: Lakehurst, Batsto,
Bevan WMA (Lawrence Twp.), Bear Swamp East and Eldora (common some years); and

170 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Erma (Schweitzer coll.). I have found larvae on Carya pallida at Greenbank and one on that
and two on C. tomentosa at Bear Swamp East. Not looked for in season at Atsion.

Catocala lacrymosa Guenee. MacGuire Air Force Base, Burlington County, 11 August
1970 (RU), which could be Inner or Outer Coastal Plain.

Catocala palaeogama Guenee. New Egypt (RU), MacGuire Air Force Base (RU),
Lakehurst (several), Atsion (common in 1981), New Lisbon (rare, Cadbury), West Pine
Plains (one in 1981, miles from any hickory, Schweitzer), Bevan WMA (Lawrence Twp.,
one seen, 13 August 1988), and Eldora (frequent some years), also several larvae on Carya
tomentosa at Cape May Point State Park in May 1987. Note the absence of this species so far
(1988-1991) at Bear Swamp East. I observed a number of females ovipositing on Carya
tomentosa and C. glabra at Eldora (no C. pallida were checked) in 1983. Smith (1910)
correctly states that this species occurs throughout New Jersey.

Catocala nebulosa Edwards. Indian Mills, 20 August 1975 (RU); Eldora, 25 July, 1979
(Muller, now at AMNH).

DISCUSSION

The above data suggest that of the ten § Eucarya-feeding Catocala that
regularly occur on the nearby Piedmont, only C. epione, C. vidua and C.
palaeogama are long term residents on the southern New Jersey Outer
Coastal Plain. C. consors, which does not occur on the Piedmont, also
seems to be established.

The maximum number of southern New Jersey records for any species
of Carya ovata specialist is three in about 100 years, with only one such
record since 1950. Three of the combined five records for Carya ovata
specialists that presently occur on the Piedmont are from Lakehurst
where there is no hickory and another is from Cedarville, Cumberland
County, just outside of the range of C. ovata. Three of the five Carya ovata
specialists that occur regularly on the Piedmont have apparently never
been collected in south Jersey. Of the five other § Eucarya feeders that
occur regularly on the Piedmont, only Catocala epione, C. vidua, and C.
palaeogama are taken regularly in south Jersey, and the last is rather
sporadic. C. flebilis and C. retecta are known from only two specimens
each (with three of these in 1979). C. palaeogama and C. epione have the
broadest foodplant usage among § Eucarya feeding Catocala in Connec-
ticut. Catocala vidua is currently rare in Connecticut and is absent from
field data of both Gall and Schweitzer from that state, but is documented
herein from two of the three indigenous Outer Coastal Plain hickories.

The failure of Catocala retecta to maintain large populations in south-
western New Jersey seems odd since Connecticut data suggest that it uses
Carya glabra fairly frequently there, and it is such a common species in
the northeastern USA. The single C.retecta taken at Tabernacle in 1977

Vol. 102, No. 4. September & October, 1991 171

could well have been a stray from nearby Medford, where Carya ovata
occurs. The two records from 1979 suggest that Catocala flebilis did
reproduce at Eldora in 1978 (which would mean it did use either walnut
or a species of hickory other than C. ovata). C. flebilis is not common on
the Piedmont, but occurs at most sites. Neither species has been taken in
south Jersey since 1979, despite substantial collecting, and evidence is
meager that either is a permanent resident there. They seem unable to
persist in the absence of their preferred foodplant, Carya ovata, even
though at least C,retecta does utilize other hickories.

Regardless of their foodplant preferences, Catocala lacrymosa, insol-
abilis and angusi are currently very rare or absent in and near NewJersey,
including eastern Pennsylvania, Maryland, and Delaware. The last
seems to have been resident in northern New Jersey, including the
Piedmont, prior to 1960, so the two old south Jersey specimens could well
have been strays from there. C. lacrymosa and insolabilis seem, in my
experience, to be associated with Carya glabra at sites in Florida where
Carya ovata is absent and I have actually found larvae of C. insolabilis on
Carya glabra there (in Liberty County). The limited dry woods at Brigan-
tine, where the one south Jersey specimen was taken, have considerable
Carya tomentosa and some Carya glabra. The near absence of C. insolabilis
in south Jersey as well as on the Piedmont thus cannot be explained on
the basis of the hickory flora, and the same is probably true for C.
lacrymosa.

Catocala consors sorsconi is clearly rare, and probably local, but it is
largely unknown in neighboring areas (only a very few pre-1950 records
for the “Orange Mountains” in northeastern New Jersey and for Long
Island). Therefore there would seem to be no source of strays and I
presume this species is resident. It will probably prove to occur regularly
in the Bevan Wildlife Management Area and adjacent Bear Swamp East
where there are over 10,000 acres of apparently prime habitat for it— and
two very recent records. I believe it is a specialist on small hickories in
xeric, usually sandy, scrub or open woodland, as appears to be the case
with the nominate subspecies in Florida (H.D. Baggett, pers. comm.;
pers. obs.). It is a known § Eucarya specialist.

CONCLUSION

In the absence of their preferred foodplant, five Carya ovata specialists
of Gall (1991 a-c), as well as two of five other § Eucarya feeding Catocala
(including the generally common C. retecta) seem unable to successfully
exploit three other § Eucarya hickories in southern New Jersey, even
though that region is well within their geographic ranges and closely

172 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

proximate to portions of the Piedmont where these moths occur regularly.
These results suggest that the association of many § Eucarya feeding
Catocala with a single species of hickory, Carya ovata, is quite rigid, not
only for the specialists but also for Catocala retecta even though it some-
times does use other hickories.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I wish to thank Lawrence F. Gall and Theodore D.Sargent for reviewing this manuscript
and Gerry Moore for much useful information on Cumberland County hickories and for
assistance with a few of my hickory identifications.

LITERATURE CITED

Forbes, W.T.M. 1954. Lepidoptera of New York and neighboring states, part III, Noctuidae.
Mem. 329 Cornell Univ. Agric. Expt. Sta., 433 pp.
Gall, L.F. 199la. Evolutionary ecology of sympatric Catocala moths (Lepidoptera:
Noctuidae). I. Experiments on larval foodplant specificity. J. Res. Lepid. In press.
Gall, L.F. 1991b. Evolutionary ecology of sympatric Catocala moths (Lepidoptera:
Noctuidae). I]. Sampling for wild larvae on their foodplants. J. Res. Lepid. In press.

Gall, L.F. 199lc. Evolutionary ecology of sympatric Catocala moths (Lepidoptera:
Noctuidae). III. Experiments on female oviposition preference. J. Res. Lepid. In press.

McCormick, J. 1970. The Pine Barrens: a preliminary ecological inventory. Report 2, NJ
State Museum, Trenton, 103 pp.

Moore, G. 1989. A Checklist of the Vascular Plants of Cumberland County, New Jersey.
Bartonia No. 55:25-39.

Sargent, T.D. 1976. Legion of Night: the Underwing Moths. Univ. Mass. Press, Amherst,
222 pp.

Schweitzer, D.F. 1982. Field observations of foodplant overlap among sympatric
Catocala feeding on Juglandaceae. J. Lepid. Soc. 36(4): 256-263.

Smith, J.B. 1910. Insects of New Jersey. Report for 1909, New Jersey State Museum,
Trenton.

Stone, W. 1911. The Plants of Southern New Jersey. Report for 1910, New Jersey State
Museum, Trenton, pp. 25-828.

Tietz, H.M. 1952. The Lepidoptera of Pennsylvania, a manual. Penn. State Univ., Agric.
Expt. Sta., State College PA, 183 pp.

lReceived March 15, 1991. Accepted May 22, 1991.
“The Nature Conservancy, R.D. 1, Box 30B, Port Norris, NJ 08349

Vol. 102, No. 4. September & October, 1991 173

REVISED DISTRIBUTION OF THE IMMIGRANT
CARABID BEMBIDION OBTUSUM (COLEOPTERA:
CARABIDAE) IN EASTERN NORTH AMERICA!

E. Richard Hoebeke2, James K. Liebherr, Ross T. Bell?

ABSTRACT: An updated distribution is presented for the Palearctic carabid Bembidion
obtusum in eastern North America. New records for Ohio and Vermont, and additional
localities in New York, Ontario, and Quebec are given. Notes on biology, wing dimor-
phism, mode of introduction, dispersal, and colonization are also provided.

As one of a half dozen species of Bembidion known to be accidentally
introduced into North America (see Lindroth, 1963), B. obtusum Serville
is expanding its range in the eastern half of the United States and
Canada.

Herein, we review and summarize the few North American distribu-
tion records that have been documented in the literature for B. obtusum,
and revise the known distribution of this adventive carabid based on our
own collecting; on specimens examined in the collections of the
Canadian National Collection (Ottawa, Ontario = CNCI), University of
Guelph (Guelph, Ontario = GUEC), Cornell University (Ithaca, NY =
CUIC), University of Vermont (Burlington, VT = UVCC), Carnegie
Museum (Pittsburgh, PA = CMNH); and on specimens in the personal
collection of Harry J. Lee, Jr. (Fairview Park, OH = HJLC).

Lindroth (1963: 258) was the first to report B. obtusum from CANADA:
Ontario: York Co., 16 mi. W. Bond Head, 7.1X.1956 (3 29, brachyp-
terous) and from the UNITED STATES: New York: New York City,
taken on board a ship (1 specimen, sex?). Additional Canadian records
were later provided by Rivard (1965) who noted the collection of | 2
specimen from pitfall traps in agricultural lands in Ontario: Hastings
Co., nr. Belleville, 7.VI.1962, and Lindroth (1969) who listed it also from
Ontario: York Co., Toronto. Larochelle and Lebel (1977) collected
numerous specimens (119, sexes?) in southern Quebec: Huntingdon
Co., St.-Anicet, 13, 15.[X.1976, under leaf litter at edge of deciduous
forest, while Chantal (1977) recorded it from Quebec: Hochelaga Co.,
Dorval, 10.X.1975, ex “sifting mixture of bryophytes and grasses in
partially shaded area...” (1 specimen, sex?). Through the courtesy of
Stephen A. Marshall (University of Guelph, Guelph, Ontario), we also
learned of a record of B. obtusum from Wainfleet Bog, in southeast
Ontario south of Welland; this collection data resulted from a faunal

'Received March 25, 1991. Accepted April 22, 1991.

Department of Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853
’Department of Zoology, The University of Vermont, Burlington, VT 05405

ENT. NEWS 102(4): 173-178, September & October, 1991

174 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

survey of selected Ontario bogs (unpublished data, M.Sc. thesis by D.
Blades, University of Guelph). For the United States, Cooper (1976)
documented additional specimens (3 ¢C’, 1 9, all brachypterous) from
New York: Genesee Co., Bergen Swamp, 29. VIII.1964, in Berlese samples
of leaf litter. Shortly thereafter, Davidson and Langworthy (1978) added
the following localities for New York: Tompkins Co., W. Groton,
22.V.1976, treaded from wet grass at margin of small pond near pasture
(1b &, 1b 2), and Ithaca, Cornell Univ. Ornithology Laboratory, 23.V.1976
(1b ¢).

The new locality records that follow supplement those listed above,
and are mapped in Figure | [For specimens examined, the sex and wing
condition are noted, with the abbreviation “m” = macropterous, and “b”
= brachypterous; locality records marked by an asterisk (*) were kindly
provided by R.L. Davidson (in Jitt.)]:

UNITED STATES: New York: *Onondaga Co., Syracuse, VIII.1979, B.G. Stevenson
(4b oo, 1b 2) (CMNH). Tompkins Co., Danby, 27.III.1974, 2-3.IV.1974, E.R. Hoebeke (3b
So, 3b 22) (CUIC); Ithaca, Savage Farm, 18.X.1970, 22.1.1967, 22.1.1968, 5.V.1968, 3.X.1967,
17-18.111.1969, 5.VIII.1969, A-G. Wheeler, Jr., ex ground ca. alfalfa, ex decaying alfalfa
crowns, ex terminal stems of alfalfa (2m bo", 4b Do", 4b 29) (CUIC); *Ithaca, 17.1V.1978, J.E.
Rawlins, in rotting vines of cucurbits (1b ¢, lm &) (CMNH); Town of Ulysses, N. of
Jacksonville, 7.1V.1986, 19.1V.1986, 25.1V.1986, 25.X1.1986, 10.1'V.1987, 13.X.1987, 12.1V.1988,
7.1X.1988, 9.1V.1990, 12.1'V.1990, 14.1V.1990, 2.VIII.1990, 26.1X.1990, 29.1X.1990, 5.%.1990,
2.X11.1990, 22.X11.1990, E.R. Hoebeke, ex under flat stones on ground, ex under mats of
knotweed over edge of sidewalk (2m dC, 15b Bo, 17b 29) (CUIC).Wayne Co., Lyons,
VII.1969, E.N. Coye (1b 3, 1b 2) (CUIC) Ohio: Cuyahoga Co., Cleveland, Rocky River
Reserve, 13. VIII. 1982, H.J. Lee, Jr., ex leaf litter at edge of floodplain pond (1m 2) (HJLC).
Vermont: Addison Co., Shoreham, 18.V.1978, L. Crane, ex pitfall (1b 3) (UVCC). Chit-
tenden Co., Burlington, 10.1X.1980, Beardsley (1m 2) (UVCC); Burlington, Centennial
Field, 26.V.1986, R. & J. Bell (1b &, 1b 2) (UVCC); S. Burlington, 31.VIITI.1980, R.T. Bell (1m
2) (UVCC); Huntington, Camel’s Hump, 1,000 m elev., 1990, J. Leonard (1m 9) (UVCC).
Grand Isle Co., Grand Isle, 15.VIII.1983, R.T. Bell (1m &, 1m 9) (UVCC).

CANADA: Ontario: Grey Co., Owen Sound, Inglis Falls, 24.1.1985, 23.1V.1985, 2, 5,24,
30.V1.1985, 24, 26.X.1985, 29.X1.1985, B.J. Sinclair, ex seepage face, in moss of madicolous
spring (9b Do’, 6b 99) (GUEC). Hastings Co., Stirling, 18.1X.1971 (3m oo, 1m 2, 108b dC,
109b 22) (CNCI). Kent Co., Rondeau Pk., 2-13, 13-22. VI1.1985, L. LeSage & A. Woodliffe.
FIT at edge of oak forest (2m oc) (CNCI). Lambton Co., Thedford, 13-20.V.1983, ex
pitfalls in onion field (1b &) (CNCI). Leeds Co., 18 km. E. Gananoque, 12.V.-9.VI.1977,
Dondale & Redner, old field pitfall (2b 22) (CNCI). Middlesex Co., London, 30.VI.1970,
H.R. Thompson (1m c&)(CNCI). Waterloo Co., Oliver Bog, 3 km. S. Galt, 10-16. VII.1987, D.
Blades (1m 9)(CNCI). Wentworth Co., Ancaster, 28.III.1963, J.E.H. Martin (1b 2) (CNCI).
Prince Edward Co., IV.1957, 20.VIII.1961,J.F. Brimley, sifting (1m 9, 1b 2)(CNCI). Dunn
Twp., 15. VIII, 29. VIII.1971, W.W. Judd (1m 2, 1b &) (CNCI). St. Lawrence Island Nat. Pk..
Thwartway Isl., 14.1X.1976, E.E. Lindquist (1m 2) (CNCI); St. Lawrence Nat. Pk.. McDonald
Isl., 4.X.1976, Reid (1bc’) (CNCI). Quebec: Gatineau Co., Gatineau Pk., Hull-Quest, 21-
28.V.1982, E. Rickey & L. LeSage, ex pitfall in maple forest (1b o, 1m 2, 8b 99) (CNCI).
*Vaudreuil Co., Rigaud, 7.V.1982, A. Larochelle (Im 3) (CMNH).

Vol. 102, No. 4. September & October, 1991 175

Fig. 1. Known distribution of the immigrant carabid Bembidion obtusum in eastern North
America. These records were made available through the primary literature, our own
collecting, and collaboration with other researchers (see acknowledgments).

Bembidion obtusum is a common and widespread species in western
and central Europe, occurring in Ireland, England, France, The Nether-
lands, Switzerland, Belgium, Germany, Czechoslovakia, Poland, Hun-
gary, Denmark, and southern Sweden (Netolitzky, 1931; Horion, 1941;
Turin et al., 1977; Lindroth, 1988). In its native habitat, this synanthropic
species is found abundantly “on open clayish ground” (Lindroth, 1963),
and is acommon inhabitant of cultivated ecosystems, including arable
land, open fields, and in clover and alfalfa fields (Thiele, 1977). It
appears to occupy similar habitats in North America. North American
specimens have been collected in close association with alfalfa crop
plantings in New York - on the ground, among decaying crowns, and on
terminal stems (unpublished data); in this ecosystem the species has
been termed an “incidental predator” (Wheeler, 1971, 1973). Numerous
other specimens at hand have been collected in pitfall traps, under
stones, among various vegetative litter, in spruce-fir forest, and in moss
of madicolous springs (S.A. Marshall, pers. comm.).

Although there are over 300 described species of Bembidion recorded

176 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

from North America, B. obtusum is rather distinct morphologically and
can be easily distinguished from other Bembidion by the following com-
bination of characters (after Lindroth, 1963):

Small species (2.6-3.2 mm), uniformly piceous brown with slight metallic reflection, non-
converging frontal grooves of head, well-defined basal margin inside humerus of elytron,
discal setae in third stria ofelytron, and microsculpture lacking on pronotum and consisting
of extremely dense transverse lines on elytra.

As with several other introduced Bembidion in eastern North America
(i.e., B. lampros Herbst, B. guttula F., and B. properans Stephens), B.
obtusum exhibits dimorphism with respect to the hind wings. Wing
polymorphism in Pterostichus oblongopunctatus Illiger is under the con-
trol of a single gene, with macropters homozygously recessive, and the
brachypters heterozygous or homozygously dominant (Lindroth, 1946).
However, Langor and Larson (1983) discovered through breeding studies
of Bembidion lampros that “at least three alleles or two genes are involved
in controlling wing length of this species, and that there is no clear
evidence of any of the wing length factors being dominant.”

Presumably, wing polymorphism in a population results in individuals
of two differing dispersal abilities. Langor and Larson (1983) postulated
the following to occur under natural conditions: 1) in time phenotype
distribution (macropterous vs. brachypterous) would be expected to
follow a centrifugal cline with the frequency of the faster dispersing
macropters increasing towards the limits of the range, and 2) established,
founder populations would be expected to become predominantly
brachypterous as the frequency of the allele(s) determining macroptery
decreased due to the relatively more rapid emigration of the macropters.
However, Langor and Larson did not find this pattern to hold entirely
true for B. lampros, suggesting that dispersal of this species has been
significantly aided by human activities such as transport of top soil,
potted plants, or agricultural products. They also found, through rearing
studies of B. lampros, that the number of mature eggs carried by macro-
pterous females did not differ significantly from that for brachypterous
females (AOV, P = 0.05). Interestingly, this latter finding deviates from
the predicted case whereby the brachypterous morph is more fecund,
possessing increased relative fitness (see Roff, 1986).

We suggest the strong likelihood that B. obtusum was accidentally
introduced into North America, probably since the turn of the century
via ship ballast, or perhaps with soil shipped with imported nursery
stock from Europe (Brown, 1940; Lindroth, 1957). Subsequent dispersal
within eastern North America has probably been strongly influenced by
commerce; most of the available specimen records represent localities

Vol. 102, No. 4. September & October, 1991 17.

either at or near major ports of entry, along natural waterways, and other
transportation routes (see Fig. 1). Such a mode of human-assisted dispersal
would spread wing development alleles and result in a relatively homo-
geneous geographic distribution of allele frequencies. Conversely, active
range expansion by macropters, as suggested by the single winged
individuals from samples at the edge of the known range in Cleveland,
Ohio, and western Vermont, would result in higher frequencies of the
macropterous gene in newly colonized areas, with earlier colonized core
areas having higher frequencies of the brachypterous allele. Only inten-
sive collecting for B. obtusum in known areas of occurrence and elsewhere
will allow rigorous analysis of wing dimorphism, possibly providing
evidence of the probable point of colonization for this immigrant species
in eastern North America, as Lindroth (1963a) demonstrated for
Notiophilus biguttatus F. in Newfoundland.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank Robert L. Davidson (Section of Invertebrate Zoology, Carnegie Museum,
Pittsburgh, PA), Stephen A. Marshall (Department of Environmental Biology, University
of Guelph, Guelph, Ontario), and Yves Bousquet (Biosystematic Research Centre, Ottawa,
Ontario) for allowing us to examine specimens under their care and/or to publish locality
records of specimens, and Harry J. Lee, Jr. (Fairview Park, Ohio) for also providing us with
a specimen record from Ohio.

LITERATURE CITED

Brown, W.J. 1940. Notes on the American distribution of some species of Coleoptera
common to the European and North American continents. Can. Entomol. 72:65-78.

Chantal, C. 1977. Premiere mention du Bembidion obtusum Serv. (Coleoptera: Carabidae)
pour le Quebec. Cordulia 3:34.

Cooper, K.W. 1976. Rediscovery of Bembidion rufotinctum Chaudoir, with extreme range
and distributional records of Bembidion and other Carabidae (Coleoptera). Entomol.
News 87:159-166.

Davidson, R.L. and M.K. Langworthy. 1978. Two additional New York records for
Bembidion obtusum Serville (Coleoptera: Carabidae). Cordulia 4:10.

Horion, A. 1941. Faunistik der deutschen Kafer. Band I: Adephaga-Caraboidea. Hans
Goecke Verlag, Krefeld. 463 pp.

Larochelle A. and J.-P. Lebel. 1977. Une deuxieme station de Bembidion obtusum Serville
(Coleoptera: Carabidae) pour le Quebec. Cordulia 3:41-42.

Langor, D.W. and D.J. Larson. 1983. Alary polymorphism and life history ofa colonizing
ground beetle, Bembidion lampros Herbst (Coleoptera: Carabidae). Coleopt. Bull.
37:365-377.

Lindroth, C.H. 1946. Inheritance of wing dimorphism in Pterostichus anthracinus Ul.
Heriditas 32:37-40.

Lindroth, C.H. 1957. The faunal connections between Europe and North America. Wiley,
New York. 344 pp.

Lindroth, C.H. 1963. The ground-beetles of Canada and Alaska. Part 3. Opusc. Entomol.,
Suppl. 24: 201-408.

178 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Lindroth, C.H. 1963a. The fauna history of Newfoundland, illustrated by carabid beetles.
Opusc. Entomol., Suppl. 23:1-112.

Lindroth, C.H. 1969. The ground-beetles of Canada and Alaska. Part 6. Opusc. Entomol.,
Suppl. 34:945-1192.

Lindroth, C.H. 1988. Ground beetles (Carabidae) of Fennoscandia, a zoogeographic
study. Part II, Maps. [Translated and published for the Smithsonian Institution Libraries
and the National Science Foundation, Washington, D.C.] 271 pp.

Netolitzky, F. 1931. Die Verbreitung des Bembidion obtusum Serv. Entomol. Blatt. 27: 4 pp.
insert with map (no pagination).

Rivard, I. 1965. Additions to the list of carabid beetles (Coleoptera: Carabidae) from
agricultural lands near Belleville, Ontario. Can. Entomol. 97:332-333.

Roff, D.A. 1986. The evolution of wing dimorphism in insects. Evolution 40:1009-1020.

Thiele, H.-U. 1977. Carabid beetles in their environments. A study on habitat selection by
adaptations in physiology and behavior. Springer-Verlag, New York. 369 pp.

Turin, H., J. Haeck, and R. Hengeveld. 1977. Atlas of the carabid beetles of the Nether-
lands. North-Holland Publishing Company, Amsterdam. 228 pp.

Wheeler, A.G., Jr. 1971. A study of the arthropod fauna of alfalfa. Ph.D. Dissertation,
Department of Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca, NY. 332 pp.

Wheeler, A.G., Jr. 1973. Studies on the arthropod fauna of alfalfa. IV. Species associated
with the crown. Can. Entomol. 105:353-366.

Vol. 102, No. 4. September & October, 1991 179

LACE BUG GENUS ACALYPTA IN MEXICO:
KEY AND NEW SPECIES A. LAURAE
(HETEROPTERA: TINGIDAE)!

Richard C. Froeschner~

ABSTRACT: The new species A. /aurae is described and illustrated from a specimen
intercepted on Tillandsia inonantha being imported into the United States from Mexico.
The three known Mexican species of Acalypta, each based on a single specimen without
further locality information, are keyed.

The holarctic genus Acalypta Westwood contains 40 species of which
13, including the present newone, occur in the Western Hemisphere. The
two most recent comprehensive treatments of the New World species of
Acalypta were by Drake and Lattin (1963) who treated 10 species and by
Froeschner (1976) who added the eleventh species along with zoogeo-
graphic notes; subsequently a twelfth, species, A. susanae, was described
from Arkansas by Allen et al. (1988). At this time ten of the New World
species of Acalypta are known from north of the Rio Grande River and
three other species, including the present new one, are known only from
Mexico.

The single specimen of the present new species was intercepted on
Tillandsia inonantha Planchon (family Bromeliaceae) being imported
into the United States from Mexico. In the light of Drake and Lattin’s
(1963:334) comment that members of Acalypta are primarily muscicolous
but may use other plants in the absence of suitable mosses, this specimen
may have come from a moss used as packing for the flowering plant.

All three Mexican species of Acalypta are based on unique, brachyp-
terous, and otherwise unlocalized type specimens intercepted on plants
being imported into the United States from that country. Collectors in
Mexico are urged to attempt to determine their ranges more precisely.

Acalypta laurae new species
Figure |

Diagnosis: Known only from one brachypterous female, this species
may be differentiated from all other members of this genus in the New
World by the following combination of characters: Pronotum unicar-

lReceived December 27, 1990. Accepted April 20, 1991.
Department of Entomology NHB-127, United States National Museum of Natural

History, Washington, D.C. 20560

ENT. NEWS 102(4): 179-182, September & October, 1991

180 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

inate; head with a pair of long, separated frontal spines; and hypocosta
uniseriate.

In Drake and Lattin’s (1963:335-336) “Key to the Brachypterous Forms of
American Acalypta, ” A. laurae runs to A. mniophila Drake and Ruhoff but
can be distinguished therefrom by possession of a pair of long, frontal
spines. In Froeschner’s (1976:267) key to the Acalypta known from Mexico, it
runs to A. ruhoffae Froeschner but can be separated by any one of the
following characters: the presence of long, well separated frontal spines;
the wholly uniseriate hypocostal lamina; or the unicolored dark veins of
the hemelytra.

Description: Measurements in millimeters. Brachypterous female holotype. Broadly
ovate, widest slightly posterior to midlength. Color dark fuscous brown; veins separating
discoidal and corial areas concolorous with veins within those areas. Ventrally dark with
bucculae, base of hemelytron, and margins of coxal cavities noticeably paler.

Head with frontal spines long, diverging, slightly surpassing apex. Bucculae anteriorly
distinctly incurved, not contiguous. Antennophore straight, blunt, attaining midlength of
antennal segment I. Antennal segmental proportions, I-IV, 0.11 : 0.08 : 0.39 : 0.17; segment
III slender, noticeably wider on basal sixth.

Pronotum with weakly tectate, bluntly triangular, anteromedian projection above head;
paranotum almost twice as wide as an eye, triseriate, lateral margin convex; median carina
irregularly uniseriate in middle third, then lower toward each end; lateral carinae absent.

Costal area cells prominent, mostly quadrate, uniseriate except for one or two divided
cells at base and near apical fourth; outer limiting veins of discoidal areas coarctate in
basal third, in lateral view strongly elevated and convex along anterior two-thirds; inner
limiting vein of discoidal area becoming evanescent basally. Hypocostal lamina uni-
seriate. Length 2.07.

Holotype: Brachypterous female, “intercepted on leaf of Tillandsia
ionantha from Mexico; Tex., Brownsville, Feb. 19, 1988, D. Riley.” De-
posited in the National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian
Institution, Washington, D.C.

The name of this species dedicates it to Ms. Laura Torres Miller whose
dissertation formed the basis for the revision of Mexican tingid genera
by Brailovsky and Torres (1986).

Key to brachypterous Mexican Acalypta

1. Head with a pair of long frontal spines exceeding apex of head. Paranotum with 3 rows
OF COTS cssasssssssksbadpscoeaatectsicicusstan Pescony qoatatenagatPaetasceetteesoaree ora ate eee 2
Head without prominent frontal spines. Paranotum with 2 rows of cells
assou os vbcssbvcnandvacuusuceuseteeeeattvtaet thaseons canara ter trent teat aero nea ceccn acters mniophila Drake and Ruhoff

2. Frontal spines distinctly separated. Hypocosta wholly uniseriate. Outer limiting veins
of discoidal area concolorous with veins in discoidal and subcostal areas

ne ae ee Ecce GERRY toc by SB tiocococere laurae new species
Frontal spines virtually contiguous for full length. Hypocosta biseriate basally. Outer
limiting veins of discoidal area conspicuously darker than veins in discoidal and
Subcostal areas... :.ccacccceseaeco eo eee ruhoffae Froeschner

181

Vol. 102, No. 4. September & October, 1991

Fig. 1. Habitus of Acalypta laurae, n. sp.

182 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Special thanks are due to Elsie H. Froeschner for the fine halftone habitus drawing, to
Thomas J. Henry, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Systematic Entomology Laboratory,
and Oliver S. Flint, Jr., National Museum of Natural History for reviewing the manuscript
and making helpful suggestions.

LITERATURE CITED

Allen, R.T., C.E. Cariton, and S.A. Tedder. 1988. A new species of Acalypta (Hemiptera,
Tingidae) from Arkansas. J. Kansas Ent.Soc., 61(1):126-130.

Brailovsky, H., and L. Torres. 1986. Hemiptera-Heteroptera de México XXXVI. Revision
génerica de la familia Tingidae Laporte. An. Inst. Biol. Univ. Nal. Auton. Méx., 56, ser.
Zool., (3):869-932 (1985).

Drake, C.J., and J.D. Lattin. 1963. American species of the lacebug genus Acalypta
(Hemiptera: Tingidae). Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 115:331-345.

Froeschner, R.C. 1976. Zoogeographic notes on the lace bug genus Acalypta Westwood in
the Americas with description of a new species from Mexico (Hemiptera: Tingidae).
Amer. Midl. Nat., 96(2):257-269.

Vol. 102, No. 4. September & October, 1991 183

PREDATION BY BEZZIA LARVAE
(DIPTERA: CERATOPOGONIDAE) ON MOSQUITO
LARVAE (DIPTERA: CULICIDAE)!

Lawrence J. Hribar2> 3, Gary R. Mullen?

ABSTRACT: Larvae of Bezzia spp. were observed while feeding in the laboratory. Bezzia sp.
nr. expolita larvae fed on both mosquito and chironomid larvae, and killed mosquito larvae
quickly. Bezzia nobilis larvae were not successful in subduing either mosquito or chironomid
larvae.

Perhaps the least known aspect of the biology of biting midge larvae is
their feeding behavior (Mullen and Hribar 1988). Food items of Bezzia
larvae have been reported infrequently in the past, although mosquito
larvae have been mentioned as food items for Bezzia glabra (Coquillett)
and B. varicolor (Coquillett) (Thomsen 1937), and for unidentified Bezzia
larvae (Weerekoon 1953). Weerekoon (1953) suggested that the latter
Bezzia species also fed on Chironomus larvae since he observed red
pigment in the alimentary tract of the ceratopogonid larvae. Thomsen
(1937) reported that Bezzia larvae fed on newly hatched caddisfly larvae,
and Kettle et al. (1975) were able to rear Bezzia larvae to the adult stage on
a diet of nematodes. Grogan and Messersmith (1976) reported that
larvae of Bezzia glabra (Coquillett) and B. pulverea (Coquillett) preyed on
larvae of a smaller predaceous ceratopogonid, Alluaudomyia paraspina
Wirth, in the laboratory. Collins (1975) and Wirth (1983) both reported
that Bezzia nobilis preyed on the eggs of the brine fly Ephydra thermo-
phylla Cresson. We report here observations on the feeding behavior and
food items of larvae of two Bezzia species.

Larvae of Bezzia nobilis (Winnertz), and Bezzia sp. nr. expolita
(Coquillett) were collected from sandy pond shores by sieving, salt-
flotation, and agar extraction (Hribar 1990). Feeding arenas were con-
structed from plastic petri dishes (diam. 7.6 cm.) filled to within 0.6 cm of
the top with 0.8% water agar. Larvae, subdued by chilling in a refrigerator,
were introduced to the agar arenas. After covering the agar surface with
spring water, a potential food item was introduced. Arenas were examined
daily and food items were replaced when necessary.

IReceived March 18, 1991. Accepted April 29, 1991.
Department of Entomology and Alabama Agricultural Experiment Station, Auburn

University. AL 36849-5413 en i: a
3Present address: Department of Entomology, 402 Life Sciences Building, Louisiana State

University, Baton Rouge, LA 70803.

ENT. NEWS 102(4): 183-186, September & October, 1991

184 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Two larvae of Bezzia sp. nr. expolita were introduced into an arena and
provided with larvae of Aedes aegypti. Another Bezzia sp. nr. expolita larva
was placed into an arena and provided with larvae of Chironomus sp.
Five B. nobilis larvae were provided with Ae. aegypti, and two were pro-
vided with Chironomus larvae. Arenas were examined by using a dissecting
microscope. Movements of mouthparts, orientation of head capsule and
body during feeding or browsing activities, and activity within the ali-
mentary canals of larvae were observed.

Two larvae of Bezzia sp. nr. expolita were observed feeding on larvae of
Aedes aegypti. When mosquito larvae were placed into the arena with the
predaceous midge larvae, one Bezzia larva immediately oriented toward
them. The midge larva recurved its thoracic segments, similar to a snake,
and then struck at the mosquito larva, seizing it with the mandibles. The
stricken larva struggled for approximately 30 seconds before it was
completely immobilized. The midge larva kept its mandibles embedded
in the mosquito larva until the latter was completely immobile, then
penetrated the mosquito’s body on the ventral aspect of the prothorax
and immediately began to feed. It subsequently entered the third ab-
dominal segment. The muscles and fat bodies were ingested without
destroying the alimentary tract of the prey. The mandibles moved
alternately while the epipharynx functioned with its characteristic fore
and aft movements. The Bezzia larva appeared to suck or pump material
out of the mosquito. After one hour, the Bezzia larva left the mosquito
larva for about two minutes, during which time it did not attack any other
prey. The midge larva returned to the mosquito larva and reentered the
cadaver through the original feeding hole. This time it moved forward
through the mosquito, feeding on the contents of cervix and head capsule
including the eye pigments. The bolus was thus observed as it travelled
through the midge’s alimentary tract. The eye pigments stayed in discrete
balls and were not mixed with any other contents of the gut as they
passed by peristalsis through the alimentary tract. The Bezzia larva then
exited the mosquito. After remaining inactive for about two minutes, it
again reentered the larva and resumed feeding for about 30 seconds
before abandoning its prey altogether. The mosquito larva had become
blackish in color during feeding by the Bezzia larva.

A second Bezzia sp. nr. expolita larva attacked and fed on another Ae.
aegypti larva. This larva seized the mosquito on the second abdominal
segment. The mosquito struggled for about 20 seconds before it apparently
died. The Bezzia larva then began to feed on the mosquito’s abdominal
tissues. After two hours, the larva cut a new opening in the last abdominal

Vol. 102, No. 4. September & October, 1991 185
a nS a ee ee

segment of the mosquito and continued to feed near the respiratory
siphon.

In contrast to the aggressive feeding habits of Bezzia sp. nr expolita, B.
nobilis larvae did not successfully feed on Ae. aegypti larvae when they
were provided with them. On the few occasions when they did attack
mosquito larvae, the B. nobilis larvae did not sustain their attack. The
integument of the mosquito larvae was not punctured, and the mosquitoes
were released when they struggled.

During another set of feeding trials, three Bezzia nobilis larvae were
observed feeding on a dead conspecific adult. The larvae entered the
body of the adult fly through the integument of the abdomen and the
postgenal region of the head. One larva burrowed anteriorly as far as the
metathoracic segment. Ingested tissue was formed into a bolus. As the
bolus was swallowed, the epipharynx was adducted within the cibarium,
pushing the bolus over the hypopharynx, through the mouth, and into
the stomodaeum.

Larvae exhibited a characteristic behavior when feeding or searching
for food. Each larva appeared to brush the anterior margin of its labrum
along the substrate, often accompanied by a slow side-to-side motion of
the head and thoracic segments. The manidbles moved irregularly,
usually when the larva had stopped its side-to-side head movements.
The mandibles were used to move food into the cibarium; the epipharynx
moved fore and aft, gathering food into a bolus; and after several rhythmic
cycles of alternate protraction and retraction, the epipharynx was used to
move the bolus back into the mouth.

When Bezzia sp. nr. expolita larvae fed on only mosquito and chir-
onomid larvae they pupated and produced normal adults. The aggressive
feeding on mosquito larvae by Bezzia sp.nr. expolita larvae as described
herein corroborates the account of Weerekoon (1953), who described
similar feeding on larval mosquitoes by several species of Palpomyia and
Bezzia. Bezzia nobilis larvae did not survive to pupation when provided
with only mosquito or chironomid larvae. The behavior of mosquito
larvae when attacked appeared to discourage further efforts by B. nobilis
to feed. This species survived to pupation in other feeding arenas when
offered protozoa and bacteria, and fed voraciously on dead conspecific
adults, suggesting that small orimmobile prey might be preferred (Hribar,
unpublished obs.). Despite the difficulties of rearing predaceous midge
larvae, further detailed observations of the feeding behavior of these
insects should be possible under laboratory conditions. This work was
supported in part by Alabama State Research Project AL-720.

186 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

LITERATURE CITED

Collins, N.C. 1975. Population biology of a brine fly (Diptera: Ephydridae) in the presence
of abundant algal food. Ecology 56: 1139-1148.

Grogan, W.L., Jr., and D.H. Messersmith. 1976. The immature stages of Alluaudomyia
paraspina (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) with notes on its biology. Ann. Entomol. Soc.
Am. 69: 687-690.

Hribar, L.J. 1990. A review of methods for recovering biting midge larvae (Diptera:
Ceratopogonidae) from substrate samples. J. Agric. Entomol. 5: 71-77.

Kettle, D.S., C.H. Wild, and M.M. Elson. 1975. A new technique for rearing individual
Culicoides larvae (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae). J. Med. Entomol. 12: 263-264.

Mullen, G.R., and L.J. Hribar. 1988. Biology and feeding behavior of ceratopogonid
larvae (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) in North America. Bull. Soc. Vector Ecol. 13: 60-
81.

Thomsen, L.C. 1937. Aquatic Diptera. Part V. Ceratopogonidae. Mem. Cornell Univ.
Agric.Exp. Sta. 210: 57-80.

Weerekoon, A.C.J. 1953. On the behaviour of certain Ceratopogonidae (Diptera). Proc.
Roy. Entomol. Soc. Lond. 28: 85-92.

Wirth, W.W. 1983. Areview of the American predaceous midges of the Bezzia nobilis group
(Diptera: Ceratopogonidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 85: 670-685.

Vol. 102, No. 4. September & October, 1991 187

A NEW AULACUS
(HYMENOPTERA: GASTERUPTIONIDAE:
AULACINAE) FROM VIRGINIA!

David R. Smith2

ABSTRACT: Aulacus impolitus, n. sp., is described from Virginia and separated from
related species. A list of 12 species of Aulacinae known to occur in Virginia is given.

The Aulacinae parasitize wood-boring Coleoptera and Hymenop-
tera. Townes (1950) revised the subfamily for the Nearctic, and included
21 species of Pristaulacus Kieffer (as Aulacostethus Philippi) and 6 species
of Aulacus Jurine. Walkley (1952) added one species of Aulacus. Since,
there has been little work on Nearctic Aulacinae except for the catalog by
Carlson (1979). From Malaise trap collecting the past several years in
Clarke, Fairfax, and Louisa counties, Virginia, I found 10 species of
Aulacinae and discovered a species of Aulacus that is clearly separable
from the described species.

Since Townes (1950), some authors, including Carlson (1979), have
treated the Aulacinae as a distinct family. More recently, Gibson (1985),
Rasnitsyn (1988), and Whitfield et a/. (1989) have provided some evi-
dence that the aulacines and gasteruptionines together comprise a
monophyletic group. Therefore, I regard Aulacus as a member of the
subfamily Aulacinae in the Gasteruptionidae.

Aulacus impolitus Smith, new species
Figs. 1, 2

Female: Length, excluding ovipositor, 7.5-9.0 mm; forewing length, 6.5-7.5 mm; ovi-
positor length about.8 times forewing length. Entirely dark orange with antennal flagellum
blackish. Wings uniformly hyaline to very lightly smoky. Head finely granular and sha-
greened, dull; without occipital carina. Mesonotum finely granular and shagreened, with-
out distinct transverse rugae. Pronotum finely punctate with short, transverse rugae in
lateral depression. Sides of thorax shiny, mesopleuron with transverse to reticulate rugae.
Metapleuron and propodeum shining with transverse and oblique rugae more widely
spaced than those on mesopleuron. Hindcoxa without a groove and without a projecting
ventral lobe; outer apical margin of midtibia wihtout toothlike projection; tarsal claw with
small inner tooth near base. First sternite not cleft. Forewing with second recurrent vein

resent.
Z Male: Length, 7.0-8.0 mm; forewing length 6.0-7.5 mm. Color and structure similar to
female.

lReceived May 20, 1991. Accepted May 20, 1991.
Systematic Entomology Laboratory, PSI, Agricultural Research Service, U.S.D.A., c/o
National Museum of Natural History, NHB 168, Washington, D.C. 20560.

ENT. NEWS 102(4): 187-191, September & October, 1991

188 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Holotype: Female, Virginia, Clarke Co., University of Virginia’s Blandy Experimental
Farm, 2 mi. S. Boyce, V-1-13-90, Malaise trap, David R. Smith. In the National Museum of
Natural History, Washington, D.C.

Paratypes: VIRGINIA: Same data as for holotype (2 2, 3 &); same except date, V-14-24-
90 (3 2); Louisa Co., 4 mi. S. Cuckoo, Malaise trap, V-13-27-87, D.R. Smith (1 2). Deposited
with the holotype.

DISCUSSION

Aulacus impolitus and A. aneurus Walkey run to couplet two in Townes’
1950 key to Aulacus species which includes A. dispilus Townes and A.
brevicaudus Cushman. These four species are separated from the other
four species of Aulacus by the lack of wrinkles on top of the head and in
back of the head in the position of the occipital carina, lack of a pro-
jecting lobe on the hindcoxa of the female, and lack of a cleft on the first
sternite of the female. Townes’ second couplet is modified to include all
four species:

2. Unicolorus dark orange or black and forewing without apical dark spot; head
granular, dull; forewing with or without second recurrent VeiM..............ceseeesseeseeeeee 2a
- Bicolored, orange with mesosternum and coxae black and with an apical dark spot
on forewing or head and thorax black and gaster reddish; head with widely sep-
arated, coarse punctures separated by shining interspaces or shiny and smooth;
second recurrent vein of forewing distinct <.s:.. 5. 25-scck rhamnoides ter 2b
2a. Black; top of head, mesoprescutum, and mesoscutellum with distinct coarse trans-
verse or curved rugae; ovipositor sheath slightly longer than forewing; second
recurrent vein of forewing absent; New MeXiCO..........c:sssessessessecssee aneurus Walkley
- Dark orange; head and mesonotum without distinct transverse or curved rugae;
ovipositor sheath about .8 times length of forewing; second recurrent vein of fore-
WINE: PTESEN SVAN PUM ae coe ea rec se e eaoe roe impolitus, n. sp.
2b. Forewing with an apical dark spot; orange with mesosternum and coxae black;
frons coarsely punctate; top of head with coarse punctures separated by flat, shining
interspaces; ovipositor sheath about 1.1 times length of forewing; Texas
sésssieopusisosicgssietcansstsvvasesseccndueatedsstatasesavouepa otecaevacsitcmcobhe sucectceasctieraclotdbetateeasss ep enceetae dispilus Townes
- Forewing without an apical dark spot; head and thorax black, gaster red; frons very
finely punctate; top of head without coarse punctures; ovipositor sheath about .6
times length of forewing; California, Oregon ..............cceeeee brevicaudus Cushman

Aulacus impolitus is distinguished by the combination of the entirely
dark orange coloration; fine, granular, dull sculpturation and lack of
distinct transverse rugae on the head and mesonotum; lack ofa dark spot
at the apex of the forewing; presence of the second recurrent vein in the
forewing; and ovipositor length shorter than forewing length.

Townes (1950) mentioned that A. dispilus and A. brevicaudus are para-
sitoids of Coleoptera, and the other species (in couplets 3-5 of his key) are
parasitoids of Xiphydriidae (Xiphydria). However, I found no confirmed

Vol. 102, No. 4. September & October, 1991

Figs. 1-2. Aulacus impolitus. 1, Lateral view. 2, Dorsal view of head and thorax.

189

190 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

records of the former from Coleoptera. Rearing records are from twigs of
woody plants, apparently presumed to contain Coleoptera. Deyrup (1984)
gave some biological notes on A. burquei (Provancher) and A. digitalis
Townes which are parasitoids of Xiphydria maculata Say. The host of A.
impolitus is not known. Specimens were collected in Malaise traps set
near a pond where willow was prevalent and from traps set in and at the
edge of an 80-year-old elm-oak-hickory woodlot in Clarke County.

The species name is from the Latin adjective impolitus, referring to the
rough, unpolished texture head of the new species.

List of Virginia species of Aulacinae

I have confirmed records of the following Aulacinae in Virginia. An
asterisk (*) indicates a new Virginia record. Virginia county names are
listed.

Aulacus burquei (Provancher)* - Fairfax; Louisa
Aulacus digitalis Townes* - Fairfax; Louisa
Aulacus impolitus Smith* - Clarke; Louisa
Aulacus lovei (Ashmead)* - Fairfax; Louisa
Aulacus pallipes Cresson - Arlington

Pristaulacus flavicrurus (Bradley)* - Clarke

Pristaulacus niger (Shuckard) - Fairfax

Pristaulacus resutorivorus (Westwood) - Fairfax

Pristaulacus rufitarsis (Cresson)* - Fairfax

Pristaulacus stigmaterus (Cresson)* - Clarke; Fairfax; Louisa; Montgomery
Pristaulacus strangaliae Rohwer - Clarke; Grayson; Fairfax; Louisa
Pristaulacus violaceus (Bradley) - Nelson

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I extend thanks to Drs. Michael Bowers and Christopher Sacchi, University of Virginia,
for allowing access to the Blandy Experimental Farm for field work and to Mr. and Mrs.
J.G. Kloke for allowing field work on their property in Louisa Co. Also thanks are extended
to L. Masner, Agriculture Canada, Ottawa; M.A. Deyrup, Archbold Biological Station,
Lake Placid, Florida; S.R. Shaw, University of Wyoming, Laramie; and R.E. White and
E.E. Grissell, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, Washington, D.C., for reviewing
the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Carlson, R.C. 1979. Aulacidae, pp. 1111-1115. Jn Krombein, K.V. et al., eds. Catalog of
Hymenoptera of American North of Mexico. Vol. 1. Smithsonian Institution Press,
Washington, D.C.

Deyrup, M.A. 1984. A maple wood wasp, Xiphydria maculata, and its insect enemies
(Hymenoptera: Xiphydriidae). Great Lakes Entomol. 17: 17-28.

Vol. 102, No. 4. September & October, 1991 191

Gibson, G.A.P. 1985. Some pro- and mesothoracic structures important for phylogenetic
analysis of Hymenoptera, with a review of terms used for the structures. Can. Entomol.
117: 1395-1443.

Rasnitsyn, A.P. 1988. An outline of the evolution of the hymenopterous insects (Order
Vespida). Oriental Insects 22: 115-145.

Townes, H.K. 1950. The nearctic species of Gasteruptiidae (Hymenoptera). Proc. U.S. Nat.
Mus. 100: 85-145.

Walkley, L.M. 1952. An ususual aulacine from New Mexico (Hymenoptera -Gasteruptiidae).
Proc. Entomol. Soc..Wash. 54: 185-186.

Whitfield, J.B., et al. 1989. Identity and phylogenetic significance of the metapostnotum
in nonaculeate Hymenoptera. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 82: 663-673.

BOOK REVIEW

THE AFRICAN HONEY BEE Marla Spivak, David J.C. Fletcher and
Michael D. Breed, editors. 1991. Westview Studies in Insect Biology.
Westview Press, Boulder, CO $55.00

This is the first book to comprehensively review the scientific literature on Apis mellifera
scutellata (formerly adansonii), the “African” or Africanized honey bee of the Americas.
This bee population, characterized as having high rates of swarming and absconding, a
rapid colony population increase and prolonged and rapid expression of defensive be-
haviors, is also commonly called the killer bee. Their defensive reputation has resulted in
negative interactions with human populations.

There are 19 chapters in this book divided into 5 sections. Nineteen authors contributed
material with several such as Rinderer (4 chapters) and Hellmich (3 chapters) leading the
way. Each co-editor produced a chapter in addition to collaborating on an introductory
chapter. The book is heavy on text with few charts or diagrams and even fewer photo-
graphs. The references are handled at the end ofeach chapter rather than as one section but
an author index does assist finding literature. Random checking of references and index
showed a high degree of accuracy. References are consistently cited one section to the
next.

The five sections are: I. Systematics and Identification (2 chapters); II. The spread of
Africanized Bees and the Africanization Process (6 chapters); III. Population Biology.
Ecology and Diseases (5 chapters); IV. Defensive Behavior (3 chapters); and finally V.
Beekeeping in South America (3 chapters). Missing is a contribution from Orley Taylor (in
introduction, co-editors state “a couple [of] important investigators were unwilling or
unable to deliver promised chapters”) and information on the bee in Central America/
Mexico (except chapter 7 on Costa Rica and in studies cited by various authors).

It is inevitable in a multi-authored book that there are going to be contradictory state-
ments. Such is the case with this text. There is no consensus as to the best solution to the
“Africanized bee problem.” There is no single population of bees that behave in a similar
manner and the points of references of the various authors are different. The co-editors cite
the differences of opinion as a strength of the book in their introduction.

Even the name chosen for the bee is a contradiction. Only | chapter (Chapter 4 by co-
editor Fletcher) used the term African bee. The population is referred to as Africanized
honey bee (and the process as africanization) everywhere else in the book. The 2 chapters
in the Systematics and Identification section have Howell Daly using Africanized
(Chapter 2) but Glenn Hall (Chapter 3) naming bees by continents of origin. Hall uses the
term africanized bees to refer to bees of “European maternal lines hybridized to African
males.” This reviewer believes it would have been more consistent to use Africanized in the

title than “African.”
Continued on page 194

192 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

DISTRIBUTIONAL RECORDS FOR SOME
NORTH AMERICAN SAND FLIES,
LUTZOMYIA (DIPTERA: PSYCHODIDAE)!

Chad P. McHugh?

ABSTRACT: Distributional records, including seven new county records, are reported for
Lutzomyia anthophora, L. diabolica, L. shannoni, and L. texana collected in Texas and
Arkansas.

Despite their importance as vectors of Leishmania Ross, phlebovir-
uses, and Bartonella bacilliformis Strong, Tyzzer and Sellards, the causa-
tive agent of Carrion’s disease, little is known about the distribution and
natural history of phlebotomine sand flies in North America. Larval
breeding sites are largely unknown, and information on host feeding
patterns and seasonal activity is anecdotal or inferred from casual field
observations. Young and Perkins (1984) summarized the known geo-
graphic distributions of sand fly species in North America, north of
Mexico, but those records are limited in number and probably reflect the
distribution of collectors more than that of the sand flies themselves. The
following records from Texas and Arkansas document collections of
four species of Lutzomyia, including seven new county records (dates
preceded by an asterisk). The Texas collections were made in the south-
ern part of the state where Leishmania is enzootic (Grimaldi et al. 1989)
and where the sand fly fauna is poorly documented. All collections in
Texas were made in the immediate vicinity of nests of the southern plains
woodrat, Neotoma micropus Baird, a host for Leishmania mexicana (Biagi)
(McHugh et al. 1990). The specimens from Arkansas were collected
incidental to sampling for mosquitoes. Unless noted otherwise, all col-
lections were made with solid-state army miniature light traps. Light
traps were occasionally supplemented with CO. Identifications were
confirmed by Dr. P.V. Perkins, and voucher specimens have been de-
posited with the Museum Support Center, Smithsonian Institution,
Washington, D.C. 20560. Abbreviations for collectors used in species
records are: C.L. Dieter (CLD), P.A. Hanny (PAH), S.F. Kerr (SFK), C.K.
McHugh (CKM), C.P. McHugh (CPM), and C.A. Saulsberry (CAS).

Received February 25, 1991. Accepted April 8, 1991.
“Occupational and Environmental Health Directorate, Armstrong Laboratory, Brooks
Air Force Base, TX 78235.

ENT. NEWS 102(4): 192-194, September & October, 1991

Vol. 102, No. 4. September & October, 1991 193

Lutzomyia anthophora (Addis)

Texas, ATASCOSA: *10-VI-1990, 6 mi S Jourdanton, CPM and SFK. FRIO: *23-VI-1990,
14 mi SE Pearsall, CPM and SFK. 1-[X-1990, 14 mi SE Pearsall, CPM and SFK. BEXAR
{all in the vicinity of Brooks Air Force Base (AFB)]: 4-V-1988, ex Neotoma nest, CPM. 6-V-
1988, CPM. 10-V-1988, ex Neotoma nest, CPM. 6-VI-1990, CPM and PAH. 26-VI-1990,
CPM. 3-VII-1990, CPM and PAH. 22-VIII-1990, CPM and SFK. 7-I1X-1990, ex Neotoma
nest, CPM and SFK.

Lutzomyia anthophora is a nest associate of N. micropus, (Young and
Perkins 1984) and is the suspected vector of Rio Grande virus among
these rodents (Endris et al. 1983). This species also has transmitted L.
mexicana to rodents under laboratory conditions (Endris et al. 1987) and
is the probable vector of L. mexicana among woodrats (McHugh et al.
1990). This sand fly is probably distributed throughout south Texas and
southward to Morales State, Mexico (Young and Perkins 1984).

Lutzomyia diabolica (Hall)

Texas, DIMMIT: *28-VII-1990, Chaparral Wildlife Management Area, CPM, SFK and
CKM. FRIO: *23-VI-1990, 14 mi SE Pearsall, CPM and SFK. LA SALLE: *28-VII-1990,
Chaparral Wildlife Management Area, CPM, SFK and CKM.

Lutzomyia diabolica has transmitted Leishmania to rodents under lab-
oratory conditions (Lawyer and Young 1987) and is believed to feed ona
wide variety of mammals, including humans (Young and Perkins 1984).
Lutzomyia diabolica is not known to be associated with or feed on wood-
rats, but collections of this species in the vicinity of Neotoma nests suggest
that some interaction may occur. At one collecting site southeast of
Pearsall, Texas, L. diabolica was the predominant sand fly species col-
lected. Lutzomyia diabolica occurs from Texas southward into Mexico
(Young and Perkins 1984).

Lutzomyia shannoni (Dyar)

Arkansas, PULASKI: *8-VI-1989, Little Rock AFB, CLD. 15-VIII-1989, Little Rock AFB,
CAS.

Lutzomyia shannoni has transmitted Leishmania in the laboratory
(Lawyer and Young 1987), but it has not been reported from southern
Texas where human cases of leishmaniasis have occurred. This species is
distributed throughout the southeastern and mid-atlantic states (Young
and Perkins 1984) and probably extends at least into eastern Texas.

194 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Lutzomyia texana (Dampf)

Texas, FRIO: *23-VI-1990, 14 mi SE Pearsall, CPM and SFK. BEXAR (all in the vicinity of
Brooks AFB): 3-VII-1990, CPM and PAH. 26-VII-1990, CPM and SFK. 15-XI-1990, CPM
and SFK.

Lutzomyia texana has been collected from the nests of leaf-cutting ants
and armadillo burrows (Young and Perkins 1984). Armadillos are com-
mon in habitat similar to that in which the collections were made. The
known range of L. texana extends from Texas, through Mexico and into
Honduras (Young and Perkins 1984).

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Dennis D. Pinkovsky and David E. Bowles reviewed the manuscript for this paper. Peter
V. Perkins of the Walter Reed Army Institute of Research confirmed the determinations.
Jaime C. Rutledge arranged access to the Chaparral Wildlife Management Area.

LITERATURE CITED

Endris, R.G., R.B. Tesh, and D.G. Young. 1983. Transovarial transmission of Rio
Grande virus (Bunyaviridae: Phlebovirus) by the sand fly, Lutzomyia anthophora. Am. J.
Trop. Med. Hyg. 32: 862-864.

Endris, R.G., D.G. Young, and P.V. Perkins. 1987. Experimental transmission of
Leishmania mexicana by a North American sand fly, Lutzomyia anthophora (Diptera:
Psychodidae). J. Med. Entomol. 24: 243-247.

Grimaldi, G., Jr., R.B. Tesh, and D. McMahon-Pratt. 1989. A review of the geographic
distribution and epidemiology of leishmaniasis in the New World. Am. J. Trop. Med.
Hyg. 41: 687-725.

Lawyer, P.G. and D.G. Young. 1987. Experimental transmission of Leishmania
mexicana to hamsters by bites of Phlebotomine sand flies (Diptera: Psychodidae)
from the United States. J. Med. Entomol. 24: 458-462.

McHugh, C.P., M. Grogl, and S.F. Kerr. 1990. Isolation of Leishmania mexicana from
Neotoma micropus collected in Texas. J. Parasitol. 76: 741-742.

Young, D.G. and P.V. Perkins. 1984. Phlebotomine sand flies of North America
(Diptera: Psychodidae). Mosq. News 44: 263-304.

Continued from page 191
The book brings together a wide range of studies, including some research not previously
reviewed in English. For researchers interested in examining the population and for
biologists that have heard little, or much, about the bee, this book is a valuable reference
and benchmark of what we do and don’t know about the “African” (africanized) bee. It is
recommended reading for all.

Dewey M. Caron
Department of Entomology,
University of Delaware

Vol. 102, No. 4. September & October, 1991 195

ADDITIONS TO THE GENUS CALLISCARTA
(HOMOPTERA: CICADELLIDAE)!: 2

Paul H. Freytag?

ABSTRACT: Additions to the genus Calliscarta include C. richardsi sp. n. from Brazil, the
females of C. boliviana (Osborn) and C. stigmata (Nast) and the male of C. rugosa Freytag.
Also, C. columbiana (Nast) and C. stigmata (Nast) are recorded from Panama.

Additional leafhopper specimens belonging to the subfamily Neo-
balinae add to our knowledge of the Genus Calliscarta. The material was
obtained from Dr. William J. Knight, British Museum of Natural His-
tory, (BMNH), London, England; Dr. Luis J. Jolly T. and Marco Gaiani,
Museo Instituto de Zoologia Agricola, Universidad Central de
Venezuela, MIZA), Maracay, Venezuela; Dr. Henk Wolda, Smithsonian
Tropical Research Institute, (STRI), Balboa, Panama; and Dr. K.G.A.
Hamilton, Biosystematics Research Institute, Canada Department of
Agriculture, (BRIC), Ottawa, Canada. I wish to thank these persons for
making this material available.

The following information is added to that found in the revision of the
genus Calliscarta Stal (Freytag, 1988):

Calliscarta columbiana (Nast)
Idiotettix columbiana Nast 1952, p. 2.

One male, collected from Panama, extends the known distribution of
this species. Also, the label data gives the first host association of any of
the species of this subfamily. The data is as follows: PANAMA, Canal
Zone, Pipeline Road, from Luhea scemanni, 12-26-VII- 1976, Henk
Wolda (STRI).

Calliscarta stigmata (Nast)
(Figure 11)

Idiotettix stigmatus Nast 1952, p. 2.

One female collected from Panama, extends the distribution and

lReceived February 25, 1991. Accepted March 23, 1991.
The investigation reported in this paper (No. 91-7-24) is in connection with a project of the
Kentucky Agricultural Experiment Station and is published with approval of the Director.
Department of Entomology, University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky 40546-0091.

ENT. NEWS 102(4): 195-199, September & October, 1991

196 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

represents the first female associated with the males of this species. The
color pattern is the same as in the male, so the female is fairly easily
recognized even though it is slightly larger. The label data is as follows:
PANAMA, Coclé Province, La Mesa near El Valle, 8°37’ N., 80°07’ W, 850
m., 21-VII- 1979, Stockwell (STRI).

Female genitalia: Seventh sternum enlarged, posterior margin with a rounded median
emargination. Ovipositor extending only slightly more than its own width beyond

pygofer.

Notes: This specimen is not in excellent condition, as the genitalia are
somewhat damaged and shrunken. The illustration is slightly modified
so that it looks symetrical. One additional male was also collected from
VENEZUELA, Aragua, carret. Maracay, Chorroni, 17-VI-1975, R.E.
Dietz leg. (MIZA).

Calliscarta boliviana (Osborn)
(Figure 9)
Idiotettix bolivianus Osborn 1929, p. 466.

Six additional specimens, five males and one female, collected from
Chiriqui Province, Panama, includes the first female associated with the
males of this species.

Female genitalia: Seventh sternum enlarged, posterior margin with relatively large
rounded median emargination. Ovipositor extending twice its width beyond pygofer.

Specimen data: PANAMA, Chiriqui Province, two males, Fortuna,
1050 m., 8944°N 82°15°W, 19-V-1978, Henk Wolda (STRI and University
of Kentucky); one female, same data except 12-17-August-1976 (STRI);
one male, Boquete, 1250 m., 8°48°N 82°26'W, 2-VII-1975, Henk Wolda
(STRI); one male, same data except 10-X-1977 (STRI); one male, Dst.
Renacimiento, Oeste Clara, 5500 m., 5-VII-1976, Engleman (STRI).

Calliscarta rugosa Freytag
(Figures 5-8)
Calliscarta rugosa Freytag 1988, p. 78.

One additional female has been collected from the type locality, with
data as follows: VENEZUELA, Aragua, El Limon, 450 m., 12-XI-1976,
Luz de Mercurio, F. Fernandez Y. Col. (MIZA); and one male, VENE-

Vol. 102, No. 4. September & October, 1991 197

ZUELA, Trujillo, Cuicas, 12-VITI-1964, E. Osuna & M. Gelbos (MIZA),
which fits the color pattern of the female is here described as the male of
this species.

Male with same color pattern as female. Male 9.5 mm. in length.

Male genitalia: Pygofer elongate, parallel sided to near apex, apex with sharply pointed,
dorsally projecting, spine-like process. Genital plate large, long, paddle-shaped, same
length as pygofer. Style long, slender, bent at right angle subapically, apex sharply pointed.
Aedeagus short, stout, apex narrowed to blunt point, curved slightly dorsad, with a pair of
ventral processes, each expanded at base, flattened, pointed at apex, extending nearly to
base of aedeagus.

Note: The male is not from the same area as the females, but since the
color pattern is so close to the females it is expected that this is the proper
association.

Calliscarta richardsi n. sp.
(Figures 1-4 and 10)

Length of male 9.0-9.2 mm.; female 10.0 mm.

Head wider than pronotum, crown between eyes more than four times wider than
median length. Ocelli three times their own width from eyes.

Head purple brown with four transverse orange red bands, lora and postclypeus yellow,
sutures below antennae margined with black. Pronotum mostly orange red, with posterior,
lateral margins, median extension from posterior margin nearly to head, and anterior
lateral spot on each side, purple brown. Forewings mostly smoky brown with large yellow
spots, four on clavus, four on corium: apical area dark brown, with a crecent-shaped series
of light brown spots. Ventral side and legs yellow, male with some brown shading on
legs.

|

2 3 4

LA

RICHARDSI

Figures 1-4. Calloscarta richardsi sp. n. 1. Lateral view of male genital segments. 2. Latero-
ventral view of style. 3. Lateral view of aedeagus. 4. Ventral view of aedeagus.

198 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Male genitalia: Pygofer elongate, apex with large bifurcate process. Genital plate large,
paddle-shaped, same length as pygofer. Style long, narrow, sickle-shaped, pointed at apex.
Aedeagus short, stout, flattened laterally, knife-shaped, pointed at apex. Aedeagus short,
stout, flattened laterally, knife-shaped with a long, narrow, median ventral process with
bifurcate apex (difficult to see in ventral view).

Female genitalia: Seventh sternum enlarged with a shallow rounded median emargin-
ation. Ovipositor extending its own width beyond pygofer.

Holotype male: BRAZIL, Mato Grosso, 12°50°S., 51°47°W., Camp, 28-X-1968, O.W.
Richards, Roy. Soc. & Roy. Geog. Soc. Expedition 1967-1969, B M 1968-260 (BMNH).
Allotype female: Same data as holotype except, 11-XII-1968, W.J. Knight, B M 1970-192
(BMNH). Paratypes: Two males, same data as holotype except, one 1 1-I[X-1968 (University
of Kentucky).

Note: This species is similar to boliviana in having a bifurcate apical
process on the male pygofer, however, the aedeagus is quite different
with the median, long, bifurcate ventral process. In the key to species
(Freytag, 1988) this species will key out to boliviana. Itis an honor to name
this species for the collector of the type, Dr. O.W. Richards a well known
entomologist.

Calliscarta ornata Freytag

Calliscarta ornata Freytag 1988, p. 73.

One additional female has been collected, and is labeled: VENEZUELA,
T.F. Amazonas, Dpt. Rio Negro, S. Carlos de R. Negro, 65 m., 1°55’N,
67° VW., 4-14-ITI-1984, J.A. Celarijo & J. Demarmels (MIZA).

Ping

RUGOSA

Figures 5-8. Calloscarta rugosa Freytag. 5. Lateral view of male genital segments. 6. Ventral
view of aedeagus. 7. Lateral view of aedeagus. 8. Lateroventral view of style.
All drawn to the same scale; scale equals 1 mm.

Vol. 102, No. 4. September & October, 1991 199

Calliscarta decora (Fabricius)

Cicada decora Fabricius 1803, p. 69.
Two additional males have been collected, one labeled: VENEZUELA,
T.F. Amazonas, Dpt. Rio Negro, S. Carlos de R. Negro, 65 m., 1°55’N,

67°1"W, 21-23-XI-1984, E. Osuna & A. Chacon (MIZA); and one labeled:
GUYANA, Itun, 29-VI-1970, B. Fenton Coll. (BRIC).

as
pe

lI
BOLIVIANA RICHARDSI STIGMATA

Figures 9-11. Ventral view of female genital segments. 9. Calliscarta boliviana (Osborn). 10.
C. richardsi sp. n. 11. C. stigmata (Nast). All drawn to the same scale; scale equals 2 mm.

LITERATURE CITED

Freytag, Paul H. 1988. Revision of the Genus Calliscarta (Homoptera: Cicadellidae:
Neobalinae). In “Research in the Auchenorrhyncha, Homoptera: A Tribute to Paul W.
Oman”. Great Basin Naturalist Memoirs 12: 67-81.

200 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

BEHAVIOR OF SLUGS, DEROCERUS
RETICULATUM (GASTROPODA: LIMACIDAB),
AND CRICKETS, GRYLLUS PENNSYLVANICUS

(ORTHOPTERA: GRYLLIDAE), ON SEEDLING
ALFALFA!

R.A. Byers2, B.L.P. Barratt?

ABSTRACT: Ten juvenile slugs, Derocerus reticulatum and five field crickets, Gryllus penn-
sylvanicus were confined either together or alone with or without alfalfa, Medicago sativa in
replicated tests in a greenhouse. Surviving slugs, crickets and alfalfa plants were recorded
after eight days. Defoliation was scored on a 1-4 scale for remaining alfalfa plants. Both
slugs and crickets survived well, either alone or together, as long as alfalfa was present.
Survival of both was reduced in the absence of alfalfa. Poorer survival was attributed to
lack of alfalfa as a food source. There was no evidence that crickets had attacked or eaten
the slugs or vice versa. Alfalfa was susceptible to defoliation from both D. reticulatum and G.
pennsylvanicus. Survival of alfalfa plants was reduced by slugs but not by crickets. However,
combining slugs and crickets significantly reduced plant survival below that of slugs alone,
indicating theircombined feeding was additive. Mean defoliation scores were significantly
greater for slugs than for crickets and both combined significantly increased defoliation
scores over either alone. Apparently neither invertebrate interfered with feeding by the
other or the combination of the two would not have been additive.

We observed slugs, Derocerus reticulatum (Miller), and the crickets,
Gryllus pennsylvanicus DeGeer and Allonemobius allardi (Alexander &
Thomas) occurring together at high densities in no-till alfalfa in summer.
Both slugs and crickets are recognized as serious pests during establish-
ment of no-till alfalfa (Byers & Bierlein 1984, Grant et al. 1982, Rogers et
al. 1985). However, little is known about the interactions between these
groups, especially between G. pennsylvanicus and slugs. We noticed large
numbers of adult crickets and juvenile slugs (50-100 m2) in a one-year-
old stand of no-till alfalfa while sampling slugs in July and August of
1988. Refuge traps for sampling slugs (Byers et al. 1989) collected adult
crickets as well as immature slugs. The occurrence of both invertebrates
had often been observed in previous studies using the refuge trap.

When juvenile D.reticulatum and G. pennsylvanicus adults were con-
fined with alfalfa leaves overnight in a 100 cc closed container, the slugs
disappeared, apparently consumed by the crickets. G. pennsylvanicus was
shown to be predatory on the beetles Hypera postica and Sitona hispidulus
in alfalfa by Barney et al. (1979). The possibility that crickets ate the slugs

sReceived February 25, 1991. Accepted June 11, 1991.
USDA-ARS, U.S. Regional Pasture Research Laboratory, University Park, PA 16802.
Present address Invermay Agricultural Centre, Private Bag, Mosgiel, New Zealand.

ENT. NEWS 102(4): 200-204, September & October, 1991

Vol. 102, No. 4. September & October, 1991 201
——————————————— ae ee ee eee ee

in this case prompted the following experiment. The objective was to
determine any predation by crickets or interaction in feeding behavior
between species on alfalfa seedlings.

METHODS

Alfalfa Medicago sativa(L.) was sown in six 350 mm long rows in 20
aluminum flats 550x390x90 mm deep, three-quarters filled with a com-
mercial potting soil, Ready-Earth.4 Each row contained 30 seeds of
‘WL316' alfalfa with 40 mm between rows. Five similar flats were left
unplanted. A refuge trap composed of a 100x100 mm piece of roof
shingle covered with aluminum foil was placed in one end of the flat on
the soil surface. The trap was elevated slightly with stones to allow slugs
and crickets to hide beneath the trap during the daytime. The flats were
covered with plexiglass cages 310x470x300 mm high with a plastic mesh
top. One week after planting, when alfalfa had reached the unifoliate
stage, field collected D. reticulatum juveniles and/or G. pennsylvanicus
adults were introduced to the cages through a hole in the screen. Densities
used were similar to those encountered in the field to give the following
treatments each replicated five times:

(1) alfalfa + 5 adult crickets (at least 2 of each sex)
(2) alfalfa + 10 juvenile slugs

(3) alfalfa + 5 crickets + 10 slugs (each as above)
(4) alfalfa alone, no invertebrates

(5) 5 crickets and 10 slugs (each as above, no alfalfa)

After eight days, the number of surviving slugs, crickets and alfalfa
plants were recorded, and the surviving plants were scored for feeding
damage ona 1|-4scale; 1 = no damage, 2 = <50% defoliation, 3 = 50% or
more defoliation, and 4 = completely defoliated including growing
point. Data were analyzed by Analysis of Variance Procedure and mean
separation was by Waller-Duncan k-ratio T test with k = 100 (SAS
1987).

RESULTS
Both slugs and crickets survived well, either alone or together, as long
as alfalfa was present (Table 1). Survival of both was reduced in the

absence of alfalfa. Poorer survival was attributed to lack of alfalfa as a

4Mention ofa proprietary product does not constitute an endorsement or a recommendation
for its use.

202 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

food source. Whenever crickets and slugs were confined together, there
was no evidence that crickets had attacked or eaten the slugs or vice
versa.

Survival of alfalfa plants was reduced by slugs but not by crickets
(Table 2). However, slugs and crickets combined significantly reduced
plant survival below that of slugs alone. Mean damage scores were
significantly greater for slugs than for crickets and both combined sig-
nificantly increased damage scores over either alone. Furthermore, the

Table 1. Mean number of crickets and slugs surviving after eight days.

Treatment Mean! no. crickets Mean? no. slugs
surviving of surviving of
5 per treatment 10 per treatment
alfalfa + crickets 3.4a -
alfalfa + slugs - 10.0 a
alfalfa + crickets + slugs 3.44 9.2 ab
crickets + slugs 2.0b 7.6b

'Mean separation by Waller-Duncan k-ratio T test. means with the same letter not
significantly different at k-ratio = 100 F = 4.78.

*Mean separation by Waller-Duncan k-ratio T test. means with the same letter not
significantly different at k-ratio = 100 F = 3.79.

Table 2. Mean number of alfalfa plants per row in caged flats with or without slugs
and crickets and mean defoliation score of remaining plants.

Treatment Mean! no. plants/row Mean? defoliation score
of 30 sown (scale 1-4)-

alfalfa 22.82 a 1.00 d

alfalfa + crickets 21.93 a 2A C

alfalfa + slugs 16.60 b 2.95 b

alfalfa + crickets + slugs 14.03 c 3.12 a

'Mean separation by Waller-Duncan k-ratio T test. Means with the same letter not
significantly different at k-ratio = 100 F = 27.15.

*Mean separation by Waller-Duncan k-ratio T test. Means with the same letter not
significantly different at k-ratio = 100 F = 322.25.

31 = no damage, 2 = <50% defoliation, 3 = 50% or more and 4 = completely destroyed
including growing point.

Vol. 102, No. 4. September & October, 1991 20

_ LK

Ww

percentage of plants with severe damage (score = 4) was greatest when
slugs and crickets were combined (Fig. 1). Slugs alone caused more
moderate damage (score 3) versus (score 2) for crickets alone.

100

80
Ee
°
D
S
oO
oO
D
« 60
=
oO
ze}
5
oO
oO
o
= 100% defoliated (4)
2)
e 40
a 50% or more defoliated (3)
=

<50% defoliated (2)
20

undamaged (1)

A AC AS ASC

Fig. 1 Percentage alfalfa plant damaged by crickets or slugs in tour treatment combination,
alfalfa alone (A), alfalfa + crickets (AC), alfalfa + slugs (AS), and alfalfa + crickets + slugs
(ASC).

DISCUSSION

This experiment indicated that crickets were not predatory on slugs
even when no plant material was available. However, alfalfa was damaged
by both D. reticulatum and G. pennsylvanicus and their combined feeding
damage increased seedling mortality. Slugs were more destructive to
alfalfa at the density (68.5/m2) used in the experiment than were crickets

204 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

(34/m2). Slugs destroyed 0.62 plants per slug compared with 0.26 per
cricket when each was caged alone on alfalfa. Therefore, one would
predict the combination of crickets and slugs would destroy 0.62 + 0.26 =
0.88 plants per invertebrate. Actually when combined they destroyed
0.92 plants/invertebrate providing evidence that their combined feeding
activities on alfalfa are additive. The damage scores also reinforce this
theory. When either invertebrate was caged alone with alfalfa they had
lower scores than when combined together. Apparently neither inverte-
brate interfered with feeding by the other or the combination of the two
would not have been additive. On the contrary, there was a positive
additive interaction between the damage caused by the two pests.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We are indebted to Katie Pennypacker and Jessica-Anne Everhart for providing the
crickets required for this study, and to Del Bierlein, and Sean Erwin for collecting the
slugs.

LITERATURE CITED

Barney, R.J., S.J. Roberts, R.D. Pausch, and E.J. Armbrust. 1979. Insect predators of
the alfalfa weevil and clover root curculio (Coleoptera:Curculionidae) during fall field
reentry. The Great Lakes Entomol. 12: 153-155.

Byers, R.A., B.I.P. Barratt, and D. Calvin. 1989. Comparison between defined-area traps
and refuge traps for sampling slugs in conservation tillage crop environments. Jn Slugs
and Snails in World Agriculture. I.F. Henderson, ed. British Crop Protection Mono-
graph No. 41:201-207.

Byers,R.A. and D.L. Bierlein. 1984. Continuous alfalfa: invertebrate pests during
establishment. J. Econ. Entomol. 77:1500-1503.

Grant, J.F., K.V. Yeargan, B.C. Pass, and J.C. Parr. 1982. Invertebrate organisms
associated with alfalfa seedling loss in complete-tillage and no-tillage plantings. J.
Econ. Entomol. 75:822-826.

Rogers, D.D., D.S. Chamblee, J.P. Mueller, and W.V. Campbell. 1985. Fall no-till
seeding of alfalfa into tall fescue as influenced by time of seeding and grass and insect
suppression. Agron. J. 77:150-157.

SAS Institute Inc. 1987. SAS/SAT guide for personal computers. 6th ed. SAS Institute,
Cary, NC.

When submitting papers, all authors are requested to (1) provide the names of two qualified
individuals who have critically reviewed the manuscript before it is submitted and (2) suggest
the names and addresses of two qualified authorities in the subject field to whom the
manuscript may be referred by the editor for final review. All papers are submitted to
recognized authorities for final review before acceptance.

Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as
brief as possible. Classification as to order and family should be included in the title, except
where not pertinent. Following the title there should be a short informative abstract (not a
descriptive abstract) of not over 150 words. The abstract is the key to how an article is cited in
abstracting journals and should be carefully written. The author’s complete mailing address,
including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing
new taxa should include enough information to make them useful to the nonspecialist.
Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus references to
existing revisions or monographs. Authors must include the name(s) of recognized institution(s)
where their voucher specimens have been deposited. Illustrations nearly always are needed.
All measurements shall be given using the metric system or, if in the standard system,
comparable equivalent metric values shall be included. Authors can be very helpful by
indicating, in pencil in the margin of the manuscript, approximate desired locations within the
text of accompanying figures, tables and other illustrations.

Illustrations: For maximum size and definition, full page figures, including legends, should
be submitted as nearly as possible in a proportion of 4/6. Maximum size of printed illustration,
including all legends, is 44% x 6% inches. Authors will be charged for all text figures and half-
tones at the rate of $7.50 each, regardless of size.

Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor, Howard
P. Boyd. For address, see under “‘manuscripts”’ above. Literature notices, books received and
short reviews will be published in The Entomologist’s Library on books dealing with
taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology ecology, behavior and similar aspects of
insect life and related arthropods. Books on applied, economic and regulatory entomology, on
toxicology and related subjects will not be considered.

Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist’s Market
Place.

Page charges: For society members, a charge of $15.00 is made for each published page of
an article, plus costs of all illustrations. For non-society members, the page charge is $20.00
per page. If any charges are not paid within 120 days of billing, authors will be charged an
additional $5.00 per page. Papers may be published ahead of their regularly scheduled time
at a cost of $35.00 per page.

Unemployed and retired amateur and scientist members of the American Entomological
Society who are without institutional support or are not subsidized by grants and who are
without funds for publishing may apply for financial assistance at the time their manuscript is
submitted. Such application must include an explanation of the author’s status (unemployed or
retired). Page charges for these individuals are negotiable, with a minimum of $7.00 per page.

Reprints: (without covers) may be ordered when corrected page proofs are returned to the
editor. Schedule of reprint costs will appear on order form.

This publication is available

in microform from University \ee

Microfilms International. Cee

Call toll-free 800-521-3044. Or muil inquiry to:
University Microfilms lnternational, 300 North
Zeeb Road, Ann Arbor, MI 48106.

The Entomologist’s Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per
line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges
not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and
position wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box
numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the new
ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the older
ones at the top are discontinued.

TOWNES STYLE MALAISE TRAPS. $217.00. Of proven design, 6 ft. high, standard 25
meshes/inch netting; and a dark olive trap 25 meshes/inch with 2 filaments/mesh. Order
from Golden Owl Publishers, Inc., 182 Chestnut Rd., Lexington Park, Maryland, 20653.

FOR SALE: Insects from Venezuela. All species available here. Price List is available by
request from Mr. Paul ROUCHE. Edificio El Algarrobo-Apto 2-C, Sector El Convento-I],
Avenida SANZ, EL MARQUES - CARACAS-1070, VENEZUELA. We can correspond in
French, English and Spanish.

WANTED to buy CONOPIDAE (Diptera) worldwide, except Nearctic. Pinned only. Also
exchange. S. Camras, 4013 N. Milwaukee Ave. #515, Chicago, IL 60641.

BULLETIN DE LA SOCIETE SCIENCES NAT is a french entomological publication
describing many non-european Lepidoptera and Coleoptera. Each number is issued
quarterly and contains 2 colour plates (21 x 29 cm). Some of our contributors are: Allard,
Antoine, Arnaud, Bomans, Dechambre, Paulian... Subscription for 1991 is US $43 (checks
in US $ welcomed). SCIENCES NAT, 2 rue Mellenne, 60200 Venette, FRANCE. FAX: (33)
44 83 41 01.

REPRINT SALE: The Carnegie Museum of Natural History is conducting an inventory
reduction sale of its scientific publications (Annals, Bulletin, Special Publications) printed
prior to 1985. A 50% price reduction is offered on research articles in invertebrate zoology,
herpetology, ichthyology, mammalogy, anthropology, birds, vertebrate and invertebrate
paleontology, and botany. Please write for listings of your choice to Office of Scientific
Publications, The Carnegie Museum of Natural History, 4400 Forbes Avenue, Pittsburgh,
PA 15213-4080; fax (412) 622-8837.

LATEST 12-PAGE WORLDWIDE LEPIDOPTERA CATALOG! Serving Lepidopterists
worldwide since 1976. Specimens include Morpho rhetenor male/female, Morpho insuralis
male/female, Morpho godarti male/female, Prepona buckleyana, Papilio antimachus and
hundreds more from South America, Africa, Europe and Far East. WE OPERATE
PERSONALIZED ENTOMOLOGIST, BIRDER, NATURALIST TOUR PROGRAMS.
Latest Catalog $1 or one year's monthly lists via airmail $6. TRANSWORLD BUTTERFLY
COMPANY, Apartado 6951, 100N San Jose, COSTA RICA, Central America.

WANTED FOR RESEARCH .Biphyllidae (Coleoptera: Clavicornia) of the world. I would
like to receive these on loan or will exhange for beetles of other families. M.A. Goodrich,
Department of Zoology, Eastern Illinois University, Charleston, IL 61920.

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ICHNEUMONIDAE - 1970-1990. By V.K. Gupta & Santosh Gupta.
Memoir Amer. Ent. Inst. No. 48. Price $50.00. 364 pages. 1991.

ICHNEUMONIDAE OF COSTA RICA 1. By lam D. Gauld. Mem. Amer. Ent. Inst. No. 47
600 pages. Price $75.00 1991.

Both available from Associated Publishers, 3005 SW 56th Ave., Gainesville,FL 32605

US ISSN 0013-872X
VOL. 102 NOVEMBER & DECEMBER, 1991 NO. 5

‘3
b|
93
SILL

Comparison of old and new world Acanthametropus
(Ephemeroptera: Acanthametropodidae) and other
psammophilous mayflies W.P. McCafferty 205

Behavioral observations on the myrmecophile Fustiger knausii
(Coleoptera: Pselaphidae) with a discussion of grasping
notches in myrmecophiles

Richard A.B. Leschen 215

Drosophila canaryana (Diptera: Drosophilidae), a junior
synonym of Drosophila guanche
David Grimaldi —_ 223

Parasitic Hymenoptera collected from a pear orchard under
organic management in Washington State
G.S. Paulson, R.D. Akre — 227

Potential host range and performance of a reportedly
monophagous parasitoid, Pteromalus cerealellae
(Hymenoptera: Pteromalidae) John H. Brower 231

Elmidae of Taiwan: two new species of the genus Stenelmis
(Coleoptera: Dryopoidea) with notes on the group of
Stenelmis hisamatsui

Ming-Luen Jeng, Ping-Shih Yang = 236

BOOK REVIEWS 253, 254, 255
MAILING DATES FOR VOLUME 102, 1991 260
PUBLISHER’S STATEMENT 256

INDEX FOR VOLUME 102, 1991 257

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published bi-monthly except July-August by The American
Entomological Society at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

The American Entomological Society holds regular membership meetings on the fourth
Wednesday in October, November, February, March, and April. The November, February
and April meetings are held at the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, Pa. The
October and March meetings are held at the Department of Entomology, University of
Delaware, Newark, Delaware.

Society Members who reside outside the local eastern Pennsylvania, southern New Jersey,
and Delaware area are urged to attend society meetings whenever they may be in the vicinity.
Guests always are cordially invited and welcomed.

Officers for 1991-1992: President: Joseph K. Sheldon; Vice-President: Harold B. White:
Recording Secretary: Paul W. Schaefer; Corresponding Secretary: Jon K. Gelhaus;
Treasurer: Jesse J. Fresse.

Publications and Editorial Committee: Howard P. Boyd, Chr., D. Otte, and Paul M.
Marsh.

Previous editors: 1890-1910 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1943 Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967 R.G. Schmieder (1898-1967); 1968-1972 R.H. Arnett, Jr.; 1973-
4/1974 R.W. Lake.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic and

foreign: $5.00 per year postpaid. Subscriptions for non-members and for institutions such as
libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic: $18.00 per year postpaid; foreign: $20.00 per year postpaid.
Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS, The American Entomological Society, 1900 Race Sts., Philadelphia, PA
19103, USA.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

Membership dues: $10.00 per year (regular); $6.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the editor:
Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088,
U.S.A. Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members of the
American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all prospective authors
join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the AIBS Style
Manual for Biological Journals and should follow the style used in recent issues of
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Three doublespaced, typed copies of each manuscript are
needed on 8% x 11 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they
will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published
in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the entire costs of a sufficient
number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without
division.

Editorial Policy: Manuscripts on taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology, ecology,
behavior and similar aspects of insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for
submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Papers on applied, economic and regulatory
entomology and on toxicology and related subjects will be considered only if they also make a
major contribution in one of the aforementioned fields.

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster. [fundeliverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade
Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, U.S.A.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, USA.

Vol. 102, No. 5, November & December, 1991 205

COMPARISON OF OLD AND NEW WORLD
ACANTHAMETROPUS (EPHEMEROPTERA:
ACANTHAMETROPODIDAE)

AND OTHER PSAMMOPHILOUS MAYFLIES!: 2

W.P. McCafferty?

ABSTRACT: The first comparative examination of larvae of the psammophilous mayfly
genus Acanthametropus from throughout its known Holarctic range substantiated the
present classification that recognizes two species, A. pecatonica (Burks) from eastern North
America and A. nikolskyi Tshernova from eastern Eurasia. Mature larvae of the two species
may be differentiated on the basis of the series of sharp hooklike projections on the venter
of the abdomen of A. nikolskyi vs. the much less developed homologous projections on the
abdomen of A. pecatonica. Spines and processes on the head, thorax, and dorsal abdomen
of larvae apparently become more pronounced with age. Similarities between Acan-
thametropodidae and certain other psammophilous mayfly taxa include Northern
Hemisphere vicariant biogeographic patterns, predatory habits, crablike walking, speed-
swimming, and low numbers of species. The relative rarity and restricted habitats of these
highly specialized mayflies underscore the need for conserving riverine habitats.

Acanthametropus is a little-known Holarctic genus of mayflies that was
not discovered until the mid-twentieth century (Tshernova 1948). Larvae
of Acanthametropus develop in rivers where they are predatory and
psammophilous, living on noncohesive sand substrates. Because such
habitats tend to have limited and specialized benthic macroinvertebrate
communities that are low in diversity [see e.g., Hynes (1970), Barton and
Smith (1984), and Minshall (1984)], they tend to be neglected by ecologists
and general collectors. The rarity of Acanthametropus and several other
psammophilous mayflies in collections is at least in part a result of this.
In addition, however, if Acanthametropus larvae are elusive speed-
swimmers, as I predict, that would further explain this rarity.

Only two species of Acanthametropus have been named: A. nikolskyi
Tshernova (1948) is known from the Amur Basin, eastern USSR, and A.
pecatonica (Burks 1953) is known from the midwestern USA (northern
Illinois and Wisconsin) and southeastern USA (Georgia and South
Carolina). The adult stage of A. nikolskyi has been known since 1970
(Bajkova 1970, Tshernova et al. 1986); however, attempts to find adults or
rear larvae in North America have thus far been unsuccessful (Lillie et al.
1987).

The enigmatic larval characterization of Acanthametropus|see Fig.
312, labeled Metreturus in Burks (1953) for dorsal habitus and Figs. 1 and

lReceived May 24, 1991. Accepted June 17, 1991.
Published as Purdue Experiment Station Journal No. 12992.
3Department of Entomology, Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN 47907.

ENT. NEWS 102(5): 205-214, November & December, 1991

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

206

»

payiejap (Suo] wu ¢°¢7 ‘adAjo[oy) DI1uowIad y*Z ‘ajyoud jeulWOpge ‘AyspoyIu P| ‘MIA [e19}L] ‘QeAIL] DIMjeUI sndosaupyjuvop*

‘sngiqey
reg |

Vol. 102, No. 5, November & December, 1991 207

2 herein for lateral habitus] led Edmunds, in Edmunds et al. (1963), to
place the genus in a separate subfamily Acanthametropodinae of the
family Siphlonuridae. The additional inclusion of three other genera
(Analetris Edmunds, Siphluriscus Ulmer, and Stackelbergisca Tshernova)
in that subfamily was discussed by Edmunds and Koss (1972). Demoulin
(1974) restricted the subfamily to include Acanthametropus exclusively,
and McCafferty (1991) has given familial rank to that latter taxonomic
concept.

The number and characterization of species in Acanthametropus has
not been adequately addressed. Edmunds et al. (1976) indicated that
there were some differences in Illinois and South Carolina specimens
but that it could not be determined whether or not the differences were of
a specific nature or due to relative age of the larvae. In addition, the
known larvae from Eastern and Western Hemispheres have not previously
been brought together and compared to determine if indeed different
species are represented. This question is germane because several
Ephemeroptera populations historically thought to represent Nearctic
and Palearctic species or species pairs have recently been shown to
represent single circumpolar species (e.g., see McCafferty 1985, Flowers
1986). If more than one species is involved, differentiating characterization
would be important to note.

The only fully mature larval specimen taken thus far in the USA is the
holotype of A. pecatonica from the Sugar River in Illinois. A slightly
younger specimen has recently been taken in the Wisconsin River,
Wisconsin. The above mentioned holotype larva is comparable in size
with the most mature specimen currently known from the USSR, which
was taken near the type locality of A.nikolskyi in the Amur River, Siberia.
I have examined the above specimens as well as early and middle instar
larvae of Acanthametropus from the Flint River in Georgia, the Savannah
River in South Carolina, and the Wisconsin River in Wisconsin.

Based on this comparative study, I am able to substantiate that there is
one species in eastern North America and one species in eastern Eurasia.
The most obvious difference in the larvae of A. pecatonica and A. nikolskyi
is the relative development of the posteromedial projections on each of
the abdominal sternites (Figs. 1 and 2). These projections are most
developed on segments 4-8 in both species. However, whereas the pro-
jections are evident and somewhat bluntly conical in A. pecatonica (Fig.
2), they are sharp, spinelike, and hooked posteriorly in A. nikolskyi (Fig.
1). Other spination of the head, thorax, and abdomen (see especially the
dorsal abdomen) is virtually identical in the mature larval specimens of
the two species. There may be some specific difference in the relative
development of fibrillae on the gill lamellae (appearing somewhat more
profuse in A. pecatonica), but this character is difficult to quantify with-
out more specimens.

208 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

InA. pecatonica, the relative development of spination changes slightly
with age. Generally, the spines become larger, more sclerotized, and
more defined as the larvae develop. If this is also true for A. nikolskyi, it
could possibly mean that the ventral abdominal projection character-
ization for the two species may be less pronounced when comparing
young larvae. No early instar larvae of A. nikolskyi were available to test
this supposition; however, from the lateral drawing of the evidently very
early instar type of A. nikolskyi (wingpads are not even apparent in the
accompanying dorsal drawing) that was provided by Tshernova (1948),
no ventral abdominal armature was indicated.

Although preliminary, presentation of the above conclusions at this
time is justifiable because there is no prospect that any appreciable
additional materials for more intensive study will become available in
the near future.

Comparisons With Other Psammophilous Mayflies

Besides Acanthametropodidae, psammophilous mayfly taxa include
the Behningiidae (Keffermitiller 1963, McCafferty 1975), Metretopodidae
(Lyman 1956; McCafferty, unpublished), Analetrididae (Edmunds and
Koss 1972), Ametropodidae (Allen and Edmunds 1976, Clifford and
Barton 1979), and Pseudironidae (Barton 1980, Pescador 1985). All but
the Behningiidae were placed in the infraorder Arenata by McCafferty
(1991); the affinity of Behningiidae is with the Leptophlebioidea and
Ephemeroidea in the infraorder Lanceolata. Certain genera in other
families unrelated to the Acanthametropodidae have also been asso-
ciated with sand substrates. These include, for example, Homoeoneuria
(Pescador and Peters 1980) and presumably Oligoneurisca in the Oli-
goneuriidae; some species of Brachycercus (Spieth 1938, Peters and Jones
1973), Amercaenis (Provonsha and McCafferty 1985), and Clypeocaenis
(McCafferty, unpublished) of the Caenidae; some species of Centroptilum
(McCafferty and Waltz 1990), Demoulinia (McCafferty, unpublished),
Potamocloeon (Gillies 1990), and Pseudocentroptiloides (Keffermiller and
Sowa 1984) of the Baetidae; and some species of Baetisca (Hilsenhoff
1975, 1984; Edmunds 1977) of the Baetiscidae.

The psammophilous mayflies mentioned above, with the exception of
some Metretopodidae (Lyman 1956), are lotic. They have variously been
reported from shifting sand, sand bars, thin layers of silt overlying sand,
and marginal sand at the edge of finer or coarser substrates. Although
the sand is generally noncohesive, in some cases it apparently grades to
silt/sand that can be somewhat compacted. It should be pointed out,
however, that in some of the reports of habitat, descriptions of the sand

Vol. 102, No. 5, November & December, 1991 209

are qualitative or even anecdotal, and the precise habitat or the exact
condition of sand in a habitat have seldom been quantified. In some
cases, mature larvae may leave the sandy habitat just prior to emergence;
for example, in the Metretopodidae, mature larvae become climbers in
marginal vegetation prior to emergence (Lehmkuhl 1970, Hilsenhoff er
al. 1972) and as a result have mostly been collected there.

Certain burrowing mayflies, such as species of Anthopotamus (Bae and
McCafferty, in manuscript) in the Potamanthidae, Ephemera (Eriksen
1968) in the Ephemeridae, and Ephoron leukon (McCafferty, unpublished)
in the Polymitarcyidae may be found associated with substrate contain-
ing sand, but the sand is heavily mixed with silt or gravel, or both. I do not
consider them psammophilous. Still other mayfly taxa, such as Apobaetis
and Paracloeodes of the Baetidae, are supposedly psammophilous (see
Day 1955), but additional ecological data are needed to confirm their
habitat.

Many psammophilous mayfly taxa demonstrate adaptations similar
to those of the Acanthametropodidae. Predominant feeding adaptations
of psammophilous mayflies include predation, passive filter feeding,
and foraging fine detritus and periphyton from the sand substrate itself.
The predatory habit, which has been considered relatively uncommon
among mayflies in general (e.g., Edmunds 1957), is well represented in
sand-dwelling mayflies, and sand-dwelling midges are evidently an
abundant food source for such predators. In addition to the Acantha-
metropodidae, predatory psammophilous mayflies include the
Behningiidae (Tsui and Hubbard 1979), Analetrididae (Edmunds and
Koss 1972), and Pseudironidae (Soluk and Craig 1990). Passive filter
feeding is present in the Ametropodidae (Soluk and Craig 1988), the
psammophilous Oligoneuriidae(Edmunds et al. 1976), and presumably
Amercaenis (Provonsha and McCafferty 1985) and Clypeocaenis (Soldan
1978). The other psammophilous mayflies mentioned above are bottom-
feeding microvores (Aro 1910, Pescador and Peters 1974, Clifford 1976,
Chaffee and Tarter 1979, Hamilton and Clifford 1983, Soldan 1986).

Above, I predicted that Acanthametropus larvae would be elusive and
difficult to collect even when populations could be located. This is
because other psammophilous mayflies of the infraorder Arenata are
exceptionally swift swimmers (Leonard and Leonard 1962, Edmunds
and Koss 1972, Allen and Edmunds 1976, Soluk and Clifford 1984,
McCafferty and Provonsha 1986); Analetrididae (Edmunds and Koss
1972) and Pseudironidae (McCafferty and Provonsha 1986), at least,
must literally be herded into very broad or deep nets since they easily
escape standard kick screens. Barton and Smith (1984) have also com-
mented on the inherent difficulty of collecting psammophilous mayfly
populations.

210 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Of the Arenata, the Acanthametropodidae, Pseudironidae, and Anale-
trididae have similar crablike legs, with long, somewhat curved, uniform
tarsi and claws. The Pseudironidae have been seen to move deftly over
the sand backwards and sideways just as sand crabs move (McCafferty
and Provonsha 1986). Edmunds and Koss (1972) noted that Analetrididae
could move backwards and forwards on the sand but provided no other
details. Presumably, Analetrididae and Acanthametropodidae also move
crablike. Ametropodidae and Metretopodidae have modified forelegs,
but their middle and hindlegs have long slender claws that may enable
them to move somewhat similarly on sand substrates. Details of movement
in other psammophilous mayflies are not generally known, although itis
known that the Behningiidae live interstitially within the sand
(McCafferty 1975) and do not show any adaptations for proficient swim-
ming or running. Legs and claws of psammophilous mayflies such as
some Brachycercus, Homoeoneuria, and certain baetids are quite unlike
those of any Arenata; they possess needlelike claws that may serve to
help anchor them in sand.

Many psammophilous mayflies, particularly those that are predatory,
have an Amerasian distribution pattern similar to that seen in Acantha-
metropodidae. The Behningiidae, for example, although unrelated, shows
a similar Holarctic pattern, although it is a bit more widespread in the
Palearctic, which is probably due to the fact that it is more radiated (with
three genera) than Acanthametropodidae. (The nonpredatory groups
Ametropodidae and Metretopodidae are also Holarctic but with ranges
including western North America and western Eurasia.)

In North America, distribution patterns of the predatory, psammo-
philous mayfly species tend to be broadly disjunct and to involve the
upper Osage and Great Plains in central North America and the South-
eastern Coastal Plains. Unique characteristics of these systems and
pertinent aspects of their general ecology have been treated, for example,
by Patrick et al. (1966), Peters and Jones (1973), Barton and Lock (1979),
and Matthews (1988). Disjunctions similar to the distribution of Acantha-
metropus pecatonica given above are found in Dolania americana
(Behningiidae) (Edmundset al. 1976, Jacobs 1990) and Pseudiron centralis
(Pseudironidae) (Pescador 1985). Such disjunctions are probably a function
of vicariance, related to the geologic events that have affected the con-
tinuity of drainage systems providing adequate sand habitats.

The predatory, riverine mayflies Raptoheptagenia cruentata (Heptageni-
idae: Heptageniinae), and Anepeorus simplex (Heptageniidae: Anepeorinae)
[see McCafferty and Provonsha (1988) for the current nomenclatural
application of these names] have a basically similar North American
distribution pattern. Any possible ecological relationship with sand

Vol. 102, No. 5, November & December, 1991 211

substrates in these predatory heptageniids is not clear at this time since
they have been predominantly taken in deep drift and dredge samples.
However, Edmunds et al. (1976) stated that Raptoheptagenia larvae
[incorrectly known as Anepeorus larvae at that time] “show a preference
for rocks over sand substrate, and they move very rapidly.”

Similar to Acanthametropus, the other predatory, psammophilous may-
fly genera are all relatively very distinct and evidently monospecific in
North America. Those that are Holarctic consist of only a very few
species. This perhaps indicates an old origin but low rate of speciation.
They are also restricted to the Northern Hemisphere, and some lineages
of Arenata are possibly of Laurasian origin. Of the other taxa having
psammophilous mayflies, Baetiscidae is restricted to the Nearctic, but
psammophilous baetids, caenids and oligoneuriids, are known from the
Southern Hemisphere.

Given the many similarities among psammophilous mayflies, it is
important to decipher which of the similarities reflect a common evolu-
tionary ancestry and which are in fact parallelisms that have resulted
from adaptations to similar environmental circumstances. Thus, the
special ecological relationships as well as cladistics of these mayflies
need to be carefully studied. I cannot be optimistic about such a prospect,
however, because the actual survival of many of them may be in serious
jeopardy.

McCafferty et al. (1990) stressed the need for conserving riverine hab-
itats, citing in particular the rarity and specialized nature of psammophilous,
riverine mayflies in North America and the fact that much of this habitat
is already altered or threatened. For example, areas of the White River in
Indiana that are unpolluted and have shifting sand substrates are dis-
appearing (McCafferty, unpublished), many streams and rivers with
shifting sand substrates in the Southeast, although relatively common,
are disturbed (Peters and Peters 1977), and prairie streams, which are
often typified by sandy substrates such as in the Platte system, are
possibly “mere remnants of former systems, having been ravaged by
pump, plow, and pollution” (Matthews 1988). The exploitation of U.S.
rivers continues at an alarming rate, and natural riverine ecosystems in
general continue to decline (see Benke 1989). This will have dire con-
sequences for riverine mayflies that are psammophilous or predatory or
both. For example, one such predatory and possible psammophilous
species, Anepeorus rusticus, from the Green River in Utah is probably
extinct and another, Acanthomola pubescens, from the Saskatchewan
River may be nearly extinct as the result of regulating such rivers (see
McCafferty and Provonsha 1985, Whiting and Lehmkuhl 1987, and
McCafferty et al. 1990).

212 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The following individuals kindly loaned or donated specimens of Acanthametropus: D.
Funk, Stroud Water Research Center; W. Hilsenhoff, University of Wisconsin; N. Kluge,
University of Leningrad; and K. McGriffen, Illinois Natural History Survey. The figures
were drawn by A.V. Provonsha, Purdue University.

LITERATURE CITED

Allen, R.K. and G.F. Edmunds, Jr. 1976. A revision of the genus Ametropus in North
America (Ephemeroptera: Ametropodidae). J. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 49:625-635.

Aro, J.E. 1910. Piirteita paivankorennoisten (Ephemeridae) elamantavoista ja kehity-
ksesta. Viipurin Suomalainen Reaalilyseon. 1910: 1-32.

Bajkova, O.Y. 1970. New and little known mayfly species (Ephemeroptera) from the
Amur Basin. Entomol. Rev. 49: 82-87.

Barton, D.R. 1980. Benthic macroinvertebrate communities of the Athabasca River near
Ft. Mackay, Alberta. Hydrobiologia. 74: 151-160.

Barton, D.R. and M.A. Lock. 1979. Numerical abundance and biomass of bacteria, algae
and macroinvertebrates of a large northern river, the Athabasca. Internat. Rev.
Hydrobiol. 64: 345-359.

Barton, D.R. and S.M. Smith. 1984. Insects of extremely small and extremely large
aquatic habitats. pp. 456-483. Jn V.H. Resh and D.M. Rosenberg (eds.), The ecology of
aquatic insects. Praeger, New York.

Benke, A.C. 1989. America’s vanishing streams. Bull. N. Am. Benthol. Soc. 6: 190-195.

Burks, B.D. 1953. The mayflies, or Ephemeroptera, of Illinois. Bull. Ill. Nat. Hist. Surv. 26:
1-216.

Chaffee, D.L. and D.C. Tarter. 1979. Life history and ecology of Baetisca bajkovi Neave, in
Beech Fork of Twelvepole Creek, Wayne County, West Virginia (Ephemeroptera:
Baetiscidae). Psych. 86: 53-61.

Clifford, H.F. 1976. Observations on the life cycle of Siphloplecton basale (Walker)
(Ephemeroptera: Metretopodidae). Pan-Pac. Entomol. 52: 265-271.

Clifford, H.F. and D.R. Barton. 1979. Observations on the biology of Ametropus neavei
(Ephemeroptera: Ametropodidae) from a large river in northern Alberta, Canada.
Canad. Entomol. 111: 855-858.

Day, W.C. 1955. New genera of mayflies from California. Pan-Pac Entomol. 31: 121-
137.

Demoulin, G. 1974. Remarques critiques sur les Acanthametropodinae et sur certaines
formes affines (Ephemeroptera Siphlonuridae). Bull. Roy. Inst. Nat. Sci. Belg. 50(2): 1-5.

Edmunds, G.F., Jr. 1957. The predaceous mayfly nymphs of North America. Proc. Utah
Acad. 34: 23-24.

Edmunds, G.F., Jr. 1977. Baetisca bajkovi in Wyoming (Ephemeroptera: Baetiscidae).
Pan-Pac. Entomol. 53: 222.

Edmunds, G.F., Jr. and R.W. Koss. 1972. A review of the Acanthametropodinae with a
description of a new genus. Pan-Pac.Entomol. 48: 136-144.

Edmunds, G.F., Jr., R.K. Allen and W.L. Peters. 1963. An annotated key to the nymphs
of the families and subfamilies of mayflies (Ephemeroptera). Univ. Utah Biol. Ser. 13:
1-49.

Edmunds, G.F., Jr., S.L. Jensen and L. Berner. 1976. The mayflies of North and Central
America. Univ. Minnesota Press, Minneapolis.

Eriksen, C.H. 1968. Ecological significance of respiration and substrate for burrowing
Ephemeroptera. Canad. J. Zool. 46: 93-103.

Flowers, R.W. 1986. Holarctic distribution of three taxa of Heptagniidae (Ephemer-
optera). Entomol. News. 97: 193-197.

_ Vol. 102, No. 5, November & December, 1991 213

Gillies, M.T. 1990. A new genus for the Afrotropical mayfly Cloeon dentatum Kimmins
(Ephem., Baetidae). Entomol. Month. Mag. 126: 207-208.

Hamilton, H.R. and H.F. Clifford. 1983. The seasonal food habits of mayfly (Eph-
emeroptera) nymphs from three Alberta, Canada, streams, with special reference to
absolute volume and size of particles ingested. Arch. Hydrobiol. Suppl. 65: 197-234.

Hilsenhoff, W.L. 1975. Aquatic insects of Wisconsin with generic keys and notes on
biology, ecology, and distribution. Tech. Bull. Wisc. Dept. Nat. Res. 89: 1-53.

Hilsenhoff, W.L. 1984. Identification and distribution of Baetisca nymphs (Ephemer-
optera: Baetiscidae) in Wisconsin. Gr. Lakes Entomol. 17: 51-52.

Hilsenhoff, W.L., J.L. Longridge, R.P. Narf, K.J. Tennessen and C.P. Walton. 1972.
Aquatic insects of the Pine-Popple River, Wisconsin. Dept. Nat. Res. Tech. Bull.,
Madison. 54: 1-42.

Hynes, H.B.N. 1970. The ecology of running waters. Univ. Toronto Press, Toronto.

Jacobs, W.L. 1990. A new distributional record for the sand-burrowing mayfly Dolania
americana (Ephemeroptera: Behningiidae). Entomol. News. 101: 219-221.

Keffermiiller, M. 1963. Masowy lot Behningii (Behningia lestagei Motas et Bacesco,
Ephemeroptera) w Ostrowsku nad Warta. Bad. Fiziogr. Pol. Zach. 12: 323-325.

Keffermiiller, M. and R. Sowa. 1984. Survey of central European species of the genera
Centroptilum and Pseudocentroptilum Bogoescu (Ephemeroptera: Baetidae). Polsk.
Pismo Entomol. 54: 309-340.

Lehmkuhl, D.M. 1970. Mayflies in the South Saskatchewan River; pollution indicators.
Blue Jay. 28: 183-186.

Leonard, J.W. and F.A. Leonard. 1962. Mayflies of Michigan trout streams. Cranbrook
Inst. Sci., Bloomfield, Mich.

Lillie, R.A., K.L. Schmude and W.L. Hilsenhoff. 1987. Rediscovery of Acanthametropus
pecatonica in the western Great Lakes region (Ephemeroptera: Siphlonuridae). Gr.
Lakes Entomol. 20: 85-86.

Lyman, F.E. 1956. Environmental factors affecting distribution of mayfly nymphs in
Douglas Lake, Michigan. Ecol. 37: 568-576.

Matthews, W.J. 1988. North American prairie streams as systems for ecological study. J.N.
Am. Benthol. Soc. 7:387-409.

McCafferty, W.P. 1975. The burrowing mayflies (Ephemeroptera: Ephemeroidea) of the
United States. Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc. 101: 447-504.

McCafferty, W.P. 1985. The Ephemeroptera of Alaska. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 87: 381-
386.

McCafferty, W.P. 1991. Toward a phylogenetic classification of the Ephemeroptera: a
commentary on systematics. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 84. 343-360.

McCafferty, W.P. and A.V. Provonsha. 1985. Systematics of Anepeorus (Ephemeroptera:
Heptageniidae). Gr. Lakes Entomol. 18: 1-6.

McCafferty, W.P. and A.V. Provonsha. 1986. Comparative mouthpart morphology and
evolution of the carnivorous Heptageniidae (Ephemeroptera). Aquat. Insects. 8: 83-
89.

McCafferty, W.P. and A.V. Provonsha. 1988. Revisionary notes on predaceous Hepta-
geniidae based on larval and adult associations (Ephemeroptera). Gr. Lakes Entomol.
21: 15-17.

McCafferty, W.P. and R.D. Waltz. 1990. Revisionary synopsis of the Baetidae (Ephem-
eroptera) of North and Middle America. Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc. 116: 769-799.
McCafferty, W.P., B.P. Stark and A.V. Provonsha. 1990. Ephemeroptera, Plecoptera,
and Odonata. pp. 43-58. Jn M. Kosztarab and C. Schaefer (eds.), Systematics of the
North American insects and arachnids: status and needs. Va. Agr. Exp. Stat. Info. Ser.

No. 90-1, VPI & SU, Blacksburg.

Minshall, G.W. 1984. Aquatic insect-substratum relationships. pp. 358-400. Jn V.H. Resh

and D.M. Rosenberg (eds.), The ecology of aquatic insects. Praeger, New York.

214 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Patrick, R., J. Cairns, Jr. and S.S. Roback. 1966. An ecosystematic study of the fauna and
flora of the Savannah River. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 118: 109-411.

Pescador, M.L. 1985. Systematics of the Nearctic genus Pseudiron (Ephemeroptera:
Heptageniidae: Pseudironinae). Fla. Entomol. 68: 432-444.

Pescador, M.L. and W.L. Peters. 1974. The life history of Baetisca rogersi Berner
(Ephemeroptera: Baetiscidae). Bull. Fla. St. Mus., Biol. Sci. 17: 151-209.

Pescador, M.L. and W.L. Peters. 1980. A revision of the genus Homoeoneuria
(Ephemeroptera: Oligoneuriidae). Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc. 106: 357-393.

Peters, W.L. and J. Jones. 1973. Historical and biological aspects of the Blackwater River
in northwestern Florida. pp. 242-253. In W.L. and J.G. Peters (eds.), Proceedings of the
first international conference on Ephemeroptera. E.J. Brill, Leiden.

Peters, W.L. and J.G. Peters. 1977. Adult life and emergence of Dolania americana in
northwestern Florida (Ephemeroptera: Behningiidae). Internat. Rev. Hydrobiol. 62:
409-438.

Provonsha, A.V. and W.P. McCafferty. 1985. Amercaenis, new Nearctic genus of Caenidae
(Ephemeroptera). Internat. Quart. Entomol. 1: 1-7.

Soldan, T. 1978. New genera and species of Caenidae (Ephemeroptera) from Iran, India
and Australia. Acta Entomol. Bohemoslav. 74: 119-129.

Soldan, T. 1986. A revision of the Caenidae with ocellar tubercles in the nymphal stage
(Ephemeroptera). Acta Univ. Carolinae, Biol. 1982-1984: 289-362.

Soluk, D.A. and H.F. Clifford. 1984. Life history and abundance of the predaceous
psammophilous mayfly Pseudiron centralis McDunnough (Ephemeroptera: Hepta-
geniidae). Canad. J. Zool. 62: 1534-1539.

Soluk, D.A. and D.A. Craig. 1988. Vortex feeding from pits in the sand: a unique method
of suspension feeding used by a stream invertebrate. Limnol. Oceanogr. 33: 638-645.

Soluk, D.A. and D.A. Craig. 1990. Digging with a vortex: flow manipulation facilitates
prey capture by a predatory stream mayfly. Limnol. Oceanogr. 35: 1201-1206.

Spieth, H.T. 1938. Two interesting mayfly nymphs with description of a new species. Am.
Mus. Novitates. 970: 1-7.

Tshernova, O.A. 1948. A new genus and species of mayfly from the Amur Basin
(Ephemeroptera, Ametropodidae). Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR. 60: 1453-1455.

Tshernova, O.A., YJ. Kluge, N.D. Sinitshenkova, and V.V. Belov. 1986. Order
Ephemeroptera. pp. 99-142. Jn Keys to the insects from the far eastern USSR in six
volumes. Volume 1. USSR Acad. Sci., Far East. Scient. Res. Center.

Tsui, P.T.P. and M.D. Hubbard. 1979. Feeding habits of the predaceous nymphs of
Dolania americana in northwestern Florida (Ephemeroptera: Behningiidae). Hydro-
biologia. 67: 119-123.

Whiting, E.R. and D.M. Lehmkuhl. 1987. Acanthomola pubescens, a new genus and
species of Heptageniidae (Ephemeroptera) from western Canada. Canad. Entomol.
119: 409-417.

Vol. 102, No. 5, November & December, 1991 215

BEHAVIORAL OBSERVATIONS ON THE
MYRMECOPHILE FUSTIGER KNAUSII
(COLEOPTERA: PSELAPHIDAE: CLAVIGERINAE)
WITH A DISCUSSION OF GRASPING NOTCHES
IN MYRMECOPHILES!: 2

Richard A. B. Leschen>

ABSTRACT: Fustiger knausii is a well integrated myrmecophile in the nest of its host,
Crematogaster cerasi. Laboratory observations show that adult beetles spend most of their
time associated with the ant brood. Most common behaviors include feeding, mounting,
and phoresy on ant workers. Integrated behaviors include grooming and possible
trophallaxis.

A basal abdominal depression on the body of Fustiger appears to be used by ants to grip
beetles during portage.

One of the most fascinating features of pselaphid beetle evolution is
the repeated independant origins of social insect inquilinism. Pselaphid
inquilines include species that are facultative and obligate myrmecophiles
and termitophiles (Park 1964; Kistner 1982). Members of the Clavigerinae
are all obligate myrmecophiles. This subfamily, which includes Fustiger
LeConte, is certainly one of the most taxonomically diverse groups of
myrmecophiles and contains about 60 genera (Newton and Chandler
1989).

Despite the generic diversity of clavigerines, behavioral observations
have been made exclusively upon North American species of Adranes
LeConte (A. lecontei Brendel, Park 1932; A. taylori Wickham, Akre and
Hill 1973), European Claviger Preyssler (mainly C. testaceus Preyssler, for
a review see Donisthorpe 1927), the South American species Fustiger
elegans Raffray (San Martin 1968) and the Japanese Diartiger fossulatus
Sharp (Kistner 1982). Information on F. elegans is incomplete. Reviews of
clavigerine behavior are given in Park (1942) and Kistner (1982). In this
paper I present behavioral observations on the inquiline Fustiger knausii
Brendel and its host Crematogaster cerasi (Fitch), collected together in the
Chiricahua Mountains of southeastern Arizona.

Adults of Fustiger are similar in form to other clavigerine genera. They
are small beetles (about 1-2 mm in size) that posses a variety of features

lReceived May 10, 1991. Accepted May 23, 1991.
Contribution number 3057 from the Department of Entomology, University of Kansas,
Lawrence.

Snow Entomological Museum, University of Kansas, Lawrence Kansas, 66045, U.S.A.

ENT. NEWS 102(5): 215-222, November & December, 1991

216 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

typical of obligate myrmecophiles: reduced eyes, winglessness, reduced
number of antennal segments, and presence of secretory trichomes.

Clavigerine trichomes have been studied in detail by Kriger (1910),
Hill et al. (1976), and Cammearts (1973, 1974, 1977). Trichomes are
typically associated with large glands that have been previously referred
to as Wasmann glands. Among clavigerines the number and distribution
of trichomes on the bodies appear to be of taxonomic importance. The
trichomes of F. knausii are restricted to the basal laterotergal areas of the
abdomen; the conspicuous ventral trichomes of Adranes (Akre and Hill
1973; Hill et al. 1976) are lacking.

Laterotergal trichomes of Fustiger and other clavigerines are associated
with a dorsal abdominal basal depression. The lateral portions of the
depression are delimited by a distinct wall connecting the dorsal ab-
dominal tergites and by the trichomes (Fig. 1). The significance of this
region is discussed later.

METHODS

Field collections of F. knausii and its host Crematogaster cerasi were
made in the Chiricuauha Mts., Cochise Co., Arizona, 20 May 1990.
Beetles and their ant hosts were collected in a dry ravine draining toward
the northeast in an oak/juniper/pine vegetation zone at an elevation of
2600 m. Stones were overturned along a 100 m trail within the arroyo.
Specimens were preserved in 70% alcohol or kept alive for observations.
Beetles and ants were observed in a petri dish on slightly moist filter
paper. The laboratory colony of ants consisted of approximately 30
workers and brood (70 eggs, 20 pupae). Twelve beetles were monitored
within this colony. The colony was fed 30% sugar solution daily.

Observations through a dissecting microscope were made for up to 4
hr periods during all times of the day for three weeks. Activities were
monitored at 15 min intervals. Total observation time was 42 hr. Some
behaviors were photographed.

Some beetle specimens were cleared in 10% KOH (potash) and slide-
mounted. Specimens are deposited in the following collections: D. S.
Chandler Collection, University of New Hampshire, Durham; University
of Arkansas Insect Collection, Fayetteville; Snow Entomological Museum
Collection (SEMC), University of Kansas, Lawrence; R.A. Leschen
Collection.

RESULTS

Field observations. The 100 m transect yielded 19 beetles from a
number of Crematogaster cerasi nests. The number of adults from each

Vol. 102, No. 5, November & December, 1991 217

Fig. 1. Habitus of Fustiger knausii. The trichomes on the right side of the dorsal terga are
removed to show detail of cuticular structure. The Wasmann gland appears as an oblong
reservior indicated by a dotted outline.

218 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

nest ranged from | to 11. The majority of individuals were collected from
tunnels within ant nests, but a few were found clinging to ventral surfaces
of the overturned rocks. All individuals were found associated with
workers, but none were found with brood. One pair of beetles was
collected in copula in a tunnel.

Individual behavior. Individuals spent more of their time resting on
the ant brood than searching on or below the filter paper. During periods
of search, beetles walked the perimeter of the petri dish. Antennae were
constantly moving in circular motions during periods of rest and at
faster rates when active.

Mating behaviors. Attempts at mating were frequent throughout the
investigation. Since males were never observed to insert their genitalia
into the female, this mating behavior is referred to as mounting. Mount-
ing occurred at a variety of locations, but most commonly near or on the
brood. Mounting while females were phoretic on the dorsum of ants
occurred three timess. Males were observed stacked two high on top of a
single female on two occasions. Necrophilia was observed once.

Prior to mounting, males contacted the females with the antennae
then either moved away or immediately mounted the female. During
mounting, males placed their forelegs on the females pronotum, while
the middle and back legs grasped her abdomen. On one occasion a male
was observed to tap a female’s pronotum repeatedly with the right foreleg
while mounted.

Subsequent to mounting, females either tolerated or immediately
rejected the males. Rejection was characterized by rapid dorsoventral
flexing of the abdomen until the male was “bucked” off. Durations of
time from mounting to successful male removal were up to 4 min.
Tolerated males remained mounted for 4 min to 2.5 hr until termination.
Termination of mounting was caused by intervening males, female
bucking, ant intervention, or most commonly by observer disturbance.
Worker ants commonly investigated mating pairs and pried off males,
especially when ant workers were attracted to female bucking.

Despite a high incidence of mounting, aedeagal intromission was
never observed even though the aedegus was frequently observed moving
in and out the males’ genital sheath.

Interspecific behavior. Ants walking to and from the brood inves-
tigated the beetles. Investigation almost always led to a period of grooming.
Grooming was observed 25 times and lasted for up to 1 min. Up to four
workers were observed grooming a single beetle simultaneously. Ants
groomed all parts of the beetle, but gave special attention to the antennae
and trichomes.

Ants removed the males from mounting pairs of beetles on 6 occasions.
Workers engaged in grooming or feeding the brood removed beetles

Vol. 102, No. 5, November & December, 1991 219

from the brood on 15 occasions, and carried them to areas away from the
brood or to the refuse pile. On one occasion a worker removed a mated
pair and took them to the refuse pile. When the whole colony was placed
into aclean petri dish, workers picked up beetles and placed them on the
brood. This behavior was observed 8 times.

Ants grasped beetles with their mandibles at three locations on the
bodies of the beetles: the head (usually at the neck), the pronotum, and
most commonly at the base of the abdomen. Duration of portage ranged
from 25 sec. to 1.5 min.

Possible trophallaxis was observed 9 times. This occurred when a
worker approached a beetle or when a beetle was groomed, and the
mouthparts of the insects came into contact. No fluid exchange was
observed.

Ants were groomed by beetles on 3 occasions, with attention directed
to several areas of the ants’ body. Once a larva was strigilated by a beetle,
but this did not illicit a regurgitation of fluid by the larva. On one
occasion a beetle was observed feeding upon a dead ant, in movements
similar to that of grooming. Commonly beetles would groom the brood.

Duration of phoresy ranged from 20 min to 2 hr. Beetles were oriented
anteriorly on the worker dorsum (observed 17 times) or posteriorly
(observed 8 times). Beetles mounted ants by moving slowly over them
into a dorsal position. Preceeding phoresy there were no interactive
behaviors between the approaching beetle and ant, and the ant did not
respond negatively to a phoretic beetle. Usually ants that carried beetles
were not active.

DISCUSSION

Some data for clavigerines is summarized in Table 1. Clavigerines are
usually associated with ant brood, often for long periods of time (Hetschko
1896; Donisthorpe 1927; Park 1932; San Martin 1968; Akre and Hill 1973;
Kistner 1982). The most likely reason for this is that the brood is a
location for food. In contrast to the laboratory study, F. knausii collected
in the field were not found in association with the brood.

Ants groom the entire body of a F. knausii and are especially attracted
to the trichomes. Adult ants are usually attracted to the clavigerine
trichomes (Donisthorpe 1927; Akre and Hill 1973; Kistner 1982). Lasius
ant larvae are more strongly attracted than adults to the trichomes of A.
taylori (Akre and Hill 1973). The integument of living Fustiger and Adranes
appears oily as if covered with secretions (Akre and Hill 1973). Tri-
chomes and their associated glands secrete fluids in clavigerines and
other myrmecophiles. Kistner (1982) attributed an appeasement function

220 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Table 1. Habitats, ant hosts, and behaviors of some clavigerine Pselaphidae.
Claviger spp. Adranes spp. Fustiger knausii Diartiger sp.

Habitat under rocks rotting wood under rocks ?
Lasius Lasius Crematogaster Lasius

Ant hosts Crematogaster

Associated

with brood " is a ss

Frequent 9

mating i 35 %

Ant grooming + = 4 ue

Trophallaxis

with adult ants # it is

Phoresy a - + te

+=present, -=absent, ?= unknown.

= Compiled from: Hetschko 1896, Donisthorpe 1927, Park 1932, Akre and Hill
1973, Kistner 1982, Paulian 1988.

to these fluids with respect to their host ant, but Cammearts (1977)
suggested that C. testaceus secretions act as a chemical releaser initiating
ant regurgitation for trophallaxis and also mimicing the odors of dead
insects. The odor mimicry presumably functions as a chemical cue for
ants to carry beetles to various locations within the nest (e.g. brood and
refuse pile).

Food of clavigerines include the following: regurgitated food from
ants, dead insects, larval excretions and body fluids, and brood (Donis-
thorpe 1927; Park 1932; Akre and Hill 1973; Kistner 1982). The observations
of F. knausii suggest similar habits of fluid feeding. The mouthparts are
reduced in clavigerines and are contained within a capsule formed by
lateral closure of the head (Akre and Hill 1973; Cammaerts 1974; Kistner
1982). In Fustiger, each lacinea bears elongate setae that appear to be the
principal food collecting device. These setae may act as a capillary
sponge to obtain fluids and other small particles from the surfaces of
living and dead ants, and are also important for feeding on liquid
regurgitants from ants.

Phoresy has been previously observed in clavigerines (Hetschko 1896;
Donisthorpe 1927; Park 1932; Kistner 1982). Akre and Hill (1973) noticed
a high attraction of beetles to winged females, and based upon earlier

Vol. 102, No. 5, November & December, 1991 221

reports of phoresy on winged adults (see Hetschko 1896 and Donisthorpe
1927), suggested that this phenomenon may be associated with an anti-
cipation for dispersal to new colonies. Phoresy of F. knausii may be
similar, however no winged adults were present in the laboratory colony
or were present in the field during the time of collection.

Grasping Notches- Among the variety of morphologies that have evolved
in assocation with myrmecophily, structures that have not been clearly
documented are what I propose to call “grasping notches”. These are
constricted, invaginated or evaginated areas of cuticle on the bodies of
many myrmecophilous beetles. Ants may use these locations for grasping
myrmecophiles with their mandibles during particular behaviors. Pre-
vious studies (Donisthorpe 1927; Cammearts 1977; Kistner 1982) report
that ants carry clavigerines by the body in a variety of locations, including
regions where the “grasping notches” occur.

In clavigerines, the grasping notch occurs as a broad transverse de-
pression at the base of the abdomen directly behind the elytra (Fig. 1).
Associated with this depression are trichomes and Wasmann glands.
The trichomes are regions of the highest concentration of secretions, and
it seems reasonable to suggest that secretions attract ants to this location
to lead to grasping for portage. As stated earlier, ants groomed beetles at
the trichomes, and then picked the beetles up at the lateral portions of the
abdominal depression. The beetles were carried to a variety of locations
within the nest.

However, these depressions in Clavigerinae may not be adapted ex-
clusively for ant grasping. Other pselaphids, including some myrmeco-
philes and free living species, bear similar depressions but lack trichomes.
The abdomen of pselaphids are typically rigid, and the presence of the
depression may be associated with a modified ability to dorsoventrally
flex the abdomen. In clavigerines the abdominal terga forms a broad
dorsal shield. That the grasping notches are indeed used by ants to move
beetle inquilines is suggested by their occurence in other inquilines.
Many myrmecophilous histerid beetles of the subfamily Hetaeriinae,
possess a lateral pronotal notch in association with trichomes (see photo-
graphs in Helava et al. 1985). A common hetaeriine in eastern North
America, Hetaerius brunneipennis LeConte, was observed being carried
by ants grasping the notches with their mandibles (personal observation).
In their work on myrmecophilous Ptinidae, Lawrence and Reichardt
(1969) distinguished features shared by all beetle myrmecophiles from
those shared by ptinid myrmecophiles and their free-living confamilials.
Pronotal pits and grooves are features that occur in the latter group.
These structures may serve as grasping notches.

222 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I thank D.S. Chandler for examining F. knausii and confirming my identification and
W.P. MacKay for the identification of C. cerasi. For reviews of this paper I thank the
following: C.E. Carlton, B. Danforth, J. Danoff-Burg, and M.L. Jameson.

Fustiger knausii and other organisms inhabiting the Chiricahua Mts. are currently
threatened by private gold mining interests. Inquiries regarding saving this fragile habitat
should be sent to the American Museum of Natural History, The Southwestern Research
Station, Portal, Arizona, 85632.

LITERATURE CITED

Akre, R.D. and W.B. Hill. 1973. Behavior of Adranes taylori, a myrmecophilous beetle
associated with Lasius sitkaensis in the Pacific Northwest (Coleoptera: Pselaphidae;
Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Jour. Kansas Entomol. Soc. 46:526-536.

Cammaerts, R. 1973. Etude histologique du systeme glandulaire tegumentaire du
Coléoptére myrmécophile Claviger testaceus Preyssler (Pselaphidae). Proc. Cong. -Int.
Union Study Social Insects, 7:56-59.

Cammaerts, R. 1974. Le systéme glandulaire t¢gumentaire du coléoptére myrmecophile
Claviger testaceus Preyssler, 1970 (Pselaphidae). Z. Morph. Tiere 77:187-219.

Cammaerts, R. 1977. Secretions of a beetle inducing regurgitation in its host ant. Proc.
Cong. -Int. Union Study Social Insects. 8:295S.

Donisthorpe, H.J. 1927. The Guests of British Ants, Their Habits and Life Histories.
Routledge and Sons, London, 244 pp.

Helava, J.V.T., H.F. Howden, and A.J. Ritchie. 1985. A review of the New World genera
of the myrmecophilous and termitophilous subfamily Hetaeriinae (Coleoptera: His-
teridae). Sociobiology 10:127-386.

Hetschko, A. 1896. Zur Biologie von Claviger testaceus Preyssl. Ber. Entomol. Zeit. 151:45-
50.

Hill, W.B., R.D. Akre, and J.D. Huber. 1976. Structure of some epidermal glands in the
myrmecophilous beetle Andranes taylori (Coleoptera; Pselaphidae). Jour. Kansas
Entomol. Soc. 49:367-384.

Kistner, D.H. 1982. The social insects’ bestiary. pp. 1-244. Jn Social Insects, vol. 3 (ed.
Hermann, H.R.). Academic Press, New York.

Kruger, E. 1910. Beitrage zur Anatomie und Biologie des Claviger testaceus Preyss. Z. wiss.
Zool. 95:327-381.

Lawrence, J.F. and H. Reichardt. 1969. The myrmecophilous Ptinidae (Coleoptera) with
a key to the Australian species. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 138:1-28.

Newton, A.F. Jr. and D.S. Chandler. 1989. World catalog of the genera of Pselaphidae
(Coleoptera). Fieldiana 53:1-93.

Park, O. 1932. The myrmecocoles of Lasius umbratus mixtus aphidicola Walsh. Ann.
Entomol. Soc. Amer. 25:77-88.

Park, O. 1942. A study in Neotropical Pselaphidae. Northwestern Univ. Stud. Biol. Sci.
Med. 1:1-403.

Park. O. 1964. Observations upon the behavior of myrmecophilous pselaphid beetles.
Pedobiologia 4: 129-137.

Paulian, R. 1988. Biologie des Coléoptéres. Lechevalier, Paris. 719 pp.

San Martin, P.R. 1968. Notas sobre Fustiger elegans Raffray (Coleoptera, Pselaphidae) en
el Uruguay y la Argentina. Physis 28:59-64.

Vol. 102, No. 5, November & December, 1991 223

DROSOPHILA CANARYANA TAKADA AND YOON,
1989 (DIPTERA: DROSOPHILIDAE),
A JUNIOR SYNONYM OF ,
DROSOPHILA GUANCHE MONCLUS, 1976!

David Grimaldi”

ABSTRACT: Drosophila canaryana Takada and Yoon, 1989 is a junior synonym of Drosophila
guanche Monclus, 1976, both reported from Tenerife Island, Canary Islands. A new diag-
nosis is provided for the species, some morphological variation is noted, and the male
genitalia illustrated in detail. Comments on relationships are reviewed.

Very recently in this journal there appeared the descriptions of three
unrelated drosophilid species from widely separate areas, one of which
was Drosophila canaryana. The main purpose of that report was to describe
the undescribed species that occur in the National Drosophila Species
Stock Service (NDSSC) at Bowling Green State University, Ohio. Dr.
William B. Heed (Univ. Arizona) called to my attention the likelihood
that D. canaryana was synonymous with D. guanche Monclus, also known
only from the island of Tenerife in the Canary Islands. Dr. Marie Monclus
(Univ. of Barcelona) provided copies of correspondence that Professor
A. Prevosti (Univ. of Barcelona) sent to Prof. Marshall Wheeler (Univ. of
Texas) in 1972 with some cultures of an undescribed obscura group
species from Tenerife Is. Later, Prof. Prevosti recognized that the stock
listed in the 1984 NDSSC catalogue from the Canary Islands was prob-
ably the culture of D. guanche which was originally sent to Prof. Wheeler.
When the NDSCC was moved to Bowling Green St. Univ., this species
was later re-described by Haruo Takada and Yong Sik Yoon, the latter
director of the DNSCC. Thus, it is likely that the stocks on which the two
descriptions are based are actually from the same culture!

Drosophila guanche Monclis, 1976

Drosophila guanche Monclus, 1976: 205.
Drosophila canaryana Takada and Yoon, 1989: 115. NEW SYNONYM.

Diagnosis: Color ranging from yellowish to dark brownish-black (see below); carina low,
with narrow ridge; a single pair of vibrissae (subvibrissae slightly longer than one-half the
length of vibrissae); arista with three dorsal and 1-2 ventral branches, plus terminal fork;
male foretarsomere one with row of 24-29 stout black teeth, foretarsomere two with 18-26
(fig. 1); male genitalia as illustrated (figs. 2 and 3).

lReceived May 24, 1991; Accepted June 30, 1991
Department of Entomology, The American Museum of Natural History, Central Park
West at 79th St., New York, New York 10024-5192

ENT. NEWS 102(5): 223-226, November & December, 1991

224 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Figs. 1-3. Structures of male Drosophila guanche. 1. Comb of teeth on first and second
foretarsomeres. 2. Epandrium and surstyli. 3. Hypandrium, aedeagus and associated
structures.

Vol. 102, No. 5, November & December, 1991 225

Material Examined: Numerous laboratory-reared males and females from two stocks,
both derived from Tenerife Island, Canary Islands. Specimens from the NDSSC at Bowling
Green derived from culture number 1410-1211; details of the stocks from Barcelona are
given in Monclus (1976). Pinned specimens of both lots are in the AMNH. The holotype of
D. “canaryana” is in the AMNH (Takada and Yoon, 1989); the holotype of D. guanche is in
the Genetics Department of the University of Barcelona, but was not examined by myself.

DISCUSSION

The two original descriptions are sufficiently ambiguous and different
enough as to make identification difficult. Although the descriptions do
agree in some respects, obvious discrepencies are the following (in italics
are the conditions as I have found them): Number of aristal rays: 7 in
Monclus, 5 in T&Y (I found 6-7). Illustrations of male genitalia: with no
paraphysis, large lateral gonopods, median gonopods smaller than the
paraphysis, a long thin aedeagal apodeme, and narrow hypandrum in
Monclus; with a pair of paraphyses each bearing a row of 8 sensilla, small
lateral gonopods, median gonopods equal in length to paraphyses, a
stout aedeagal apodeme, and a wide rounded hypandmm in T&Y. Monclus
(1976) mentioned that much of the body, such as the antennae, meso-
notum, and pleura, were yellowish, which contrasts with the description
of Takada and Yoon that the flies were mostly dark brown. The color is
consistently different between cultured flies that I received from Drs.
Monclus and Yoon, as reported. However, the flies from Barcelona were
also considerably smaller, indicating that the color difference is probably
due to differences in the temperature at which larvae were reared. It is
known that cooler temperatures prolong larval development, resulting
in larger individuals, and, in at least some species such as Drosophila
testacea, cooler tempertures result in darker adults.

Monclus (1976), Takada and Yoon (1989), and Lakovaara and Saura
(1982) all agreed that guanche is most closely related to D. subobscura. The
range of D. subobscura extends from England to Iran, northern Africa,
also on Tenerife and Madeira Islands, and it has even been introduced to
Chile. Most recently, Monclus (1984) discovered Drosophila madeirensis
from Madeira Island (32°38'N, 16°54’W), which now appears to be the
closest relative of guanche.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Bill Heed originally informed me of the possible synonymy of the two “species”, and
Jong Sik Yoon and Maria Monclus provided specimens for comparison. My thanks are
extended to them.

226 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

LITERATURE CITED

Lakovaara, S. and A. Saura. 1982. Evolution and speciation in the Drosophila obscura
group. pp. 1-59 In: M. Ashburner, H.L. Carson, and J.N. Thompson, Jr. The Genetics
and Biology of Drosophila, vol. 3b. New York: Academic Press.

Monclus, M. 1976. Disbribucioén y ecologia de drosofilidos en Espana II. Especies de
Drosophila de las Islas Canarias, con la descripcién de una nueva especie. Bol. R. Soc.
Espanola Hist. Nat. (Biol.) 74: 197-213.

Monclus, M. 1984. Drosophilidae of Madeira, with the description of Drosophila madeirensis
n. sp. Z. zool. Syst. Evolut.-forsch. 22:94-103.

Takada, H. and J.S. Yoon. 1989. Three new Drosophila species (Diptera: Drosophilidae)
from British Columbia, Hawaii, and the Canary Islands. Ent. News 100: 111-121.

Vol. 102, No. 5, November & December, 1991 227

PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA COLLECTED FROM
A PEAR ORCHARD UNDER ORGANIC
MANAGEMENT IN WASHINGTON STATE!

G.S. Paulson, R.D. Akre2

ABSTRACT: During the summers of 1986-1989 parasitic Hymenoptera were collected
from a pear orchard under organic management through the use of pitfall traps, a beating
tray, and vegetation samples. More than 94 species of Hymenoptera were collected with
representatives from 24 families and 72 genera. Four species were added to the C. pyricola
parasitoid complex: Psyllaephagus sp. (Encyrtidae), Dilyta rathmanae Menke and Evenhuis
(Charipidae), Pachyneuron albutius (Walker) and P. siphonophorae (Ashmead) (Pteromalidae).

During a study of the biological control of pear psylla, Cacopsylla
pyricola (Foerster), a great deal of information relating to the parasitic
Hymenoptera fauna of a pear orchard under organic management was
collected. Collection records are presented here in tabular form. This
information will contribute to our knowledge of the dynamics of para-
sitoid populations in agricultural systems.

METHODS

Studies were conducted during the summers of 1987-1989 (June -
August) in an organic Bartlett pear orchard located near Peshastin,
Washington (Chelan Co.). The orchard was ca. | % ha in size, with 6m x
6m tree spacing. Ground cover was predominantly grasses, kept short
(<10cm) by regular mowing. Undertree irrigation was carried out on a
weekly basis.

Pitfall traps were used in 1987-1989 to monitor ground activity of
parasitoids. Traps were constructed from 12 oz plastic cups. Approx-
imately 20 ml of diluted antifreeze (1:5 antifreeze:water) were poured
into the cups which were then buried up to their rim in the orchard.
Pitfalls were collected after 24 h, and the contents examined under a
dissecting microscope in the laboratory. Parasitoids in the traps were
counted and identified. Pitfall traps were rotated throughout the study
area with 40-60 traps placed during each 24 h period. In 3 years 865 traps
were examined.

A beating tray was also used to collect parasitoids. This method utilized
a 45 cm x 45 cm beating tray held under a pear limb while the limb was

lReceived February 23, 1991. Accepted August 3, 1991.
Dept. of Entomology, Washington State University, Pullman, WA, 99164-6432

ENT. NEWS 102(5): 227-230, November & December, 1991

228 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

struck three times with a 35 cm length of rubber hose. Parasitoids which
landed on the tray were collected for identification. Beating tray samples
were collected from 32 pear trees/week. Three beating tray samples were
collected from each tree.

Parasitized pear psylla were collected from vegetation, placed in separate
shell vials, and held in the laboratory for emergence of parasitoids.

RESULTS

The pear orchard supported a diverse parasitoid fauna including
more than 94 species from 24 families and 72 genera (Table 1). The
greatest number of species were collected from beating tray samples.
Seventeen species were collected only in pitfall traps, and only a few
specimens (< 10) with the following exceptions: Encyrtidae - Trechnites
sp. (123), Psyllaephagus sp. (47), and Litomastix spp. (150); Charipidae -
Dilyta rathmanae (23); and Scelionidae - Scelio spp. (23), Telenomus spp.
(30), and Jdris spp. (30). The abundance of these taxa is probably due to
their host range. Trechnites sp., Psyllaephagus sp., and D. rathmanae are
part of the C_pyricola parasitoid complex. The other genera were repre-
sented by more than one species and are parasitioids of relatively abundant
hosts such as Lepidoptera larvae (Litomastix spp.) and grasshoppers
(Scelio spp.).

This study revealed new information concerning the pear psylla para-
sitoid complex. Trechnites sp., Psyllaephagus sp., Pachyneuron siphonophorae
(Ashmead), P. albutius (Walker), and D. rathmanae Menke and Evenhuis
were reared from pear psylla in the laboratory and collected from beating
trays. C. pyricola is a new host for all of these species except Trechnites.
Psyllidae is a new host family record for Pachyneuron. Biological infor-
mation from Krombien et al. (1979) indicated that P. albutius and P.
siphonophorae are probably hyperparasites of pear psylla while Trechnites
sp. and Psyllaephagus sp. are primary parasitoids of pear psylla. D.
rathmanae, a hyperparasitioid of pear psylla (Rathman and Paulson
1991), was a new genus record for North America and a new species
described by Menke and Evenhuis (1991).

Although hosts of most parasitoids collected in this study were not
determined, there appeared to be a correlation between the microhabitat
preferences of reported hosts of the parasitioids and the microhabitat
from which the parasitoids were collected (method of collection). For
example, spider egg sac parasitoids Gelis (Ichneumonidae) and Baeus
(Scelionidae), and carabid egg parasitoid Trimorus (Scelionidae) were
only collected in pitfall samples. Similarly, Weseloh (1986) reported
correlations between patterns of parasitoids caught on sticky traps in

Vol. 102, No. 5, November & December, 1991 229

various forest microhabitats and parasitoid host preferences. These
studies indicate that method and microhabitat of collection may reveal
important information about parasitoid host range. Host range of many
taxa listed in Table | can be found in Krombein et al. (1979).

Table 1. Parasitic Hymenoptera collected from a pear orchard under organic man-
agement in Washington State. Specimens were collected through the use of a beating
tray (BT) and/or pitfall traps (PF).

BT PF BT PF
Parasitica Eurytomidae
Ceraphronoidea Eurytoma spp. [7 =
Ceraphronidae Sycophila sp. ae =
Ceraphron spp. te ote Harmolita sp. [Po =
Unknown Genus = = Eudecatoma sp. - =
Megaspilidae Mymaridae
D. niger a Unknown Genus = 4p
Dendrocerus sp. eS Perilampidae
Chalcidoidea Perilampus hyalinus Say + —
Aphelinidae Pteromalidae
Coccophagus sp. ep aa Gastrancistrus sp. +
Neodusmetia sp. Seats Asaphes sp. A=
Chalcididae Pachyneuron sp. a
Invreia sp. aaah acts P. albutius (Walker) iS
Encyrtidae P. siphonophorae (Ashmead) + —
Trechnites sp. + = Homoporus sp. se
Psyllaephagus sp. azaon Tritneptis sp. {eet
Litomastix spp. (2) OS Mesopolobus sp. a2 =
Zarhopalus sp. arte lam Halticoptera sp. IF =
Procheiloneurus sp. a = Spalangia sp. — +
Metaphycus spp. (2) = hia Torymidae
Cerchysius sp. seagiainns Monodontomerus sp. a=
Isodromus sp. fC Cynipoidea
Paralitomastix sp. tes Charipidae
Unknown Genera (6) ts ae Dilyta rathmanae [p=
Signophoridae Alloxysta sp. a
Signiphora sp. 1g Cynipidae
Thysanus sp. alae Unknown Genus an =
Eulophidae Stephanoidea
Chrysocharis sp. ay tera Stephanidae
Diglyphus sp. ages Schlettererius sp. iPS
Elachertus sp. + oS Ichneumonoidea
Euplectrus sp. te ee Braconidae
Chrysonotomyia sp. + = Praon sp. =F =
Tetrastichus spp. (2) te i Trioxys sp. +)
Hyssopus sp. 7 ee Mirax sp. i
Pnigalio sp. = Orgilus sp. +
Eupelmidae Hormius sp. + —
Eupelmella sp. aha ict Chelonus sp. i

230 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

BT PF BT PF
Ichneumonidae Telenomus spp. + +
Othocentrus spp. (3) teaere Idris spp. ues
Stenomacrus spp. (2) 72S Anteris sp. OS
Gelis spp. (7) = ost Trimorus sp. = SF
Proctotrupoidea Baeus sp. = +
Diapriidae Aculeata
Trichopria spp. ae Chrysidoidea
Platygastridae Bethylidae
Amblyaspis spp. + = Goniozus spp. (3) 7S
Platygaster sp. a Epyris spp. (2) =
Synopeas spp. Te Chrysididae
Inostemma sp. P= Unknown Genus <=
Scelionidae Dryinidae
Scelio spp. oS Aphelopus sp. =
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Specimens were identified by J.B. Johnson (Dept. of Soil, Plant and Entomological
Sciences, Univ. of Idaho, Moscow, ID) and the following USDA-ARS, Systematic Ento-
mology Laboratory taxonomists: R.W. Carlson, E.E. Grissell, A'S. Menke, P.M. Marsh,
and M.E. Schauff. Voucher specimens have been placed in the James Entomological
Museum, Washington State University, Pullman, WA and the Barr Entomological Museum,
Univ. of Idaho, Moscow, ID.

LITERATURE CITED

Krombein, K.V., P.D. Hurd, D.R. Smith, & B.D. Burke. 1979. Catalog of Hymenoptera
in America north of Mexico (3 volumes). Smithsonian Inst., Washington, D.C. 2735 p.

S. Menke & H.H. Evenhuis. 1991. N. American Charipidae: Key to genera, nomen-
clature, species checklist, and a new species of Dilyta Forster (Hymenoptera:
Cynipoidea). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 93: 136-158.

Rathman, R.J., & G.S. Paulson. 1991. Biological summary of Dilyta rathmanae. In A. S.
Menke and H.H. Evenhuis, N. American Charipidae: Key to genera, nomenclature,
species checklist, and a new species of Dilyta Forster (HymenopteraL Cynipoidea).
Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 93: 136-158.

Weseloh, R.M. 1986. Host and microhabitat preferences of forest parasitic Hymenoptera:
inferences from captures on colored sticky panels. Environ. Entomol. 15: 64-70.

Vol. 102, No. 5, November & December, 1991 231

POTENTIAL HOST RANGE AND PERFORMANCE
OF A REPORTEDLY MONOPHAGOUS
PARASITOID, PTEROMALUS CEREALELLAE
(HYMENOPTERA: PTEROMALIDAE)!

John H. Brower~

ABSTRACT: Larvae or prepupae of 12 species of beetles were tested as possible hosts of
Pteromalus cerealellae, a reportedly monophagous parasite of Sitotroga cerealella (Lepi-
doptera: Gelichiidae). This parasitoid attacked and developed successfully in 12 species of
beetles in the families: Anobiidae, Bostrichidae, Bruchidae and Curculionidae. This
extension of the host range of this parasitoid greatly increased its utility as a biological
control agent for stored-product pests.

A cosmopolitan parasite of the Angoumois grain moth, Sitotroga
cerealella (Olivier), was described in 1902 as Catolaccus cerealellae Ashmead
from a culture of S. cerealella originating in Philadelphia, PA (Ashmead
1902). Girault (1917) placed this species in the genus Habrocytus Thomson
where it generally remained until Boucek (1977) lumped this genus
under Pteromalus Swederus because no clear character enables separa-
tion of the two groups. This species has been reported from many parts of
the U.S. and from many countries of the world (Peck 1963, Graham 1969,
Krombein et al. 1979), but only two studies of its biology have been
published (Noble 1932, Fulton 1933). In all of these reports, the speci-
mens were obtained from cultures of S. cerealella or from infested grain
where this species was present. In fact, this parasitoid is always listed as
being monophagous on S. cerealella (Krombein et al. 1979, Boucek 1988),
except for one early report by Flanders (1930).

It is not particularly unusual for a parasitoid to be monophagous, but
most of the other parasitoids of stored-product pests appear to be more
habitat specific than host specific. It was with this in mind that a study of
the host range of Pteromalus cerealellae (Ashmead) was undertaken. The
results of that study are reported here.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

The culture of P. cerealellae originated as a field collection on S.
cerealella in wheat from Eagle Pass, Texas in 1984. It has been cultured
since that time in the laboratory on S. cerealella reared in wheat. In

lReceived October 12, 1990. Accepted November 19, 1990.
Stored-Product Insects Research Lab, ARS, USDA, P.O. Box 22909, Savannah, GA
31403.

ENT. NEWS 102(5): 231-235, November & December, 1991

232 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

general, rearing conditions were 27°C + 2°C, 60 + 5% RH, and a 12h
photophase:12 h scotophase. New stock cultures of P. cerealellae were
established three times a week by aspirating about 50, 0 to 2-day-old
adults (25 males, 25 females), briefly exposing them to CO), and placing
them in 1 liter jars containing a 14 - 18-day-old culture of S. cerealella in
ca 380 g of wheat. All P. cerealellae adults were removed after one week by
sifting. Cultures were incubated at the controlled conditions, and emer-
gence usually started ca. 14 days after setup. Most adult emergence was
completed within one week.

The species of parasitoid used in these tests was determined by Dr.
E.E. Grissell, Systematic Entomology Laboratoy, ARS, USDA to be
Pteromalus cerealellae (Ashmead). The culture was identified in 1984
before host range testing began and then reconfirmed in 1989 after the
test was terminated. In 1989 separate cultures reared for many genera-
tions on Callosobruchus maculatus (Fab.) and on Sitotroga cerealella were
both identified as P. cerealellae by Dr. E.E. Grissell. Voucher specimens
of these cultures have been deposited in the USNM.

Hosts were obtained from laboratory stock cultures, and the species
tested are shown in Table |. These cultures were started with clean grain
or legumes inoculated with 100, 1-week-old adults of each species. Adults
were left on the rearing medium for 5-7 days and then removed. Differences
in reproductive rate among potential host species resulted in cultures
with very different host densities. The medium was then incubated at the
aforementioned controlled conditions until both mid-and late-instar
larvae were present. The time interval was dictated by the developmental
rate of each species (Hill 1990). The rearing medium was then thoroughly
mixed and weighed into 100 g samples that were placed in 250 ml jars
with filter paper tops. Normally ten samples of each potential host
species were prepared and half were randomly assigned to be infested
with ten pairs of P. cerealellae. One to 7-day-old adults of P. cerealellae
were collected from stock cultures reared on S. cerealella and ten males
and ten females were selected using a dissecting microscope. The adult P.
cerealellae were removed from the host samples after 7 days and counted
to ensure recovery of all of the parental adults. The samples were then
incubated as before until parasitoids or hosts started to emerge. Adults
were removed and counted three times a week until emergence ceased or
until a second generation of insects started to emerge. Counts were
terminated after the first generation.

Vol. 102, No. 5, November & December, 1991 233

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

The results of this test were unexpected. Out of 12 species of stored-
product beetles tested, each of them were attacked by the parasitioid and
each sustained the development of the parasitoid to the adult stage
(Table 2). Not ony did P. cerealellae develop on each of the hosts tested, it
developed very well on several of the species. Most notable was the
success of this parasitoid on high density populations of the cowpea
weevil (Table 2). On groups of pupae and mature larvae of this host, an
average number of 488 and 278 parasitoids emerged per culture, and the
emergence of beetle adults was reduced by 89 and 97%, respectively. High
density populations of the lesser grain borer also yielded over 100 para-
sites per culture, although the beetle populations were reduced only
about 26% (Table 2). The parasite also developed well on the granary
weevil and reduced populations of this pest by 66% (Table 2), and this
may be of practical importance for biological control efforts.

Because it is now obvious that P. cerealellae is not monophagous, the
observation by Flanders (1930) that this parasitoid also attacks the
potato tuberworm, Phthorimaea operculella (Zeller), another species of
gelechiid, should be considered valid.

The different potential host species varied in age from mid stage larvae
to pupae at the time they were presented to the parasitoid, and cultures of
the various species also varied widely in host density. Thus, no firm
conclusions can be drawn on the relative host suitability of each species
in comparison to others. However, the fact that P. cerealellae attacked and
developed successfully on a wide range of host beetles is of great sig-
nificance to biological control efforts in stored grain (Brower & Cogburn
1989). For example, if P. cerealellae are released into grain storages that
don’t contain S. cerealella, then the parasitoid may attack species of
beetles present and perhaps maintain its population until S. cerealella
migrants move into the storage. Or conversely, if the parasitoid is released
and it successfully suppresses or eliminates a resident population of the
S. cerealella, then it may transfer to alternate beetle hosts and help to
suppress their populations. Because published reports never list this
species as a beetle parasitoid, the indication is that this species of para-
sitoid probably prefers S. cerealella as a host. However, the data presented
here indicates that if released into grain bins it would probably transfer
to alternate hosts in the absence of its primary host.

234 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Table 1. Species of beetles tested as alternative hosts for the monophagous
parasitoid, Pteromalus cerealellae (Ashmead)

Family Scientific Name Common Name Ages Tested
(days)
Anobiidae Lasioderma serricorne (Fab.) Cigarette Beetle 13-20
Anobiidae Stegobium paniceum (L.) Drugstore Beetle 21-28
Bostrichidae Rhyzopertha dominica (Fab.) Lesser Grain Borer 17-24
Bostrichidae Prostephanus truncatus (Horn) Larger Grain Borer 21-28
Bruchidae Acanthoscelides obtectus (Say) Bean Weevil 16-23
Bruchidae Callosobruchus analis (Fab.) 13-20
Bruchidae Callosobruchus chinensis (L.) 18-26
Bruchidae Callosobruchus maculatus (Fab.) Cowpea Weevil 13-20
Bruchidae Callosobruchus rhodesianus (Pic) 12-19
Curculionidae Sitophilus granarius (L.) Granary Weevil 9-16
Curculionidae Sitophilus oryzae (L.) Rice Weevil 9-16
Curculionidae Sitophilus zeamais Mots. Maize Weevil 8-15

Table 2. Mean number of parasitoid progeny (+ SE) when various factitious hosts
were exposed to 10 pairs of P. cerealellae for 1 week and % reduction compared to
untreated checks

P. cerealellae (10 pairs)

Checks
Factitous x No. x No. F, x No. %
hosts tested Beetles Parasites Beetles Reduction

(+ SE) (SE) (+ SE)
L. serricorne 93.0+4.2 32.0+ 18.2 78.6+32.0 15.5
S. paniceum 50.0+4.3 6.44+2.1 43.6+13.7 12.8
R. dominica 1338.8+24.0 104.0+ 10.9 987.4+45.0 26.2
P. truncatus 165.34+17.6 2.8+1.0 66.6+ 16.3 59.7
A. obtectus 21.043.1 0.8+0.4 210222 0
C. analis 113.6+5.5 4.0+1.1 102.0+4.1 10.2
C. chinensis 68.84 1.6 32.2+3.6 22.84+4.2 66.9
C. maculatus 500.0+9.3 278.4+ 10.0 17.2+4.5 96.6
C. rhodesianus 27.0+1.1 6.0+2.5 11.0+4.6 59.3
S. granarius 175.6+12.9 58.4+15.3 77.2+36.8 66.0
S. oryzae 609.4+25.4 5.4+2.8 561.8+14.3 78
S. zeamais 110.0+3.8 2.0+ 1.38 93.8+6.8 14.7

Vol. 102, No. 5, November & December, 1991 235

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I am indebted to E. Eric Grissell, Research Entomologist, Systematic Entomology
Laboratory, ARS, USDA, Beltsville, MD for identification of the parasitoid, and to Timothy
Foard, Biological Aid, for helping with all phases of these tests.

LITERATURE CITED

Ashmead, W.H. 1902. A new Catolaccus on Sitotroga cerealella Oliv. Psyche 9:345.

Brower, J.H. and R.R. Cogburn. 1989. The use of biological agents to contol insect pests
of stored grain and agricultural commodities and implementation of this technology, p.
52. In Proc. Inter. Symp. on Biol. Cont. Implementation, McAllen, TX. 98 p. (Abstract)

Boucek, Z. 1988. Australasian Chalcidoidea (Hymenoptera) A Biosystematic Revision of
Genera of Fourteen Families, with a Reclassification of Species. CAB Intern. London,
ENG. 832 p.

Flanders, S.E. 1930. Recent developments in Trichogramma production. J. Econ. Entomol.
23:837-841.

Fulton, B.B. 1933. Notes on Habrocytus cerealellae, parasite of the Angoumois Grain
Moth. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 26:536-553.

Girault, A.A. 1917. The North American species of Habrocytus (Chalcid-Flies). Can.
Entomol. 49:178-182.

Graham, M.W.R. deV. 1969. The Ptermoalidae of North-western Europe (Hymenoptera:
Chalcidoidea). Bull. Brit. Museum (Nat. Hist.) Suppl. 16. London, ENG. 908 p.

Hill, D.S. 1990. Pests of Stored Products and their Control. CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL.

_ 274 p.

Krombein, K.V., P.D. Hurd, D.R. Smith and B.D. Burks. 1979. Catalog of Hymeno-
ptera in America north of Mexico. Smithsonian Instit. Press, Washington, DC, 2735 p.

Noble, N.B. 1932. Studies of Habrocytus cerealellae (Ashmead), a pteromalid parasite of the
Angoumois grain moth, Sitotroga cerealella (Olivier). Univ. CA Publ. in Entomol. 5:311-
354.

Peck, O. 1963. A catalogue of the Nearctic Chalcidoidea (Insecta: Hymenoptera). Can.
Entomol. (Suppl. 30) 1092 p.

236 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ELMIDAE OF TAIWAN PART I:
TWO NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS STENELMIS
(COLEOPTERA: DRYOPOIDEA) WITH NOTES ON
THE GROUP OF STENELMIS HISAMATSUTI'

Ming-Luen Jeng, Ping-Shih Yang

ABSTRACT: Two new species of Elmidae: Stenelmis wongi and Stenelmis formosana,
belonging to the group of Stenelmis hisamatsui, are described and illustrated. Descriptions
of their habitats and ecological information are also included. A key and checklist to the
species of hisamatsui group are given.

Elmidae is one of the major components in stream coleopteran fauna.
More than 120 genera and about 1200 species are known from the
world.

Most of the genera of Elmidae are endemic. In fact, not any genus can
be considered truly cosmopolitan. Stenelmis is the elmid genus most
nearly cosmopolitan and with the largest number of species. There are
146 species known from the whole world except Neotropical Region
(Brown, 1981). Stenelmis sauteri Kono 1936 is the only recorded species of
this genus from Taiwan. The authors obtained this species from the
neighborhood of its type locality. However, it is more similar morpho-
logically to genus Ordobrevia than to Stenelmis. Its status will be discussed
in another paper. Two new species of Stenelmis from Taiwan, belonging
to hisamatsui group, are reported in this paper.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

The elmid materials available for this study were collected since 1987
by the authors and their colleagues from the laboratory of Insect Con-
servation of the Department of Plant Pathology and Entomology, N.T.U.
The samples were captured by the modified Surber net sampler (50 cm x
50 cm x 50 cm), D-frame aquatic net (diameter 39 cm, depth 47 cm), and
light trap.

The measurements used in the article are shown in Fig. 1. Coloration
was observed under a white light source, and the specimens were de-
posited in 75% ethanol. The type specimens are preserved in 75% ethanol
with a little glycerol.

lReceived February 16, 1991. Accepted April 30, 1991.
Laboratory of Insect Conservation, Department of Plant Pathology and Entomology,
National Taiwan University, Taipei, Taiwan 10764, R.O.C.

ENT. NEWS 102(5): 236-252, November & December, 1991

Vol. 102, No. 5, November & December, 1991 237

The following abbreviations are used for depository institutions:

EMNTU Entomological Museum of National Taiwan University, Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C.
NMW __ Naturhistorisches Museum Wien, Austria

NMNH_ National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, Washington
D.C., U.S.A.

OMNH Oklahoma Museum of Natural History, University of Oklahoma, Norman,
U.S.A.

TARI Department of Applied Zoology, Taiwan Agricultural Research Institute,
Taichung, Taiwan, R.O.C.

Stenelmis Dufour s. lat.

Stenelmis Dufour, 1835: 158.

Type species: Elmis canaliculata Gyllenhall

Characterization - Adult: Body elongate, subparallel, moderately convex and finely pub-
escent dorsally. Body length 2-4 mm. Head globose, retractable within prothorax. Antennae
slender, each 11-segmented. Maxillary palpi with apical segment oval and often largest.
Pronotum with median longitudinal groove and sublateral carinae or lateral tuberculi, but
without transverse impression. Elytra elongate and subparallel, each bearing 8 punctate
striae, with or without accessory striae; humeri not very prominent; lateral margins serrate;
epipleura extending to near apex of elytron; apices rounded and often converged at apex.
Venter and legs except tarsi covered with plastron setae. Granules on venter and legs round.
Prosternum occupies about 2/3 area of prothorax from vental view; anterior portion
deflected to permit retraction of head; lateral sides sinuate. Procoxae, mesocoxae and
metacoxae moderately broadly separated. Mesosternum with a anteromedian excavation
to accommodate prosternal process. lst and 2nd visible abdominal sterna normal or with
shallow impression on disk; the first three sterna with conspicuous lateral teeth attaching to
epipleura. Protibiae without a fringe of hairy tomentum on the inner margin. Tarsi 5-
segmented, tarsal claws with or without basal teeth. Male genitalia elongate, moderately
broad; median lobe longer than parameres and usually longer than basal piece which is
asymmetric.

The species occurs commonly in streams, lakes or ponds (Sanderson,
1953). Adults are positively phototactic and can be attracted by light

traps during flight periods occurring from summer to autumn (Seagle,
1980).

Group of Stenelmis hisamatsui

Characterization: Body length 2.2-3.1 mm in known species. Color reddish brown to
black. Interspace between pronotal longitudinal groove and sublateral carinae irregularly
undulated. Elytra without accessory stria. Prosternal process subparallel, with round or
slightly emarginated apex. The first two visible abdominal sterna impressed shallowly on
disk and with carinae laterally beside the impression. Legs stout, hind tibiae of males more
strongly curved, and with serial denticulations on inner side from basal 1/4 to apices; hind
tibiae of females normal and with inside smooth. Apicoventral margin of tarsomere 5 with
an elongate rounded process; tarsal claws without basal claws. Male genitalia with a
closely pubescent projection on each paramere at about apical 1/5 dorsally.

238 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

aos
4)
oo ae

~wee ew we

-

SS ae
<==.

-_— —~

=
SO ese

PW.

A

Figure 1. Morphological terminology: A. head; B. pronotum; C. pronotum and elytra. FW.:
width of frons; ED.: distance across eyes; CW.: width of clypeus; CL.: length of clypeus;
LW.: width of labrum; LL.: length of labrum; PW.: width of pronotum; PL.: length of
pronotum; FAP.: frontal angle of pronotum; EL.: length of elytron; EW.: width of elytra;
BW.: width of body (EW.= BW.); BL.: length of body (BL. = PL. + EL.).

Vol. 102, No. 5, November & December, 1991 239

Type species: Stenelmis hisamatsui Sat6, 1960

Nomura first mentioned this group, including 6 species serially dis-
tributed from Japan to Southeast Asia in his letter to Saté (Satd, 1964b).
But he did not define the group. This group now, at least, contains 7
species including 2 new Taiwanese species: Stenelmis formosana sp. nov.
and Stenelmis wongi sp. nov. S. birmanica Grouve., another species in this
group according to Nomura, is ignored here because of insufficient
morphological data. A distribution map is shown in Fig. 8. It is clear that
these species are distributed around mainland China and we infer that
they split from a common ancestor distributed in China. It is a pity that
we still do not know this ancestor since the study about elmids of main-
land China is not complete. On the other hand, four species: S. aritai
Sato, S.ishiharai Satd, S. formosana sp. nov.,and S. wongi sp. nov. are more
similar morphologically than the other members of the group. In addition,
their distributions (the first two in Sakishima Is. and the other two in
Taiwan) are very close. We suspect that they may have had a recent
ancestor living in this area while land bridges existed between these
islands during glacial periods of the Pleistocene epoch. Speciation among
these four species occurred after these islands and Taiwan were isolated
when glacial periods finished, and they may have diverged later than the
other species in this group.

The following key, partially based upon characters extracted from the
literature, is presented to separate species in this group.

Key to the adults of the S. hisamatsui species group

1. Frontal angles of pronotum truncate laterally; middle tibiae of male with serial

denticulations on inner side --------------------------------------- metatibialis (Vietnam)
Frontal angles of pronotum not truncate laterally; middle tibiae of male without
serial denticulations on inner side ------------------------------------------------------------- 2
2. Body size 2.4-2.8 MM --------------------------------- nn nnn nnn nn nn nnn nn nen nnnn nnn nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 4
Body size smaller or larger ------------------------------------------ en nnnnn nna manna nn nnnnannnnn= 3
3. Body size smaller (under 2.4 mm) ------------------------------------ hisamatsui (Ryukyu)
Body size larger (above 2.8 mm) ----------------------------------------- nipponica (Japan)
4. Pronotum bi-sinuate laterally; narrowest at apical 2/5; prosternal process with apex
TOUNA -----------------n-nn nn nn nnn nn nn nnn nn nnn nn nnn nn nn nnn nnnnnnnnnennnnnne nanan ishiharai (Ryukyu)
Pronotum less sinuate laterally, broadest at basal 1/3 and thence gradually narrowed
anteriorly; prosternal process with apex mostly emarginate ---------------------------- 5
5. Surface of pronotum somewhat densely granulate (Fig. 5); frontal angles of
pronotum less than 60° --------------------------—---------—----—-—--— -- formosana (Taiwan)
Surface of pronotum sparsely granulate (Fig. 4); frontal angles of pronotum more
than 60° ———_—____——————————————— 6
6. Granules on pronotum finer than those on head; frontal angles with apex dully
pointed) ———— eee aritai (Ryukyu)

Granules on pronotum not finer than those on head; frontal angles with apex
somewhat sharp (Fig. 4) ----------------------2 nn nnn wongi (Taiwan)

240 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Stenelmis wongl, sp. nov.
Fig. 2, 4, 6

Body length (PL. + EL.): 2.5-2.8 mm, width (EW.): 1.0-1.1 mm.

Coloration: Reddish brown to dark brown, ventral surface lighter; covered with black
granules throughout all the body and legs (except tarsi); epicranium dark brown except
occiput lighter; antennae, mouthparts, tarsi and genitalia translucently yellowish brown.

Head (Fig. 2E): Subparallel behind eyes from dorsal view; vertex and occiput retract-
able within pronotal collar; cuticle covered with granules, on clypeus and frons denser
than elsewhere; labrum, clypeus, and frons rather finely punctate; labrum subrectangular,
about 2 times broader than long, but looks like long elliptic when retracted in clypeus;
clypeus moderately convex in center, lateral margins round; ratio of length between
clypeus and labrum (CL.:LL.) about 1.3; of width about 1.7; frontoclypeal suture not
distinct; eyes round, width across the eyes (ED.) about 1.6 times as broad as frons width
(FW.); surface of antennae reticulate under SEM, and with sparse sensory hairs apically,
the first segment dilated and distal one strongly pointed at apex; the ratios of segments (1-
11) are? 1:0::'0:6:: 0.6205 20S 21016 70:7 20:8 0:7 20:8); 1:3:

Pronotum (Fig. 2E, F): Subquadrate as seen from above; slightly broader than long by
about 1.2 times; widest at basal 2/5; base about 1.3 times as broad as apex; lateral side
crenulate but not distinctly sinuate; frontal angle conspicuous, about 75° by dorsal view;
about 85° by basal angle; surface coarsely granulated, more densely in lateral sides of
median longitudinal groove and sublateral carina area, but very sparsely in median
groove; median longitudinal groove more deeply impressed at center of pronotum, extending
from base to apical 1/6; sublateral carina convex, sinuate, extending from base to apical 1/
7; two small round deep depressions beside base of median groove. Scutellum subpent-
agonal, granulated sparsely.

Elytra: about 1.7 times as long as broad, wider than pronotum by about 1.2 times,
broadest at about apical 1/3; lateral sides subparallel anteriorly and tapering arcuately
posteriorly to round apex; lateral margins finely serrate; surface covered with minute and
close granules and fine pubescence; each elytron bearing 8 complete punctate striae, strial
punctures on disk rather large, deep, subcircular, and separated from one another by less
than their own diameters, but becoming smaller and more shallow posteriorly; strial
intervals with one or two irregular rows of coarse granules, slightly elevated, the 5th one
narrowly carinate from humerus to apical 1/9; epipleura (Fig. 2J) narrowed gradually from
basal 2/5 to apex.

Prosternum: Prosternal process (Fig. 2G.) with sparser and larger granules than on
anterior portion, margins elevated, slightly expanded posteriorly, apex round or moder-
ately emarginated.

Mesosternum: Coarsely granulate; hind angle (Fig. 2H) beside mesocoxal cavity with
apex sharp.

Metasternum: (Fig. 6): Coarsely and sparsely granulated, median impressed line distinct,
extending from posterior margin to anterior 1/4; transverse metasternal suture distinct.

Abdomen: Surface coarsely granulated on first visible sternum and progressively less
coarse posteriorly, but on disk sparser than on lateral area; the 5th sternum (Fig. 21) sinuate
laterally and slightly emarginate at apex in both sexes.

Legs: Closely granulate except on tarsi; tibiae subequal to femora, and with small apical
spurs; hind tibia (Fig. 2K) of male distinctly dilated at basal 1/3 on inner side; tarsi 5-
segmented, last segment longer than others; the first four segments each with a short apical
tuft of setae on ventral side; tarsal claws large, without basal teeth.

Male genitalia: (Fig. 2A, B, C): convex dorsally; median lobe about 1.2 times as long as

Vol. 102, No. 5, November & December, 1991 241

0.5mm

Figure 2. Stenelmis wongi n. sp.: A. male genitalia (dorsal view); B. ditto (ventral view); C.
ditto (left lateral view) D. female genitalia (ventral view); A-D are drawn to same scale; E.
head and pronotum (frontal view); F. pronotum (dorsal view); G. prosternal process; H.
mesosternum (ventral view); I. the 5th abdominal sternum (9); J. elytron (lateral view); K.
hind leg (¢); L. hind leg ().

242 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

basal piece, expanding posteriorly; paramere with many setae at apex and median portion,
shorter than median lobe, with a dorsal, densely pubescent tooth or projection at apical 1/6
of paramere, and expanded medially at apical 2/3 ventrally; basal piece asymmetric,
convex dorsally, with close pubescence on dorsal and ventral surface.

Female: Body size larger than male in general (male 2.5-2.6 mm; female 2.6-2.8 mm in
our material); hind tibia more slender and not dilated on inner side (Fig. 2L); genitalia as in
Fig. 2D.

Raclitots: Color of young adults is lighter than the older ones (Maybe the old adults’
surface is dirty and looks darker than the young.). The prosternal process is not emar-
ginated apically in local population of Nuannuan, Keelung city. Frontal angles of pro-
notum ranged from 60° - 83°, mean + SD = 73° + 7 (n = 30).

Specimens examined: Holotype ¢, Keelung city, Nuannuan, 20-VIII-1990, Jeng M.L.
leg.. Paratypes: 3 do'", 4 92, same data as holotype; 2 6", Taipei Hsien, Pinglin, 21-VI-1989,
Wong K.C., Jeng M.L., and Hsieh S.H. leg.; 1 9, Taipei Hsien, Pinglin, 22-XI-1989, Wong
K.C. leg.; 2 do", 4 99, Taipei Hsien, Pinglin, 26-VIII-1986, Wong K.C. and Hsieh S.H. leg.; 1
9, Taipei Hsien, Pinglin, 19-II-1990, Wong K.C. and Lee C.W. leg; 1 9, Taipei Hsien, Pinglin,
7-VII-1989, Wong K.C. leg.; 2 9°, Taipei Hsien, Tongho, 28, 29-VIII-1989, Wong K.C. leg.; 2
99, Taipei Hsien, Tongho, 28, 29-VIII-1989, Wong K.C. and Jeng MLL. leg.; 1 9, Ilan
Hsien,Chaoshih, 16-XII-1989, Jeng M.L. leg.; 1 9, Taipei city, Waishung-shi, 27-VIII-1987,
Wong K.C. leg.; 1 9, Taipei Hsien, Wulai, 27-VIII-1990, Jeng M.L. leg.; 3 99, Taipei Hsien,
Sanshah, 13-VIII-1990, Jeng M.L. leg.; 1 9, Sanshah, 14-X-1990, Jeng MLL. leg.; 3 9°, Taipei
Hsien, Teng-liao, 20-X-1990, Jeng M.L. leg.; 2 °°", Taoyuan Hsien, Dashi, 6, 7-XII-1990, Hsu
I.S. leg.. Most of the specimens were captured by modified Surber net sampler and D-frame
water net, and the last collection data were by mercury lamp light trap.

Holotype and some paratypes are deposited in EMNTU; other type
series will be deposited in NYW, NMNH, OMNH, TARI, and Dr. M.
Satd’s collection, Nagoya, Japan.

Etymology: The specific name is in honor of Mr. K.C. Wong who gave
us so much help in many ways.

Diagnosis: This species is closely related to Stenelmis aritai from
Ryukyu archipelago. These can be separated from each other by char-
acters in the key. :

Distribution and habitats: This species is distributed in north Taiwan
as shown in Fig. 9. Most of the localities are branches of Tamsui River.
These habitats are all the upstreams and are often the shaded stream in
the forest. Their elevations are lower than 500 m. Most of the type series
were collected from gravels and pebbles in shallow riffles in the stream
like the microhabitats of Zaitzevia species. A few were taken from cobbles.
All of the habitats have minimum pollution.

Stenelmis formosana sp. nov.
Fig. 3, 5,7

Body length (PL. + EL.): 2.4-2.8 mm, width (EW.): 1.0-1.1 mm.

Coloration: Reddish brown to dark brown dorsally, pronotum and central line of elytra
lighter in newly emerged specimens; ventral surface lighter; body surface covered with
dark granules; appendages of head, tarsi and genitalia translucently yellowish brown.

Vol. 102, No. 5, November & December, 1991 243

Figure 3. Stenelmis formosana n. sp.: A. male genitalia (dorsal view); B. ditto (ventral); C.
ditto (left lateral view); D. female genitalia (ventral view); A-D are drawn to same scale; E.
head and pronotum (frontal view); F. pronotum (dorsal view); G. prosternal process; H.
mesosternum (ventral view); I. the Sth abdominal sternum (@); J. elytron (lateral view); K.
hind leg (¢); L. hind leg (9).

244 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Head (Fig. 3E): Subparallel behind eyes from dorsal view; distance across eyes broadest;
labrum subrectangular, about 2 times as broad as long, but looks like long elliptic when
retracted in clypeus; clypeus broader than labrum by 1.5 times; eyes slightly prominent,
distance across eyes (ED.) about 1.6 times as broad as frons (FW.); antenna 11-segmented,
with sensory hairs apically, the first segment dilated and distal one strongly pointed at
apex; the ratios of segments (1-11) are: 1.0: 0.7: 0.6: 0.5 : 0.4: 0.6: 0.5: 0.6: 0.7 :0.7:
Pi

Pronotum (Fig. 3E, F): Slightly broader than long by about 1.1 times; widest at basal 1/3;
base about 1.3 times as broad as apex; lateral side crenulate, round or slightly sinuate;
frontal angle conspicuous, about 45° in dorsal view; about 85° to 90° by basal angle;
surface somewhat densely granulated, more densely in lateral sides of median longitudinal
groove and sublateral carina area, but very sparsely in median groove; median longitudinal
groove extending from base to apical 1/5, groove more deeply impressed at central pro-
notum; sublateral carina convex, sinuate, extending from base to apical 1/6; two small
round depressions besides the base of median groove. Scutellum subpentagonal, granulated
sparsely.

Elytra: About 1.8 times as long as broad, 1.3 times broader than pronotum, broadest at
about apical 1/3; thence subparallel anteriorly and tapering arcuately posteriorly to round
apex; lateral margins finely serrate; surface covered with minute and close granules and
fine pubescence; punctures on disk rather large, deep, subcircular, and separated from one
another by equal or slightly less than their own diameters, but becoming smaller and more
shallow posteriorly; strial intervals with one or two irregular rows of coarse granules,
slightly elevated, the Sth strial interval narrowly carinated from humerus to near apex;
epipleura (Fig. 3J) narrowed gradually from basal 2/5 to apex.

Prosternum: Prosternal process (Fig. 3G.) with larger and sparser granules than on
anterior deflect portion, margins elevated, lateral sides subparallel or slightly expanded
posteriorly, apex moderately emarginate.

Mesosternum (Fig. 31): Apex of hind angle beside mesocoxal cavities bluntly rounded.

Metasternum (Fig. 7): More coarsely and closely granulated than the preceding species;
median impressed line distinct and complete; transverse metasternal suture distinct.

Abdomen: Surface coarsely granulate on first visible sternum and progressively less
coarse posteriorly, but on disk sparser than on lateral area; the Sth sternum (Fig. 31)
sinuated laterally and slightly emarginate at apex in both sexes.

Legs: Closely granulate except on tarsi; tibiae with small apical spurs; hind tibia of male
(Fig. 3K) distinctly dilated at basal 1/3 on inner side; distal tarsal segment longer than
others; the first four segments each with a short apical tuft of setae ventrally; the apex of last
segment with a process ventrally; tarsal claws without basal teeth.

Male genitalia (Fig. 3A, B, C): Median lobe expanded posteriorly, about 1.3 times as
long as basal piece; paramere shorter than median lobe, with bluntly rounded apex, and
with a dorsal pubescent tooth or projection at apical 1/5, and bearing many fine setae at
apex and median portion; basal piece asymmetric, each side provided with close pub-
escence ventrally at base.

Female: Body size usually larger than male (male 2.4-2.6 mm; female 2.5-2.8 mm); hind
tibia (Fig. 3L) more slender and not dilated on inner side; genitalia as in Fig. 3D.

Variations: Color of newly emergent adults collected by light trap is lighter than the
older ones; prosternal process sometimes asymmetric at apex; the frontal angle of pro-
notum ranged from 30° to 60°, mean + SE = 45° + 5° (n = 30).

Specimens examined: Holotype male, Taipei city, Waishung-shi, 20-VI-1987, Wong
KC. leg.; paratypes: the same locality and collector as holotype: 7 adults, 25-VII-1987; 5
adults, 28-VIII-1987; 3 adults, 17-I[X-1987; 1 adult, 4-X-1987; 5 adults, 18-X-1987; 1 adult, 8-
XI-1987; 1 adult, 13-XII-1987; 1 adult, 28-V-1988; 11 adults, 20-VI-1988; 1 adult, 30-VII-1988;

Vol. 102, No. 5, November & December, 1991 245

Figure 4. Stenelmis wongi sp. nov.: 3, dorsal view, younger adult.

246 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Figure 5. Stenelmis formosana sp. nov.: &, dorsal view, younger adult.

Vol. 102, No. 5, November & December, 1991 247

Figure 7. Metasternum of Stenelmis formosana sp. nov.

248 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

2 adults, 27-VIII-1988; 3 adults, 19-I-1989, Jeng MLL. leg.; 3 adults, 28-VII-1990, Jeng M.L.
leg.. The following paratypes were collected around Taiwan: 14 adults, Taipei Hsien, Sanji,
25-VII-1990, Jeng MLL. leg.; 6 adults, Taipei Hsien, Wanli, 13-VII-1990, Jeng MLL. leg.; 1
adult, Taipei Hsien, Wulai, 27-VI-1990, Jeng M.L. leg.; 1 adult, Taipei Hsien,Sanshah, 16-
VII-1990, Jeng M.L. leg.; 2 adults, Taipei Hsien, Sanshah, 14-X-1990, Jeng M.L. and Lin YJ.
leg.; 11 adults, Taipei Hsien, Shungshi Shang, 11-VIII-1990, Jeng M.L. leg.; 2 adults, Taipei
Hsien, Teng-liao, 20-X-1990, Jeng MLL. leg.; 26 adults, Taoyuan Hsien, Dashi, 27, 28-XI-
1990, Hsu LS. leg.; 1 adult, Nantou Hsien, Puli, 5-IX-1989, Jeng M.L. leg.; 4 adults, Chiayi
Hsien, Fanlu, 9-IX-1989, Jeng MLL. leg.; 20 adults, Kaohshung Hsien, Liogwai, 26, 28-V-
1989, Jeng M.L. leg.; 6 adults, Kaohshung Hsien, Shanping, Hsu LS. leg.; 11 adults, Pintong
Hsien, Suchung-shi, 21-I-1990, Jeng M.L. leg.; 2 adults, Pintong Hsien, Suchung-shi, 30-
VII-1990, Jeng M.L. leg.; 2 adults, Pintong Hsien, Kenting, 14-VIII-1990, Chang S.J. leg.; 26
adults, Pintong Hsien, Shinjung, 22-I-1990, Jeng M.L. leg.; 10 adults, Taitong Hsien, Chulu,
21-VIII-1989, Jeng MLL. leg.; 89 adults, Taitong Hsien, Peiyuan, 11-VIII-1989, Luo T.G.,
Wong K.C. and Jeng MLL. leg.; 5 adults, Taitong Hsien, Chikwai-tsuo, 31-I-1991, Jeng M.L.
leg.; 8 adults, Taitong Hsien, Chengkong, 12-VIII-1989, Jeng M.L. leg.; 22 adults, Hwalien
Hsien, Shitsuo, 11-VIII-1989, Jeng M.L., Luo T.G. and Wong K_C. leg.; 8 adults, Hwalien
Hsien, Fuhyuan, 22-VIII-1989, Jeng M.L. leg.. Other specimens examined by Saté: 215
adults, Hwalien Hsien, Antong Spa, 12-VIII-1968, M. Nishikawa leg.

Holotype and some paratypes are deposited in EMNTU; other type
series will be deposited in NMW, NMNH, OMNH, TARI, and Dr. M.
Satd’s collection, Nagoya, Japan.

Etymology: The specific name is derived from Taiwan because the
species is widely distributed around Taiwan.

Diagnosis: This species is allied to Stenelmis nipponica Nomura, 1958
and Stenelmis ishiharai Sat6, 1964; these can be separated by the key. This
species is also similar to the preceding species, but the frontal angle of the
pronotum is sharper and the granules of the metasternum are much
denser than in S. wongi n. sp. (fig. 6, 7).

Distribution and habitats: This species is very common in lower
altitude streams around Taiwan. The known localities are shown in Fig.
9. These streams are only slightly polluted. In contrast with S. wongi, the
majority of the specimens were collected from cobbles, boulders, and
blocks. Sometimes we found the adults clinging tenaciously to algae on
submerged rocks in large numbers. These habitats are also favored
microhabitats of Grouvellinus species. We think this species has greater
tolerance limits to various pollutants.

Ecological Remarks: We have used light traps combining mercury
lamp and black light to attract adults in the late summer. We obtained
more females than males by the trap, and this is similar to American
Stenelmis species (Seagle, 1980). Black light seems more effective than
mercury lamp for attracting the species. Furthermore, we have observed
that very few adults collected from the stream flew to fluorescent lamps
when they were placed on dry land. We suspect that some adults have
spent a bit of time under water before they began the flight period.

Vol. 102, No. 5, November & December, 1991 249

Mh N
TAIWA
ix

AO) Ps. metatibialis
‘\ \ VIETNAM

S. aritai

a) i
/
Ks. formosana

MS)

‘S. ishiharat

Figure 8. Distribution map of Stenelmis hisamatsui-group species. The arrows present the
inferred pathways that the species of the group spread.
— — — — S§.nipponica Nomura + + + S. wongi sp. nov.

S. hisamatsui M. Sato S. formosana sp. nov.
—= = = = §S ishiharai M. Sat6 eeeceeeee § metatibialis Deléve
—————_ §. aritai M. Sato

250 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Tamsul

River Ng

IS
be

Figure 9. Distribution of Stenelmis wongi (4) and Stenelmis formosana (@) on Taiwan. The
collection sites are: 1. Sanji, 2. Wanli, 3. Waishung-shi, 4. Nuannuan, 5. Shungshi Shang. 6.
Pinglin, 7. Sanshah, 8. Dashi, 9. Wulai, 10. Tongho, 11. Chiaoshi, 12. Puli, 13. Fuhyuan, 14.
Fanlu, 15. Antong Spa, 16. Shitsuo, 17. Chengkong, 18. Peiyuan, 19. Liogwai, 20. Shanping.
21. Chikwai-tsuo, 22. Meinong, 23. Suchung-shi, 24. Shinjung (Kangko), 25. Kenting

Vol. 102, No. 5, November & December, 1991 251

Hinton (1976) stated that he never saw any elmids collected from streams
or rivers attempt to fly, even when they were placed on dry land. This
should be just a common condition but not absolute. Our observations
support the statement of Brown (1987) that a fair number of light-trapped
elmids have almost certainly spent time submerged in water before
flying.

Checklist of the species of the group of Stenelmis hisamatsui

aritai M. Saté, 1964a, p. 32, no figure.
Holotype female in Dr. M. Saté’s collections.
Male is unknown at the present time.
Distribution: Japan (Ryukyu: Sakishima Is.).
formosana Jeng and Yang, sp. nov.
as “Stenelmis sp.” in Nomura’s letter to Saté (Saté, 1964b)
Holotype male in EMNTU, Taiwan.
Distribution: Taiwan.
hisamatsui M. Saté, 1960, p. 253, Fig. 1, 2; maxillary palpus and
male genitalia in Sat61965, Fig. 4, 12; found in cave (Saté, 1964b); collected from Is.
Guam (Sat6é, 1983, p. 41)
Holotype male in Dr. M. Saté’s collections
Distribution: Japan (Ryukyu: Amami-Oshima Is.,
Toku-no-shima Is., Okino-erabu-shima Is., Okinawa-honto), Guam.
ishiharai M. Saté, 1964, p. 31, no figure; male genitalia in Sat6 1965, Fig. 11.
Holotype male in Dr. M. Sat6’s collections.
Distribution: Japan (Ryukyu: Sakishima Is.).
metatibialis Deléve, 1968, p. 161,Fig. 21-23.
Monotype male in Musée Hongrois d’Historie Naturelle 4 Budapest.
Female is still unknown.
Distribution: Vietnam (Prov. Nghe-An).
nipponica Nomura, 1958, p. 41, Fig. 1.
Holotype male in Natural Science Museum, Tokyo, Japan.
Distribution: Japan (Honshu, Shikoku, Kyushu), Korea (Satd, 1978)
wongi Jeng and Yang, sp. nov.
Holotype male in EMNTU, Taiwan.
Distribution: north Taiwan.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The study was supported by the National Science Council, Republic of China, grant No.
NSC80-0421-B002-03Z.

We express our greatest appreciation to Professor M. Satdé (Biological Laboratory of
Nagoya Women’s Univ., Nagoya, Japan) for sending us allied Japanese elmid specimens to
make comparative notes. We also thank our colleagues: Wong Kwok-Ching, Luo Tzi-
Gwei, Hsu I-Shin, Lee Chang-Way, Lee Chi-Feng, Lee Chun-Lin, Hsieh Sen-Her and Lin
Yi-Jiao for collecting materials and helping us in many ways during field collections; Dr.
H.P. Brown (Dept. of Zoology, Oklahoma Univ., Norman) and Dr. M.A. Jach (Natur-
historisches Museum Wien, Austria) who helped us in many ways and revised the English
manuscripts; Dr. Chang Hwei-Yu (Dept. of Plant Pathology & Entomology, National
Taiwan Univ.) and lecturer Yang Jeng-Tze (Dept. of Entomology, National Chung Hsing
University, Taiwan, R.O.C.) who gave us much valuable advice.

252 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

er

LITERATURE CITED

Brown, H.P. 1981. A distributional survey of the world genera of aquatic dryopoid beetles
(Coleoptera: Dryopidae, Elimidae, and Psephenidae sens. lat.) Pan-Pac. Entomol..
57(1): 133-148.

_____.: 1987. Biology of riffle beetles. Ann. Rev. Entomol. 32:253-273.

Deleve, J. 1968. Dryopidae et Elminthidae (Coleoptera) du Vietnam. Ann. Hist.-nat. Mus.
nat. Hung., pars Zool., 60:149-181.

Dufour, L. 1835. Recherches anatomiques et considérations sur les insectes Coléoptéres
des genres Macronique et Elmis. Ann. d’Sci. Nat. pt. Zo6l., (2)3: 151-174.

Hinton, H.E. 1976. Plastron respiration in bugs and beetles. J. Insect Physiol., 22:1529-
1550.

K6no, H. 1936. H. Sauter’s Formosa-Ausbeute: Dryopidae. Arb. Morph. Tax. Ent., 121-
122.

Nomura, S. 1958. Drei neue Stenelmis-Arten aus Japan (Coleoptera, Elmidae). Entomol.
Rev. Japan, 9(2):41-45. .

Sato, M. 1960. Aquatic Coleoptera from Amai-Oshima of the Ryukyu Island (1). Kontyu,
28:251-254.

. 1964a. Descriptions of the Dryopoid-beetles from the Ryukyu. Bull. Jap. Ent.
Acad., 1:30-37.

. 1964b. Insects found in Tokuwase-do Cave, Is. Toku-no-shima. New
Entomologist, 13(8):1-5.

. 1965. Dryopoidea of the Ryukyu Archipelago, I. J. Nagoya Women’s Coll.,
11:76-94.

. 1978. Stenelmis Dufour species of Korea (Coleoptera, Elminthidae). Ann.
Hist.-nat. Mus. Nat. Hung., 70:147-149.

. 1983. Distribution of the genus Copelatus in Japan (Coleoptera: Dytiscidae).
Spec. Iss. Aquat. Coleopt. Work. XVI Intern. Congr. Entomol. Kyoto, 1983:35-41.

Sanderson, M.W. 1953. A revision of the nearctic genera of Elmidae (Coleoptera). J.
Kansas Ent. Soc., 26(4):148-163.

Seagle, H.H. 1980. Flight periodicity and emergence patterns in the Elmidae (Coleoptera:
Dryopoidea). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 73:300-306.

Vol. 102, No. 5, November & December, 1991 253

BOOK REVIEW

THE CONSERVATION OF INSECTS AND THEIR HABITATS.
Collins, N.M. and J.A. Thomas, eds. Academic Press. 1991. 450 pp.
$79.00.

In acomprehensive overview of the status of, and urgent need for, insect conservation in
today’s rapidly disappearing natural world, this book brings together a series of 15 papers
on this subject, authored by 26 leading entomologists, presented at the 15th symposium of
the Royal Entomological Society of London, September 14 and 15, 1989. Although some-
what over half (9) of the chapters were written and/or presented by British (English)
entomologists, most of whom supported their papers with English examples, due con-
sideration is given to world-wide conditions with papers on the status and need for insect
conservation in North America (Opler), Australia (Greenslade and New), island insects -
Hawaii and New Zealand (Howarth and Ramsay), northern Europe - Fennoscandia
(Mikkola), Mediterranean region - Italy (Balletto and Casale), European grasslands -
Switzerland (Erhardt), and Neotropical insects - Brazil (K. Brown). References are listed at
the end of each chapter.

The stated purpose of this symposium was “to bring together a series of papers which
reflect the diversity of entomological habitats and ecological roles around the world,
emphasize the value of insects to humanity, and set out some practicle proposals for
conservation, especially in tropical forests and on islands, where their diversity is greatest”.

In spite of inevitable contradictory statements in a multi-authored work, the many
contributors generally agree and zero in on several important points, some of which I
briefly summarize:

The largest single cause of changes in the distribution and abundance of insects over the
past 50-100 years is loss of habitat resulting from changes in land use by humans. In
temperate zones, major declines of saproxylic invertebrates have occurred concurrently
with the woodland clearances that have taken place as a result of man’s activities beginning
with the Neolithic and continuing through the present.

Man’scurrent abuses of natural ecosystems with chemical fertilizers, insecticides, herb-
icides, and particulate pollution usually leads to strong reduction in diversity (especially in
soil organisms and arthropods in general), breakdown of community structure and services,
and irretrievable loss of genetic heritage.

Some of this earth’s greatest wealth is contained in natural ecosystems and the biological
communities that inhabit them. While insects are rarely, if ever, the main focus in resource
exploitation, they support the stability of these communities by their genetic diversity and
their complex web of ecological interactions.

Conservation of insects forms a major sector of general conservation of terrestrial
habitats, genetic diversity, and species interactions since well over half the genes, biomass,
and energy transfers in many terrestrial ecosystems probably involve insects. The need is
urgent to conserve this bio-diversity.

Although the faunas of islands appear to be more sensitive to environmental changes
and more prone to extinction than continental areas, islands really are microcosms of
continents and ecological and evolutionary processes are identical in both. Only the
relative areas of ecosystems, taxonomic diversity, endemism, isolation from potential
colonists, and historical development are different. However, even for these characteristics,
island-like situations occur frequently on continents. What is happening now on islands is
a preview of coming attractions for continents.

254 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

From one third (Brown) to 95% (Sutton and Collins) of the world’s insect species occur in
the vast expanses of the Neotropics, strongly concentrated in forest and woodland biomes
where they are critical to the function of these ecological systems. Not only are insects
concentrated in the tropics, more importantly their concentrations are in the wet tropics.

The primary aim of tropical forest insect conservation must be to establish a network of
effective protected areas in pristine habitats. A secondary aim must be to save as many as
possible of the insects able to survive in disturbed habitats.

Since only about one million (Wolf, 1987) of an estimated 30 million (Erwin, 1982)
insects have been described to date, there is a tremendous challenge facing taxonomic
entomologists as well as a great need to stimulate more entomologists to apply their talents
in taxonomic research. It is imperative we have greater knowledge of current insect
diversity before many species become lost and it is too late. In the tropics, very few insect
groups have over half their species described.

The current conservation strategy of protecting relatively small areas of lands as nature
preserves has proven far less successful for insects than for long-lived plants and
vertebrates.

Entomologists must not delay in supporting measures to establish large reserves of self-
perpetuating, high-carrying capacity habitats - principally in tropical rain forests where
there is the greatest wealth of insect species.

Taken together, these papers provide a review of the impact humans have had, and are
continuing to have, upon the abundance and diversity of insects through deforestation,
agriculture, drainage programs, and other alterations of the natural environment. Further,
they offer a variety of recommendations for much needed programs aimed at conservation
of viable insect and arthropod populations throughout the temperate regions of the world,
and especially in island and tropical ecosystems.

H.P.B

BOOK REVIEW

REPRODUCTIVE BEHAVIOR OF INSECTS: INDIVIDUALS AND
POPULATIONS.

Bailey, W.J. and J. Ridsdill-Smith, 1991. Chapman & Hall, New York &
London. 339 pp. $95.00

This book is based on a symposium held in Perth, Australia, with considerable addi-
tions. There are 11 chapters by 13 authors, 62% of whom are Australians. Emphasis is on the
evolutionary significance of insect behaviors, especially reproductive behavior.

Contents of the chapters are as follows: 1) Introduction; 2) Evolution of mating systems;
3) Mate-finding; 4) Location of, and oviposition on animal hosts; 5) Location of, and
oviposition on plant hosts; 6) Location of, and oviposition on hosts by tephritid fruit flies;
7) Host selection in Heliothinae (Noctuidae); 8) Reproduction and host selection by
aphids; 9) Oviposition and defense by social wasps; 10) Competition between dung-
breeding insects; and 11) Contribution to fitness by leaf-feeding larvae. Coverage of North
American literature appears adequate. Proofreading was unusually good; I did not detect
any typos.

W.H. Day
Beneficial Insects Research Lab., USDA
Newark, DE 19713

Vol. 102, No. 5, November & December, 1991 255

BOOK REVIEW

THE BIOLOGY OF THE HONEY BEE. Mark L. Winston. 1987
Harvard Univ. 281 pp. $29.95 cloth. $17.95 pbk.

Anyone with an interest in honey bees, whether as a beekeeper focusing on hive manage-
ment or from a natural history standpoint, will benefit from reading this book. It presents
the most up-to-date and complete introduction to the biology and behavior of the honey
bee that is available. Winston, who is well versed in the biology and social behavior of this
organism, presents the information in a very interesting and authoritative manner. He
appropriately includes evolutionary relationships throughout. References are cited for
those who may want to pursue a subject in more depth.

Beekeepers with the primary goal of managing honey bees for honey production or
pollination will find this book of great value for understanding the intricate dynamics of
honeybees as individuals and as a highly organized colony much as a super organism.
Beekeepers who can relate the biology and behavior of the honey bee to the basis for sound
management practices will be at an advantage when selecting management alternatives.
Likewise, a beekeeper who has a thorough knowledge about the biology of bees can make
wise decisions on management when unpredictable situations arise for which little or no
management information is available. Winston’s book is one that beekeepers will find
fascinating, highly valuable, and easy to read.

For the person who is strictly interested in the natural history of honey bees, this book is
one that will be very rewarding. It covers the details of anatomy and physiology that relate
to the biology, social organization, and behavior. These are the heart of the book and are
discussed in some detail. Of particular interest are the chapters on nest architecture,
chemical association, communication, swarming, and the biology of temperate versus
tropical honey bees. Winston and his colleagues have extensively researched the latter
subject, thus his book reflects a great deal about the biological features involved in making
comparisons between honey bees that have evolved in the temperate and tropical climatic
zones. Also, he nicely summarizes the research studies of the past 15 years on honey bee
orientation, particularly those associated with the bee’s ability to sense the magnetic
field.

This is a book highly recommended for reading regardless of one’s level of interest in
bees, whether it is new or with extensive experience. The book is well written, free of errors
in text and fact, well illustrated to enhance explanation of key concepts, and comprehensive
in coverage of honey bee biology. It represents the best general work available at present
and will serve as a key reference on honey bee biology and social behavior for years to
come.

Charles E. Mason
Dep't. Entomology & Applied Ecology,
University of Delaware.

256 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

STATEMENT OF OWNERSHIP, MANAGEMENT & CIRCULATION

. Title of publication: ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS
. Date of filing: September 3, 1991
. Frequency of issue: Bimonthly (every other month) except July and August
. Location of known office of publication: 232 Oak Shade Rd., Tabernacle Twp.,
Vincentown PO, New Jersey 08088
5. Location of the headquarters or general business offices of the publishers: 1900 Race St.
Philadelphia, PA 19103
6. Name and address of publisher, editor and managing editor:
Publisher: American Entomological Society, 1900 Race St. Philadelphia,
PA, 19103. Editor: Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade Rd., Tabernacle Twp.,
Vincentown PO, New Jersey, 08088
7. Owner: American Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, PA 19103
8. Known bondholders, mortgagees and other security holders owning or holding one
percent or more of total amount of bonds, mortgages and other securities: None
9. For optional completion by publishers mailing at the regular rates: signed
10. For completion by nonprofit organizations authorized to mail at special rates: The
purpose, function and nonprofit status of this organization and the exempt status
for Federal income tax purposes:
Have not changed during preceding 12 months (checked)
Average No. Actual Number of
Copies Each Copies of Single
Issue During Issue Published

hwWNe

Preceding 12 Nearest to
11. EXTENT AND NATURE OF CIRCULATION Months Filing Date
A. TOTAL NO. COPIES PRINTED 850 850
B. PAID CIRCULATION
1. SALES THROUGH DEALERS AND 0 0
CARRIERS, STREET VENDORS AND
COUNTER SALES
2. MAIL SUBSCRIPTIONS 753 733
C. TOTAL PAID CIRCULATION 753 733
D. FREE DISTRIBUTION BY MAIL, CARRIER 0 0
OR OTHER MEANS, SAMPLES, COMPLI-
MENTARY, AND OTHER COPIES
E. TOTAL DISTRIBUTION 753 733
F. OFFICE USE, LEFTOVER, UNACCOUNTED, 97 119
SPOILED AFTER PRINTING
G. TOTAL 850 850

12. I certify that the statements by me above are correct and complete, Signed:
Howard P. Boyd, editor.

Vol. 102, No. 5, November & December, 1991 257

INDEX: Volume 102

Acalypta, lace bug genus in Mexico 179

Acalypta laurae, n.sp. 179
Acanthametropodidae 205
Acanthametropus, comparison of 205

Old & New World, & other
psammophilus mayflies

AE.S.meetingreports 24,36, 112,124,129

Akre, R.D. 227
Anisoptera 37
Announcements 72, 94, 164
Araneae 137
Arbogast, R.T. 33

Iden. of Cryptolestes ferrugineus &

C. pusillus: a practical character for

sorting large samples by species
Arthropods assoc’d. with gopher tor- 1

toise burrows in MS, a survey of

Arthropods, improved technique for 97
collecting large samples of

Asis, J.D. 42
Aulacus, a n.sp. of, from VA 187
Barratt, B.I.P. 200
Bell, R-T. 173

Bembidion obtusum, revised distrib. 173
in east. No. Amer.

Bezzia larvae, predationon mosquito 183
larvae

Bolton, M_J. 125
Iden. of Chironomini genus C in
Pinder & Reiss

Book reviews 191, 253, 254, 255

Books rec'd. & briefly noted 96
Braconidae 42
Brower, J.H. 231

Potential host range & performance
of a reportedly monophagous
parasitoid, Pteromalus cerealellae

Byers, R.A., B.I.P. Barratt 200
Behavior of slugs, Derocerus
reticulatum & crickets, Gryllus
pennsylvanicus on seedling alfalfa

Calliscarta, add’s. to genus 195
Carabidae 173

Catocala fauna, hickory feeding, in 165
absence of Carya ovata in so. NJ

Ceratopogonidae 183

Chelifer communis var. pennsylvanicus, 79
iden. of

Chernetidae 79

Chironomidae 47, 125

Chironomini genus C, iden. of, 125
in Pinder & Reiss

Cicadellidae 195

Coleoptera 19, 33, 57, 73, 90, 173, 215

Conn, D.B., S.A. Marshall 127

Microdistrib. of scavenging flies
in relation to detritus & guano
deposits in a KY bat cave

Corydalidae 25
Corydalus cornutus, distrib. records of, 25
in CO
Crytolestes ferrugineus & C. pusillus, 33
iden. of a practical char-
acter for sorting large samples
by species

Cucijidae 33, 37
Culicidae 183
Davis, H.L. WE
Day, W.H. 113

Peculiar sex ratio & dimorphism of
the garden fleahopper, Halticus
bractatus

Derocerus reticulatum, behavior of, 200
on seedling alfalfa

Diptera 47, 125, 183, 192,223

Dolichovespula maculata predation on 14
adult gypsy moths

Drosophila canaryana, jt. synonym 223
of D. guanche

Drosophilidae 223

‘Dryopoidea 236

258 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Dunkle, S.W. 37
Head damage from mating attempts
in dragonflies

Easton, E.R. 105
Annotated list of insects of Macau

Edwards, E.H. 137

Edwards, R.L., E.H. Edwards 137

Spiders associated with rural
delivery mailboxes in Mashpee, MA

Elateridae 73
Elmidae 236
Ephemeroptera 205

Erotylidae, fungal host records for, 57
in Amer. no. of Mex.

Formicidae 118

Freytag, P.H. 195
Add’s. to genus Calliscarta

Froeschner, R.C. 179

Lacebug genus Acalypta in Mexico:
key & n.sp. A. laurae

Fustiger knausii, behavioral 215
observations on, with a dis-
cussion of grasping notches in
myrmecophiles

Galford, J.R. 90
Garcia Aldrete, A.N. 133
Gasteruptionidae 187
Gastropoda 200
Gayubo, S.F. 42
Goeldichironomus amazonicus, a 47

potentially pestiferous midge
recently discovered in Calif.
Goodrich, M.A. Si/
Grimaldi, D. 223
Drosophila canaryana a jt. synonym
of D. guanche
Gryllidae 200

Gryllus pennsylvanicus, behavior 200
of, on seedling alfalfa

Halticus bractatus, peculiar sex 113
ratio & dimorphism of this
garden fleahopper

Head damage from mating attempts 37
in dragonflies

Hemiptera 113
Herrmann, S.J., H.L. Davis 25
Distrib. records of Corydalus
cornutus in CO
Heteroptera 31, 179

Hoebeke, E.R. 19
Sunius melanocephalus, a Palearctic
rove beetle new to No. Amer.

Hoebeke, E.R., J.K. Liebherr,

R.T. Bell 173
Revised distrib. of immigrant
carabid, Bembidion obtusum in
east. No. Amer.

Homoptera 195

Hribar, LJ.,G.R. Mullen 183
Predation by Bezzia larvae on
mosquito larvae

Hymenoptera 14, 42, 118, 187, 227, 231
Idiasta, n.sp. of from Spain 42
Jeng, M.-L., P.-S. Yang 236

Elmidae of Taiwan: two n.sp. of
Stenelmis, with notes on the
S. hisamatsui group

Kumar, R. 150

Lago, P.K. 1
Survey of arthropods assoc’d.
with gopher tortoise burrows

in MS

Lariviere, M.-C., A. Larochelle 31
Notes on distrib. & bionomics of
Myodocha serripes

Larochelle, A. 31

Lavigne, R., R. Kumar, J.A. Scott 150
Add’s. to Pawnee Nat'l. Grasslands
insect checklist

Vol. 102, No. 5, November & December, 1991 259
Lepidoptera 130, 165 Neohypdonus, two n.sp. of, from 73
LeSage, L. 97 No. Amer., with key to Nearctic sp.
An improved technique for collecting Nitidulidae 90
large samples of arthropods Noctuidae 130. 165
Leschen, R.A.B. 57
Leschen, R.A.B. T2205 Odonata 37
Behavioral observations on
myrmecophile, Fustiger knausii, with Orthoptera 200
discussion of grasping notches
Liebherr, J.H. 173 Paulson, G.S., R.D. Akre 227
Limacidae 200 Parasitic Hymenoptera collected —
é from a pear orchard under organic
Lustrochernes, descrip. of a n.sp. 79 management in Washington State
Lutzomyia, distrib. records forsome 192 Pawnee Natl. Grasslands insect 150
N. Amer. sp. . checklist, add’s. to
Lygaeidae 31 Pogonomyrmex salinus, movement of 118
gravel by this owyhee harvester ant
Macau, annotated list of insects of 105 Predation by Bezzia larvae on 183
Mailing dates for Vol. 102, 1991 260 ESR RIMON igs
Marshall, S.A. 127 ee by perigee *8 14
maculata on adu o
McCabe, T.L., D-F. Schweitzer 130 Satori ee ae Oe eas
Rhizedra lutosa newly introduced to Pselaphidae 215
No. Amer. Pseudoscorpionida 79
McCafferty, W.P. 205 Psocoptera 133
Comparison of Old & New World Psoquillidae 133
Acanthametropus, & other ;
psammophilous mayflies Esychodicne 192
McHugh, C.P. 192 Pteromalidae 231
Distrib. records for some No. Amer. Pteromalus cerealellae, potential 231
sand flies host range & performance of
Megaloptera 25, 50 Publisher’s statement 256
Miridae 113 Purrington, F.F. 90
Mockford, E.L., AN. Garcia Aldrete 133
Rhyopsocus texanus: its synonymy, Reynolds, T.D. 118
forms & distrib. Movement of gravel by the owyhee
Muchmore, W.B. 79 harvester ant, Pogonomyrmex
Iden. of Chelifer communis var. salinus
pennsylvanicus & descrip. of a n.sp. Rhizedra lutosa, newly introduced in 130
of Lustrochernes No. Amer.
Mulla, M.S. a] Rhyopsocus texanus: its synonymy, 133
Mullen, G.R. 183 forms, & distrib.
Myodocha serripes, notes on distrib. 31
& bionomics of Scavenging flies, microdistrib. of, 127

Myrmecophiles, discussion of 215

grasping notches in

in relation to detritus & guano
deposits in a KY bat cave

260 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Schaefer, P.W. 14
Predation by Dolichovespula
maculata on adult gypsy moths

Schweitzer, D.F. 130

Schweitzer, D.F. 165
Hickory feeding Catocala fauna in
absence of Carya ovata in so. NJ

Scott, J.A. 150

Sialidae 50

Sialis, distrib. study of,in No. Amer. 50

Skelley, P.E., M.A. Goodrich,

R.A.B. Leschen 57

Fungal host records for Erotylidae
of Amer. no. of Mexico

Smith, D.R. 187

Sublette, J.E., M.S. Mulla 47
Goeldichironumus amazonicus, a
potentially pestiferous midge
recently discovered in CA

Sunius melanocephalus, a Palearctic 19
rove beetle new to No. Amer.

Tingidae 179

Tormos, J., S.F. Gayubo, J.D. Asis 42
N.sp. Jdiasta from Spain

Trichobothrium, on the meaning of 95

Vespidae 14

Wells, S.A. 73
Two n.sp. Neohypdonus from
No. Amer., with a key to Nearctic sp.
Whiting, M.F. 50
Distrib. study of Sialis in No. Amer.
Williams, R.N., J.R. Galford,
F.F. Purrington 90
Parasites of Stelidota

Yang, P.-S. 236

MAILING DATES
VOLUME 102, 1991

Society (A.E.S.) meeting reports 24, 36,
112, 124, 129
Spiders associated with rural 137
delivery mailboxes in
Mashpee, Maine
Staphylinidae 19
Stelidota, parasites of 90
Stenelmis, two n.sp., with notes on 236
S. hisamatsui group
Steyskal, G.C. 95
On the meaning of the term
trichobothrium
No. Date of Issue
1 Jan. & Feb.
2 Mar. & Apr.
3 May & June
4 Sept. & Oct.
5 Nov. & Dec.

Pages Mailing Date
1- 56 April 1, 1991
57-112 May 8, 1991
113-164 June 27, 1991
165-204 Sept. 26, 1991
205-260 Dec. 31, 1991

When submitting papers, all authors are requested to (1) provide the names of two qualified
individuals who have critically reviewed the manuscript before it is submitted and (2) suggest
the names and addresses of two qualified authorities in the subject field to whom the
manuscript may be referred by the editor for final review. All papers are submitted to
recognized authorities for final review before acceptance.

Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as
brief as possible. Classification as to order and family should be included in the title, except
where not pertinent. Following the title there should be a short informative abstract (not a
descriptive abstract) of not over 150 words. The abstract is the key to how an article is cited in
abstracting journals and should be carefully written. The author’s complete mailing address,
including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing
new taxa should include enough information to make them useful to the nonspecialist.
Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus references to
existing revisions or monographs. Authors must include the name(s) of recognized institution(s)
where their voucher specimens have been deposited. Illustrations nearly always are needed.
All measurements shall be given using the metric system or, if in the standard system,
comparable equivalent metric values shall be included. Authors can be very helpful by
indicating, in pencil in the margin of the manuscript, approximate desired locations within the
text of accompanying figures, tables and other illustrations.

Illustrations: For maximum size and definition, full page figures, including legends, should
be submitted as nearly as possible in a proportion of 4/6. Maximum size of printed illustration,
including all legends, is 4% x 6% inches. Authors will be charged for all text figures and half-
tones at the rate of $7.50 each, regardless of size.

Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor, Howard
P. Boyd. For address, see under “‘manuscripts”’ above. Literature notices, books received and
short reviews will be published in The Entomologist’s Library on books dealing with
taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology ecology, behavior and similar aspects of
insect life and related arthropods. Books on applied, economic and regulatory entomology, on
toxicology and related subjects will not be considered.

Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist’s Market
Place.

Page charges: For society members, a charge of $15.00 is made for each published page of
an article, plus costs of all illustrations. For non-society members, the page charge is $20.00
per page. If any charges are not paid within 120 days of billing, authors will be charged an
additional $5.00 per page. Papers may be published ahead of their regularly scheduled time
at a cost of $35.00 per page.

Unemployed and retired amateur and scientist members of the American Entomological
Society who are without institutional support or are not subsidized by grants and who are
without funds for publishing may apply for financial assistance at the time their manuscript is
submitted. Such application must include an explanation of the author’s status (unemployed or
retired). Page charges for these individuals are negotiable, with a minimum of $7.00 per page.

Reprints: (without covers) may be ordered when corrected page proofs are returned to the
editor. Schedule of reprint costs will appear on order form.

This publication is available
in microform from University
Microfilms International.

Call toll-free 600-521-3044. Or mail inquiry to; ;
University Microfilms International, 300 North
Zeeb Road, Ana Arbor, MI 48106.

The Entomologist’s Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per
line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges
not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and
position wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box
numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the new
ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the older
ones at the top are discontinued.

WANTED to buy CONOPIDAE (Diptera) worldwide, except Nearctic. Pinned only. Also
exchange. S. Camras, 4013 N. Milwaukee Ave. #515, Chicago, IL 60641.

BULLETIN DE LA SOCIETE SCIENCES NAT is a french entomological publication
describing many non-european Lepidoptera and Coleoptera. Each number is issued
quarterly and contains 2 colour plates (21 x 29 cm). Some of our contributors are: Allard,
Antoine, Arnaud, Bomans, Dechambre, Paulian... Subscription for 1991 is US $43 (checks
in US $ welcomed). SCIENCES NAT, 2 rue Mellenne, 60200 Venette, FRANCE. FAX: (33)
44 83 4101.

REPRINT SALE: The Carnegie Museum of Natural History is conducting an inventory
reduction sale of its scientific publications (Annals, Bulletin, Special Publications) printed
prior to 1985. A 50% price reduction is offered on research articles in invertebrate zoology,
herpetology, ichthyology, mammalogy, anthropology, birds, vertebrate and invertebrate
paleontology, and botany. Please write for listings of your choice to Office of Scientific
Publications, The Carnegie Museum of Natural History, 4400 Forbes Avenue, Pittsburgh,
PA 15213-4080; fax (412) 622-8837.

LATEST 12-PAGE WORLDWIDE LEPIDOPTERA CATALOG! Serving Lepidopterists
worldwide since 1976. Specimens include Morpho rhetenor male/female, Morpho insuralis
male/female, Morpho godantii male/female, Prepona buckleyana, Papilio antimachus and
hundreds more from South America, Africa, Europe and Far East. WE OPERATE
PERSONALIZED ENTOMOLOGIST, BIRDER, NATURALIST TOUR PROGRAMS.
Latest Catalog $1 or one year’s monthly lists via airmail $6. TRANSWORLD BUTTERFLY
COMPANY, Apartado 6951, 100N San Jose, COSTA RICA, Central America.

WANTED FOR RESEARCH . Biphyllidae (Coleoptera: Clavicornia) of the world. I would
like to receive these on loan or will exhange for beetles of other families. M.A. Goodrich,
Department of Zoology, Eastern Illinois University, Charleston, IL 61920.

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ICHNEUMONIDAE - 1970-1990. By V.K. Gupta & Santosh Gupta.
Memoir Amer. Ent. Inst. No. 48. Price $50.00. 364 pages. 1991.

ICHNEUMONIDAE OF COSTA RICA 1. By lam D. Gauld. Mem. Amer. Ent. Inst. No. 47
600 pages. Price $75.00 1991.

Both available from Associated Publishers, 3005 SW 56th Ave., Gainesville,FL 32605

FOR SALE: Insects from Venezuela. All species available here. Price list is available by
request from Mr. Paul ROUCHE. Edificio El Algarrobo-Apto 2-C, Sector El Convento-Il,
Avenida SANZ, EL MARQUES - CARACAS-1070, VENEZUELA. Phone: 21.79.06. We
can correspond in French, English or Spanish.

7 7 : 7 _ . =

7
al Rr ee We ei mi, te Tig @ * (ie B01
a a \. awh Oj CF Vind ean oa a

t2 » Lie 7 font 4, ws cane i. ee cvs ATesg os os a ee i coe
= we he fein glia spans wee @ «ae Cae oy tet |@
ee Lo ee (te oh el Glaae: 1- Va ee

fy: ee ee re fey Pt 9 A -
(beens, IT TE AIT Sr Mee Se 1794 ©, PF
aay - am :
. © Figs q
AVEO Ms Crigapaticny ® o befall RR rah 9412 Oh FA
(ote ..14ee @' 4 ff oa an) oe Sa 74 dey? _ ee mis. A

oT £©* ps4 Gar peas cig WEBDE oo hynctan 8} “4

oe ee ee ee a ee
ee = Tes aoa Wi So hey Ce. pA wey oS ra” oo ©
a” o>. EE ed ee % i hea ey

“eT? &) 242s ee er, “Gh CAR pe © eer ae

ch —- TO e : Vial - a ira. 7a ane > ove ead ©
ae 4-ey@e 5 ; eg ee « 7
ae 4 eo > ius ia & i 7 aa * fax
, : ; eo a Oe 2% Cw ses "
eu * ov = ; 7 ime 9 4 a a a eat. ie - : Gu
ee ee o~ pad. ie Ge. ¢. ’ , ame d \
thee. ‘ivr® p 7 = Vistre Jot” wt. wa @ is
7 2 eno WO (sae reese rs Gi ask DPM a & oF '
Ts - s E TT, rr > See : ama e i ; La j ¥ .
av -
" 5 ed r\ i tr TG - 7h eee > 5 t7 . - pores.’ 4e-4 c: =
aa Pah Meo oh PQ eng ee ae
hilo 60a Red, Ae Eero, 4 f

pvc tit OlLigt dn CIO et: Pe RA A grea

1° Bh bea 4 Pere 2 tos . “ae. , eee!
apt Mast afel eo Oe BOR Peles ee ee
“ tinge Ve" ai

F A dy thet Waw , Tabee dee z ;
et Cais WE iN Spt ip, TAleee oe A ra

7

*»

ee
y
sie

‘ iy
7 = Le ~ ry
oP :
_—_—_. )
-
ae
PAY yi i @
—_ . f
2,
¥ : w
Lan
). a . i 7
vi i i dé ,

i Bry 4 gu 7 - pits Ph = AG i

= , & ae s ope 7 ‘a
hd ee pee | ee) bs

i_ 7 i 4
re, a } ~, 4
ah) um, ; ae
age LP)

i aes be a

Pr dihete a hme FM

ay

aur Sa 5 ae an ony y.|
i ew eee Wr SRS UR as

’ Eo ile =) if G4 “SZ — A =/ =j WN
= -+ ~ a 4 4 ~ ES
WR 2 RY 3 2 a ON
cs J = = = XN
ITUTION | NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS __S3I1YVUaIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN
Q ay o = —
= es = = ES
a =| =
a > - > -
= = = = ,
z 2 z 2 Z
IWHAIT_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILONLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS
i Z z . p | =
= 4 « = z
oO eS als S \ z f O
<= . O Foy ANE SG . 2
E AY’?Z SEN Seo 2
nS ae > = aay. >” =
Ww) 2 ” Ady F 77)

ITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1YVYUEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN
xX

LIBRARIES

NOILNILILSNI
NOILNLILSNI

LIBRARIES
LIBRARIES

iVUYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS

sa1uvugiy
INSTITUTION
sa1uvagin
INSTITUTION

ITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3ZIYVYUEIT LIBRARIES
XS ea

y
yy
Uy
NVINOSHLINS S3I1Y¥VvVuYalT

ase
SMITHSONIAN
SMITHSONIAN
GU,

NVINOSHLIWS

Sw“, f
NVINOSHLIWS

\
-

NVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS

oS

SMITHSONIAT

NOILALILSNI
LIBRARIES
LIBRARIES

ITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1¥vVudI1T LIBRARIES

INSTITUTION NOILNILILSNI
INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

za i |
= w w
5 es 2
ra > >
= 2 2 ;
2 m m
ae w w
YVvVudit ot’ BRARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI _ NVINOSHLUN
“ a “a * n”
Bi? XS: ae E: ig
PY 2B NS 2 E Av" Zz. =
er i 3
ITUTION | NOILALILSNI_NVINOSHLINS Saluvud!1 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAR
= % > ”
JONG Ww <Gll> uJ <Gill
Ook Wo et DH WM YY Cat G <a YS ay,

]S ays = "GE S May < apy S WA =
] be re) ol oc oy ro V4 ro LON pc y = ei my = . a

= cj ae a Fak =
UTION | NOILNLILSNITNVINOSHLIWS | S31UVUIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN |
re) =i" Oo = rs) y
— wo — wo = Uy, jee)
2 2 SN 5 » ss ly
= > VNSSRE = E Ge f=
= 2 WWE x = ke
2 m SNS = m a. m
==, op) _ on sass w
UGIT_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS, |S
ze i = < ‘A <= < =
= AN oa a
z z z Ns 3 z 3
”) n YM ~~ Wek a wae, ow
ae =) rT SOW GO =< fe)
E 3 E MW" 2. = 2.
a 2 7 gia lee a ra
UTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN |
w” ss ‘ n z n z
a “ - 7) ce: n
oo = ma = a e
2 : 5 2 = 2
sat | =
JYGI1 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS §
c 6 ~ 6 = a, te
= ° O = Ne S)
5 z » 5 2 Qe 5
> es D> . hk =)
m B ‘YP = Y = D
Ww == wn = (op) . es
UTION NOILMIILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYGIT_LIBRARIES, SMITHSONIAN
. = < = (So) he = z
YS 2G : 2 EMO 2 =
hoa, oe : iy Nee z
=
7Yqi7_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI
a ul Z vi 2 a

A 4 wn

4 we ee fe Oo ie 4 a
= <i ip ar = = <
S a Gif | cd fad ( = fad
= ao “i = ao = a
= Sak S i S oe

a x
; NVINOSHLINS S3!1YVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN
S a = Ei z i
Ta 188) : = wo — w
E > We 5 : : a
= > WSS E a > oe
Ee z KS = a - rb ks
2 m S\ ot m Se m
= wn —_— w = (op)
{HGIT_ LIBRARIES, SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOLLALILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS_

~ Pad ’ YW
yy, < = < = r < S
Gly 2 * = > IN = z =
lp. 3 Qe 7 5 ‘SW 2 5 z
oe, % = ae N 2) * 2)

,, Sa © es oO ce * AWN re) A 2)
eae = = AS 2, = A
= BNS > = mt > = >
a - 2 a * z a 2

UTION NOILALILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S31YVYS11 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _|
ie Zz 2 Zz

sv Ll <Gluy> aa
Tm eam SG ee YY La Gm YY Oy G

3 9088 00841 1696

|

|

Ill

I

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES

etna

We gg aye

cee et =

sarmureneraens

tlie ne

presen

— werenens ote gran
ee ee ode tit Rntr tat
1 Bipemeire
Pe
ee
ee

spwper a
a nee ve
$-toctinttbeewebek hete
~ow 2 eaarete
stride - or wriaerieens
ttihaeance et atthe eet

oa eearer
Seren,
OREN LES,
eae =~
ee
hte oo ett

serephneye ee
Bescon, ~

5 Vp yeuetipe
a) - ¥

~eeE aa
Seetieee wn - a — ; eu ; ‘ . . ’ : Rete ad acai : - 5 Im. . “otters biden ee
eb oee ~ . - a ee